Home

Tektronix AWG710B User's Manual

Contents

1. Generator rear panel Oscilloscope TDS700 O _ Function Generator AFG310 D E s Sooo C coy al C n g gt o O O ooo O pose c 000 Sag g 1 M O O I m Vi O0 OOOO np gaan 0 6 fo LS clefele siclS oq O O J Output CH1 output CH1 input CH2 input BNC T 50 Q SMA coaxial cable Adapter j SMA Female BNC 50Q BNC coaxial cable 50 Q BNC coaxial cable Male ple Figure B 6 Triggered mode initial test hookup 4 Set the oscilloscope controls as follows VerticalCH1 and CH2 CH1 and CH2 coupling DC CHi scalae iiei auan hh oS Sa dane amid 500 mV div CH2 S le ier nocino aida a ele Lavin aren 2 Vidiv CH1 input impedance 50 Q CH2 input impedance 1MQ Horizontal SWEEP ieia iaeiaiai ii aar iaa 200 ns div Trigger SOUICE Ea ia e araea aa T i E CH1 COuplNg esiseina pui paene ee eels ia DC ae AE E EEE E SEO TEES Positive LOVEl naai ERRE EE nA AAY SA 100 mV Moderar EAE AE a E NORMAL FUNGUON ornan a reens Clete hala alee AE Caleee Square MOUE cent he aeaaeae NA Continuous Parameters FFEQUENCY esis ai e ce ta A NE 1 MHz Amplitude 00 ccc eee eee ees 2 0 V into 50 Q 4 0 V into 1
2. tutorials Clock 100 00000MS S RunMode Continuous Stopped Clock 100 00000MS S Run Mode Continuous Waveform Waveform Sequence Sequence CH1 Load CH1 Load A 9 E e Py j Through 9 i 7 608 e oug mi vpe CH1 Marker 1 Marker 1 mo aa eel TL TAL aa 0 060 Marker 1 Marker 1 Marker 2 Marker 2 2 000 6 2 000 9 aN 2 o Points 0 Marker 2 Points 6 Marker 2 eral Vertical Horizontal un Trigger ee Se Vertical Horizontal Ae Trigger el Figure 2 31 Initial screen Right Figure option02 If the instrument does not power on correctly or does not pass the power on diagnostics contact the nearest Tektronix service center for help 2 50 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Tutorials Tutorial 1 Instrument Setup This tutorial shows you how to do some instrument setups In this tutorial you will learn the following mE How to use the arrow button and general purpose knob E How to set the date and time E How to adjust the focused color Display the UTILITY Menu Do the following steps to display the system utility screen 1 Press the UTILITY button on the front panel to display the UTILITY menu 2 Press the System bottom button lower most left button on the bezel The instrument displays the system
3. naSSSSSSS 50 Q BNC coaxial cable Input connector CH1 output connector BNC to dual banana adapter SMA Ma BNC Fe adapter 50 Q BNC coaxial cable BNC 50 Q precision terminator 50 Q BNC coaxial cable Figure B 9 Amplitude accuracy initial test hookup AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual B 19 Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B Set the DMM controls as follows MOde exits nero fanatic a eee VDC RANGE estat diac ett ere bale ee eas Auto NpUtiz s tnai tiated hind en eases Front Follow the substeps below to set the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator controls and to select the sequence file a Push UTILITY front panel System bottom Factory Reset side OK side b Push SETUP front panel Run Mode bottom Enhanced side The AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator is set to enhanced mode c Load the AMP1 SEQ file Refer to Loading Files on page B 9 for file loading procedures Push the RUN and CH1 output buttons The LEDs above the RUN button and CH1 output connector are on Do the following substeps to set the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator amplitude and confirm the offset setting Push VERTICAL MENU front panel Amplitude side Push 0 0 2 and ENTER keys in this order or turn the general purpose knob to set the amplitude to 0 020 V c
4. Past Current Next P OUT Output code 0 00 1 10 Example Input 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 Output 00 10 00 00 10 10 00 00 00 E The output bit is always set to 1 when input bit changes from 1 to 0 or 0 to 1 Past Current Next P OUT Output code 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 Example Input 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 Output 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 E Converting NRZ data to 1 7 RLL Run length Limited Codes Past Current Next P OUT Output code 0000 1 100000 0000 0 011111 0001 00 111111 F 10 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix F Miscellaneous Past Current Next P OUT Output code 0001 01 111111 0001 10 000000 0001 11 000000 0010 01 111110 0010 10 000001 0010 00 111110 0010 11 000001 0011 1 100001 0011 0 011110 01 1 100 01 0 011 10 01 111 10 10 000 10 00 111 10 11 000 11 01 110 11 10 001 11 00 110 11 11 001 0 0 1 1 Example Input o o o n Too fio fon m Tooo Tooni Jio Toooo Output 011 000 110 000001 111 100001 110 000000 011110 000 011111 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual F 11 Appendix F Miscellaneous F 12 Code Conversion Table The code conversion table is only a text file You can easily create the code Text Files conversion tabl
5. Internal code image in the sequence memory BK1 WFM BK7 WFM BK5 WFM BK7 WFM BK5 WFM Compile BK2 WFM gt BK 7 WFM BK5 WFM BK7 WFM BK5 WFM BK3 PAT y Subsequence SUB8 SEQ BK7 WFM BK7 WFM 2 BK5 WFM 3 BK5 WFM BK7 WFM BK5 WFM Repeat 6 Repeat 2 Repeat 3 Repeat 2 Repeat 3 Repeat 1 Repeat 2 Repeat 3 Repeat 2 Repeat 3 Repeat 4 Repeat 2 Repeat 3 Repeat 2 Repeat 3 Figure 3 33 Compiling and storing sequences and subsequences AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 7 S 7 S gt 25 times gt 15 times gt 5times Defining subsequence calls with large repeat counts can generate internal code that consumes a large amount of sequence memory This can result in insufficient memory errors The AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator does not check for sequence memory availability errors If you load a sequence and the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator displays a memory error message you need to reduce the number of subsequence calls the number of repeat counts and or the number of lines in the subsequences 3 129 The Sequence Editor 3 130 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The APPL Menu The following applications are in the APPL menu E Disk application E Network application E Jitter composer These applications are used like an editor to genera
6. 1 20 position of 1 waveform period 2 50 position of 1 waveform period 3 52 position of 1 waveform period because of number of data points You can save and restore the instrument output setup information on FG mode to a setup file Setup file includes waveform type marker signals and all the output setup parameters Save Restore operation is executed on the Save Restore menu of the SETUP screen in AWG mode A saved setup file contains the setting information on both AWG mode and each Extended Operation mode Refer to The Save Restore Menu on page 3 48 When the AWG710 amp AWG710B is in AWG mode change to FG mode Reference page 3 234 1 Push Sine Triangle Square Ramp Pulse or DC bottom button to select the waveform 2 Set the output parameters according to the waveform selected E Duty is added to the side menu for Pulse mode mM Offset is only used for setup of DC level Offset is selected on the DC side menu AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 239 FG Mode Frequency 20 00MH2 59 000ns EE Running FG Frequency 20 00MHZz Amplitude 1 000Vpp Offset 6 0004 Polarity Duty 10 0 Sine Triangle Square Ramp Pulse DC awen Figure 3 81 Pulse sub side menu except option 02 3 Push the RUN front button to turn on the RUN LED Usually when it switches to FG mode from AWG mode it automatically changes to the run state the RUN LED is on 4
7. Disk comm Network System Figure B 35 Diagnostic menu Do the following to execute all of the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator diagnostics automatically Push the Execute Diagnostic side button The internal diagnostics do an extensive verification of AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator functions While this verification progresses the screen displays the clock icon When finished the resulting status appears on the screen Verify that no failures are found and reported on screen If the diagnostics terminates without error Pass is displayed instead of the If a value is displayed meaning an error is detected consult a qualified service technician for further assistance AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual B 57 Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710 Calibration B 58 Push any bottom or menu button other than UTILITY to exit the diagnostic screen The instrument includes internal calibration routines that check electrical characteristics such as offset attenuations and filters Perform calibration to adjust internal calibration constants as necessary This procedure describes how to do the internal calibration Equipment None required Prerequisites Power on the instrument and allow a 20 minute warmup period at an ambient temperature between 20 C and 30 C before doing this procedure Confirm that there is no output being perfo
8. SMA Cable 174 1427 00 Local Ethernet a LAN Cable Network Figure 3 86 Synchronous Operation cable connection AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 251 Synchronous Operation Mode AWG710B only Change the generator mode AWG mode to The instrument initializes in the AWG mode when powered on Synchronous Operation mode Do the following to change the generator mode from AWG to Synchronous Operation 1 Push SETUP front panel Extended Operation bottom Sync Master or Sync Slave side button The instrument displays the Synchronous Operation mode screen Synchronous Operation Do the following to change the generator mode from Synchronous Operation to mode to AWG mode AWG 1 Push Exit Sync bottom button The instrument returns to the AWG mode Clock 100 00000MS S Run Mode Continuous Clock Run Mode Continuous SE Extended Waveform Operation Sequence CH1 FG CH1 Load EF T e T i wA Ao ANY
9. J Marker 1 Marker 2 4gtestset _ _ B I AMPT SEQ mE 9 Cancel AMP2 SEQ ay lt Points 0 CLOCK wfm Marker 2 COUNT PAT OK Waveform A Run A Save Extended Be Vertical Horizontal Mode Trigger Restore Operation Figure 2 25 Select File dialog on the Load menu 3 Use the general purpose knob or and arrow buttons to select the file name to load If the file you want to load is located in a different drive or directory use the side menu buttons to change the current drive 4 Push the ENTER front panel button or OK side button The instrument loads the file and displays the file name in the selected channel file icon Push the Cancel side button to exit the file load process The procedures above explains how to load a waveform or pattern into the waveform memory and or sequence file into the sequence memory which will be scanned to output The waveform memory sequence memory and the edit buffer are completely independent So you can edit a waveform pattern sequence or equation text while outputting an another waveform or sequence However when you push SETUP front panel Waveform Sequence bottom Edit side to copy the waveform in the waveform memory to the edit 2 36 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Operating Basics buffer you must save the currently edited waveform pattern sequence or equation text into a file Y
10. Waveform output CHI Figure B 16 Trigger signal and waveform output 5 V check 1 e Change the pulse waveform high level to 5 35 V by using cursor keys f Check that sine waves are displayed on the oscilloscope as shown in Figure B 7 Trigger signal CH2 gE E Waveform output CHI Figure B 17 Trigger signal and waveform output 5 V check 2 7 Follow the substeps below to check trigger level accuracy at 5 V a Push 5 and ENTER keys in this order b Set the DC waveform low level of function generator to 5 35 V by using cursor keys AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual B 35 Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B c Check that no waveform is being displayed on the oscilloscope as shown in Figure B 18 Waveform output CH1 Trigger signal CH2 7 Figure B 18 Trigger signal and waveform output 5 V check 1 d Change the pulse waveform low level of function generator to 4 65 V by using cursor keys e Check that sine waves are displayed on the oscilloscope as shown in Figure B 19 Waveform output CH1 gii Trigger F J signal CH2 a I Figure B 19 Trigger signal and waveform output 5 V check 2 8 Push the RUN button and the CH1 button to turn off the RUN LED 9 Turn off the function generator output disconnect the function generator B 36 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform
11. a em ag Ea ee pa er a Save El pe ES Total Points 200 Repeat Count 1 Samples Bit Data Rate 50 000000Mbps Clock 1 666660660GS s Rise Time 5 6ns Fall Time 5 6ns Jitter Profile Sine Jitter Deviation 560ps lt rms gt Jitter Frequency 5 6666666MHz2 206ns hp plication Peut Profile Compose Figure 3 49 Execution of jitter composer 7 Change each parameter and press Execute side menu button to generate new output jitter waveform 8 Select Compose bottom Save side to save the generated waveform in a file 3 150 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The APPL Menu Input data The specified pattern or waveform file is used as input data When a pattern data file is specified for input the application reads only the MSB bits DATA7 When a waveform file is specified this process converts the values equal to or greater than 0 5 to a logic 1 and the values less than 0 5 to a logic 0 The Pre defined patterns shown in Table 3 41 are incorporated in the application Table 3 41 Pre defined patterns Pattern items PN9 Descriptions 9 bits M series pseudo random pulse PN15 15 bits M series pseudo random pulse 100100 10001000 1000010000 1010101010 100000100000 1000000010000000 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 151 The APPL Menu Jitter composer parameters 3 152 The following parame
12. 0 B 98 Marker Output Tests oseca e hr urair ooi e iA Vereen eee dpe bes B 100 Inspection and Cleaning cece cece cece cece eee ences eee eees C 1 Sample Waveforms bressa aje 65 o 5 5 eonan ee Ba 8 Bia Se HOGS 6 45 He Sea Ole Ore D 1 Waveform File Descriptions eaa cece eee eee nee eee eens D 2 File Transfer Interface Outline 0 ccc cece cece cece cece eee n eens E 1 Miscellaneous essersi sie ls hfe soe ia 5 nese lass Sele Gy at oases EREE E F 1 Sampling Theorems seein eeri ee back ae Geena Nen E Wao dee dey dace AEGA F 1 Differentiation see pee beh 8 ao GRR TA WR a AiE a A RR AAAS F 1 Tite STATION mece sh Seco i e e aa a dao ered F 3 Convolution eei e bos BAL apace als E E E E AR ees F 4 Correlation essen na era O ee O RE Ret Pe came e a F 5 Code CONVETSION siei a ha a es Ca RA BO e a aa a AERA Se aA F 7 Examples s noc teg cubecheg pedia Whee i i a tee sme stsb ener Maan encode a at F 8 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual V Table of Contents Index vi Sequence File Text Format cc cece cece cece reece cece eee e eens G 1 Header secie 56 ss he hates Cae eed beet eee abe eee ea leanne G 1 Lin Descriptions 4 5 5 2 65 348 3 eke Mae Ake Sagas od gai a ts G 1 Jump Settings iene ayant eee Sa eee ee ee ti eae SA ee G 3 Examples sei cosa Seals a haces Rite RRA Oe eh NEE A tan oe Sha eA S G 4 TAER aE SO Se Keene ce EE a ce ee er ee a ek a a Index 1 AWG
13. Amplitude 20mV to 2 0 Vpp step 1mV option 02 500mV to 1 0 Voy step mV m Offset 0 5 to 0 5 V step 1mV except option 02 L Polarity Normal Inverted Triangle Frequency 1 000Hz to 400 0MHz m Amplitude 20mV to 2 0 Vp step 1mV option 02 500MVpp to 1 0 Vp step mV m Offset 0 5 to 0 5 V step 1mV except option 02 Polarity Normal Inverted H Square Frequency 1 000Hz to 400 0MHz Amplitude 20mV to 2 0 Vp step 1mV option 02 500MVpp to 1 0 Vp step mV Offset 0 5 to 0 5 V step 1mV except option 02 Polarity Normal Inverted Ramp Frequency 1 000Hz to 400 0MHz Amplitude 20mV to 2 0 Vpp step 1mV option 02 500mV to 1 0 Vpp step 1mV Offset 0 5 to 0 5 V step 1mV except option 02 Polarity Normal Inverted Pulse Frequency 1 000Hz to 400 0MH ___ Amplitude 20mV to 2 0 Vp step 1mV option 02 500mV to 1 0 Vpp step 1mV Offset 0 5 to 0 5 V step 1mV except option 02 Polarity Normal Inverted Duty 0 1 to 99 9 DC Offset 0 5 to 0 5 V step 1mV except option 02 L Eyit FG To AWG Mode AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 9 Menu Structures Main Bottom menu menu Waveform Mixing L Waveform Sequence Vertical m Horizontal L Run Mode Tigger
14. Local eset SMA Cable 174 1427 00 Ethernet Sees LAN Cable Network Figure A 7 The cable connection between units in Synchronous operation AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual A 15 Appendix A Specifications AWG710B VOL 2 45 2 40 VOH Figure A 8 Output Voltage Window into 50Q to GND of MARKER A 16 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix A Specifications AWG710B VIH 50Q 50Q Out Out Marker output Figure A 9 Output part equivalent circuit of MARKE AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual A 17 Appendix A Specifications AWG710B Table A 14 Event Input Characteristics Description Connector 9 pin D type on the rear panel Number of events 7 bits Input signal 7 event bits and Strobe Threshold TTL level Maximum input 0 V to 5 V DC peak AC Impedance 1 KQ pull up to 3 3 V Enhanced mode Minimum pulse width 320 clocks 10 ns Event hold off time The time interval between the last event input point and the next acceptable event input point lt 896 clocks 20 ns Delay to analog out Typical Jump timing ASYNC Output Norm Filter Through Strobe On 1691 5 clocks 10 ns Strobe Off 1947 5 clocks 6 ns Event input to strobe input Setup time 192 clocks 10 ns Hold time 192 clocks 10 ns Table A 15 10 MHz refe
15. SHIFT button General Purpose knob Selects a menu item or adjusts a numeric value on the instrument When the knob icon is displayed on the screen next to an item it indicates that that item can be controlled with the general purpose knob When you push a numeric or unit button while the SHIFT LED is on the function shown in blue above a key is executed The SHIFT button toggles on and off When the instrument displays the File Name Input dialog box you can input upper case characters when the SHIFT LED is on When you exit the dialog box the SHIFT LED also goes off SHIFT mL ENTER key ENTER This ENTER key has the same function as that found in keypad CLR button Clears text in an active text field Delete button M k m 2 n Pp Ce D E E A B c iole G INF ENTER CLR Keypad Enters numeric values The keys G M k m p n and p are unit keys The keys A B C D E and F are used to enter a hexadecimal value These keys are accessed with the SHIFT button The unit keys also work like the ENTER key Deletes a character positioned just left of the text cursor and moves the cursor to the left by one character This button does not function when the text cursor is at the left most position Confirms the numeric or character string you typed and enters it in the instrument When using the
16. 3 5 Menu Structures Main Bottom Side Subbottom Subside Pop up or Description menu menu menu menu menu dialog menu SETUP cont Edit commands Waveform Sequence cont Absolute Square Cube Square Root Normalize Differential Integral Add Sub Mul Edit cont Compare pop up Tools Convolution Correlation Digital Filter Re Sampling Code Convert XY View OK 3 6 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Menu Structures Main Bottom Side Subbottom Subside Pop up or Description menu menu menu menu menu dialog menu SETUP cont Edit commands Waveform Sequence cont Edit cont Zoom Pan Editor display zoom pan operations Zoom In Zoom Out Zoom Fit Pan Direction Horizontal Vertical OK Window Selects active window Window 1 Window 2 Window 3 Close Selected Window Close Unselected Window Settings Sets up the editor g Window Total Points Clock dialog a General Horizontal Unit Update Mode Cursor Link Grid Interpolation XN Cancel OK Extended Operation AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 7 Menu Structures Main Bottom menu menu SETUP cont m Vertical Horizontal L Run Mode m Trigger I Save Restore Extend Operation Side Subbottom Subside menu menu menu Note Use the General Purpose Knob to select Pop
17. Example 2 Describes how to use for loop and if conditional branch statements Example 3 Describes how to put comments and how to create sequence file Example 4 Describes how to use marker data and how to use the binary relational operations in the assignment statement Example 5 Describes how to use digital filter functions Example 6 Describes how to use data and code functions Example 7 Describes how to handle specific point data in the waveform file using the extract join and integ function and also the for and if statement Example 8 Creates the equation file to generate the four waveforms and two sequence files used in the Sequence editor tutorial in the Getting Started section Others Refer to Appendix D Sample Waveforms for more equation examples Most of the waveforms in the appendix were created by the listed equations Example 1 The example below creates three waveform files a wfm b wfm and c wfm size 2000 a wfm cos 2 pi scale size 1512 b wfm cos 2 pi scale c wfm a wfm b wfm The first and third lines define the waveform record length in points You can change the record length any time within an equation all created files use the last set size value When you do not define the waveform record length the instrument uses the default length of 1000 The second line generates the waveform a wfm with 200
18. Marker display Markeri 1 Direction arker display Marker2 1 Horizontal S Yertical File Operation Tools Zoomran Window Settings Undo Figure 3 8 Waveform editor initial screen AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 55 The Graphical Waveform Editor Table 3 8 provides a description of the Waveform editor screen elements Table 3 8 Waveform editor screen elements Element Description Active cursor position The position of the active cursor in the data record relative to the start of the data record Position is stated as point location or time depending on the horizontal unit set with the Settings menu Clock frequency The clock frequency sample rate used to calculate the point to point time interval between each data point This value is set in the Settings menu Note that this value is not the output waveform frequency Output frequency is calculated as follows Fredout Freq points per waveform cycle Cursor to cursor distance The number of data points or time between the left and right cursors Distance is stated as points or time depending on the horizontal unit set with the Settings menu Waveform record length The record length of the entire waveform file in points Record length is always shown as points regardless of the horizontal unit set with the Settings menu The default value is 1000 points Edit area position bar The edit
19. Waveform Hi Low Level Marker1 0 phase 0 deg to 20 of 20to 100 of one period of Hi one period of waveform waveform 2 0 V AWG710 1 0 V AWG710B Low 0 0V Marker2 0 phase 0 deg to 50 of 50 to 100 of one period of Hi one period of waveform waveform 2 0 V AWG710 1 0 V AWG710B Frequency 100 1MHz to Low 0 0V 160 0MHz 0 phase 0 deg to 52 of 52 to 100 of one period of one period of waveform waveform 1 00000 1 00000 Markeri Marker2 0 Figure 3 80 Marker pattern AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Frequency and Resolution Save Restore Setup Operation Flow FG Mode While operating in FG mode the output frequency determines the number of data points used to generate the waveform data and the marker data for one period The resolution of Pulse Duty cycle ratio and the width of Marker position corresponding to the number of data points are shown in the following table Table 3 56 Output Frequency and Waveform Length Frequency Number of Duty Ratio Markeri Marker2 Data Points Resolution position position 1 000Hz to 400 0kHz 10000 0 1 2000 5000 400 1kHz to 4 000MHz 1000 0 1 200 500 4 001MHz to 20 00MHz 200 0 5 40 100 20 01MHz to 40 00MHz 100 1 20 50 40 01MHz to 80 0MHz 50 2 10 25 80 01MHz to 100 0MHz 40 2 5 8 20 100 1MHz to 160 0MHz 25 4 5 13 160 01MHz to 200 0MHz 20 5 4 10 200 01MHz to 400 0MHz 10 10 2 5
20. Internal clock 1 Frequency accuracy Phase noise at 1 4 clock output Typical 1 ppm 10 C to 40 C during 1 year after calibration Data Clock is 1 4th of the output sample rate 80 dBc Hz 1 GHz with 10 kHz offset 100 dBc Hz 1 GHz with 100 kHz offset Page B 98 1 Table A 33 Internal trigger generator The internal reference oscillator is used Characteristics Description PV reference page Internal trigger rate Accuracy 0 1 Range 1 0 us to 10 0 s Resolution 3 digits minimum 0 1 us Table A 34 Main output The internal reference oscillator is used Characteristics Description PV reference page Output connector front panel SMA connectors Output signal Complemental CH1 and CH1 DA converter Resolution 8 bits Differential nonlinearity Within 1 2 LSB Integral nonlinearity Within 1 LSB Output impedance 502 Normal out except option 02 Output voltage 1 5 V to 1 5 V into a 50 Q load Amplitude Range 20 MVp p to 2 Vp p into a 50 Q load Resolution 1 mV i DC accuracy 2 0 of amplitude 2 mV offset 0 V Page B 72 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual A 29 Appendix A Specifications AWG710 Table A 34 Main output Characteristics Description PV reference page Offset Range 0 5 V to 0 5 V into a 50 Q load Resolution 1 mV Accuracy 1 5 of offset 10 mV Page B 72 20
21. LNE FREQUENCY FUSE 250V 250 power vaitace hana Cascatamm RED vn a cupen Taro kada in apan O Power connector MASTER SLAVE CONNECTION VCO OUT connector e a Sampling clock signal output Connect the provided power These C clock and T trigger signals are used for only Synchronous The maximum output level is cable to this connector operation between Master unit and Slave unit 0 4 Vp p into 50 Q load of Master and Slave into T IN of Master and Slave The C OUT n clock signals supplied by Master are inputted into C IN Similarly the T OUT n trigger signals supplied by Master are inputted EXT CLOCK IN connector signal is 125 MHz to 4 2 range External clock signal input An acceptable external clock 0 4 to 2 0 Vp input voltage 50 5 duty cycle and GHz frequency Figure 2 6 Rear panel signal and power connectors AWG710B AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Operating Basics Menu Operations Menu System 2 8 This section describes the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator menu system and numeric and text input methods The AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator uses menus to make selections There are four menu buttons labeled EDIT SETUP APPL and UTILITY as shown in Figure 2 7 Pushing a menu button displays the corresponding screen and menu buttons These menus let you edit waveforms
22. Type main for the hard disk drive and NET1 for remote file system NET1 and so on dir Lists all the files in the current directory in the instrument get xxxx local tile Receives the file xxxx in the instrument and stores it in the local file The xxxx name is used if the local file is not specified hash Toggles the hash sign on and off The hash sign is printed for each data block transferred when the hash sign is set to on AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 169 The UTILITY Window Table 3 44 Available FTP commands cont Commands Descriptions Is Lists the all files in the current working directory in the instrument put xxxx remote tile Transfers the file xxxx in your local computer and stores it in the instrument file The same xxxx name is used for a instrument file if the remote file is not specified pwd Print the path to the current directory in the instrument quit Terminates the ftp session and exits the ftp NOTE The ftp server in the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator does not support mget commands or meta characters For example when you use the put command with meta character as follows put ABS WFM a file named may be created in the internal disk of the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator This file is not displayed on the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator file list
23. lt Pin n logic gt 1 for X don t care 0 for L low state or 1 for H high state Jump Mode Selection The jump table or logic jump definition you define is effective depending on the jump mode setting as follows JUMP MODE lt space gt lt jump mode gt lt jump mode gt TABLE LOGIC or SOFTWARE Jump Timing and Strobe Settings JUMP_TIMING lt space gt lt timing gt lt timing gt SYNC or ASYNC STROBE lt space gt lt strobe gt lt strobe gt 0 for Off or 1 for On AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual G 3 Appendix G Sequence File Text Format Examples G 4 Two examples are shown here They are the text versions of the sequence files that you can find in the Operating Basics Tutorial 6 section beginning on page 2 70 SUBSEQ SEQ MAGIC 3002A LINES 4 SQUARE WFM 40000 0 0 0 0 RAMP WFM 60000 0 0 0 0 TRIANGLE WFM 60000 0 0 0 0 SINE WFM 30000 0 0 0 0 TABLE_JUMP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 LOGIC_JUMP 1 1 1 1 JUMP_MODE LOGIC JUMP_TIMING ASYNC STROBE 0 Using the current instrument default settings you can rewrite the above file as follows MAGIC 3002A LINES 4 SQUARE WFM 40000 RAMP WFM 60000 TRIANGLE WFM 60000 SINE WFM 30000 MAINSEQ SEQ MAGIC 3002A LINES 4 SUBSEQ SEQ 2 1 0 0 0 RAMP WEM 0 0 0 1 0 TRIANGLE WFM 40000 0 1 4 SINE
24. 0 cece cee cece cece reece eee eee 2 10 Text input button functions 0 cc cece cee ee eee eee 2 15 Shortcut controls 2 0 0 ccc ccc eee terete eee eens 2 16 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator file types 2 17 Drive and Directory menus 0 cece eee e eee cence 2 18 Waveform record length adjustment messages 2 22 EditOrS Sea e ote ea reals ere RAO ee ies Oe aaah sal T 2 26 Edit screen bottom menu buttons 0 cece eee ee eee 2 27 Edit side menu buttons 0 cece cece cee cee ee eee eens 2 29 Setup screen parameter icons cece eee ee ee cence 2 35 Setup bottom menu buttons cece cece eee teens 2 35 Setup output parameter operations ccc cece eee 2 38 RUM MOdES sseni onse sido ce ete eee rere eter eee e teens 2 41 Extended operation 0c ccc cece eee e eine e cece 2 42 Editors iar sseree we Fierce aire es Sle eae Stor s THe ere SE ois Selec aterelS dies 2 47 Waveforms to be used in sample sequences 20005 2 71 Sequence table contents in SUBSEQ seq eee e ee eee 2 74 Table 2 18 Sequence table contents in MAINSEQ seq 00 eee eee 2 76 Table 3 1 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator main menus 3 2 Table 3 2 Waveform parameter icons 0c c cece cece cee eee e eens 3 34 Table 3 3 Setup bottom menu buttons cee cece cece eens 3 34 Table3 4 Status area 3 scsi ec si
25. 1 Move the cursors to specify the edit area where the function waveform will be created 2 Push Operation bottom Standard Waveform pop up The Set Standard Function dialog box as shown in Figure 3 9 is displayed Table 3 10 describes the dialog box field functions 3 Set the required parameters and the push the OK side button AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 59 The Graphical Waveform Editor The instrument replaces inserts adds or multiplies the edit area with the specified standard waveform data Type Operation cycle Freq Amplitude Offset Sid I riangle Square Ramp DC Gaussian Noise Random Noise g Replace EE 100 0000kHZz 2 8080 6 0806 Figure 3 9 Standard Function Waveform dialog box Table 3 10 Standard Function Waveform dialog box parameters Parameter Type Description Specifies the type of standard function waveform to create You can select Sine Triangle Square Ramp DC Gaussian Noise or Random Noise Operation Selects how the standard function waveform is added to the edit area Replace replaces the edit area data with the specified standard function waveform This operation does not change the waveform data record length Insert inserts the standard function waveform at the active cursor position This operation increases the waveform data record length by the amount of the inserted waveform Add replaces the
26. 2 16 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual File Management Operating Basics This section is an overview of the instrument commands and operations for doing file management tasks Refer to File Management on page 3 225 for more information File Type Extensions The AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator uses numerous file formats to hold different types of data These file types are listed in Table 2 4 Note that the instrument checks the file format and processes the file based on its content regardless of the file extension Table 2 4 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator file types Files Waveform file Description Use wim or WFM suffix for identification Contains waveform data All signal data must be in waveform format before it can be output Created with the waveform editor by compiling an equation file or by converting to waveform format when importing waveforms from external equipment Pattern file Use pat or PAT suffix for identification Contains pattern data Created with the pattern editor Sequence file Use seq or SEQ suffix for identification Contains waveform sequence and trigger data Created with the sequence editor Equation file Use equ or EQU suffix for identification Contains equations or functions that describe a waveform Created with the equation text editor Both text editor and equation editor assign txt suffix by default
27. D Clock 500 00000MS S Run Mode Continuous Stopped 1 L lj A 999 R 999 1000 pts Value 8 value 25 130m 1 0000 1 0000 Markeri 1 Marker2 1 Window Settings Tools Zoom Pan File Operation Figure 2 35 Waveform editor initial screen Create a Sine Wave Do the following steps to create a standard sine function waveform 1 Push the Operation bottom button The instrument displays the Operation pop up menu 2 Select Standard Waveform from the pop up menu by using the general purpose knob By default Standard Waveform is selected 3 Push the OK side button The instrument displays the standard function dialog box as shown in Figure 2 36 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 2 57 Tutorials 2 58 Clock 100 00000MS S Run Mode Continuous Stopped T L 8 A 999 RL___ 999 Standard 1680 pts Value Value 8 Waveform 1 0000 Type Sie Triangle Square Ramp DC Gaussian Noise Random Noise Operation RIEA Insert Add Mul cycle Freq 100 00090kHz Amplitude 2 0000 Offset 0 0000 Cancel 1 0000 Markeri 1 OK Marker2 1 File Operation Tools Zoom Pan Window Settings nd Figure 2 36 The Standard Function dialog box 4 Confirm that the knob icon is located to the right of the Type field items This is the default selection for this dialog box If Type is not selected use the or button on the fro
28. Drive bottom 2 Select a storage drive from the side menu NOTE The floppy disk file list displayed on the screen does not automatically update when you replace the diskette with another one Select the floppy disk drive once again to update the file list 3 226 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual File Management Moving Directories Do the following steps to move to a different directory 1 Push the EDIT button 2 Select a drive 3 Push the Directory bottom button 4 Repeat step 3 until you reach the destination directory Push the Up Level side button to move a directory up by one level To move a directory down by one level select the directory from the file listing on the screen and then push the Down Level side button Making Directory Do the following steps to create a new directory z Push the EDIT button D Select a drive and or directory 3 Push Directory bottom Make Directory side The Input Filename dialog box appears 4 Use the Input Filename dialog box to specify the new directory name and or destination Selecting Files Do the following steps to select a file 1 Push the EDIT button 2 Select a file from the file listing on the screen using the or buttons or the general purpose knob Copying Files Do the following steps to copy a file Copy with Double Windows 1 Push Edit front panel Select the file you want to copy 2 Push Wi
29. Math Operation Do the following steps to create a new waveform by multiplying the current sine waveform with a second sine function waveform 1 Push the Operation bottom button The instrument displays the Operation pop up menu 2 Select Standard Waveform from the pop up menu by using the general purpose knob By default Standard Waveform is selected 3 Push the OK side button The instrument displays the standard function dialog box as shown in Figure 2 36 4 Turn the general purpose knob to highlight the Sine item in the Type field Note that Sine is the default type menu selection 5 Select Operation in the pop up menu using the button AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 2 59 Tutorials Select Mul item using the general purpose knob Push the button once to select the Cycle field Use the general purpose knob to set the number of cycles to 20 0 Push the button twice to select the Amplitude field 10 Use the general purpose knob to set the amplitude to 1 0 11 Push the OK side button to perform the multiply operation This action multiplies the sine wave in the waveform editor by the sine wave you have specified in the Standard Function dialog box Figure 2 38 shows the resulting waveform Clock 100 00000MS S Run Mode Continuous Stopped 2 i i LL 9 A 999 R 999 1000 pts Yalue eee Value 1 9684m 1 0000 1 0000 Markeri 1 Marker2 1 File Operation
30. Note that the upper 8 bits in the AWG2021 or AWG2005 waveform file are converted into the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator waveform file The lower four bits are neglected In the AWG2041 waveform file 8 bit data is imported with no convention into the data bits Data 0 to Data 7 in the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator pattern file TDS WFM to Waveform A waveform file generated with a Tektronix TDS Series oscilloscope is converted into an AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator waveform file The clock rate and position information are inherited The offset information is neglected in this conversion The AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator is unable to transfer waveforms during some oscilloscope acquisition modes such as Fast Acquisition for example Contact Tektronix Technical support for more information AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 219 File Conversion E TDS ISF to Waveform A waveform file generated with a Tektronix TDS3000 series oscilloscope Internal File Format is converted into an AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator waveform file The clock rate and position information are inherited The offset information is neglected in this conversion E EASYWAVE WAV to Waveform A data file wav generated with LeCroy EAS YWAVE software is converted into the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator waveform file No attributes
31. b Verify that the oscilloscope displays the waveform shown in Figure B 59 Figure B 59 Waveform output when SW4 is closed c Open SW4 of the ground closure to degenerate the event signal AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual B 95 Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710 d Verify that the oscilloscope displays the waveform in Figure B 55 11 Retain the test hookup and control settings Check Strobe Input Use the test hookup and oscilloscope settings from previous check 1 Follow the substeps below to set the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator controls and select the sequence file a Push UTILITY front panel System bottom Factory Reset side OK side b Load the PT_STROB SEQ file Refer to Loading Files on page B 62 for file loading procedures c Push SETUP front panel Run Mode bottom Enhanced side to set the run mode to enhanced 2 Push the RUN and CH1 OUT buttons The LEDs above the RUN button and CH1 output connector are on 3 Check the EVENT IN connector strobe pin input a Verify that the waveform displayed on the oscilloscope has the same amplitude as shown in Figure B 60 Figure B 60 Initial waveform output b Close SW5 of the ground closure to generate an event signal on the EVENT IN connector strobe pin B 96 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix B Performance
32. 0 cece E aR E E EEE ene 3 255 Error messages on connection 0 0 eects 3 255 Trigger Timing Calibration 0 0 0 0 0 cece eee eee 3 256 Save Restote Seip es Ge erties Shae es RAS Oe eins EN Be PEE 3 257 Operation Flows ian ae oe be Sad E eae ene a ig a eed 3 257 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendices Table of Contents Specifications AWG7I10B ccc cece cece cere eee eee ee ee cee eeee A 1 Electrical Specification s piisi epret e poen eet eee Flee Sg See SLSR ie URS 5 FES OM A 2 Certification and Compliances 0 0 ccc rererere A 25 Specifications AWG710 0 cece cee ccc cee cece e cree eee eeee A 27 Electrical Speciiication snega e a eli pea sotiin tet ad ied A 28 Certification and Compliances 0 0 eee errereen A 40 Performance Verification AWG7I10B ccc ccc cece cece cece ce ecene B 1 Conventions i recs beeen AN Be os BOP Ce MORN DA SEA BREA eee A Aen bd B 1 Sel TESS arth Fas wie a e tines isla h oe a ohne cath ted cil B 2 Performance Tests osc epeceesed en nee ne ienai hee is le gues bree eecs B 6 Operating Mode Tests noties oscene tapane pee be eee ee ee ee B 13 Amplitude and Offset Accuracy Tests Normal Out except option 02 B 19 Amplitude Offset Accuracy and Rise Time Tests Direct DA Out except option 02 eree itae e caer bog dose dee eee gue babe a de eed Gere B 23 Amplitude Offset Accuracy and Rise Time T
33. 3 Push the OK side button Use the EDIT menu to rename a created file or move it to another directory If you use the HARDCOPY button to produce a hardcopy file a file name such as TEKO00000 BMP is automatically assigned as the file name The TEK substring is fixed The 00000 substring indicates the counter value which is reset to 0 each time you power on the instrument Hereafter it is incremented by 1 each time a hardcopy is produced The extension is either BMP TIF BMP COLOR or TIF COLOR depending on the specified format The output destination drive will be as specified in the UTILITY menu The drive and path are the current drive and directory of the GPIB that are set when the Hardcopy command is received from the GPIB If you use the GPIB command to produce a hardcopy you must specify the output filename using the filename only Refer to the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual for more details Calibration and Diagnostics Calibration 3 172 The AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator can perform calibration and tests on the internal hardware This function requires minimal time to perform requires no additional equipment and tests the internal hardware of the instrument These tests can be used to quickly determine if the instrument is suitable for service The calibration and diagnostics can be performed in the screen that appears when you push
34. 9 Do the following substeps to change the connection to check the CH1 a Push the CH1 output button b Disconnect the adapter terminator and cable from the CH1 output connector c Connect the adapter terminator and the cable removed in step b to the CH1 output connector d Push the CH1 output button to turn on the CH1 LED 10 Repeat the Check Amplitude Accuracy procedure for the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator CH1 beginning on page B 19 11 Reconnect the test hookup on the CH1 output to the CH1 output Retain the control settings Check Offset Accuracy The following procedure checks the Offset Accuracy 1 Use the test hookup and settings from previous check on page B 19 and B 19 2 Follow the substeps below to set the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator controls and to select the sequence file a Push UTILITY front panel System bottom Factory Reset side OK side b Load the OFFSET WFM file Refer to Loading Files on page B 9 for file loading procedures c Push VERTICAL MENU front panel Amplitude side AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual B 21 Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B d Push 0 0 2 and ENTER keys in this order or turn the general purpose knob to set the amplitude to 0 020 V 3 Push the RUN and CH1 output buttons The LEDs above the RUN button and CH1 output connector are on 4 Do the following substeps to set the AW
35. Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710 Conventions Two types of Performance Verification procedures can be performed on this product Self Tests and Performance Tests You may not need to perform all of these procedures depending on what you want to accomplish E Verify that the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator is operating correctly by running the self tests which begin on page B 56 Advantages These procedures require minimal time to perform require no additional equipment and test the internal hardware of the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator If a more extensive confirmation of performance is desired complete the self test and then do the performance test beginning on page B 60 Advantages These procedures add direct checking of warranted specifications They require more time to perform and suitable test equipment is required Refer to Equipment Required on page B 61 Throughout these procedures the following conventions apply E Each test procedure uses the following general format Title of Test Equipment Required Prerequisites Procedure Each procedure consists of as many steps substeps and subparts as required to do the test Steps substeps and subparts are sequenced as follows 1 First Step a First Substep E First Subpart E Second Subpart b Second Substep 2 Second Step AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual B 55 Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710
36. Displays the Vertical side menu for setting waveform peak to peak amplitude offset lowpass filter marker and other output parameters The product which has option 02 doesn t have offset and lowpass filter function Horizontal Displays the Horizontal side menu for setting the clock source clock frequency and marker signal delay parameters Run Mode Displays the Run Mode side menu for setting the instrument run mode Refer to the Run Modes section on page 3 44 for an explanation of the different run modes Trigger Displays the Trigger side menu for setting trigger source slope level external trigger impedance and interval parameters Save Restore Displays the Save Restore side menu to save and restore setup output parameters 3 34 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The Setup Menu Screen Table 3 3 Setup bottom menu buttons Bottom menu button Extended Operation Description Displays the Extended Operation side menu to select four operation modes AWG mode FG mode Waveform Mixing mode and Synchronous Operation mode Table 3 4 Status area Item Clock Description Displays the clock rate of an internal clock or an external clock The clock rate of an external clock is measured and displayed when external clock use The following message is displayed in addition to a numerical value PLL UNLOCKED There is no Ref In signal when Clock Src is Inte
37. E Inverting bit of the NRZ data Past Current Next P OUT Output code 0 1 1 0 Example Input 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 Output 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 E Converting NRZ data to NRZI Past Current Next P OUT Output code 1 0 1 1 110 0 010 0 111 Example Input 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 Output 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 F 8 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix F Miscellaneous E Converting NRZ data to NRZI Two bits are generated for each input bit Past Current Next P OUT Output code 1 0101 1 1 10 0 0 00 0 1111 Example Input 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 Output 00 01 11 11 10 01 11 11 11 E Converting NRZ data to FM Two bits are generated for each input bit Past Current Next P OUT Output code 0 0 11 0 1 00 1 0 10 1 1 01 Example Input 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 Output 11 01 00 11 01 01 00 11 00 E Converting NRZ data to BI PHASE Two bits are generated for each input bit Past Current Next P OUT Output code 0 01 1 10 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual F 9 Appendix F Miscellaneous Example Input 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 Output 01 10 01 01 10 10 01 01 01 E Converting NRZ data to RZ Two bits are generated for each input bit
38. FC266E network standard FC133E i OK OC48 STM16 gz pop up 24 Selects SDH Sonet SDH Sonet lt at 3 STM network standard OC3 STM1 OC1 STMO OK D2 pop up D1 Selects other network lt FDDI 100Base TX standard _ Gigabit Ethernet ia OK NOTE The following subside menu options are available if a network standard is selected Creates test signal Read from File a ialog Select File C PN9 PN15 0000 Predefined Pattern 1111 lt 100100 1000010000 100000100000 1000000010000000 ae 4111100000 OK Execute dialog Save Input Filename NOTE available if a AMI standard is selected Isolated Pulse m Read from file gt Select File I Samples Bit 1 2 4 8 16 32 64 L Previous Menu 3 28 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Side menu Subbottom menu Bottom menu Main menu Appl cont Application Jitter Composer Subside menu Va dialog lt Input Data Profile Compose Read from File dialog a dialog Predefined Pattern lt Ws OK Sine Triangle Execute AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Pop up or dialog menu Menu Structures Description Box Hedings Jitter Composer Row Headings Repeat Count Samples Bit Data Rate Clock Rise Time Fal
39. Norm output 3 ns typical pee he Direct output 500 ps typical option02 1 2ns typical A Marker output Marker Skew 70 ps typical wt KAAN Figure A 11 Signal Timing A 34 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Table A 40 Event Input Appendix A Specifications AWG710 Characteristics Description Connector 9 pin D type on the rear panel Number of events 4 bits Input signal 4 event bits and Strobe Threshold TTL level Maximum input 0V to 5 V DC peak AC Impedance 1 KQ pull up to 3 3 V Enhanced mode Minimum pulse width 320 clocks 10 ns Event hold off time lt 896 clocks 20 ns Delay to analog out Typical Jump timing ASYNC Output Norm Filter Through Strobe On 1627 5 clocks 7 ns Strobe Off 1883 5 clocks 5 ns Event input to strobe input Setup time 192 clocks 10 ns Hold time 192 clocks 10 ns Table A 41 10 MHz reference clock input Characteristics Input voltage range Description 0 2 V to 3 0 V p into a 50 Q load AC coupling Maximum fi oV Impedance 50 Q AC coupling Reference frequency 10 MHz 0 1 MHz Connector Rear panel BNC connector AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual A 35 Appendix A Specifications AWG710 Table A 42 Function Generator FG Characteristics Operation Mode Description Continuous mode o
40. Programming Examples GAUSSN WFM RAMP WFM mint Points 10900 Period 18 666uS Points 1000 Period 10 090us Figure 3 70 Gaussian noise and ramp waveforms AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 217 Programming Examples 3 218 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual File Conversion Import The AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator has the ability to import and export various formats of waveform data Import converts waveform files created with other instruments into files the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator can use Export converts AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator waveform files into text files Each AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator waveform file contains the clock rate information waveform data and marker information Import uses default values for the information unavailable through the external file The following files can be converted into AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator compatible waveform files E AWG20xx WFM to Waveform An AWG2000 Series wfm file is converted into an AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator waveform file The marker data and clock rates are inherited AWG20xx WFM to Pattern An AWG2000 Series wfm file is converted into an AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator pattern file The marker data and clock rates are inherited
41. Select File Select Drive Same as AWG Mode Same as AWG Mode Same as AWG Mode Same as AWG Mode To AWG Mode AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 11 Menu Structures Main Bottom Side Subbottom Subside Pop up or Description menu menu menu menu menu dialog menu Sync Slave L Waveform Sequence Load Select File Up Level Down Level Drive Select Drive Cancel OK View OK m VWertica Same as AWG Mode Filter Amplitude Offset Marker Output L Exit Sync To AWG Mode 3 12 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual EDIT Menu Hierarchy Main menu Bottom menu Side Subbottom Subside Menu Structures Pop up or Description menu menu menu EDIT dialog Drive Directory File Edit Main Floppy NET1 NET2 NET3 Up Level Down Level Make Directory Archive Extract Copy Rename Delete Delete All Attribute Read Write Read Only Copy Copy All Move Move All Edit New Waveform op u File e OK AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual dialog menu List of files Selects storage drive Directory operations File operations NOTE These Side menu items are available when Single window is selected in the bottom menu side menu NOTE These Side menu items are available when Double window is selected in the bottom menu side me
42. Self Tests Diagnostics E Instructions for menu selection use the following format front panel BUTTON Main Menu Button Side Menu Button For example Push UTILITY System Reset to Factory OK E The name of the button or knob appears in boldface type Push EDIT then Drive push Floppy side button and use the knob to select SINE WFM from the file list The Self Tests use internal routines to confirm basic functionality and proper adjustment No test equipment is required to do these test procedures The self tests include internal diagnostics to verify that the instrument passes the internal circuit tests and calibration routines to check and adjust the instrument internal calibration constants This procedure uses internal routines to verify that the instrument is operating correctly No test equipment or hookups are required The instrument automatically performs the internal diagnostics when powered on you can also run the internal diagnostics using the menu selections described in this procedure The difference between these two methods of initiating the diagnostics is that the menu method does a more detailed memory check than the power on method Equipment None required Prerequisites Power on the instrument and allow a twenty minute warmup period before doing this procedure Confirm that there is no output being performed by verifying that the RUN LED is not on If the LED is on push th
43. and the period is approximately 5 ns 10 Disconnect the cable from the VCO OUT connector and connect the cable to the CH1 OUTPUT connector of the AWG710B 11 Set the Horizontal sweep of the oscilloscope to 2 u s 12 Check that the period of the sine wave displayed on the oscilloscope is approximately 5 us 13 Push the RUN button and the CH1 button to turn off the RUN LED 14 Turn off the function generator output disconnect the function generator AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual B 47 Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B VCO OUT Output Frequency and 10 MHz Reference Input Tests These procedures check the VCO OUT output frequency and the 10 MHz reference input function of the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator Equipment A 50 Q SMA coaxial cable A 50 Q BNC coaxial cable a required SMA Fe BNC Ma adapter a frequency counter and a function generator Prerequisites The AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator must meet the prerequisites listed on page B 7 Do the following steps to install the test hookup and set the test equipment controls 1 Usea50QSMA coaxial cable and SMA Fe BNC Ma adapter to connect the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator VCO OUT connector to the input B connector on the frequency counter 2 Use a50 Q BNC coaxial cable to connect the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator 10 MHz REF IN connector to the function generator output connector s
44. side button the code conversion table appears as shown in Figure 3 19 Each code conversion table defines the template pattern that is used for pattern matching with the source code Use the Edit side button to create a new code conversion table Alternatively use the Open side button to read an existing code conversion table ourc ource Outpt Source Source Source Output Code Convert Table Figure 3 19 Code conversion table Table 3 26 Code conversion parameters Parameters Past Source Description Corresponds to the previous source data which is to the left of the current noticed point You can view up to eight points of past data Current Source Shows the source data you are currently looking up You may specify up to 16 points starting in the noticed point Next Source Specifies the source pattern that is further to the right of the portion read with Current Source You can look at up to eight points of data AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 89 The Pattern Editor 3 90 Code Conversion Mechanism Table 3 26 Code conversion parameters cont Parameters Description Past Output The portion in which you view the output data that was output first You can view up to eight points of the conversion result of the past output Output Code Writes the resulting data of conversion that is output when a
45. 500e 9 pulse width 9 peak location gauss_p wfm exp log 2 2 time k1 k0 2 Descriptions 1 0000 Markeri Marker2 0 The waveform that is generated when the pulse width is tW50 and the peak location is 0 can be expressed as V t ep In a 150 Substituting lt 52 2 H t ives f t ane 2 2In 2 9 ia ep 2 oO and taking the Fourier transform gives FG J2n6 ap 22 This shows that this signal has a form in the frequency domain as well Example When twso is 30 ns the bandwidth will be 10 4 MHz Settings Waveform points 640 Clock frequency 1 0 GHz Output time 640 ns D 2 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Table D 3 Lorentz pulse Appendix D Sample Waveforms T LORENT2 WFM L 1023 R 1623 Value 381 320 ST Value 382 82U 1 0000 1 0000 Markerl Marker2 6 ESERE meee File name LORENTZ_PWFM Made with equation editor Equation size 1024 clock 1e9 pulse width kO 20e 9 peak location k1 512e 9 lorentz wim 1 1 2 time k1 k0 2 Descriptions When the pulse width is taken to be tw50 the waveform can be expressed by the following formula 1 V t _ t 2 1 2 25 Settings Waveform points 1024 Clock frequency 1 0 GHz Output time 1024 ns Table D 4 Sampling fun
46. Diag bottom Execute Calibration side This executes the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator calibration routines automatically The internal calibration does an extensive verification of proper AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator functions While this verification progresses the message box displaying Executing Calibration appear on screen When finished the resulting status will appear in the message box as shown in Figure B 2 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B Clock 100 00000MS S RunMode Continuous CALIBRATION RESULTS CH 1 CH 1 Internal Offset Pass Pass Output Offset Pass Pass Gain Pass Pass Direct Output Pass Pass Attenuator 5dB1 Pass Pass 5dB2 Pass Pass 10dB Pass Pass 20dB Pass Pass Filter 20MHz Pass Pass 50MHz Pass Pass 100MIHZz Pass Pass 200MHz Pass Pass Reference Level Pass Pass OK System Disk comm Network Status Diag Service Figure B 2 Calibration result message box except option 02 Verify that no failures are found and reported in the message box If the calibration displays Fail as the result consult a qualified service technician for further assistance 2 Push the OK side button and then any bottom or menu button other than the UTILITY to exit the dialog screen NOTE The calibration data in the memory may be lost if the instrument is powered off while the calibration is exec
47. Drive Main Free Space 9652286KB ee a Filename Size Date esis m 158204KB 01 05 24 17 55 40 Ampt1 seq 1KB 61 05 15 19 19 62 Amp2 seq 1KB 61 05 15 19 19 64 Dco wim 5KB 61 05 31 11 48 54 Dc_m wfm 5KB 01 05 31 17 51 20 _ De_p wfm SKB 01 05 15 19 19 04 L_ Mode wim 5KB 01 05 15 19 19 06 L_ Null1624 wim 6KB 01 05 15 19 19 08 File list lt ant TKB 01 05 15 19 19 10 TKB 01 05 15 19 19 10 E 6KB 01 05 15 19 19 12 Q1024h wfm 6KB 01 05 15 19 19 12 Q512x2 win 6KB 61 05 15 19 19 14 R1024 win 6KB 01 05 15 19 19 14 R1024h win 6KB 01 05 15 19 19 16 R512x2 wim SKB 61 05 15 19 19 16 Heras wim 6KB 01 05 15 1024 wfm 6KB 01 05 15 19 19 18 Drive Directory File Edit Tools Window Figure 2 19 Main Edit screen Table 2 8 Edit screen bottom menu buttons Button Description Drive Specifies the current drive to use for loading or storing waveform files Directory Lets you navigate and create directories on the current drive File Lets you copy rename delete and assign attributes to files on the current drive Edit Displays the Edit side menu for editing existing or new waveform files Tools Displays the Tools side menu for importing and converting file data Update Updates the waveform file name list Becomes available during the file lists on the Net Drive are displayed Window Lets you open a single window or double
48. Figure 3 40 Figure 3 41 Figure 3 42 Figure 3 43 Waveforms created at the same time in three windows 2 72 Initial sequence table ccc cece cee ee eee cee ee ences 2 73 Example of sequence SUBSEQ seq 0 cee eee cece eee 2 75 Screen for setting jump mode cece eee ee eee eee 2 77 Screen for setting event jump cc cece eee reece 2 78 Setup of Goto lt N gt sin i eea i iea EE cece eee eect e eens 2 79 Example of sequence MAINSEQ seq 0 0 cece cece eens 2 80 Overview of AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator process flow cece eee ee ee reece eee eee eees 3 1 Setup main screen except option 02 cece eee ee eee 3 33 1 4 CLOCK OUT output format cece eee eee ee 3 41 1 4 CLOCK OUT connection examples 0 eee eee 3 42 Run mode and current status 0 cece eee ee ee ee eens 3 44 Trigger slope and trigger level ccc cece cere eee eens 3 47 Waveform output sequence example ee eee cece eee 3 51 Waveform editor initial screen 0 cece eee eee eee 3 55 Standard Function Waveform dialog box 00 0005 3 60 Register value and tap setting example 0 0000s 3 66 Shift Register Generator dialog box 0c cece eee 3 67 Set Pattern dialog box 2 cee cece cece ee teen eens 3 68 Waveform compare operation example 00e0e08 3 75 Digital Filter di
49. Programming Examples The following text describes what happens in this example 1 The noise function generates a noise waveform into the file NOISE WFM in which the waveform data are normalized using the norm function 2 The extract function extracts the data sp through ep and stores them into the file TEPM1 WFM 3 The integ function integrates the 7 data The data of last point is the amount of 7 point data This last data is divided by 7 and then concatenated to the file SMOOTH WFM 4 The for statement shifts the points to be read by one point for each loop and repeats these procedures Clock 100 00000MS S Run Mode Continuous B 7 T NOISE WFM LL g A 1823 R 1023 1624 pts Val 395 411n CS yal 275 147m 1 00000 1 00000 Markeri 0 Marker2 0 2 SMOOTH WFM IE A 1015 RO 1015 1616 pts Val 17 7810m C yal 30 5719m 1 00000 1 00000 Markeri Marker2 0 File Operation Tools Zoom Pan Window Settings Figure 3 69 Noise waveforms before upper and after lower 7 point smoothing Example8 The following example creates two sequence files and five waveform files These files are the same as those used in the Tutorial 6 Creating and Running Waveform Sequences beginning on page 2 70 Tutorial 6 delete MAINSEQ SEQ delete SUBSEQ SEQ AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 215 Programming Examples 3 216 size 1000 clock 1le8 num
50. Push the Drive bottom button 4 Push the Floppy side button to select the floppy disk drive The file list for the floppy disk appears 5 Select the file LOG_SWP EQU from the file list using the general purpose knob AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 2 67 Tutorials Edit the Equation Save the Edited Equation 2 68 Compile the Equation 6 Push the EDIT bottom button 7 Push the EDIT side button The equation editor displays the LOG_SWP EQU file Do the following steps to replace the sin equation keyword with the tri keyword 1 Use the button to move the cursor downward and position it at the line where the sine function is written 2 Use the button to move the cursor position to just after the word sin a Push the lt button three times in the keypad to delete the word sin 4 Push the Math Functions bottom button to display the math functions pop up menu A Select tri from the pop up menu using the general purpose knob 6 Push the OK side button Confirm that the word tri is inserted at the cursor position At compile time you cannot specify a storage drive The instrument uses the drive specified when you loaded or saved the equation file To compile the edited equation file to a hard disk file you must first save the edited equation to the hard disk Do the following steps to save the edited equation to a hard disk file 1 Push the File bottom button 2
51. Push the Jump Mode bottom button The screen as shown in Figure 2 46 appears Clock 100 00000MS s Run Mode Continuous Jump Mode Logic Jump Table Jump 8 3210 Lp to nat 1 2 LLHL 3 ILHH LHLL Table LHLH LHHL HLLH Software File Data Line Jump Event Entry Edit Mode Jump AWG710 Clock 1 0000000GS S RunMode Continuous Push the button to move the highlighted cursor to the Wait Trigger column Logic Jump Table Jump 6543210 Jump to LLLLLLH LLLLLHL LLLLHLL LLLLHLH LLLLHHL LLLLHHH LLLHLLL LLLHLLH ou bB WN LLLHLHH LLLHHLL LLLHHHL LLLHHHH LLHLLLL LLHLLLH LLHLLHL LLHLLHH Jump Mode Logic Table Software File Data Line Jump Event Entry Edit Mode Jump AWG710B Figure 2 46 Screen for setting jump mode 1 Push the Logic side button to set the jump mode to Logic Jump AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 2 77 Tutorials 2 Push the Event Jump bottom button The screen as shown in Figure 2 47 appears Clock 100 00000MS sS Run Mode Continuous Clock 1 000000OGS S Run Mode Continuous Event Event Jump Jump Logic Jump Table Jump aa Logic Jump Table Jump eee 6 HO Timing o HEO Timing
52. initialize instrument settings define instrument operation and specify waveform output parameters You select items within the displayed menu by pushing the bottom or side bezel button nearest to the menu item These buttons consist of seven bottom buttons and five side buttons as shown in Figure 2 7 These menu bezel buttons are referred to as bottom menu buttons or bottom buttons and side menu buttons or side buttons The CLEAR MENU button cancels the current menu operation clears the current menus from the screen and exits to the previous instrument state Menu buttons Tektronix AWG710B ARBITRARY WAVEFORM GENERATOR 4 2 GS s D C i E D E J E A VERTICAL amm HORIZONTAL RUN OFFSET OFFSET QUICK EDIT EEO VERTICAL HORIZONTAL Cor MENU Side menu bezel buttons side buttons lt LEVEL SCALE SAMPLE RATE SCALE Bottom menu bezel buttons bottom buttons A COO OUTPUT a ODO a HH O ge 25V MAX OPEN CIRCUIT FROM 500 ZN DO NOT APPLY EXT SIGNAL CLEAR MENU button Figure 2 7 Menu buttons bezel menu buttons and the CLEAR MENU button AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Operating Basics Menu Elements Pushing a front panel menu button displays the s
53. 3 159 Focused Color 3 158 Screen Display Enable Disable 3 158 Setup overview outputting a waveform 2 39 setup overview 2 34 setup parameters loading from a file 2 40 saving to a file 2 40 SETUP screen 2 34 Setup window Amplitude 3 38 Clock 3 40 Clock Ref 3 42 Clock Src 3 43 Continuous 3 44 Direct Out 3 39 Edit 3 37 Enhanced 3 45 equation file loading 3 37 Extended Operation 3 50 FG mode 3 50 Filter Through 3 38 Gated 3 45 Horizontal menu 3 40 Impedance 3 47 Interval 3 48 Load 3 36 Marker 3 39 Offset 3 39 opening 3 33 outputting a signal 3 51 Polarity 3 47 Restore Setup 3 49 Run Mode 3 44 Save Setup 3 49 Save Restore 3 48 sequence file restrictions 3 36 Setup screen elements 3 33 Slope 3 47 Synchronous Operation 3 50 Trigger 3 46 Trigger Level 3 47 Trigger Source 3 46 Triggered 3 44 View 3 37 Waveform Mixing 3 50 waveform pattern load restrictions 3 36 window icon descriptions 3 34 Setups Ethernet 3 162 for hardcopy 3 170 SHIFT button 2 13 Shift Register Generator command 3 66 shortcut controls 2 15 side menu buttons 2 9 sign 3 201 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Index 9 Index Signal edit process 2 46 signal output 3 51 signal output parameters setting 2 38 sin 3 201 sinc 3 201 sinh 3 201 size 3 205 size waveform record 3 207 Slope menu button 3 47 SMA cable Synchronous Operation 3 250
54. 3 200 count down counter pattern 3 95 Count Down field 3 95 count up counter pattern 3 95 Count Up field 3 95 creating a new waveform 2 28 creating a pattern 3 94 creating and editing waveforms tutorial 2 56 creating standard counter patterns 3 95 Cube math function 3 72 Cursor Link field 3 84 Cursor Position field 3 97 cursors 2 30 Sequence editor 3 120 cut 3 113 Cut command 3 61 cut line Sequence editor 3 121 D D1 D2 network standard 3 145 Data Entry menu button 3 119 Data Points jitter composer application 3 152 Data Rate jitter composer application 3 152 data 3 193 Date and time setup 3 159 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual delete 3 194 deleting files 2 20 Diagnostics at power on 3 174 calibration 3 172 error codes 3 175 manual execution 3 175 self tests B 2 B 56 dialog box 2 11 diff 3 194 Differential math function 3 73 Digital Filter math function 3 74 3 78 Direct Out menu button 3 39 disk drive waveforms 3 131 3 234 3 242 Display Screen setup 3 158 Double Windows file operation 3 230 window operation 3 230 Double windows copying with 3 227 drive and directory menus 2 18 E EASY WAVE WAV to Waveform File Conversion 3 220 edit cursors 2 30 edit area 2 30 3 93 edit buffer waveform memory 2 36 Edit menu button 3 37 3 111 edit scope 2 30 3 92 EDIT screen 2 27 bottom buttons 2 27 edit windows multiple
55. 7 Push the CLEAR MENU or any other bottom button to terminate zoom pan The Window menu displays a side menu that lets you select which edit window is active Simply push the side button of the window you want to make active NOTE Push File bottom Open pop up to load a file into a second or third edit window There are a number of waveform parameters including the number of data points in the waveform data record length the clock frequency display mode and horizontal units that you can define Although the instrument had default values for these parameters you should set these to your own waveform requirements You can use the Settings dialog box to set these parameters To display the Settings dialog box push the Settings bottom button Figure 3 16 shows the Settings dialog box AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Window Total Points Clock View General Horizontal Unit O Time Update Mode Cursor Link Grid Interpolation The Graphical Waveform Editor 1608 166 60066MS s CENA Table for cen ei ont fort fen Figure 3 16 Settings dialog box Window and General are two types of editor setup parameters Window parameters only affects the active edit window General parameters influence all windows currently opened and that will be opened whether they are active or not Table 3 21 describes the Window setup parameters an
56. AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Table D 10 Amplitude modulation 1 AM WFM 32000 pts 1 0000 L 8 value 1 0000 A 31999 RL 31999 E value 881 92m 1 0000 Markeri Marker2 Appendix D Sample Waveforms File name AM WFM Made with equation editor Equation clock 1 28e6 size 32000 k1 4000 modulation frequency k2 10e6 carrier frequency a 0 5 modulation degree am wfm norm 1 a cos 2 pi k1 time cos 2 pi k2 time delete tmp Descriptions This example shows a double sideband DSB amplitude modulated waveform with a modulation factor of 0 5 The modulating signal is a cosine wave Settings Waveform points 32000 Clock frequency 128 MHz Output time 0 25 ms Table D 11 Frequency modulation 1 FM WEM L 32768 pts value 1 0000 7 A 32767 R V 32767 alue 694 30m 1 0000 Markeri Marker2 6 File name FM WFM Made with equation editor clock 819 266 size 32768 k0 25e3 modulation frequency k1 100e6 carrier frequency b 60 12e3 frequency deviation Equation fm wfm sin 2
57. AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The Setup Menu Screen Offset This button lets you set the waveform output offset voltage You may set any value except option 02 from 0 500 to 0 500 V in 1 mV increments The VERTICAL OFFSET knob on the front panel works in every display except Quick Edit Do the following steps to set the waveform offset value 1 Push SETUP front Vertical bottom Offset side The instrument highlights the Offset screen icon 2 Use the general purpose knob numeric buttons keyboard or VERTICAL OFFSET knob to change the offset value If you use the general purpose knob use the or buttons or keys to select the digit to change Marker This button lets you set the marker 1 and 2 high and low levels You may set any value from 2 00 lt Low lt 2 40 V 1 00 lt High lt 2 45 V Low lt High 1 1 lt Low lt High lt 3 0 V AWG710 in 50 mV increments The value of Low must always be less than or equal to the value of High The maximum marker output level High Low is 1 25 Vp p 2 5 Vp p AWG710 when the output signal is terminated into 50 Q Do the following steps to set the marker signal high and low output levels 1 Push SETUP front Vertical bottom Marker side The instrument highlights the Marker screen icon for the selected channel 2 Push the side menu button for the marker signal value you want to change 3 Use the general purpose
58. By default the last line of a sequence table always jumps back to line one unless you have set another jump destination AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 123 The Sequence Editor Logic Jump Do the following steps to set the Goto lt N gt value Move the cursor to the line in which to set the Goto lt N gt value Move the cursor to the Goto lt N gt column Push Data Entry bottom Goto Next and Goto Specified Line menu items are displayed on the side PU OR ey he Push Goto Specified Line side and enter the value The valid number is 1 to 8000 6 Push the CLEAR MENU on the front panel to exit the setting mode The Logic Jump column specifies a conditional jump to a line in the sequence table Conditional jumps move to a sequence line depending on the value of the TTL logic signals on the EVENT IN rear panel connector The AWG710B has 7 bits event signals and the AWG710 has 4 bits event signals The instrument uses event signals to trigger line jumps in the sequence table Logic Jump functionality is only valid when the Run Mode is set to Enhanced Note that this setting is neglected in the subsequence Figure 3 31 shows the standard 9 pin D type EVENT IN connector that accepts 3 124 TTL level signals 0 0 V to 5 0 V DC Peak AC The external event input connector lines are pulled to a logic high level when nothing is connected to it EVENT IN Pin NO Signal
59. CH 1 Load Ez ce A RL p Through 1 688Upp a a 2 CH 1 Figure 3 5 Run mode and current status To specify a run mode push SETUP front Run Mode bottom Continuous Triggered Gated or Enhanced side The following text describes the run modes in more detail This button sets the instrument to continuous output mode When you push the RUN button on the front panel the output begins immediately This occurs regardless of the state of the trigger signal and FORCE TRIGGER button on the front panel The output starts at the head of the waveform or sequence and repeats until you push the RUN button again The Status Indicator is displaying Running while the waveform is being output or Stopped when the output has been stopped This button sets the instrument to triggered output mode When you push the RUN button on the front panel the instrument enters the state awaiting a trigger the status is Waiting In the state of waiting for trigger the instrument outputs the head value of waveform or sequence When the instrument detects trigger or the FORCE TRIGGER button is pushed the output begins at the start of the waveform or sequence data the status is Running After outputting one waveform or sequence the instrument outputs the head value of waveform or sequence and enters again the state awaiting another trigger the status is Stopped If you push the FORCE TRIGGER button
60. Figure B 43 Amplitude accuracy initial test hookup 06 B 73 Figure B 44 Direct DA output amplitude accuracy initial test hookup B 77 Figure B 45 Direct DA output pulse rise time initial test hookup B 79 Figure B 46 Option02 output amplitude accuracy initial test hookup B 81 Figure B 47 Optipn02 output pulse rise time initial test hookup B 83 Figure B 48 Pulse response initial test hookup 0 cee eeeeees B 85 Figure B 49 Trigger input initial test hookup 00 e eee ee cece B 87 Figure B 50 Trigger signal and waveform output 5 V check 1 B 89 Figure B 51 Trigger signal and waveform output 5 V check 2 B 89 Figure B 52 Trigger signal and waveform output 5 V check 1 B 90 Figure B 53 Trigger signal and waveform output 5 V check 2 B 90 Figure B 54 Event input and enhanced mode initial test hookup B 91 Figure B 55 Waveform while all ground disclosure switches are open B 93 Figure B 56 Waveform output when the SW1 is closed B 93 Figure B 57 Waveform output when SW2 is closed 00e0000 B 94 Figure B 58 Waveform output when the SW3 is closed 0 B 95 Figure B 59 Waveform output when SW4 is closed 00ee eee B 95 Figure B 60 Initial waveform output 0 cc cece eee ee eee eee B 96 Figure B 61 DC waveform output when the SWS
61. Marker output 2 0 ps 15 ps 2 0 ps 15 ps 2 0 ps 15 ps Note Period Jitter is measured with Clock Pattern 01010101 Table A 10 Marker output Cycle to Cycle Jitter Clock frequency 4 2 GS s 2 1 GS s 1 05 GS s Measurement StdDev Pk Pk StdDev Pk Pk StdDev Pk Pk Marker output 3 4 ps 25 ps 3 4 ps 25 ps 3 7 ps 26 ps Note Cycle to Cycle Jitter is measured with Clock Pattern 01010101 Table A 11 VCO output Period Jitter Clock frequency 4 2 GS s 2 1 GS s 1 05 GS s Measurement StdDev Pk Pk StdDev Pk Pk StdDev Pk Pk VCO output 1 4 ps 10 ps 1 4 ps 10 ps 1 4 ps 10 ps Table A 12 VCO output Cycle to Cycle Jitter Clock frequency 4 2 GS s 2 1 GS s 1 05 GS s Measurement StdDev Pk Pk StdDev Pk Pk StdDev Pk Pk VCO output 2 4 ps 16ps 2 4 ps 16 ps 2 4 ps 16 ps AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual A 7 Appendix A Specifications AWG710B Table A 13 Auxiliary inputs Characteristics Trigger input Description PV reference page Connector Rear panel BNC connector Impedance 1kQ or 50Q Polarity Trigger mode POS positive or NEG negative Slope Gated mode Input voltage range 10 V into a 1 KQ load 5 V into a 50 Q load Threshold Level 5 0 V to 5 0 V Resolution 0 1 V Triggered mode See Figure A 1 on page A 9 Minimum pulse width 10 ns 0 2 V amplitude Trigger hold
62. NOTE This command lets you create a waveform file that does not meet the instrument waveform minimum data requirement minimum of 960 points evenly divisible by four If you create such a file open it in a waveform editor and then attempt to save it the instrument displays a dialog box asking you to correct the problem If you attempt to load the waveform in the Setup screen the instrument displays an error message Stating that the file does not have enough data points foo wfm data 1 0 2 4 5 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 193 Command Descriptions Delete Group Syntax Arguments Example Diff Group Syntax Arguments Example 3 194 The delete statement deletes the specified file name from the current drive Waveform delete filename filename is the complete file name path file name and extension to the file that you want to delete The file must be located on the active drive The argument can include a relative or absolute path name Enclose the file name within double quotation marks delete test_dir wvfrms sine2x wfm The diff statement performs a differentiation operation on a specified file The output file retains all marker values of the input file Refer to Differentiation on page F 1 for information about the differentiation algorithm Waveform output_filename diff filename output_filename is the complete file name file
63. Push the Data Marker1 or Marker2 side button to specify which data to invert 4 Push the Exec side button The data in the edit area inverts flips horizontally Vertical Invert The Vertical Invert command vertically inverts flips the edit area waveform and marker data You can invert the waveform and marker data separately This command does not change the waveform data record length Do the following steps to vertically invert the waveform or marker data 1 Move the cursors to specify the edit area to invert 2 Push Operation bottom Vertical Invert pop up OK side 3 Push the Data Marker1 or Marker2 side button to specify which data to invert 4 Push the Exec side button to vertically invert the cursor to cursor data you have specified in Step 3 Clip The Clip command sets the edit area waveform data maximum upper or lower signal level to a specified value Do the following steps to clip the waveform data 1 Move the cursors to specify the edit area to clip 2 Push Operation bottom Clip pop up OK side Push the Clip side button to specify the portion of level to be clipped Select either the Upper or Lower Upper refers to all signal data located above the origin and lower refers to all signal data located below the origin 4 Push the Level side button and specify the clip level using the general purpose knob or numeric keys 5 Push the Exec side button to
64. Push the RUN button to turn off the RUN LED 14 Disconnect the DMM Check Pulse Rise Time Equipment A 50 Q SMA coaxial cable and an oscilloscope TDS820 required Prerequisites The AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator must meet the prerequisites listed on page B 61 Do the following steps to install the test hookup and set the test equipment controls 1 Use the 50 Q SMA coaxial cable to connect the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator CH1 output connector to the oscilloscope CH1 input connector see Figure B 47 AWG710 option 02 Arbitrary Waveform Generator Oscilloscope TDS820 0 00 0 00 00 00 0 00 0 0 00009 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 o C0000 e 50 SMA coaxial cable Figure B 47 Optipn02 output pulse rise time initial test hookup 2 Set the oscilloscope controls as follows Vertical scan ncd tex anne tieuna nanena CH1 CH1 coupling o ae DC if applicable CH1 scale nannaa 200 mV div Horizontal SWEEP is sad e ne hra adie ee tas 200 ps div AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual B 83 Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710 Trigger SOUE asic data toi des thew naa wes CH1 Slope aae E naunuanton aut T LOVE sc detrcnniton spied tarda wanna warden OV Mod ensue cae c cee ee to ahe those Auto NOTE The pulse rise time tests use the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generators control
65. Sez Value 6 2831m 1 0000 1 0000 2 TRIANGLE w fm 1S EO A 999 R 999 1060 pts Value Sa Value 4 0000m 1 0000 1 0000 3 SQUARE w m 109090 pts 1 0000 Value 1 0000 C Value 1 0000 1 0000 File operation Tools Zoom an Window settings Undo Figure 2 43 Waveforms created at the same time in three windows Open the Sequence Editor Do the following steps to open the sequence editor and create the sequences 1 Push the EDIT button on the front panel 2 72 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Tutorials 2 Push the New Sequence side button The sequence table to create a new sequence is displayed in the screen See Figure 2 44 Clock 100 08600MS s Run Mode Continuous File Repeat Wait Goto Logic Line CH1 once lt N gt Jump g close Save Save AS pgg EE File Data Line Jump Event Move Entry Edit Mode Jump Cursor to Figure 2 44 Initial sequence table Create the Subsequence You will create the sequence list shown in Table 2 17 This sequence is used as a subsequence and is called from the main sequence that you create in Create the Main Sequence on page 2 76 This sequence runs as follows 1 Line 1 outputs the gaussian noise waveform 40 000 times and then goes to line 2 2 Line 2 outputs the ramp waveform 60 000 times and then goes to the next line 3 3 Line 3 outputs the trian
66. Standard patterns Descriptions Count Up Creates a binary incrementing counter pattern Count Down Creates a binary decrementing counter pattern Graycode Creates a gray code counter pattern Johnson Creates a Johnson counter pattern Do the following steps to create a counter pattern 1 Specify the scope and area in which you want to create the pattern 2 Push Operation bottom Counter pop up The Counter dialog box as shown in Figure 3 22 is displayed Select a type standard pattern from the dialog box 4 Specify the number of points in Points Step in which you want to represent one step of the standard pattern You may specify a value from 1 to 100 by using the general purpose knob or numeric buttons AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 95 The Pattern Editor 5 Specify bit width in the Data Range From and Data Range To These two parameters specify the counter bit width and the position in the data The markers are also available 6 Push the OK side button Inserting Data From Files Set Pattern 3 96 You can import pattern data from a file on the floppy drive hard disk or the network to any location in the current pattern edit window The data is inserted at the active cursor position Importing data results in an increase in the record length number of points of the pattern Do the following steps to import pattern data from a file 1 Move the cursor to th
67. Sync EE ASYN a sync 2 BLA 2 EO i 3 BOA 3 EO 4 BA 5 HOA 6 oH Strobe _ Strobe _ On On me Moat icine Jump Event nearer a Data Line Jump Event j File Entry Edit Mode Jump Undo File Entry Edit Mode Jump Undo AWG710 AWG710B Figure 2 47 Screen for setting event jump 1 Push the Timing side button to set the timing to Sync 2 Push the Data Entry bottom button to go back to the sequence table screen R Push the button once and then button twice to move the highlighted cursor to the Logic Jump column Push the Jump to Next side button Push the button once to go to the next line Push the Jump to Specified Line side button Push the Jump to side button and set 4 using the general purpose knob Push the CLEAR MENU bottom button to move the highlighted cursor right and left by using the and buttons Fa GaN ONS e 9 Push the button once to move the highlighted cursor to the Goto lt N gt column 10 Push the Data Entry bottom button to go back to the sequence table screen 2 78 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Tutorials 11 Go to Next and Go to Specified Line menu items appear on the side menu see Figure 2 48 Clock 160 06060MS S Run Mode Continuous Stopped Goto N Figure 2 48 Setup of Goto lt N gt 12 Push the Go to Specified Line side button and the Go to n side menu item appears Enter the number 1 to 8000 by using
68. Table D 14 Waveform for magnetic disk signal DSK WFM Made with disk application Creates a disk signal pattern with NRZ I modulation using the disk application This signal is created with default parameter settings Samples Cell 20 NLTS 0 Cell Period 20 ns NLTS 0 TAA 1 0 NLTS 0 TAA 1 0 Asymmetry 0 PW50 50 PW50 50 The encoding is NRZ I A signal with the same pattern is set for the marker 1 as well a en eon File name Descriptions HAI AH 1 0000 Markeri 1 marker 1 TUNT LLU LIT Settings Waveform points 10220 Clock frequency 1 0 GHz Output time 10220 ns D 8 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Table D 15 Isolated pulse for disk application Appendix D Sample Waveforms T PR4 WEM 200 pts 1 0000 Marker1 6 Marker2 9 a_l File name PR4 EQU Made with equation editor Equation PR4 Pulse spcell 10 Samples Cell cperiod 10e 9 Cell Period sec ncells 20 Number of Cells clock spcell cperiod Samples Cell Cell Period Hz size spcell ncells Samples Cell Number of Cells kO ncells pi Number of Cells PI k1 0 5 a pi 4 PR4 WFM a sinc k
69. The APPL Menu Clock 100 00000MS S Run Mode Continuous Stopped Network Application ITU T El Read Ptn from File pres defined pp A pg e Pattern Total Points 40 Execute Line Code AMI HDB3 Bit Rate 2 048000Mbps Samples Bit 4 SENE clock 8 1926660MS s Isolated Pulse standard Isolated Pulse Aner i Fiber SDH i appiication ITU T TEAPA cuna Sonet Misc Figure 3 43 Execution of superposing 10 Select Superpose bottom Save side to save the generated waveform to a file Input data Pattern data file or waveform file is used as input data When a pattern data file is specified for input the application reads only the MSB bits DATA7 When a waveform file is specified this process converts the values equal to or greater than 0 5 to a logic 1 and the values less than 0 5 to a logic 0 The pattern data or waveform data to be input must have the number of points equal to or more than 20 points The pre defined patterns shown in Table 3 38 are incorporated in the application AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 143 The APPL Menu Line Code Conversion Isolated Pulse 3 144 Table 3 38 Pre defined patterns Pattern items PN9 Descriptions 9 bits M series pseudo random pulse PN15 15 bits M series pseudo random pulse 0000 1111 100100 10001000 100001000
70. The clock information will match the one appearing first that is the one coded at the leftmost out of those used in the waveform expression If the waveform expression includes no lt signal name gt 3 188 The output waveform length depends on the size variable value The clock value depends on the clock variable value AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Command Descriptions The WPL commands are listed in alphabetical order Mathematical functions and operators are described under the headings Math Functions on page 3 200 and Math Operators on page 3 202 Bpf The bpf statement creates a new waveform file by passing the specified waveform file through a band pass filter Group Waveform Syntax output_filename bpf filenamel cutoff_freq_lo cutoff_freq hi taps atten Arguments output_filename is the complete file name file name and extension to contain the filtered waveform data The argument can include a relative or absolute path name Enclose the file name within double quotation marks fi 1ename1 is the complete file name and extension name of the source file for the band pass filter operation The file must be on the active drive The argument can include a relative or absolute path name Enclose the file name within double quotation marks cutoff freq_lois the band pass filter low frequency cutoff value You can enter the value as a real or scientific notation number or
71. This section describes the features of the Sequence editor Tutorial 6 Creating and Running Waveform Sequences on page 2 70 provides detailed instructions for creating sequence files Starting the Sequence Editor File name gt Sequence table lt va To start the Sequence editor push EDIT front Edit bottom New Sequence side You can also automatically start the Sequence editor by loading a seq file from the EDIT menu file list Figure 3 30 shows the Sequence editor screen with an example sequence list Table 3 33 describes each column of the sequence table with more information and procedures on page 3 122 Table 3 34 describes the bottom menu functions The sections that follow Table 3 34 describe the menu operations in detail Knob icon Clock 100 00000MS S Run Mode Continuous File close KAE Save Save AS pgg File Data Line Jump Event Move Entry Edit Mode Jump Cursor to Figure 3 30 Sequence editor initial screen AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 117 The Sequence Editor Table 3 33 Sequence table columns Column Sequence file name Description Remains blank if you have not saved the sequence once after opening a new file Line Sequence line number It is assigned automatically here as a result of the addition or deletion of a line CH1 Specifies the waveform or sequence file to output o
72. Verify that the offset setting display on the Offset side button is 0 000 V If the offset display is not set correctly push the Offset side button and push 0 and then ENTER key Do the following substeps to check the amplitude accuracy of a 20 mV amplitude setting a Write the DMM reading as a positive voltage b Push the FORCE EVENT button Write the DMM reading as a negative voltage d Verify that the positive minus negative voltages fall within 20 mV 2 4 mV e Push 0 2 and ENTER keys in this order or turn the general purpose knob to set the amplitude to 0 200 V Do the following to check the amplitude accuracy of 200 mV amplitude setting a Push the FORCE EVENT button b Write the DMM reading as a positive voltage AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B Push the FORCE EVENT button d Write the DMM reading as a negative voltage e Verify that the positive minus negative voltages fall within 200 mV 6 mV f Push the 2 and the ENTER keys in this order or turn the general purpose knob to set the amplitude to 2 V 8 Do the following substeps to check the amplitude accuracy of 2 V amplitude setting a Push the FORCE EVENT button b Write the DMM reading as a positive voltage c Push the FORCE EVENT button d Write the DMM reading as a negative voltage e Check that the positive minus negative voltages fall within 2 V 0 042 V
73. a required SMA Ma BNC Fe adapters BNC female to dual banana adapter and a digital multimeter DMM Prerequisites The AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator must meet the prerequisites listed on page B 7 Do the following steps to install the test hookup and set the test equipment controls 1 Use a50 Q BNC coaxial cable a SMA Ma BNC Fe adapter a 50 Q precision terminator and a BNC to dual banana adapter to connect the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator MARKER 1 OUT to the DMM input connector see Figure B 33 AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator eee ae DMM to eieietelS O O MARKER 1 out connector Input connector SMA Male BNC Female adapter 50Q BNC coaxial BNC to dual banana adapter BNC 50Q precision terminator cable 50 Q BNC coaxial cable 50 Q BNC coaxial cable Figure B 33 Marker output initial test hookup 2 Set the DMM controls as follows Mode Aint orth at ines teen aes VDC RANGE E EE E nain tae kahuna mann nae Auto Mpita a atin Maw phe EDT Front 3 Follow the substeps below to set the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator controls and to select the sequence file AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B
74. a Push UTILITY front panel System bottom Factory Reset side OK side b Push SETUP front panel Run Mode bottom Enhanced side The AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator is set to enhanced mode c Load the AMP1 SEQ file Refer to Loading Files on page B 9 for file loading procedures 4 Push the RUN button and ALL MARKER OUT ON OFF button The LEDs above the RUN button and ALL MARKER OUT ON OFF is on 5 Do the following substeps to set the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator marker output high level setting a Push VERTICAL MENU front panel Marker side Marker 1 High Level side b Push 2 4 5 and ENTER keys in this order or turn the general purpose knob to set the marker level to 2 45 V c Verify that the marker 1 high level reading on the DMM screen falls within 2 2275 V through 2 6725 V d Push the FORCE EVENT button 6 Do the following substeps to set the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator marker output low level setting Push Marker 1 Low Level side button b Push 2 0 and ENTER keys in this order or turn the general purpose knob to set the marker level to 2 0 V c Verify that the marker 1 low level reading on the DMM screen falls within 2 2 V through 1 8 V d Push the FORCE EVENT button 7 Do the following substeps to change the connection to check the MARKERI1 a Disconnect the 50 Q precision terminator from the MARKER1 OUT connector b Disconne
75. allowing for 7 62 cm 3 in of padding on each side including top and bottom Seal the carton with shipping tape or with an industrial stapler Mark the address of the Tektronix Service Center and your return address on the carton in one or more prominent locations NOTE Do not ship the instrument with a diskette inside the floppy disk drive When a diskette is inside the drive the disk release button sticks out This makes the button susceptible to damage AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Operating Basics Operating Basics This section provides the following information Controls and Connectors The Controls and Connectors subsection describes the instrument buttons controls connectors and typical screen displays The Menu Operations subsection describes how to operate menus and enter numeric and text values The File Management subsection describes the overview of the instrument commands and operations for file management tasks The Editor Overview subsection introduces the waveform editor functions and operations The Setup Overview subsection describes the SETUP screen and simple operations The Theory of Operation subsection describes the electrical operation of the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator Front Panel Figures 2 1 2 3 and 2 4 show the locations of the front panel controls and connectors CAUTION To prevent data corruption do not push the eje
76. but use equ suffix to avoid confusion with normal text file Text file Use txt or TXT suffix for identification Contains ASCII text Created with the equation text editor Setup file Use set or SET suffix for identification Contains instrument setup and configuration data of both AWG and FG mode Created from the SETUP menu AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 2 17 Operating Basics Locating Files There are three locations for storing waveform data on the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator Data can be stored on the instrument hard disk drive the instrument floppy disk drive or a remote storage device accessible through the Ethernet interface If the file you want to load is not on the current drive use the EDIT menu main screen Drive and Directory bottom menu buttons to open side menus that let you change the current drive location Table 2 5 describes the Drive and Directory bottom buttons Table 2 5 Drive and Directory menus Bottom as Feni Side menu Description Drive Main Changes the instrument current drive To select a drive push Floppy the appropriate side menu button Note that there must be a Nett floppy disk inserted in the instrument floppy disk drive to select Net2 the floppy drive Net3 Note that the label Net1 Net2 and Net3 vary depending on the net name settings in the UTILITY menu Directory Up Level Moves up a directory level Down Level Moves
77. cut and paste partial inversion about the horizontal or vertical axis shift or scaling This operation can be based on a standard waveform such as a sine or rectangular wave or the previously created waveform The Waveform Editor also has a unique feature that is capable of editing a waveform with waveform calculation functions absolute value of waveform differentiation integration convolution correlation addition subtraction multiplication between waveforms and so on Pattern Editor The Pattern Editor displays a digital signal pattern with a pattern data placed in 8 bit creation waveform memory it creates a digital signal pattern according to the High Low settings you made for the individual bits In addition to the functions supported by the Waveform Editor the Pattern Editor is capable of generating frequently used digital signals unique to digital signals and pseudo random patterns Sequence Editor The Sequence Editor lets you create a more complex waveform by combining a few types of the waveform data that you have created using Waveform and or Pattern Editors This editor also enables a Waveform listing jump and output stop to take place They follow the external event information from the EVENT IN connector as well as the number of repetitions and the order for the individual pieces of waveform data Text Editor The Text Editor creates an equation more exactly a waveform by a method of equations When a equation
78. directory Select the Drive Name field using and buttons b Push the Edit side button The Drive Name dialog is displayed c Input a drive name using the Key pad and the General Purpose knob Push the Shift key to change the characters in the dialog box to upper case d Push the OK side button to enter the drive name The drive name set here is displayed as one of the drive selections Figure 3 56 shows an example of the drive selections In this case the drive name of Drive 1 is changed with NET1 to UNIX02 Set the remote computers IP address in the IP Address field e Select the IP Address field using and buttons f Push the Edit side button Network Drive Address dialog is displayed g Input a IP Address using the Key pad and the General Purpose knob h Push the OK side button to enter the IP Address Set the remote computers directory in the Remote Directory field i Select the Remote Directory field using and buttons j Push the Edit side button Network Drive Directory dialog is displayed k Input a remote computers directory name using the Key pad and the General Purpose knob A push on the Shift key changes characters in the dialog box to a capital letter l Push the OK side button to enter the remote computers directory name Specify a remote file system node in the Remote Directory field m Select the Access field using and buttons n Select Off or NFS using 4 or t
79. sequence modes Set output Push RUN and parameters OUTPUT buttons Figure 3 7 Waveform output sequence example During waveform output you can make changes to an output parameter using the shortcut controls VERTICAL LEVEL SCALE VERTICAL OFFSET and HORIZONTAL SAMPLE RATE SCALE Changes you make with the editor during waveform output are shown immediately Refer to Edit on page 3 37 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 51 The Setup Menu Screen Automatic Reloading of A file that has been loaded and that is being output will be reloaded when one of Output Files the following conditions is met E The waveform or pattern file is modified with the editor Auto or Manual mode in the Settings bottom menu E The file is changed with Copy or Rename by operating the front panel GPIB or Ethernet control E Changes are made to a sequence file E A file is received from GPIB or Ethernet and changes are made to the file Auto reload occurs when changes are made to a file The file length may change due to Cut or Paste or because it is subjected to Copy as a thoroughly different file If so auto reload will fail and the output file will be named NULL Waveform Files and Waveform and pattern files contain the clock attribute values appended If you Sample Clock Rates specify a waveform or pattern file as the output file the clock value will be loaded from the file and set If you specify a sequence
80. 0 00000e B 42 Figure B 27 Waveform output when SW7 is closed 00e cece B 42 Figure B 28 Waveform output when SW8 is closed 0200eeee B 43 Figure B 29 Initial waveform output ccc cece eee eee recess B 44 Figure B 30 DC waveform output when the SW5 is closed B 44 Figure B 31 Trigger input initial test hookup 0 cece eeeee B 46 Figure B 32 VCO OUT outputfrequency and 10 MHz reference input initial test hookup ccc cece cece cee cece reece eens B 48 Figure B 33 Marker output initial test hookup cece eeeee B 50 Figure B 34 Synchronous operation test hookup eeeeeeeees B 52 Figure B 35 Diagnostic menu 2 cee cece cece cece cee eee eees B 57 Figure B 36 Calibration result message box except option 02 B 59 Figure B 37 EVENT IN connector pins and signals and ground closure CONNECUON scence ted wate a a eRe gto k oid Se ie Smee we aed oe B 62 Figure B 38 Loading file selecting storage drive cee ee eeee B 63 Figure B 39 Cont mode initial test hookup 00 cece eee eeeee B 66 Figure B 40 Triggered mode initial test hookup 00 00 eeeeee B 68 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual List of Figures Figure B 41 Relationship between trigger signal and waveform output B 69 Figure B 42 Relationship between gate signal and waveform output B 71
81. 01 03 09 10 06 04 nyquist wfm 6KB 01 03 09 16 06 04 Drive Directory File Edit Tools Window Figure 3 56 Drive selections in EDIT menu 3 168 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The UTILITY Window FTP Link Set the FTP Server to enable you to enter into the hard disk or floppy disk file system of the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator from a remote computer Type the following command on your computer keyboard ftp lt IP address gt Press Return on the keyboard The AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator prompts you to enter a login name and password Press the Return or Enter key on your keyboard The message User log in and the prompt ftp gt appears when you are successfully logged in At the prompt you can use the commands as listed in Table 3 44 These are the only available FTP File Transfer Protocol commands for use with the instrument Table 3 44 Available FTP commands Commands Descriptions ascii Sets the file transfer mode to ascii binary Sets the file transfer mode to binary Use this mode when you transfer a file other than the text file bye Terminate the ftp session and exit the ftp cd XXXX Changes the current working directory on the instrument Specify a directory at xxxx To change the drive specify lt drive name gt For example to move into the floppy disk type the following cd floppy
82. 12 Numeric Input command 3 71 3 98 numeric keypad 2 12 O Offset menu button 3 39 Offset tests direct DA out performance verification B 27 B 81 Offset tests direct DA out except option 02 performance verification B 23 B 77 Offset tests normal out AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual performance verification B 19 B 72 ON STBY button 2 2 2 3 switch 1 14 1 15 Open command 3 58 opening multiple edit windows 2 32 opening the Equation editor 3 110 opening the Sequence editor 3 117 opening the SETUP screen 2 34 opening the Setup window 3 33 opening the Table editor 3 105 operating environment 1 10 Operating mode tests performance verification B 13 B 66 Operation menu button 3 59 3 87 Operators math 3 202 Option 01 32MB words memory 1 8 Option 02 High Bandwidth output 1 8 Option 10 78 Mb flash disk 1 8 Option 1R rackmounting 1 8 Option D1 test result report 1 8 1 9 optional accessories 1 6 Optional parameters Ethernet 3 166 options 1 8 output parameters setting 2 38 outputting a signal 3 51 P PANEL LOCK LED 2 2 panel lock LED 2 3 Parameters GPIB 3 160 paste 3 113 Paste Insert command 3 61 Paste Replace command 3 61 paste line Sequence editor 3 121 Pattern editor 3 86 creating a pattern 3 94 creating counter patterns 3 95 default values 3 94 edit area 3 93 importing data from a file 3 96 Selecting data to edi
83. 1M and HD and TDSJIT1 Refer to Table A 38 Connector Front panel SMA connectors 1 4 Clock output Level ECL 100 K compatible internally loaded in 50 Q to 2 V and 47 Q series terminated Period jitter Typical Measured by TDS694C with options 1M and HD and TDSJIT1 Refer to Table A 37 Cycle to cycle jitter Typical Measured by TDS694C with options 1M and HD and TDSJIT1 Refer to Table A 38 Connector Rear panel SMA connector AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual A 31 Appendix A Specifications AWG710 Table A 36 Auxiliary outputs Characteristics Description PV reference page 10 MHz Reference clock out Amplitude Typical 2 1 2 Vp p into a 50 Q load Max 2 5 Vp p open circuit Impedance 50 Q AC coupling Connector Rear panel BNC connector 4 The characteristics are specified at the end of the SMA cable 012 1565 00 Table A 37 Period Jitter Clock frequency 4 GS s 2 GS s 1 GS s Measurement StdDev Pk Pk StdDev Pk Pk StdDev Pk Pk Marker output 1 6 ps 11 6 ps 1 9 ps 13 4 ps 2 5 ps 15 1 ps 1 4 Clock output 2 6 ps 20 2 ps 2 4 ps 27 5 ps 1 9 ps 14 0 ps Table A 38 Cycle to Cycle Jitter Clock frequency 4 GS s 2 GS s 1 GS s Measurement StdDev Pk Pk StdDev Pk Pk StdDev Pk Pk Marker output 3 1 ps 21 4 ps 3 2 ps 26 1 ps 3 1 ps 21 9 ps 1 4 Clock output 4 8 ps 44 5 ps 3 7 ps 33 3 ps 3 1 ps 28 7 ps A 32 AWG710 amp A
84. 2 EE AS a Through 1 0000 o 0007 a Through T 800Upp 0 0000 pp i Waveform T av CH 1 view Mixing Marker 1 Sync Master SINE WFM To Marker 1 an 23 sync mode 7 L TE Master lt Points 1024 6 000 mane Marker 1 Connection Not Connected Meee Marker 2 1 500 Si A Sync 7 000 TER 5 Slave lt 0 000 pante o d Marker To Slave IP Address 192 158 136 226 Marker 2 Sync Slave mode a aveform i un Waveform Run Save Extended Sequence Vertical Horizontal Made Trigger Connect a Sequence vertical Horizontal Mode Trigger Restore Operation a AWG SETUP screen lt gt gt Synchronous Operation mode Sync Master screen To tae mode Clock Run Mode Continuous SIM Waveform Sequence CH1 Load i RSA O l C f Through T 000Upp 0 0000 K CH 1 view Marker 1 SINE WFM TT arker i i Points 1024 0 000_ gt Connection Not Connected ET Marker 2 T307 3 500 Marker 2 Waveform Synchronous Operation mode Sync Slave screen le Figure 3 87 Change the generator mode 3 252 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Setup screen Clock Run Mode Continuous MSi T a EN AIRD Through 1 800Vpp 6 0000 d CH 1 SINE WFM TOW ee 1 i Points 1024 0 000 Connection Not Connected EC Marker 2 T 600 5 0 000 Slave IP
85. 200 MHz Amplitude The amplitude output voltage range is from 0 020 V p p to 2 000 Vp p Option 02 0 500 Vp p to 1 000 Vp p in 1 mV increments terminated into a 50 Q load Set the waveform amplitude using the LEVEL SCALE knob the numeric buttons or the general purpose knob Offset except option 02 The offset range is from 0 500 V to 0 500 V in 1 mV increments Use the VERTICAL OFFSET knob the numeric buttons or the general purpose knob to set the waveform offset level Offset is also used for setup of DC level Polarity This menu sets the output waveform polarity Pushing the Polarity menu button toggles polarity between Normal and Inverted Duty When you select Pulse waveform Duty side menu is added The Duty cycle is set from 0 1 to 99 9 using the numeric buttons or the general purpose knob Increment step size depends on the output frequency Refer to Table 3 56 on page 3 239 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 237 FG Mode 3 238 Marker signal Marker and Marker2 signals are generated and output from MARKER OUTI MARKER OUT1 MARKER OUT2 and MARKER OUT connectors The waveform marker signal has the same form as a pulse waveform The level and width of the markers are fixed and cannot be changed Table 3 55 describes the marker specification Marker width depends on the output frequency Refer to Table 3 56 on page 3 239 Table 3 55 Predefined Marker signal
86. 3 185 T T1 102 network standard 3 145 TAA disk application 3 138 TAA disk application 3 138 Table editor editing table data 3 106 opening the editor 3 105 Table Jump 3 125 Table Type field 3 83 tan 3 201 tanh 3 201 Target field 3 97 TDS ISF to Waveform File Conversion 3 220 TDS WFM to Waveform File Conversion 3 219 Test items performance verification B 6 B 60 text file to Waveform File Conversion 3 220 Text format sequence file G 1 text input 2 14 Theory of Operation 2 41 TIFF hardcopy format 3 170 TIFF COLOR hardcopy format 3 170 time 3 205 timing 3 126 Tools menu button 3 72 3 87 Total Points jitter composer application 3 152 Total points field 3 83 3 97 tri 3 201 Trigger impedance menu button 3 47 Trigger input tests performance verification B 33 B 87 trigger interval setting 3 48 Trigger Level menu button 3 47 Trigger menu button 3 34 3 46 Trigger Source menu button 3 46 Triggered menu button 3 44 Tutorial Index 10 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual creating a sequence list 2 70 creating and editing waveforms 2 56 instrument setup 2 51 loading and outputting waveforms 2 53 quick editor functions 2 63 using the equation editor 2 67 Tutorial equipment and accessories 2 49 U Undo menu button 3 91 3 111 Undo non support quick edit 3 104 unit buttons on keypad 2 13 pdate Mode field 3 84 pdate of floppy disk file
87. 3 209 Programming Examples The write command writes the specified text to the specified file If the file being written to exists the write command appends the specified string to the end of the file The first argument is the file to which the strings specified as the second argument and after will be written The string must be enclosed in double quotation marks If you desire to use a variable as a string you must place the colon before and after the variable For example text i wfm In the above example if the variable i is currently 5 the value of the string will be text5 wfm The slash is used as an escape character and precedes the double quotation marks in a string The n inserts an end of line EOL character in the file The sequence file is a text file which has the number 3002 on the first line of the text and the number of lines for example LINES 4 on the second line Figure 3 65 shows the four waveforms generated by example 3 Figure 3 66 shows the sequence table created by example 3 test1 wfm test2 wfm o I Points 1000 Period 1 000045 Points 1000 Period 1 00004S test1 wfm test2 wfm test3 wfn test4 wfm Points 1000 Period 1 6606ys Points 1000 Period 1 000045 test3 wfm test4 wfm Figure 3 65 Waveforms generated by the Example 3 equation 3 210 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User
88. 7 ns 200 MHz 2ns Group delay Typical 20 MHz 18 ns 50 MHz 8 ns 100 MHz 4 7 NS 200 MHz 3ns Table A 8 Auxiliary outputs Characteristics Description PV reference page Marker Number of markers 2 Complementary Marker1 Marker1 Marker2 and Marker2 Connector Front panel SMA connectors High Level VoH 1 00 V to 2 45 V into a 50 Q load Range Refer to Figure A 8 on page A 16 Low Level VoL 2 00 V to 2 40 V into a 50 Q load Range Refer to Figure A 8 on page A 16 Amplitude VoH VoL Range 0 05 Vp p to 1 25 Vp p into a 50 Q load Resolution 50 mV DC Accuracy 0 1 V 5 of setting into a 50 Q load Page B 50 Maximum Output Current 80 mA AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual A 5 Appendix A Specifications AWG710B Table A 8 Auxiliary outputs cont Characteristics Rise and fall times 20 to 80 Typical Description lt 130 ps High 1 0 V Lo 0 V into a 50 Q load PV reference page Period jitter Typical Measured by TDS6604 with TDSJITS Refer to Table A 9 Cycle to Cycle jitter Typical Measured by TDS6604 with TDSJITS Refer to Table A 10 Skew Typical lt 20 ps Delay between Analog Output and Marker Output Typical Maker level 1 Vp p High 1 0 V Low 0 V Analog Output Amplitude 1 Vp p Offset 0 V Filter Through Refer to Figure A 1 on page A 9 2 4 ns Normal Output Offset 0 V Filter Thr
89. AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Tutorials Tutorial 5 Using the Equation Editor Preparation Load an Equation File You can create a waveform by creating compiling and loading an equation file An equation file is a text file that you create and edit in the equation editor In this tutorial you will learn the following m How to load an equation file How to edit an equation m How to compile an equation file Do the following steps to set the instrument to the factory default settings 1 Push the UTILITY button on the front panel to display the UTILITY menu screen 2 Push the Factory Reset side menu button The SETUP menu screen appears NOTE If the Factory Reset side menu item is not shown push the System bottom menu button and then push the Factory Reset side menu button 3 Push the OK side button The instrument is reset to the factory default setting The SETUP menu screen appears NOTE Connect a standard 101 or 106 key PC keyboard to the instrument to make it easier and faster to create and edit text Do the following steps to load a sample equation file from the sample waveform floppy disk 1 Insert the sample waveform floppy disk into the drive unit 2 Push the EDIT button on the front panel The screen listing the files in the default storage media appears If the screen does not show the file list push the EDIT button again to display the file list
90. Ampiseq 1KB 01 05 15 Lower Window Amp2 seq TKB 01 05 15 19 19 04 Dco wimn 5KB 01 05 31 11 39 18 Dc_m wim 5KB 01 05 31 11 35 08 mek p wim 5KB 61 05 15 19 19 64 19 HN u a n 6KB 01 05 15 19 19 08 Drive Directory File Edit Tools Window Figure 3 73 Double Windows In Double Windows for example you can display the file list of the hard disk and the one of the floppy disk or the file list of a directory and the one of an another directory All of the functions that are invoked from the bottom buttons are available except for the File function The most important functions used in two file lists displayed at the same time are the Copy and Move file operations Window Operation The windows are named as Upper and Lower windows as indicated in Figure 3 73 Select a window for operation Push EDIT front Window bottom to display the Window side button Push the Window side button again to select Double for double windows Push the Window side button again to select Single and to return the display back into the signal file list 3 230 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual File Management When you display the double windows the Select side button will be available Push the Select side button to select Upper for file operation in the upper file list window Push the Select side button again to select Lower for file operation in the lower file list window Ope
91. B Performance Verification AWG710 Operating Mode Tests The following procedures verify the operation of the Cont Triggered and Gated modes NOTE When you output signal from the CHI or CHI OUTPUT check that the other OUTPUT CH1 or CH 1 LED is off If the other OUTPUT LED is on push the CH1 or CH1 OUT button to turn off the output Check Cont Mode Equipment A 50 Q SMA coaxial cable a SMA Fe BNC Ma adapter and an required oscilloscope TDS700 Prerequisites The AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator must meet the prerequisites listed on page B 61 Do the following steps to install the test hookup and set the test equipment controls 1 Use a50 Q SMA coaxial cable to connect the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator CH1 output connector to the oscilloscope CH1 input connector see Figure B 39 AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator Oscilloscope TDS700 epee eee Sees 222 Ola O O Oo pag r ooo o 999 O O 288 Y 2000000 o Oo SMA Female BNC Male adapter 50 Q SMA coaxial cable Figure B 39 Cont mode initial test hookup 2 Set the oscilloscope controls as follows VertiCal 2icctaie wen coAd tena tas tiri aed aide CH1 CH1 coupling o a DC CH1 scale 0 eee eee eee ee 200 mV div CH1 input impedance 50 Q Horizontal SWOCD i vuducedsneGtaeWerteeiiediends 100 ns div B 66 AWG710 amp AW
92. B 24 Figure B 24 Waveform output when the SW3 is closed B 40 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B c Open SW3 of the ground closure to degenerate the event signal d Verify that the oscilloscope displays the waveform in Figure B 21 10 Check the EVENT IN connector pin 3 input a Close the SW4 of the ground closure to generate an event signal on the EVENT IN connector pin 3 b Verify that the oscilloscope displays the waveform shown in Figure B 25 Figure B 25 Waveform output when SW4 is closed c Open SW4 of the ground closure to degenerate the event signal d Verify that the oscilloscope displays the waveform in Figure B 21 11 Check the EVENT IN connector pin 4 input a Close the SW6 of the ground closure to generate an event signal on the EVENT IN connector pin 4 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual B 41 Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B b Verify that the oscilloscope displays the waveform shown in Figure B 26 and that the waveform cycle is the half of Figure B 21 Figure B 26 Waveform output when SW6 is closed c Open SW6 of the ground closure to degenerate the event signal d Verify that the oscilloscope displays the waveform in Figure B 21 12 Check the EVENT IN connector pin 5 input a Close the SW7 of the ground closure to generate
93. Bit Ht Total Points Data Points x Samples Bit x RepeatCount Samples Bit 4 for example Jitter Frequency Clock Total Points Figure 3 50 Jitter parameters and jitter waveform AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 153 The APPL Menu Generating Waveform The jitter waveform is generated based on the input data and jitter parameters described above To generate a waveform select Compose bottom Execute side The clock whose frequency is the same as the Bit Rate is set in Marker 1 The input data is set in Marker 2 Saving to File You can save the generated waveform to a file If the waveform length does not satisfy the instrument file length conventions the instrument repeats the data severDownal times and regenerates the waveform to create a valid file 3 154 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The UTILITY Window External Keyboards This section describes the utility settings that can be made to the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator Using external keyboards Setting general purpose knob direction Formatting floppy disk Displaying disk usage Screen display enable disable Setting the focused color Displaying instrument status Setting the Internal clock date and time Resetting the instrument Connecting to GPIB network Connecting to Ethernet Setting up hardcopies Running calibration and diagnostics Upgrading the system software You can co
94. COLOR hardcopy format 3 170 BNF Backus Naur form 3 185 bottom menu buttons 2 9 bpf 3 189 brf 3 190 C Cable connection Synchronous Operation 3 250 Calibration 3 172 diagnostics 3 172 self tests B 4 B 58 Capturing basic concept on communication 3 181 capturing waveforms 3 181 ceil 3 200 Cell Period disk application 3 138 Certification specifications A 25 A 40 CH1 3 118 CH1 CH2 Digital field 3 122 cleaning exterior C 2 Cleaning the Instrument Interior C 2 CLEAR MENU button 2 2 2 3 2 8 Clip command 3 65 Clock jitter composer application 3 152 clock 3 205 Clock field 3 83 Clock menu button 3 40 Clock Ref menu button 3 42 Clock Src button 3 43 Clock Src menu button 3 43 Close command 3 59 CMI network application 3 144 code conversion 3 89 3 134 Code Convert math function 3 80 code 3 191 Combination of the file type Waveform Mixing 3 243 Command equation programming 3 185 Syntax 3 185 BNF Backus Naur form 3 185 Command syntax 3 185 Index 1 Index BNF Backus Naur form 3 185 Commands Absolute 3 72 Add 3 73 Clip 3 65 Close 3 59 Code Convert 3 80 Compare 3 74 3 75 Convolution 3 74 3 76 Copy 3 61 Correlation 3 74 3 77 Cube 3 72 Cut 3 61 Differential 3 73 Digital Filter 3 74 3 78 Expand 3 64 Horizontal Invert 3 65 Horizontal Rotate 3 63 Horizontal Shift 3 62 Insert From File 3 59 Integral 3 73 Mul 3 73
95. Check Event Input with Strobe Off the next test uses the connections and oscilloscope settings from the previous test Check Event Input with Strobe Off Equipment A 50 Q SMA coaxial cable a SMA Fe BNC Ma adapter an oscilloscope robe required TDS700 and custom made ground closure See Figure B 37 for the connections Prerequisites The AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator must meet the prerequisites listed on page B 61 Do the following steps to install the test hookup and set the test equipment controls 1 Use a50Q SMA coaxial cable and a SMA Fe BNC Fe adapter to connect the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator CH1 output connector to the oscilloscope CH1 input connector see Figure B 54 AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator Oscilloscope TDS700 olo o o O ooo j gt o O coo a 292 2888 S eaa eee o O 2885 o gt O 2 558 9 22909009000 ol rA x aara C9 Sooconoga O O SMA Female BNC Male adapter 50 Q SMA coaxial cable Figure B 54 Event input and enhanced mode initial test hookup 2 Connect the ground closure to the EVENT IN connector on the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator rear panel AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual B 91 Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710 3 Set the oscilloscope controls as follows Vertical 2asitcrnecewe breedits eifread eee eed CH1 CHI COUPLING sauga
96. Continuous Drive Main ee H Filename e wim Free Space 9652280KB Size 158204KB Date TRB 01 05 22 22 07 30 01 05 24 17 55 40 AmpT seq 1KB 61 05 15 19 19 62 Amp2 seq m wfm He mwim 1KB 5KB SKB SKB SKB 61 05 15 61 05 15 19 19 04 61 05 31 11 40 54 61 05 31 z 01 05 15 Drive Main Overw Directory rite existing file 19 19 08 1652280KB Filename 32msin wfm Amp1 seq Amp2 seq Size 158264KB 1KB 1KB 1KB 01 05 22 22 07 30 Date 61 05 24 17 55 40 61 05 15 19 61 05 15 19 19 64 Dco wim 5KB 61 05 31 11 40 54 Dc_m wim 5KB 61 05 31 11 35 08 Dc_p wim meee Null1624 wim SKB SKB SKB 61 05 15 19 19 04 01 05 15 01 05 15 19 19 08 Confirm Selection Cancel OK Drive Directory File Edit Tools Figure 3 74 Overwrite confirmation Window Table 3 53 Confirmation selection for copy all and move all operations Side menu Description Cancel Cancels and stops copy or move operation No Skips the copy or move operation for the file indicated in the message Yes to All Overwrites all the files without displaying any messages until the operation is finished Yes Overwrites the file indicated in the message and proceeds with the operation You cannot copy or move a directory In the copy all or move all operation the message Directory
97. Date Time 1 Pt_event seq 1KB 01 05 15 19 19 18 Edit Pt_strob seq TKB 01 05 15 19 19 16 Edit selected Pulse wim 5KB 61 05 15 19 19 10 file Q1060 100 wim 5KB 81 65 22 12 62 46 B4 Q1024 wfm 6KB 01 05 15 19 19 12 D New Waveform Q1624h win 6KB 01 05 15 19 19 12 Q512x2wim 6KB 01 05 15 19 19 14 Q512x2h wim _ 6KB 01 05 31 11 30 52 RI 24 wim KB 01 05 15 19 19 14 RTo24h wfm 6KB 01 05 15 19 19 16 E R512x2wim 6KB 01 05 15 19 19 16 _ R512x2h wfm G KB 01 05 15 19 19 18 Pattern Creat Stez M ore o 1 08 15 19 13 18 new 51024h wfm 6KB 01 05 15 gt a new _ 5512x2 wfm _ 6KB 01 05 15 19 19 20 New waveform Ssi2x2h wim 6KB 01 05 15 19 19 20 Sine wim 6KB 61 05 15 Sequence startup set 2KB 61 05 30 19 19 22 19 15 46 T1024 w m 6KB 01 05 15 19 19 22 New T1024h wfm 6KB 01 05 15 19 19 22 Text _ T512x2 wfm_ 6KB 01 05 15 19 19 24 C T512x2h wfm 6kRB 01 05 15 19 19 24 Equation D Drive Directory File Edit Tools Window Figure 2 20 Edit top level menu screen with Edit side menu AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Operating Basics Table 2 9 Edit side menu buttons Button Description Edit Loads the selected waveform file and opens the appropriate editor screen New Waveform Opens a new Waveform Editor screen New Pattern Opens a
98. Description Specifies the horizontal axis data point unit points or time used to represent the position along the horizontal axis The default setting is points Update Mode Specifies when output memory is updated In Auto the output waveform is automatically updated in the waveform memory as you change the waveform in the editor Changes are not saved to the original file unless you manually save the changes Note Auto mode only works when the file you currently editing is also loaded in the waveform memory Selecting Manual causes the instrument to update the output waveform only when the contents of the waveform file on the disk is changed by the save function of the editor In Auto mode you cannot edit waveform while the instrument is reloading The longer the waveform the longer you may have to wait to return to edit mode Manual mode allows faster editing when you have a large number of points in the data file Cursor Link Specifies whether to link cursor movement when two or three edit windows are open Selecting ON causes the cursors in the inactive windows to be linked to their respective cursor in the active window The default value is Off If a linked cursor reaches either end of its data record before the active window cursor the linked cursor remains at the data record end This can result in changes to the relative cursor positions and edit areas between the editor windows Grid Specifies whether t
99. Enclose the file name within double quotation marks target _file is the complete file name path file name and extension to the location to which you are renaming the source file The target file must be located on the active drive The argument can include a relative or absolute path name Enclose the file name within double quotation marks rename test_dir sine wfm test_dir old sine wfm AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Variables predefined Command Descriptions The following table lists predefined programming language variables that you can use as part of a waveform equation expression except where noted Table 3 49 Predefined variables Function clock Description Sets the current instrument sample clock rate fname clock Returns the sample clock rate of the specified file name You cannot use this variable in a waveform expression pi The Ludolphian number zt point Current data point number value starting at 0 Read only Only useable within an equation expression scale Returns the current scale value that increase 0 to 1 Read only Only useable within an equation expression size Sets the current waveform record length fname size Returns the number of waveform data points of the specified file name You cannot use this variable in a waveform expression time Current data time value starting at 0 Read only Only useabl
100. Event Input Setup time 1152 clocks Event Input Jump Setup time 715 clocks Analog Output Waveform1 Waveform2 Waveform4 Waveform4 Minimum Output Interval 840 to 896 clocks Figure A 3 Enhanced mode AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual A 11 Appendix A Specifications AWG710B 2 Sequence 2 Line No Waveform Name Wait for Trigger Jump to n Waveform1 Off m Waveform n 1 Waveform2 Off m 1 Waveform4 m Waveform3 On m 1 Waveform4 On 2 1 Event Input Setup time 1152 clocks Trigger Event Input Jump Setup time 715 clocks lt lt __ ______ _ __ gt Analog Output Waveform1 Waveform2 Waveform3 Minimum Output Wait Trigger l Trigger Delay Interval 840 to 896 clocks Event Input Setup time 1152 clocks Trigger Event Input Jump Setup time 715 clocks Analog Output Waveform1 Waveform2 Waveform4 lt gt lt gt lt gt Minimum Output Wait Trigger Trigger Delay Interval 840 to 896 clocks Figure A 4 Sequence 2 A 12 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix A Specifications AWG710B 3 Sequence 3 Line No Waveform Name Wait for Trigger Jump to n Waveform1 Off m Waveform3 n 1 Waveform2 On m 1 Waveform4 m Waveform3 Off m 1 Waveform4 Off 3 1 Event Input Setup time 1152 clocks Event Input Jump Setup time 715 clocks Analog Output Waveform1 Wavefor
101. Exit Mix Side Subbottom menu menu File View Settings Update Auto Manual Update Waveform Filter Amplitude Offset Marker Output Clock Clock Ref Clock Src Continuous Triggered Gated Enhanced Source Slope Level Inpedance Interval Subside menu Load A File Load B File Save Mixed Wf Previous Menu View A View B Previous Menu Ratio of A 0 to 100 Ratio of B 0 to 100 Pop up or Description dialog menu Select File Select File Input Filename Marker Same as A Same as B Wim Len Same as A Same as B LCM A B Previous Menu Same as AWG Mode Same as AWG Mode Same as AWG Mode Same as AWG Mode To AWG Mode 3 10 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Main Bottom Side menu menu menu Sync Master _____ Waveform Sequence Subbottom menu Subside menu m Vertical m Horizontal tL Run Mode m Trigger c Connect Exit Sync Load Up Level Down Level Drive Cancel OK View OK Filter Amplitude Offset Marker Output Clock Clock Ref Clock Src Continuous Triggered Gated Enhanced Source Slope Level Inpedance Interval Connect to Slave Execute Trig Timing Calibration Disconnect Execute Ping Edit Slave IP Address Menu Structures Pop up or Description dialog menu
102. FORCE EVENT button Write the DMM reading as a negative voltage d Verify that the positive minus negative voltages fall within 1 0 V 0 022 V e Push VERTICAL MENU front panel Amplitude side f Push 0 5 and ENTER keys in this order or turn the general purpose knob to set the amplitude to 0 500 V Do the following to check the option02 amplitude accuracy of 500 mV amplitude setting a Push the FORCE EVENT button twice b Write the DMM reading as a positive voltage Push the FORCE EVENT button a p Write the DMM reading as a negative voltage e Verify that the positive minus negative voltages fall within 500 mV 12 mV Follow the substeps below to check the DC offset a Push the FORCE EVENT button b Verify that the reading on the DMM falls within 0 V 10 mV Do the following substeps to change the connection to check the CH1 Push the CH1 output button b Disconnect the adapter terminator and cable from the CH1 output connector c Connect the adapter terminator and cable removed in step b to the CH1 output connector d Push the CH1 output button to turn on the CH1 LED AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B e Push the FORCE EVENT button 11 Repeat steps 7 through step 9 for the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator CH1 12 Push the CH1 output button to turn off the CH1 LED 13 Push the RUN button to turn off the
103. File side or Pre defined Pattern side to display the dialog box for input data selection 3 Select a file or pre defined pattern Clock 108 08660MS s Run Mode Continuous Stopped 20 Hard Disk Drive Signal Test Write Data Pre defined samples Cell Data Points Pattern Cell Period 20ns Code TAAt 1 68 NRZ TAA 1 00 PW50 50 of bit cell PW50 50 of bit cell NLTS 1st adjacent 6 of bit cell NLTS 2nd adjacent 6 of bit cell NLTS 2nd adjacent 6 of bit cell Asymmetry o of bit cell Lorentz Gaussian 0 of Mixed Pulse hp plication write e Superpose Figure 3 36 Writer Data menu 3 132 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The APPL Menu 4 Press Isolated Pulse bottom button and select an isolated pulse from the side menu Clock 100 00000MS 5 Run Mode Continuous Stopped 20 Hard Disk Drive Signal Test isolated Pulse Lorentz Gaussian PR4 Samples Cell Cell Period 26ns TAA 1 00 EPR4 TAA 1 00 PW50 50 of bit cell PW50 50 of bit cell F2PR4 NLTS 1st adjacent 6 of bit cell NLTS 2nd adjacent 6 of bit cell NLTS 2nd adjacent 6 of bit cell heer Asymmetry 6 h of bit cell Lorentz Gaussian 100 9 of Mixed Pulse Defined fappn
104. Generator 10 MHz REF IN connector to the function generator output connector see Figure B 62 AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator rear panel i ss Frequency Counter Function Generator AFG310 qe e quency _ EN oyvofvoooo 2 ie dak 1 4 CLOCK OUT 10 MHz REF IN 50 Q BNC coaxial cable 50 Q SMA coaxial cable SMA Female BNC Male adapter Figure B 62 1 4 Clock frequency and 10 MHz reference input initial test hookup a Set the frequency counter controls as follows INPUT A COUPIING ss ranirea nne na piia ees AC FUNCTION oa A FREQ Gate time u a 0 2s Trigger Level 00 cece eee eee eee OV B 98 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710 b Set the function generator AFG310 controls FUNGUON aeoaea aan ee as Square MOUE eiea E a E wg baled deat dae Continuous Parameters 2 0 cece eee eee eee FEAU en a EEP AE ACERA 10 MHz Amplitude nanana 2 0 V into 50 Q 4 0 V into 1 MQ Offset 2 au a a a T A Set oV Q PUt e aran E ae On Check 1 4 Clock frequency 1 Follow the substeps below to set the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator controls and select the waveform file a Push UTILITY front panel System bottom Factory Reset side OK
105. Hi Lo band O EXT REF clock O 10 MHz C 1 2048 C OUT2 Divider JH COUT REF O CLOCK O io vie VCO OUT LO VCO OUT EXT clock O IN Figure 2 28 AWG710B block diagram 2 44 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Operating Basics Memory Address Control The Memory Address Control controls the addresses used to read waveform memory data This block loads the first address of the waveform into the Address Counter that was loaded into the waveform memory It loads the waveform data length to the Length Counter The Address Counter specifies the point from which the waveform was generated and the Length Counter waveform ending position The Address and Length Counters operate with clocks produced by quarter frequency division for the clocks from the clock oscillator If the repeat count value has been loaded in the Repeat Counter the waveform is generated the specified number of times This block controls the sequence to the event signals generated in Enhanced Mode Start Address Waveform length Length Sequencer i Counter Repeat Counter Repeat Count y End of Waveform Clock Figure 2 29 Relationship between memory address control and waveform memory Address Counter Waveform Memory Figure 2 29 shows the relationship between the memory address control and the waveform memor y A
106. Input 4 c 8 0 3 4 4 9 8 25 Sah RE ET plates e a EA E be EDE Bee 2 12 Text Input x 205 sect e ee as Pe Soa ee dick had ie aes 2 14 Shortcut Controls mesine aen keke ENRE WEN ee Shape eee SF aed Ses 2 15 File Management 0330 sh cers eth ee sa ah she eget beg ea ae beac 2 17 QUICK VIEW se aaeeea m bh Bye at Rae Slate Bod A Be beter E ame E E ub ea Lee ek 2 24 Editor OVervView sce dil ea than ea di iahe G aa each de E 2 26 SOUP OVERVIEW wis od vee sede PRIN Aa Ba BI Se SAL ERA Aa ee Be 2 34 Theory of Operation sia seei ce ha ee Sel ye lh a ge harsh EET A 2 41 Signal Edit Processie ebene ike Stag hes Rome satan RE sabe LORE Fee ESS 2 46 Tutorials 5 55 866528 RS eS ol PES CTW SG Lew a bees be reb owe e s 2 49 Tutorial 1 Instrument Setup 0 0 cece eee e ees 2 51 Tutorial 2 Loading and Outputting a Sample Waveform 2 53 Tutorial 3 Creating and Editing Standard Function Waveforms 2 56 Tutorial 4 Editing a Waveform Using Quick Editor 2 63 Tutorial 5 Using the Equation Editor 0 cee eee eee eee 2 67 Tutorial 6 Creating and Running Waveform Sequences 2 70 Reference se 0 3655 s510 iwin gs iecne EERE EPERE bedi pie ERRANTE 8 Re vale ge 0 3 1 OVERVIEW arated seis hho ie eid ose g gee eared lie del Cl 3 1 Menu Structures ccc cece cece cece cence eee eee ee eeeeeeeeeeees 3 3 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manu
107. MHz Phase Noise Typical lt 85 dBc Hz at 10 kHz offset Direct DA out except option 02 Amplitude Range 20 MVp p to 1 Vp p into a 50 Q load DC Accuracy 2 of Amplitude 2 mV Page B 23 Resolution 1 mV DC offset accuracy OV 10 mV 20 mV amplitude waveform data 0 Page B 23 Pulse response Waveform data 1 and 1 at 0 5 Vp p Page B 25 Rise time 10 to 90 lt 280 ps calculated value gt 1 25 GHz Fall time 10 to 90 lt 280 ps calculated value gt 1 25 GHz Extended Bandwidth output option 02 Amplitude A 4 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix A Specifications AWG710B Table A 6 Main output cont Characteristics Description PV reference page Range 500 MVp p to 1 Vp p into a 50 Q load DC Accuracy 2 of Amplitude 2 mV Page B 27 Resolution 1mvV DC offset accuracy OV 10 mV 500 mV amplitude waveform data 0 Page B 27 Pulse response Waveform data 1 and 1 at 1 Vp p Page B 29 Rise time 10 to 90 lt 175 ps calculated value gt 2 GHz Fall time 10 to 90 lt 175 ps calculated value gt 2 GHz The characteristics are specified at the end of the SMA cable 174 1427 00 except for DC accuracy Table A 7 Filter except option 02 Characteristics Description Type Bessel low pass filter 200 MHz 100 MHz 50 MHz and 20 MHz Rise time 10 to 90 Typical 20 MHz 17 ns 50 MHz 7ns 100 MHz 3
108. Manual Programming Examples Clock 100 08660MS S Run Mode Enhanced TEST332 seq Repeat Wait ogic eS Trigger lt N gt Jump test1 wfm test2 wfm test3 wim test4 wim Data Line Jump Event Move File Entry Edit Mode Jump Cursor to Undo Figure 3 66 Sequence generated by the Example 3 equation NOTE The equation text editor has a viewer that displays the waveforms after the compile has been performed However this viewer cannot display the sequence Use the sequence editor to confirm the results Example4 The following example shows how to use boolean relational operations between a waveform and its marker data delete MOD0O1 WFM delete MOD02 WFM Mod wfm sin 2 p scale MODO1 WFM MOD WFM MODO1 WFM markerl MODO1 WFM gt 0 5 MODO1 WFM marker2 MODO1 WFM lt 0 5 MODO2 WFM MODO1 WFM markerl MODO1 WFM marker2 2 The boolean relational operation results in a 1 value if the condition is true and a O value if the condition is false Therefore the MODO1 WEFM marker signal is 1 if the waveform data is greater than or equal to 0 5 and O for all other values Likewise the marker2 signal is 1 if the waveform data is less than or equal to 0 5 and 0 for all other values AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 211 Programming Examples The MOD02 WFM signal is 0 5 if the marker signal of the
109. Manual 2 31 Operating Basics 2 32 NOTE You cannot open a sequence text or equation file from the Waveform or Pattern Editor If you are in the Waveform or Pattern Editor you must exit to the EDIT menu main screen and then load the sequence text or equation file Some editor information is not displayed when three Waveform editor windows are open Opening Multiple Editor Windows Do the following steps to load waveform data file into an editor window 1 From the editor screen push File bottom Open pop up OK side The Select File dialog box appears If you cannot select the Open menu item you already have three windows opened 2 Select a waveform or pattern file from the Select File list If necessary use the Drive Up Level or Down Level side menu to select the location where the file to load is located 3 Push the OK side button The instrument opens a new window for the waveform or pattern data stacking the windows vertically to fit on the screen If you attempt to load a sequence text or equation file you will receive an error message Creating a New Waveform or Pattern in a Multiple Editor Window To create a new empty Waveform or Pattern Editor window push File bottom New Waveform or New Pattern pop up OK side The instrument opens a new window for the waveform or pattern editor stacking the windows vertically to fit on the screen If you cannot select the New Wa
110. Marker output tests performance verification B 50 B 100 Math function Absolute 3 72 Add 3 73 Code Convert 3 80 Compare 3 74 3 75 Convolution 3 74 3 76 Correlation 3 74 3 77 Cube 3 72 Differential 3 73 Digital Filter 3 74 3 78 Integral 3 73 Mul 3 73 Normalize 3 73 ReSampling 3 74 3 79 Square 3 72 Square Root 3 73 Sub 3 73 XY View 3 75 3 80 Math functions abs 3 200 3 205 acos 3 200 asin 3 200 atan 3 200 ceil 3 200 cos 3 200 cosh 3 200 exp 3 200 floor 3 200 int 3 200 log 3 200 log10 3 200 max 3 200 min 3 201 noise 3 201 pow 3 201 rnd 3 201 round 3 201 saw 3 201 sign 3 201 sin 3 201 sinc 3 201 sinh 3 201 sqr 3 201 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Index 5 Index sqrt 3 201 srnd 3 201 tan 3 201 tanh 3 201 TriQ 3 201 Math Functions menu button 3 111 Math operators 3 202 max 3 200 Mechanism quick edit 3 100 Menu buttons Amplitude 3 38 Basic Keywords 3 111 Clock 3 40 Clock Ref 3 42 Continuous 3 44 Data Entry 3 119 Direct Out 3 39 Edit 3 37 3 111 Enhanced 3 45 Event Jump 3 119 Extended Operation 3 35 File 3 58 3 87 3 111 3 119 Filter Through 3 38 Gated 3 45 Horizontal 3 34 3 40 Impedance 3 47 Interval 3 48 Jump Mode 3 119 Line Edit 3 119 Load 3 36 Marker 3 39 Math Func
111. Multiple Paste 3 61 New Pattern 3 58 New Waveform 3 58 Normalize 3 73 Numeric Input 3 71 3 98 Open 3 58 Paste Insert 3 61 Paste Replace 3 61 ReSampling 3 74 3 79 Save 3 58 Save As 3 58 Set Data High Low 3 62 Set Pattern 3 68 3 96 Shift Register Generator 3 66 Square 3 72 Square Root 3 73 Standard Waveform 3 59 Sub 3 73 Vertical Invert 3 65 Vertical Scale 3 64 Vertical Shift 3 63 XY View 3 75 3 80 Compare math function 3 74 3 75 compiling equations 3 115 Compliances specifications A 25 A 40 connecting the power cord 1 11 Connecting to GPIB network 3 160 Connecto C OUT 2 7 Connector 10MHz REF IN 2 6 2 7 10MHz REF OUT 2 6 2 7 MASTER SLAVE CONNECTION 2 7 T OUT 2 7 VCO OUT 2 7 1 4 CLOCK OUT 2 100 10BASE T 2 6 C OUT 2 7 6 2 7 Index 2 DISPLAY MONITOR OUT 2 6 2 7 EVENT IN 2 6 2 7 EXT CLOCK IN 2 7 IEEE STD 488 2 7 2 6 KEYBOARD 2 7 KEYBORD 2 6 T IN 2 7 T OUT 2 7 TRIG IN 2 6 2 7 Continuous menu button 3 44 Controls quick edit 3 101 Controls and connectors front panel 2 1 rear panel 2 6 cony 3 191 Conventions performance verification B 1 B 55 user manual xx converting captured waveform files 3 219 Convolution math function 3 74 3 76 copy 3 113 Copy command 3 61 copy line Sequence editor 3 121 copy 3 192 copying files 2 19 corr 3 192 Correlation math function 3 74 3 77 cos 3 200 cosh
112. NOTE Use the SAMPLE RATE SCALE knob to adjust the clock frequency directly without having to open the Horizontal menu You can open the Horizontal menu by pushing the HORIZONTAL MENU front panel button This is the same as pushing SETUP front Horizontal bottom The HORIZONTAL OFFSET knob on the front panel is available only for the Quick Editor Refer to HORIZONTAL OFFSET knob on page 3 102 Clock This button lets you set the data sample clock rate used to output a waveform Sample rates range from 50 000000 kS s to 4 2000000 GS s 50 000000 kS s to 4 0000000 GS s AWG710 The sample rate controls the frequency of the output waveform frequency which is calculated as follows Sample Clock Freq Fout _ Samples per Cycle For example if the clock rate is 100 MS s and one cycle has 1000 data points then the output frequency is 100 kHz If you change the clock rate to 550 MS s then the output frequency changes to 550 kHz Do the following steps to set the instrument sample clock rate 1 Push SETUP front Horizontal bottom Clock side 2 Set the value using the general purpose knob numeric keys or SAMPLE RATE SCALE knob If you use a knob you can use the or button to move the cursor to the numeric character you want to change When you load the sequence files the clock rate defined in the first waveform loaded into the instrument sets the instrument clock rate Changing the instrume
113. Polarity menu button 3 47 popup menu 2 10 pow 3 201 power connector 2 6 2 7 power cord identification 1 12 power cord options 1 5 power cord connecting 1 11 power off 1 15 power On 1 14 power supply fuse holder 2 6 2 7 poweron diagnostics 1 15 3 174 PRINCIPLE POWER SWITCH 2 6 2 7 Procedure inspect interior C 2 Procedures for setups GPIB 3 160 product description 1 1 Programming language abs 3 200 3 205 acos 3 200 asin 3 200 atan 3 200 bpf 3 189 brf 3 190 ceil 3 200 clock 3 205 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Index 7 Index code 3 191 conv 3 191 copy 3 192 corr 3 192 cos 3 200 cosh 3 200 data 3 193 delete 3 194 diff 3 194 exp 3 200 expand 3 195 extract 3 195 floor 3 200 fname clock 3 205 fname size 3 205 for to 3 196 hpf 3 197 if then else 3 198 int 3 200 integ 3 198 join 3 199 log 3 200 log10 3 200 lpf 3 199 math operators 3 202 max 3 200 min 3 201 noise 3 201 norm 3 203 pi 3 205 pn 3 203 point 3 205 pow 3 201 rename 3 204 rnd 3 201 round 3 201 saw 3 201 sign 3 201 sin 3 201 sinc 3 201 sinh 3 201 size 3 205 sqr 3 201 sqrt 3 201 srnd 3 201 tan 3 201 tanh 3 201 time 3 205 tri 3 201 write
114. Push VERTICAL MENU front panel Amplitude side d Push 0 0 2 and ENTER keys in this order or turn the general purpose knob to set the amplitude to 0 020 V 3 Push the RUN and CH1 output buttons The LEDs above the RUN button and CH1 output connector are on AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual B 75 Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710 Do the following substeps to set the AWG7 0 Arbitrary Waveform Generator offset a Push the Offset side button b Push 0 and ENTER keys in this order c Verify that the reading on the DMM falls within 0 V 10 mV d Push 0 5 and ENTER keys in this order to change the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator offset to 0 5 V e Verify that the reading on the DMM falls within 0 5 V 0 0175 V f Push 0 5 and ENTER keys in this order to change the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator offset to 0 5 V g Check that the reading on the DMM falls within 0 5 V 0 0175 V Do the following substeps to change the connection to check the CH1 d Push the CH1 output button Disconnect the adapter terminator and cable from the CH1 output connector Connect the adapter terminator and cable removed in step b to the CH1 output connector Push the CH1 output button to turn on the CH1 LED Repeat the Check Offset Accuracy procedure for the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator CH1 Push the CH1 output button to turn off the CH1 LED Dis
115. Push the CH1 OUT button and ALL MARKER OUT ON OFF button to output the signal that the corresponding output connector 3 240 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Waveform Mixing Mode The AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator provides the Waveform Mixing mode to create and output a mixed waveform Waveform mixing generates the waveform which added the value for every point of two waveforms A and B at a rate of a mixing ratio Mixed signals are created and output using the following process Select two waveform files to mix Set the parameters about waveform mixing such as a mixing ratio waveform length etc Set the output parameters such as frequency and amplitude Turn the OUTPUT and ALL MARKER OUT ON OFF buttons to ON Select two Set the Set the output Push the waveform mixing Output waveform files parameters parameters OUTPUT button Figure 3 82 Outline flow for producing Mixed signal Clock 160 60060MS S Run Mode Continuous ME A CH1 Waveform ss z 5 Sequence 3 3 x THH Ay Through 1 008Upp 8 0000 9 50 CH 1 Marker 1 a T 00U Points 0 a Ti i Points 0 Marker 1 B r 7 000 wi bist 2 Settings a m 6 000 9 Marker 2 Update 50 snr Update Auto 7 Waveform Length Same as A Points 0 Waveform A Run Sequence Yertical Hori
116. Q BNC coaxial cables a 50 Q SMA coaxial cable a required SMA Fe BNC Ma adapter a BNC T male to 2 females adapter a function generator and an oscilloscope TDS700 Prerequisites The AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator must meet the prerequisites listed on page B 7 1 Set the oscilloscope controls as follows VettiCal Senini nra nan ASAE CH1 and CH2 CH1 and CH2 coupling DC CHI Sealen gant alates 500 mV div CH2 Sale kini nakad nae a paa penaa 2 V div CH1 input impedance 50 Q CH2 input impedance 1MQ Horizontal SWECD ec kinda a aa a l 20 us div Trigger SOUE e ai odes eis CH1 COUpMING a bet oor naps tem atlet aeaa DC Spo ea aE EE Positive ET E EE 100 mV Moderan s r ia ae dart a A PEA NORMAL FUNCIONS yenu V CEEE RAKE TAAA DA cet ed Square Modar r eT a A Continuous Parameters Frequency 1 eee eee 10 1 kHz Amplitude 00 002 eee eee 2 0 V into 50 Q 4 0 V into 1 MQ Offset xecinsagh enn sd yl gh or edits nas 1 0 V into 50 Q 2 0 V into 1 MQ OQUIpUts czar acces a aS a s Aa Off 3 Follow the substeps below to set the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator controls and to select the waveform file a Push UTILITY front panel System bottom Factory Reset side OK side b Push SETUP front panel Run Mode bottom Gated side c Load the MODE WFM file Refer to Loading Files on page B 9 for file loading procedures d Push HO
117. Q SMA coaxial cable SMA Female BNC Male adapter Figure B 20 Event input and enhanced mode initial test hookup 2 Connect the ground closure to the EVENT IN connector on the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator rear panel AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual B 37 Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B 3 Set the oscilloscope controls as follows Vertical 2asitcrnecewe breedits eifread eee eed CH1 CHI COUPLING sauga Seem faded oes DC CH1 scale eee eee 200 mV div CH1 input impedance 50 Q Horizontal SWOCD ianen antag waa 500 ns div or 400 ns div Trigger SOUGCCK cis feces nde be Pe ea ee CH1 COUpIING esscageaceaaes tage ese das DC SIOPC ee E E EEE Maca E EON ET Positive Ee e EE E E E TE 100 mV MOE wissen Sy EEEE EI Red ak Auto 4 Set all the switches of the ground closure to open Follow the substeps below to set the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator controls and select the sequence file a Push UTILITY front panel System bottom Factory Reset side OK side b Load the PT_EVENT SEQ file Refer to Loading Files on page B 9 for file loading procedures c Push SETUP front panel Run Mode bottom Enhanced side to set the enhanced mode 6 Push the RUN and CH1 OUT buttons The LEDs above the RUN button and CH1 output connector are on 7 Check the EVENT IN connector pin 0 input a Verify that a waveform displayed on the osci
118. RUN LED 14 Disconnect the DMM Check Pulse Rise Time Equipment A 50 Q SMA coaxial cable and an oscilloscope TDS820 required Prerequisites The AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator must meet the prerequisites listed on page B 7 Do the following steps to install the test hookup and set the test equipment controls 1 Use the 50 Q SMA coaxial cable to connect the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator CH1 output connector to the oscilloscope CH1 input connector see Figure B 13 AWG710B option 02 Arbitrary Waveform Generator Oscilloscope TDS820 o eects 50 SMA coaxial cable Figure B 13 Optipn02 output pulse rise time initial test hookup 2 Set the oscilloscope controls as follows Vaal arsyen in taa pie SE Gk Petes Bhe CH1 CHA coupling ws aain pa aaa DC if applicable CH1 scale laa 200 mV div CH1 input impedance 50 Q Horizontal SWECD i e aa a Aa 200 ps div AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual B 29 Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B Trigger SOUE asic data toi des thew naa wes CH1 Slope aae E naunuanton aut T LOVE sc detrcnniton spied tarda wanna warden OV Mod e essai hace cae ee to aobe ehaeds Auto NOTE The pulse rise time tests use the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generators control settings that hav
119. Secure destroys settings and ALL DATA FILES 2 Make sure that you want to remove all the settings and data Push the OK side button All files including the files used in the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator system are removed and the instrument settings are replaced with the factory settings Connecting to a GPIB Network Setting GPIB Parameters 3 160 The GPIB Interface can be used for remotely controlling the instrument from an external device such as a PC and for capturing waveform data from an external device such as a Tektronix TDS Series oscilloscope This section describes how to set up the instrument GPIB interface Refer to the AWG710 amp AWG710B Programmer Manual for information regarding remote control commands Refer to Capturing Waveforms on page 3 181 for procedures and information regarding how to transfer waveforms from an external device Configuration and Address are two GPIB parameters that you must set The GPIB Configuration contains three parameters Talk Listen Select this mode to remotely control the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator from an external host computer Controller Select this mode to use the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator as a controller to transfer waveform data to or from another device connected to the GPIB bus E Off Bus Select this mode to electronically disconnect the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator from the GPI
120. Seem faded oes DC CH1 scale eee eee 200 mV div CH1 input impedance 50 Q Horizontal SWOCD ianen antag waa 500 ns div or 400 ns div Trigger SOUGCCK cis feces nde be Pe ea ee CH1 COUpIING esscageaceaaes tage ese das DC SIOPC ee E E EEE Maca E EON ET Positive Ee e EE E E E TE 100 mV MOE wissen Sy EEEE EI Red ak Auto 4 Set all the switches of the ground closure to open Follow the substeps below to set the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator controls and select the sequence file a Push UTILITY front panel System bottom Factory Reset side OK side b Load the PT_EVENT SEQ file Refer to Loading Files on page B 62 for file loading procedures c Push SETUP front panel Run Mode bottom Enhanced side to set the enhanced mode 6 Push the RUN and CH1 OUT buttons The LEDs above the RUN button and CH1 output connector are on 7 Check the EVENT IN connector pin 0 input a Verify that a waveform displayed on the oscilloscope has the same amplitude as shown in Figure B 55 B 92 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710 Figure B 55 Waveform while all ground disclosure switches are open b Close the SW1 of the ground closure to generate an event signal on the EVENT IN connector pin 0 c Verify that the oscilloscope displays the waveform as shown in Figure B 56 and that the waveform amplitud
121. Size 16 cm 6 4 in diag LCD Table A 44 AC line power Characteristics Description Rating voltage 100 VAC to 240 VAC CAT II Voltage range 90 VAC to 250 VAC Frequency range 48 Hz to 63 Hz Maximum consumption 220 VA Maximum current 5A Fuse rating 10 A fast 250 V UL 198G 3 AG 5 A T 250 V IEC 127 Table A 45 Timer Characteristics Description Timer Operation time 6 years Type Li 3 V 190 mAh Table A 46 Interface connectors Characteristics Description GPIB 24 pin IEEE 488 1 connector on the rear panel Ethernet 100 10 BASE T RJ 45 connector on the rear panel Keyboard connector 6 pin mini DIN connector on the rear panel AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual A 37 Appendix A Specifications AWG710 Table A 47 Installation requirement Characteristics Heat dissipation Maximum power Description 220 VA maximum line current 3 Arms at 50 Hz Surge current 30 A 25 C peak for equal to or less than 5 line cycles after the instrument has been turned off for at least 30s Cooling clearance Top 2 cm 0 8 in Bottom 2 cm 0 8 in NOTE The feet on the bottom provide the required clearance when set on a flat surface Sides 15 cm 6 in Rear 7 5 cm 3 in Table A 48 Environmental Characteristics Description Atmospherics Temperature Operating 10 C to 40 C Non operating 20 C to 60 C Relati
122. Smoothing quick edit 3 101 Specifications 10MHz Reference clock input A 18 A 19 A 35 AC line power A 21 A 37 Arbitrarywaveforms A 2 A 28 Auxiliary inputs A 8 A 33 Auxiliary outputs A 5 A 31 certification A 25 A 40 Clockgenerator A 3 A 29 compliances A 25 A 40 Cycle to Cycle Jitter A 7 A 32 Display A 21 A 37 Environmental A 22 A 38 Event input A 18 A 35 Extended Operation A 2 Filter A 5 A 31 Function Generator A 20 A 36 Installation requirements A 22 A 38 Interface connectors A 21 A 37 Internal trigger generator A 3 A 29 Main output A 3 A 29 Mechanical A 23 A 39 Operation modes A 2 A 28 Period Jitter A 7 A 32 Timer A 21 A 37 sqr 3 201 sqrt 3 201 Square math function 3 72 Square Root math function 3 73 srnd 3 201 Standard network 3 145 standard accessories 1 6 Standard Waveform command 3 59 standby power 1 12 Start quick edit 3 102 starting stopping waveform output 3 53 Status area Clock 3 35 Instrument 3 35 Run Mode 3 35 strobe 3 126 Style Fun Style Name Page Sep Electrical A 2 A 28 Specifications A 27 Warranted Characteristics Performance Conditions for A 1 A 27 Sub math function 3 73 superpose 3 131 superpose parameters 3 138 Synchronous Operation Connecting the cables 3 250 restrictions 3 250 Synchronous Operation Mode 3 249 Sync Master menu button 3 50 Sync Slave menu button 3 50 Syntax BNF Backus Naur form
123. Square Ramp Pulse or DC bottom button to select the desired waveform type Sine A Ramp Triangle n ae Square DC Figure 3 78 Waveform type AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 235 FG Mode Parameters 3 236 Output parameters The output parameter menu selections are the same for each waveform except Pulse and DC Pulse has one extra side menu item Duty and DC has only one side menu item Offset In the case of option 02 output level is fixed in OV in the DC function Frequency 20 00MH2 59 000ns BARGE Running Frequency 20 00MHZz Amplitude 1 660 pp Offset Output 0 0004 a parameter aii Polarity 2 Sine Trangie Square Ramp Pulse DC awen Figure 3 79 Output parameters except option 02 Frequency The frequency is set with a 4 digit number from 1 000 Hz to 400 0 MHz using the SAMPLE RATE SCALE knob the numeric buttons or the general purpose knob The internal cut off filter used is determined by the waveform type and the frequency selected The cut off frequencies are as follows except option02 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual FG Mode Table 3 54 Output frequency and filter cut off frequency except option02 Waveform type Output Frequency Filter Cut off Frequency Sine 1 000 Hz to 400 0 kHz 20 MHz 400 1 KHz to 4 000 MHz 50 MHz 4 001 MHz to 8 000 MHz 100 MHz 8 001 MHz to 15 00 MHz
124. Subbottom Subside Pop up or Description menu menu menu menu menu dialog menu UTILITY cont Remote Control GPIB Network GPIB Configuration Talk Listen Controller Off Bus Address 0 to 30 Network DHCP Client Disabled Enabled dialog Sets up network and Comm lt IP Address GPIB parameters Subnet Mask P MAC Address Gateway 1 Gateway 2 Gateway 3 lt FTP Server Disabled Enabled dialog Execute Ping Ping Destination Address Cancel OK dialog ee Edit Destination Network Gateway Address Cancel L OK Network dial Sets up remote file f Drive Name 9__ ___ Network Drive Name Systems dialog IP Address dalog Network Drive Address Remote Directory _ dialog Network Drive Directory Drivet Access dialog Drive2 Off Drives NFS dialog es Execute Ping Ping Destination Address Edit AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 31 Menu Structures Main Bottom menu UTILITY cont 3 32 menu Status m Diag Side Subbottom Subside Pop up or Description menu menu menu dialog menu Model Options Program Version Program Build OS Version OS Build dialog C Up Time System at dialo Displays firmware version SCPI Registers g System Status Displays GPIB status registers Network DHCP Server dialog Default Gateway Lease Time Renewal Timer NFS Tim
125. Table 3 58 Difference between AWG mode and synchronous operation mode eee eee e cece rece 3 254 Table 3 59 Error Warning messages 0 cece cece cece eee eees 3 255 Table A 1 Operation Modes cece eee c cree cece eect cece eens A 2 Table A 2 Extended Operation 0 cece cece eee cece eee e eens A 2 Table A 3 Arbitrary waveforms ccc cece cece cece eee e cence A 2 Table A 4 Clock generator ccc ce cece cee reece ee eee eee e eee eeee A 3 Table A 5 Internal trigger generator 0 cece cece eee e eens A 3 Table A 6 Main output ccc ccc cee ce eee ce eee teen eect eeeees A 3 Table A 7 Filter except option 02 ccc cece cece eee eee eee A 5 Table A 8 Auxiliary outputs 2 0 0 ccc ccc cee ce cee ce cee eee e teens A 5 Table A 9 Marker output Period Jitter 0 0 ccc cece cece ee eee A 7 Table A 10 Marker output Cycle to Cycle Jitter 2 0 0 0 ccc cece ee eee A 7 Table A 11 VCO output Period Jitter 2 0 cece cece cc cece ee eens A 7 Table A 12 VCO output Cycle to Cycle Jitter 20 0 cece eee eee ee eee A 7 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual xiii List of Tables xiv Table A 13 Auxiliary inputs sssssessessssseseersoseeeeerocero A 8 Table A 14 Event Input cicera visis ccc cc ce EPEE EEE EE a A 18 Table A 15 10 MHz reference clock input 0 ccc cece cece cease A 18 Table A 16 External c
126. The Run Mode Menu on page 3 44 The current run state of the instrument is displayed in the status area at the upper part of the screen as shown in Figure 3 5 page 3 44 Refer to Table 3 7 for state messages Table 3 7 Instrument run state and state messages State messages Descriptions Stopped The output operation is currently stopped Waiting The instrument is waiting for a trigger or an event signal Running The instrument is outputting waveform s If waveforms are not present the Running or Waiting message will be changed to the Stopped message There will be no output when you push the RUN button and the Stopped message will continue to be displayed The RUN LED is on when the run state is Running or Waiting The line circuit from internal generator module to the output connector must be closed to output waveform from the front panel output connector Turning Channel Output Push the CH1 OUT button to connect or disconnect the instrument output to the On and Off CH 1 connector When you push the CH1 button the CH1 LED goes on and a waveform is output from the CH1 connector if the instrument is in the Running state When you push the CH1 button again the signal output is disconnected and the waveform output is stopped even if the instrument is in the Running state If there is no waveform loaded into a channel you cannot turn that channel output on or off The CH1 LED automatically turns off when the waveform da
127. The full scale resolution of the 8 bit DAC is represented by 1 0 to 1 0 Waveform and pattern files use different internal formats and editors The waveform file format is composed of 4 byte little endian and 1 byte for each data point and markers The 4 bytes point data is expressed as an IEEE floating point number The pattern data file is composed of 2 bytes including data and markers Waveform files contain floating point numbers that maintain the mathematical data precision necessary for waveform math operations such as multiplying dividing adding subtracting and so forth Waveform files may be edited but are much larger for an equivalent record length compared to pattern files Pattern files are most useful for minimizing file size and file transfer time between the AWG and a PC For more details about file format refer to Data Transfer section in AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Operating Basics Waveform Edit To enable editing the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator provides you with Waveform Pattern Sequence Equation and Text Editors See Table 2 15 for the explanations of those editors Table 2 15 Editors Editors Descriptions Waveform Editor The Waveform Editor lets you create or edit a waveform that is being displayed on the screen It enables you to create any waveform by an operation such as
128. UTILITY front panel Diag bottom The calibration updates the internal constants so that the instrument outputs waveforms within the specified accuracy See Figure 3 60 for the calibration items and possible error codes AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The UTILITY Window The calibration must be performed in the following cases After a 20 minute warm up period Prior to high precision waveform output When the ambient temperature has changed more than 5 C or less than 5 C from the previous calibration Refer to the calibration and diagnostic screen to see if calibration has recently been performed on the instrument See Figure 3 60 The calibration has completed when Done is displayed in the Calibration result field No calibration has been performed if the is displayed The factory reset also causes the to be displayed Clock 166 66666MS s Run Mode Continuous Diag Calibration Result Diagnostic All Diagnostics System Run Mode Cycles clock l Output soe Execute Sequence Memory Diagnostic Waveform Memory Execute Calibration System Disk comm Network Status Diag Service Figure 3 59 Calibration and diagnostic screen NOTE The calibration data in the memory may be lost if the instrument is powered off while the calibrations are running AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manua
129. Value 620 26m 1 0000 7 Interpolate Smoothing Points 168 Vertical Origin 0 0000 1 0000 Markeri 0 Marker2 0 Figure 3 24 A waveform example under quick editing Using the Quick Edit mode enables the following E Operating four knobs of VERTICAL SCALE VERTICAL OFFSET HORIZONTAL SCALE and HORIZONTAL OFFSET Setting parameters in the Quick Edit screen Moving the cursors using the general purpose knob or numeric keys Operations not requiring menu changes pressing a button such as RUN OUTPUT or HARDCOPY E Updating the contents of the edit buffer When you enter into the quick edit mode the instrument copies the data that is in the edit buffer and places it into the undo buffer All the changes you make immediately reflect to the data in the edit buffer and also to the data in the waveform memory if that data is being loaded to output AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Quick Editing When you cancel the changes and quit the quick editor the instrument copies the data in the undo buffer back to the edit buffer and also to the waveform memory if the data is being loaded and then terminate the quick editor About Smoothing Quick Edit performs expand shrink or shift the cursor to cursor data Consequently if nothing is processed a gap may be produced between the changed and unchanged portions To link the entire
130. Verification AWG710 c Verify that the oscilloscope displays the DC waveform as shown in Figure B 61 Figure B 61 DC waveform output when the SW5 is closed d Open SW5 of the ground closure to degenerate the strobe signal on the EVENT IN connector strobe pin e Verify that the DC waveform is displayed on the oscilloscope f Close SWS of the ground closure again g Verify that the oscilloscope displays the waveform as shown in Figure B 60 4 Push the CH1 OUT button to turn off the CH1 LED 5 Disconnect the oscilloscope and ground closure AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual B 97 Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710 1 4 Clock Frequency and 10 MHz Reference Input Tests These procedures check the 10 MHz reference input function of the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator Equipment A 50 Q SMA coaxial cable A 50 Q BNC coaxial cable a required SMA Fe BNC Ma adapter a frequency counter and a function generator Prerequisites The AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator must meet the prerequisites listed on page B 61 Do the following steps to install the test hookup and set the test equipment controls 1 Usea50 Q SMA coaxial cable and SMA Fe BNC Ma adapter to connect the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator 1 4 CLOCK OUT connector to the input A connector on the frequency counter 2 Use a 50 Q BNC coaxial cable to connect the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform
131. WAVEFORM GENERATOR 4GS s A J EDT Bottom and side Kt bezel menu buttons The bottom buttons call up i submenus and the side buttons See Figure 2 4 execute more detailed operations within the submenus J L H ofA o wo a J L k Q mi 1 4 m OUTPUT MARKER OUT mam m C le c c c a CHT ue o CHI Cc MARKER1 MARKER MARKER MAF KER2 Ab wos oen orcun 352 2665 D0 nor wee Na 250 s7VoreNGRGUITERONSOM A vo OTA ENA ON STBY button CLEAR MENU button Output connectors MARKER OUT connectors This button is the power Cancels the current Provides normal CH1 and inverted Outputs marker signals Each channel is switch in normal operation and closes CH1 waveforms equipped with two MARKER OUT connectors operation The side and submenus The maximum output level is 2 Vp p If you use only one output connector for each PRINCIPAL POWER The display can be into a 50 Q load in Normal mode marker you must terminate the other SWITCH on the rear returned to the top level and 1 Vp into a 50 load in Direct connector using a SMA termination panel must be on by pushing this button mode and option02 If you use only repeatedly one output connector you must PANEL LOCK LED indi
132. a positive voltage b Push the FORCE EVENT button Write the DMM reading as a negative voltage d Verify that the positive minus negative voltages fall within 1 0 V 0 022 V e Push VERTICAL MENU front panel Amplitude side f Push 0 5 and ENTER keys in this order or turn the general purpose knob to set the amplitude to 0 500 V Do the following to check the option02 amplitude accuracy of 500 mV amplitude setting a Push the FORCE EVENT button twice b Write the DMM reading as a positive voltage Push the FORCE EVENT button a p Write the DMM reading as a negative voltage e Verify that the positive minus negative voltages fall within 500 mV 12 mV Follow the substeps below to check the DC offset a Push the FORCE EVENT button b Verify that the reading on the DMM falls within 0 V 10 mV 10 Do the following substeps to change the connection to check the CH1 a Push the CH1 output button b Disconnect the adapter terminator and cable from the CH1 output connector AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710 c Connect the adapter terminator and cable removed in step b to the CH1 output connector d Push the CH1 output button to turn on the CH1 LED e Push the FORCE EVENT button 11 Repeat steps 7 through step 9 for the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator CH1 12 Push the CH1 output button to turn off the CH1 LED 13
133. and Shift Register The Waveform Memory block has 8 bits for waveform data and 2 bits per channel for markers thus a total length of 32 4 M 64 8 M option 01 16 2 M 32 4 M option 01 AWG710 points You can set any value from 960 points to 32 4 M 64 8 M option 01 16 2 M 32 4 M option 01 AWG710 points for the length of waveform data It must be in increments of 4 The Shift Register block is used to provide waveform data from the DAC at a rate up to 4 2 GS s 4 0 GS s AWG710 RUN modes Selecting a RUN mode from the SETUP menu causes one of the following to operate the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator Table 2 13 Run modes Modes Descriptions Continuous Consecutively output regardless of existence of a trigger signal Triggered The output signal is obtained only once when one of the following is input a An external trigger signal from the rear panel s TRIG IN connector m Atrigger signal generated with the front panel s FORCE TRIGGER button A trigger command from remote device AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 2 41 Operating Basics Table 2 13 Run modes cont Modes Descriptions Gated The waveform is output only while a An external trigger signal from the rear panel s TRIG IN connector A gate signal through the front panel s FORCE TRIGGER button is TRUE a A control command such as trigger or event from remote device Except
134. and one more unit is set as Master Connect the Master and the Slave via LAN Load the waveform files to the Master and the Slave Set the output parameters such as frequency and amplitude Master and Slave are connected via LAN Turn the OUTPUT and ALL MARKER OUT ON OFF buttons to ON Turn th Connect Master Load the Set the output OUTPUT button Connect the Set the units as cables Master and Slave and Slave via LAN waveform files parameters to ON ae Output Figure 3 85 Outline flow for producing Synchronous operation AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 249 Synchronous Operation Mode AWG710B only restrictions Connecting the cables LAN cable Cables for Clock and Trigger 3 250 There are the following restrictions in synchronous operation mode operation E The same model and the same firmware version should be used for Synchronous Operation E When the instruments run in Synchronous Operation mode you cannot use FG mode or Waveform Mixing mode E The Gated mode in Run mode cannot be used An event jump cannot be used although Enhanced mode can be used E Waveform length needs to be in agreement Although waveforms may differ in the waveform file loaded to Master and Slave the number of points of waveform files must be the same E The sequence files loaded to Master and Slave needs to be completely the same However the waveforms specified to be each sequence line may diff
135. area position bar is relative to the position of the displayed edit area in the entire record length This helps you determine where you are in a waveform record when you do zoom operations on the display area Window number The edit window number is from one to three The maximum number of editor windows you can open at one time is three Knob icon The knob icon is displayed when you can use the general purpose knob to change a highlighted field Left cursor position field and data value The position of the left cursor and the data value at that position Cursor position 0 is the start of the data record Position is stated as point location or time depending on the horizontal unit set with the Settings menu You use the TOGGLE front panel button to select between the left or right cursor When the left cursor is active you can use the general purpose knob or the Keypad buttons to change the cursor position Marker display The marker display is a graphical representation of the marker data values Right cursor position field and data value The position of the right cursor and the data value at that position Cursor position 0 is the start of the data record Position is stated as point location or time depending on the horizontal unit set with the Settings menu You use the TOGGLE front panel button to select between the left or right cursor When the right cursor is active you can use the general purpose
136. bottom XY View pop up OK side The XY View dialog box appears 3 Select the window waveform to use for the X axis 4 Select the window waveform to use for the Y axis 5 Push the Display side button to display the two specified waveforms in the XY view 6 Push the Close side button to close the dialog box You can use the Zoom function to expand or shrink the waveform display in an editor window The Pan function shows a segment of waveform that lies outside the window due to the expansion When you push the Zoom Pan bottom button the side menu displays the operation menu The displayed waveform can either expand or shrink with the waveform data unchanged If two or more waveforms are on display this command zooms in on only the waveform of the current window Table 3 20 Zoom Pan side menu buttons Side buttons Descriptions Direction Specifies the direction of zoom or pan The direction you specify here will apply to both zoom and pan operation Zoom In Expands the waveform with the center defined as follows Horizontal zoom The active cursor is the center Vertical zoom The window center is the center Zoom Out Shrinks the waveform with the center defined as follows Horizontal zoom The active cursor is the center Left end if the size has become smaller than the window width Vertical zoom The window center is the center Zoom Fit For horizontal Horizontal fit takes
137. button to shift the part specified in step 3 by the amount specified in step 4 Horizontal Rotate The Horizontal Rotate command rotates the edit area data to the left or right by the specified value points or time within the cursor area A positive value shifts data to the right and a negative value shifts data to the left All data that is shifted past the left or right cursor is rotated to the opposite cursor This command can only shift one type of data waveform Marker 1 or Marker 2 at a time Do the following steps to horizontally rotate waveform or marker data 1 Move the cursors to specify the edit area to shift 2 Push Operation bottom Horizontal Rotate pop up OK side Push the Data Marker1 or Marker2 side button to select the data you want to shift 4 Push the Point or Time side button Use the general purpose knob or numeric keys to specify the amount of shift A positive value shifts data to the right and a negative value shifts data to the left 5 Push the Exec side button to shift the part specified in step 3 by the amount specified in step 4 Vertical Shift The Vertical Shift command shifts the cursor to cursor waveform data up or down the value specified with Value If Value is positive the data shifts up if Value is negative the data shifts down The editor retains values that exceed the default 1 0 waveform peak to peak range You can use the Zoom or Pan commands to view dat
138. cc ccc ccc cece ee eee ee cee teen eees B 7 Table B 3 Waveforms and sequences in performance check disk B 11 Table B 4 Performance test items 0 ccc cece cece eee eees B 60 Table B 5 Test equipment ccc ccc ce cee ee eee eee eeees B 61 Table B 6 Waveforms and sequences in performance check disk B 64 Table C 1 External inspection check list 0 ccc cece eee ee eee eee C 1 Table D 1 Waveform and equation files in the sample disk D 1 Table D 2 Gaussian pulse 0 cece cece eee cece cece eect ee eens D 2 Table D 3 Lorentz pulse ccc cece ccc ce cece cece eect ee eens D 3 Table D 4 Sampling function SIN X X pulse cece ee eee eee eee D 3 Table D 5 Squared sine pulse cc ccc ce cece eee cece eect eens D 4 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual List of Tables Table D 6 Double exponential pulse 0 cece cece ee eee eee eee D 4 Table D 7 Nyquist pulse cc ccc ce cece cere eee ee eet e eee eeee D 5 Table D 8 Linear frequency sweep cece cece cree cece eect eeeees D 6 Table D 9 Log frequency sweep 0 cece cece cree e cence eee eeeeee D 6 Table D 10 Amplitude modulation 0 c eee e cece cece eee eeee D 7 Table D 11 Frequency modulation 0 cee cece cece eee ee eeee D 7 Table D 12 Pulse width modulation 0 ccc cece eee e cece ee eeee D 8 Tabl
139. cece eee e cece eee eeeees 3 181 Possible Instruments o so ca eee ea E a ie Bas etek Ra eS Pe ee ae 3 181 Basic Concept on Communication for Capturing 02 00 0048 3 181 Procedures for Capturing Waveforms 20 0 0c eee eee eee 3 182 About Transferred Files 20 004 be te eede yp SE A E ARRE E eee bade 3 184 Waveform Programming Language cee cece eee e eee e eee eees 3 185 Command Syntax y i3 4 vise tan eye ie Spe rest peal NAE eels eed bee lend dae 3 185 User Defined Variables gr og aaea EA REEE eee eee 3 186 Waveform Bilesii 2d chi ET ahr Sh EA E a EONA E EAAS 3 187 Command Descriptions ssssssssesssssoseseseesosessseessseo 3 189 Bpi aea ano wich EEA ee ee ARES E ARS hahha dash aa 3 189 BriQ is3 5 5622 yates heed Bhs eae nee Mate haup pbb RG del Mente ohh eee Lolo 3 190 CodeQicibadd biases dda ties dean ee A AA A RE A a eee dae ds 3 191 COnV 23 esse ate tee need ate E Ae ee BA ee es 3 191 Copy haa diccieh are cee a Gee ea Bagi Gate te Mie teh aah wat cael Grey 3 192 COPE aer darasa eet SRR MeO othe ots Liban Mae alt E teas dotted ee kd 3 192 Data oaaae aaa a told edad te dobs ee Orhan dl A geen 3 193 Delete a asine Rattan epee 6 eis ope A TRE A EE tates ue ms 3 194 DINC lt tuviaeeiag wae Le ed tech enables 3 194 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual iii Table of Contents Expand Jaai otee tne ponte A oka eae Was ote Mics Stee aes OE GE 3 195 Extract 224 4 028n0 P
140. delay elements that composes the digital filter The range of taps is 3 to 101 You must enter the integer value as an odd number atten is the inhibit zone attenuation factor in dB The range of attenuation is 21 dB to 100 dB You can enter the integer value filtered wfm Ipf sine wfm 10 454e2 2 30 Table 3 47 lists the programming language math functions that you can use as part of a waveform equation expression Table 3 47 Programming language math functions Function Description abs a Absolute value of a acos a Arc cosine of a asin a Arc sine of a atan a Arc tangent of a ceil a Minimum integer greater than or equal to a cos a Cosine of a cosh a Hyperbolic cosine of a exp a Exponential function of base of natural logarithm for a floor a Maximum integer less than or equal to a int a Truncation Same as floor a if a gt 0 same as ceil a if a lt 0 log a Natural logarithm of a log10 a Base 10 logarithm of a max a b Returns larger maximum value of a and b AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Command Descriptions Table 3 47 Programming language math functions Function min a b Description Returns smaller minimum value of a and b noise Generates pseudo Gaussian distribution white noise signal with a standard deviation RMS of 1 pow a b Exponentiation bth power of a or ab Anegat
141. dialog TAA PW50 PW50 NLTS 1st adjacent NLTS 2nd adjacent NLTS 2nd adjacent Asymmetry Lorentz Gaussian Select File r Box Heading Select the Pattern Row Headings X A7 X43 1 XA9 XA5 1 XM5 X 1 32 1 s Ld Harmonic Elimination Pattern Cancel OK AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Menu Structures Main Bottom Side Subbottom Subside Pop up or Description menu menu menu menu menu dialog menu Appl cont Application cont Disk cont Selects isolated pulse type Isolated Pulse Lorentz Gaussi alates PR4 Pulse Shape EPR4 E2PR4 dialo User Defined a Select File Superpose Executes superpose Execute Save dialog Input Filename Box Headings Network Application E4 pop up NOTE Dialog name varies E depending on selected Nenvork F Network Application Row Headings Line Code Bit Rate Samples Bit Clock STMIE E5 CEPT ITU T E EA E3 E2 Ef OK AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 27 Menu Structures Main Bottom Side Subbottom Subside Pop up or Description menu menu menu menu menu dialog menu Appl cont Application cont Network cont cr abe DS4NA pop up DS3 Selects T1 102 network lt ps2 standard DS1C DS1A OK DSI S Po rip FC1063E F FC531E Selects Fiber Channel Fibre Channel
142. down a directory level To move down a directory level select a directory name in the pop up list and then push the Down Level side button The filename list changes to show the contents of the directory Make Directory Creates a directory at the current level To create a directory push the Make Directory side button to display the Input New Directory Name dialog box Enter the directory name in the name field then push the OK side button The instrument creates the new directory Archive Creates a new file tar format for archive from selected directory The archived file keeps hierarchic structure Extract Restore the archived file tar to the current directory NOTE In the following procedures you may have to push the EDIT button twice to quit the editor When the instrument does not display the file list push the EDIT button again Refer to Saving Files on page 2 21 2 18 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Operating Basics Copying Files Do the following steps to copy a file single window 1 gi a Sc Da Push EDIT front The instrument displays the file list Select the file to copy Push File bottom Copy side Enter the new name for the copied file in the file name field Push OK side The file is copied and renamed Also refer to page 3 230 for more information on the double windows NOTE You can copy a file or all files in another way Refer to Copyi
143. edit area data with the sum of the current edit area data and the specified standard function waveform This operation does not change the waveform data record length Mul replaces the edit area data with the product of the current edit area data and the standard function waveform This operation does not change the waveform data record length Cycle Specifies the number of function waveform cycles to insert in the specified cursor area The range of values is from 0 1 to 100 000 in 0 000001 to 0 001 increments The default value is 1 cycle If the Operation field is set to Replace Add or Mul the Cycle field value determines the Frequency field value according to the equation Frequency Cycle x clock frequency data length Frequency Specifies the frequency of the function waveform to insert in the specified cursor area The range of values is from 0 1 Hz to 500 MHz with 9 digit accuracy If the Operation field is set to Replace Add or Mul the Frequency field determines the Cycle field value according to the equation Cycle Frequency x data length clock frequency 3 60 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The Graphical Waveform Editor Table 3 10 Standard Function Waveform dialog box parameters Parameter Description Amplitude or Specifies the standard function waveform s DAC range The range of values is RMS from 2 0 to 2 0 in 0 0001 increments Specifying a negative valu
144. eee ee eee A 10 Figure A 3 Enhanced mode 0 ccc cece reece cece eee eeeeeceee A 11 Figure A 4 Sequence 2 0 ccc cc cece cece ce eee eee R SEENEN RRNA A 12 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual ix List of Figures Figure A 5 Sequence 3 aries eume cere ce cee terete eee eees A 13 Figure A 6 3 1 Sequence 4 0 0 cece cece cc cee eee ee eee eee eeees A 14 Figure A 7 The cable connection between units in Synchronous operation A 15 Figure A 8 Output Voltage Window into 50W to GND of MARKER A 16 Figure A 9 Output part equivalent circuit of MARKE A 17 Figure A 10 Dimensions 0 0 ccc ccc ec ce reece cree eee EEEa A 24 Figure A 11 Signal Timing 0 cc ccc cece cece eee eee ee ees A 34 Figure A 12 Dimensions 0 0 ccc cece cece cree eee eeees A 39 Figure B 1 Diagnostic menu cece eee cece eee ee cee eee eeeees B 3 Figure B 2 Calibration result message box except option 02 B 5 Figure B 3 EVENT IN connector pins and signals and ground closure connector cece eee cece e rece eens B 9 Figure B 4 Loading file selecting storage drive ccc ee eee eeee B 9 Figure B 5 Cont mode initial test hookup 0 c eee e eee eeees B 13 Figure B 6 Triggered mode initial test hookup cee eeeeee B 15 Figure B 7 Relationship between trigger signal and waveform output B 16 Figu
145. else statement of an if then else endif control construct if cc 1 then SMOOTH WFM TEMP2 WFM else SMOOTH WEM join SMOOTH WFM TEMP2 WFM endif The integ statement performs an integration operation on a specified file The output file retains all marker values of the input file Refer to Integral on page F 3 for information about the integration algorithm Waveform output_filename integ filename AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Join Lpf Arguments Example Group Syntax Arguments Example Group Syntax Command Descriptions output_filename is the complete file name file name and extension to contain the resultant waveform The argument can include a relative or absolute path name Enclose the file name within double quotation marks filename is the complete name path file name and extension of the source file for the integration operation The file must be on the active drive The argument can include a relative or absolute path name Enclose the file name within double quotation marks intwave wfm integ sineswp wfm The join statement joins concatenates two waveform files waveform and marker data into a single file The clock sample rate in first file sets the clock sample rate for the output file waveform You can only concatenate waveform wfm files Waveform output_filename join filenamel file
146. external Products should be used only in the environment for which they are rated Category Descriptions Pollution Degree 1 No pollution or only dry nonconductive pollution occurs Products in this category are generally encapsulated hermetically sealed or located in clean rooms Pollution Degree 2 Normally only dry nonconductive pollution occurs Occasionally a temporary conductivity that is caused by condensation must be expected This location is a typical office home environment Temporary condensation occurs only when the product is out of service Pollution Degree 3 Conductive pollution or dry nonconductive pollution that becomes conductive due to condensation These are sheltered locations where neither temperature nor humidity is controlled The area is protected from direct sunshine rain or direct wind Pollution Degree 4 Pollution that generates persistent conductivity through conductive dust rain or snow Typical outdoor locations AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual A 41 Appendix A Specifications AWG710 A 42 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B Conventions Two types of Performance Verification procedures can be performed on this product Self Tests and Performance Tests You may not need to perform all of these procedures depending on what you want to accomplish E Verify that the AWG710B Arbitrar
147. field or item is highlighted Use the keypad buttons or the general purpose knob to change values in selected text numeric fields or change 1 of N fields A 1 of N field contains two or more choices of which only one can be selected at a time Push the OK side button to confirm the dialog box Push the Cancel side button or the CLEAR MENU button to exit the dialog box without making any changes Text Numeric fields Window Total Points 1000 clock 100 00000M 5 5 view CELI Table j lt ____ 1 of N choice General Horizontal Unit O Time Update Mode Auto Cursor Link Bion Grid eii onp 7 Interpolation Bian Figure 2 10 Dialog box example Refer to Numeric Input on page 2 12 and Text Input on page 2 14 for more information on selecting and entering values in menus and dialog boxes Refer to Menu Structures on page 3 3 for information on the menu system AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 2 11 Operating Basics Numeric Input The General Purpose Knob The Numeric Keypad You can enter numeric values by using either the numeric keypad or the general purpose knob If the side menu item displays a value you can alter this value using the general purpose knob or numeric buttons Pushing the type of side menu button or selecting a parameter in a pop up menu causes the current setting to appear on the right end of the Status Display area as show
148. for the Waveform Editor page 3 56 except for those listed in Table 3 23 All Pattern Editor bottom menu items are the same as for the Waveform editor page 3 57 except for those listed in Table 3 24 Left cursor position Cursor to cursor field and data value distance edit area Status Pattern Active cursor filename Clock frequency Run mode display area Knob lcon position Window number Clock 500 60000MS SW Run Mode Continugus Stopped 7 iE tL 9 A 999 R 999 Data record length 1989 pts Value 19 aan ie T pata7 Right cursor position Data6 field and data value Data5 Data4 Pattern display lt Data3 Edit area position bar Data2 Datal C Data gt Marker display lt Marker _ Marker2 1 File Operation Tools Zoom Pan Window Settings Figure 3 17 Pattern editor initial screen Table 3 23 Pattern editor screen elements Element Description Pattern display The pattern display is a graphical representation of the pattern data values There are a total of 8 data bits DataO through Data7 and two marker signals Data values are 1 or 0 Pattern file name The pattern file name is a file name to which the waveform data is written The instrument appends the PAT file extension to all pattern files If this is a new pattern you are prompted to enter a file name before exiting the editor 3 86 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The File Men
149. gt D E F 1 2 3 m A B Cc 0 gt G INF ENTER The CLR button gt CLR lt lt lt The ENTER button deletes all characters enters the current value in the current field into the instrument The DELETE button deletes the character to the left of the caret Figure 2 12 Keypad buttons The G M k m u n and p are unit buttons The A B C D E and F buttons are used for entering hexadecimal values To use the numeric keypad to enter a value position the caret to where you want to change a value and then push a keypad button If you want to enter a unit value labeled in blue just above each numeric button push or hold down the SHIFT button and then push the corresponding numeric button To enter or change more than one character move the caret to the next position to change When you are done entering values push the ENTER button to confirm the changes and enter them into the instrument For example to enter 200 5 us push 2 0 0 5 SHIFT and 4 u buttons in this order When you enter a value larger than the maximum value in the range for the parameter the parameter will be set to the maximum value When you enter a value smaller than the minimum value the minimum value will be set in the parameter To set to the maximum or minimum value enter a larger value or smaller value This is useful when you do not know the range that can be set Note that the current unit is always kept when you
150. has been created using this editor you need to perform compiling The Text Editor also enables you to edit a plain ASCII file It should be used to edit ASCll format waveform data created with another equipment as well as this instrument itself Quick Edit The Quick Editor lets you modify and or output any part of a waveform you are currently editing with the Waveform Editor This is done in real time The data between cursors can be scaled or shifted vertically and or horizontally Expand Shift AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 2 47 Operating Basics 2 48 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Tutorials This section contains tutorials to help you learn how to operate the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator These tutorials provide a good introduction to the following basic features of the instrument Setting up the instrument Loading and outputting a sample waveform Creating and editing standard function waveforms Editing a waveform using quick editor Using the equation editor Creating and executing sequences NOTE These tutorials do not cover all the features and functions of the AWG71I0 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator They are intended only to introduce the basic instrument functions By connecting an oscilloscope to the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator and observing the waveforms output you will understand how the AWG710
151. if the shipment is to a location within the country in which the Tektronix service center is located Customer shall be responsible for paying all shipping charges duties taxes and any other charges for products returned to any other locations This warranty shall not apply to any defect failure or damage caused by improper use or improper or inadequate maintenance and care Tektronix shall not be obligated to furnish service under this warranty a to repair damage resulting from attempts by personnel other than Tektronix representatives to install repair or service the product b to repair damage resulting from improper use or connection to incompatible equipment c to repair any damage or malfunction caused by the use of non Tektronix supplies or d to service a product that has been modified or integrated with other products when the effect of such modification or integration increases the time or difficulty of servicing the product THIS WARRANTY IS GIVEN BY TEKTRONIX IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED TEKTRONIX AND ITS VENDORS DISCLAIM ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE TEKTRONIX RESPONSIBILITY TO REPAIR OR REPLACE DEFECTIVE PRODUCTS IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY PROVIDED TO THE CUSTOMER FOR BREACH OF THIS WARRANTY TEKTRONIX AND ITS VENDORS WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IRRESPECTIVE OF WHETHER TEKTRONIX OR THE VENDOR HAS
152. is the result of the math operation The operation uses the values of the points on the waveform or waveforms for input and performs the operation point by point to generate the results NOTE If you perform a math operation that needs to create a new window and there are three windows already open the math command displays an error message If a math operation creates a waveform with values greater than 1 0 you can use the Zoom Pan bottom commands to view the part of waveform that lies outside the window The instrument retains the calculated values even if they exceed the current editor settings Use the Normalize command to scale the signal values to a 1 0 DAC range For Dual Waveform Math there may be a mismatch between the data lengths of the two input waveforms The output waveform s data length will equal the shorter of the two compared waveforms Table 3 13 lists the waveform math commands along with the equation used to calculate the new waveform data Information regarding more complicated commands follow Table 3 13 Table 3 13 Mathematical function commands Command Equation Description Absolute G x F1 x Creates a new waveform that is the absolute value of the points in the source waveform Square G x F1 x F1 x 70 Creates a new waveform that is the squared G x F1 x F1 x lt 0 value of the points in the source waveform Cube G x F x 8 Creates a new waveform tha
153. just use the ENTER after entering digits For example suppose that the Clock is currently set to100 0 MS s When you press the 5 0 and ENTER buttons in this order the Clock will be set to 50 0 MS s To set the Clock to 500 kS s press 0 5 and ENTER buttons or 5 0 0 SHIFT and 8 k buttons in this order AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 2 13 Operating Basics Text Input Text field Character palette A BCDE FGHI Name list 7 Text field Character palette When you need to assign a name to a waveform file or equation or a IP address to the instrument the instrument displays a text dialog box See Figure 2 13 The text field is where you enter or change an existing character string The character palette is where you select alphanumeric characters to insert into the text field You can also select equation or file names from the name list to insert into the text field Caret Inpul Filename Dyive Main Direc ory Ebcdefgh f gt D XJWFM a NA pee ree oO Filename LIN SWP EQU LIN_SWP WFM LOG_SWP WFM LORENTZ WFM florentz wim MARKER wim NETOO1 Wwim __ NET002 wim Network Drive Directory i 8 WEA ka ae Network Drive Address nnn nnn nnn nnn Text field 2 14 Figure 2 13 Three type of Input text dialog boxes To select a character from the charact
154. knob numeric buttons or keyboard to change the marker value If you use the general purpose knob use the amp or buttons or keys to select the digit to change Output This button selects the Normal or Direct output mode In the Direct mode the except option 02 instrument analog output is connected directly to the output connector bypassing the internal analog filter and offset circuit The analog waveform signal output voltage range is from 20 mV p p to 1 0 Vp p in 1 mV increments terminated into 50 Q The maximum signal level is 0 5 V The filter setting and offset setting are not provided in the direct mode To connect the instrument analog output directly to the CH1 and CH1 output connectors push SETUP front Vertical bottom Output side to select Direct To connect the instrument analog output back to the signal vertical parameter functions push SETUP front Vertical bottom Output side to select Normal AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 39 The Setup Menu Screen The Horizontal Menu The Horizontal menu lets you set waveform analog and markers horizontal parameters for all output channels The horizontal parameters include sample clock source internal or external and clock frequency The Horizontal menu commands are Clock and Clock Ref The instrument uses only one clock sample frequency rate for all output signals regardless of individual waveform settings
155. knob or the Keypad buttons to change the cursor position AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The Graphical Waveform Editor Table 3 8 Waveform editor screen elements cont Element Run mode Description The current instrument run mode Continuous Triggered Gated or Enhanced Status display area The status display area shows the instrument status Stopped Running or Waiting Waveform display The waveform display shows a graphical representation of the waveform data values Refer to the note on page 2 59 for information on the waveform data range Waveform file name The waveform file name is the file name to which the waveform data is written The Graphical Waveform editor appends the wfm file extension to all waveform files If this is a new or modified waveform you are prompted to save the waveform data to a file name before exiting the editor Table 3 9 provides a description of the Waveform editor bottom menus Table 3 9 Waveform editor bottom menu Button File Description Provides commands for opening new waveform or pattern edit windows inserting data from a file loading an file saving edited data to a file and closing the active editor window Refer to page 2 17 for information on file management tasks Operation Provides commands for editing and manipulating waveform data including cutting copying pasting rotating shifting creating funct
156. known 14200 SW Karl Braun Drive P O Box 500 Beaverton OR 97077 0001 USA www tektronix com 1 800 833 9200 select option 1 1 800 833 9200 select option 2 Email support tektronix com 1 800 833 9200 select option 3 1 503 627 2400 6 00 a m 5 00 p m Pacific time This phone number is toll free in North America After office hours please leave a voice mail message Outside North America contact a Tektronix sales office or distributor see the Tektronix web site for a list of offices AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual xxi Preface xxii AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Getting Started Getting Started Product Description Main Features This section provides the following information E Description and features of the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator Initial inspection procedure Standard and optional accessories listings Installation procedures Power on and off procedures Repackaging procedure for shipment The AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator is a waveform generator that can generate simple and arbitrary waveforms and generates one channel differential output arbitrary waveforms and function generator waveforms The AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator allows you to create sine triangle square ramp and complex waves as well as direct current and noises signals It allows you to set wave
157. least 20 minutes and must be operating at an ambient temperature between 10 C and 40 C Refer to Conventions on page B 55 for more information These procedures use external traceable signal sources to directly check warranted characteristics Table B 5 lists the required equipment used to complete the performance tests Minimum requirements 1 MHz to 100 MHz Accuracy lt 0 2 ppm Example recommended Anritsu MF1603A Purpose Checks reference input 2 Digital multi meter DC volts range 0 05 V to 10 V Fluke 8842A Measures voltage Used in Accuracy 0 1 multiple procedures 3 Oscilloscope Bandwidth gt 500 MHz 1 MQ and Tektronix TDS784D Checks output signals Used in 50 Q inputs multiple procedures 4 Oscilloscope Bandwidth gt 6 GHz Tektronix TDS820 Checks pulse response Rise time lt 58 3 ps 50 Q input 5 Function Generator Output voltage 5 V to 5 V Tektronix AFG310 Generates external input Frequency accuracy lt 0 01 signals Used in multiple input signal test procedures 6 SMA Coaxial Cable 50 Q male to male SMA connectors Tektronix part number Signal interconnection 2 required 174 1427 00 7 BNC Coaxial Cable 50 Q male to male BNC connectors Tektronix part number Signal interconnection 3 required 012 0482 00 8 Adapter SMA male to BNC female 50 Q Tektronix part number Signal interconnection 2 required 015 0554 00 9 Adapt
158. loopback Custom Used for event mode test cable with 9 pin D type See Figure B 3 connector Dip switch Switch ID symbols 1 STROBE_ i 5 6 sw5 2 a onal 2 4 7 SW4 3 2 Event Signa 3 4 r Eyen sina 9 pin Det 4 i 3 A 5 o Event Signal cree ii Smi 6 Signal Ground GND 6 7 Signal Ground GND 7 8 Signal Ground GND 8 9 Signal Ground GND AWG710 9 Dip switch Switch ID symbols 1 STROBE C 1i 8 9 SW5 2 3 Event Signal 2 7 7 SW4 3 2 Event Signal 3 6 1 SW3 4 Evert Sana Bain D t 4 5 12 Sw2 5 0 Event Signal ane 5 4 43 Swi 6 Signal Ground GND 6 7 6 Event Signal 7 3 14 SW8 8 5 Event Signal 8 2 15 SW7 9 4 Event Signal Auei C 9 1 16 SW6 710 B 8 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B Figure B 3 EVENT IN connector pins and signals and ground closure connector Loading Files The following steps explain how to load files from the Performance Check Adjustment disk into waveform memory and or sequence memory 1 Insert the disk into the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator floppy disk drive 2 Select SETUP front Waveform Sequence bottom Load side Drive side The Select Drive dialog box appears as show in Figure B 4 Clock 100 00000MS S RunMode Continuous Select Select File Drive Main Directory ae Me H Si W o CH1 Select Drive page 1m E Flopp
159. mV amplitude waveform data 0 Pulse response Waveform data 1 and 1 offset 0 V and filter through Rise time 10 to 90 lt 480 ps amplitude 1 0 V _ calculated value gt 729 MHz Page B 85 p p Fall time 10 to 90 lt 480 ps amplitude 1 0 V _ calculated value gt 729 MHz p p Aberration Typical 6 amplitude 1 0 Vp p using 6 GHz bandwidth oscilloscope Flatness Typical 3 after 20 ns from rise and fall edges Sinewave characteristics Clock 4 0 GS s waveform points 32 Signal frequency 125 MHz amplitude 1 0 V offset 0 V filter through Harmonics lt 40 dBc DC to 1000 MHz Noise lt 50 dBc DC to 1000 MHz Phase Noise Typical lt 85 dBc Hz at 10 kHz offset Direct DA out except option 02 Amplitude Range 20 MVp p to 1 Vp p into a 50 Q load DC Accuracy 2 of Amplitude 2 mV Page B 77 Resolution 1mvV DC offset accuracy OV 10 mV 20 mV amplitude waveform data 0 Page B 77 Pulse response Waveform data 1 and 1 at 0 5 Vp p Page B 79 Rise time 10 to 90 lt 280 ps calculated value gt 1 25 GHz Fall time 10 to 90 lt 280 ps calculated value gt 1 25 GHz Extended Bandwidth output option 02 Amplitude Range 500 MVp p to 1 Vp p into a 50 Q load DC Accuracy 2 of Amplitude 2 mV Page B 81 Resolution 1 mV DC offset accuracy OV 10 mV 500 mV amplitude
160. mode to enhanced Push the RUN and CH1 OUT buttons The LEDs above the RUN button and CH1 output connector are on Check the EVENT IN connector strobe pin input B 43 Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B a Verify that the waveform displayed on the oscilloscope has the same amplitude as shown in Figure B 29 Figure B 29 Initial waveform output b Close SW5 of the ground closure to generate an event signal on the EVENT IN connector strobe pin c Verify that the oscilloscope displays the DC waveform as shown in Figure B 30 Figure B 30 DC waveform output when the SW5 is closed d Open SW5 of the ground closure to degenerate the strobe signal on the EVENT IN connector strobe pin e Verify that the DC waveform is displayed on the oscilloscope B 44 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B f Close SW5 of the ground closure again g Verify that the oscilloscope displays the waveform as shown in Figure B 29 4 Push the CH1 OUT button to turn off the CH1 LED 5 Disconnect the oscilloscope and ground closure AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual B 45 Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B External Clock Input and VCO Out Output Tests These procedures check the external clock input function and the VCO output function of the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator Equi
161. name and extension to contain the resultant waveform The argument can include a relative or absolute path name Enclose the file name within double quotation marks fj ename is the complete file name and extension name of the file on which you are performing the differentiation operation The file must be on the active drive The argument can include a relative or absolute path name Enclose the file name within double quotation marks diffwave wfm diff log_swp wfm AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Command Descriptions Expand The Expand statement horizontally expands scales the waveform and marker data of the specified waveform file and writes it to a new file Group Waveform Syntax output_filename expand filename expand multiplier Arguments output_filename is the complete file name file name and extension to contain the expanded waveform and marker data The argument can include a relative or absolute path name Enclose the file name within double quotation marks fj ename is the complete file name and extension name of the file on which you are performing the expand operation The file must be on the active drive The argument can include a relative or absolute path name Enclose the file name within double quotation marks expand multiplier is an integer value specifying how much to expand the waveform data The value must be greater than one Values less than or
162. new Pattern Editor screen New Sequence Opens a new Sequence Editor screen New Text Equation Opens a new Equation Editor screen Editor Screen Elements Figure 2 21 shows elements that are common to many of the editor screens What elements are in an editor depends on which editor is open The Reference section describes each editor in detail Refer to Figure 2 21 to familiarize yourself with the common screen elements of most of the editors Left cursor Cursor to cursor Position of data Right cursor position distance viewed in overall position field and edit area waveform record field and data value data value Waveform Clock Run _ Status filename frequency mode display area Knob icon Window number ere Clock 500 00000MS SY Run Mode ContinXous a 6 Active T sine4x wfm Ci A 999 y an Waveform gt 1960 pts Ci e 25 03 ail Zoom Pan K position record length 1 0000 Zoom In Zoom Out Data edit display area lt Zoom Fit a Side menu ale gt 1 0000 Markeri 1 irection Marker display lt Marker2 1 Horizontal p File Operation Tools Zoom Pan Window Settings Undo Xm A yY Bottom menu Figure 2 21 Editor screen elements AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 2 29 Operating Basics 2 30 Cursors and Editing The edit window cursors define the data affected by all edit operations except the Tools me
163. output the Wait Trigger Goto lt N gt and Jump functions specified in the sequence file are enabled Pushing the RUN button on the front panel toggles the output on and off The trigger signal is used only to advance a sequence in which Wait Trigger is stopping on an ON line When you push the FORCE EVENT button on the front panel the instrument operates in the same way as when the Logic Jump event signal goes true If the enhanced function is set in the sequence the output will be as follows E Wait Trigger For an ON line the instrument awaits the trigger before the waveform is output The selected trigger source External or Internal is selected E Goto lt N gt If you enter the number the control jumps to the specified sequence after the current signal is output E Logic Jump When the combination of the event signals connected to the EVENT IN connector on the rear panel goes TRUE during waveform output of the line the control jumps to the specified destination This also happens when you push the FORCE EVENT button on the front panel E Table Jump During waveform output of the line the control jumps to the destination specified in the jump table This depends on the state of the event signal connected to the EVENT IN connector on the rear panel For Table Jump the FORCE EVENT button will not operate AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 45 The Setup Menu Screen The Trigger Menu Sou
164. peak to peak amplitude in increments of 0 001 V The maximum value is 2 Vp p in normal mode and 1 Vp p in direct mode Use the general purpose knob or the keypad to enter new values Offset Sets the signal offset value in increments of 0 001 V The offset voltage range is 0 5 V Use the general purpose knob or the keypad to enter new values except option 02 Marker Displays a side menu to set Marker 1 and Marker 2 signal high and low values The marker signal voltage range is 2 0 V to 2 45 V 1 1 V to 3 0 V AWG710 and maximum amplitude is 1 25 Vp p into 50 Q 2 5 Vp p into 50 Q AQT 710 Use the general purpose knob or the keypad to enter new values Output Toggles normal output to direct output except option 02 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Outputting a Waveform Operating Basics Table 2 12 Setup output parameter operations cont Bottom Side button button Description Horizontal Clock Sets the clock sample rate from 50 kS s to 4 0 GS s Clock Ref Sets the reference clock source to either Internal or External A valid external clock signal is 10 MHz 0 1 MHz with a voltage level of 0 2 to 3 0 Vp p Clock Src Sets the clock source to either Internal or External A valid AWG710B only external clock signal is 125 MHz to 4 2 GHz with a voltage level of 0 4 to 2 0 Vp p Run Mode Continuous Displays the Run Mode side menu for setting the instrument Triggered run mod
165. pi k1 time b kO sin 2 pi kO time kO is the frequency of the cosine wave that is used to modulate a sine wave of frequency k1 To assure that the phases match when this waveform is iterated the carrier frequency times the modulating signal period is set to be an integer The modulation index is given Descriptions by k2 k0 Waveform points 32768 Clock frequency 819 2 MHz Settings Output time 40 us AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual D 7 Appendix D Sample Waveforms Table D 12 Pulse width modulation bate vias hooo oes Yon Filename PWM WFM Made with waveform editor 1 0000 7 Descriptions The waveform editor is used to create a ramp wave of 1000 periods and a sine wave of 1 period and these two waveforms are compared to create the PWM WFM waveform ee Settings Waveform points 32000 Clock frequency 1 0 GHz Output time 32 us 1 0000 Markeri 1 Marker2 1 Table D 13 Pseudo random pulse PA Pte 4 meee Y File name PRBS9 WFM Made with waveform editor Descriptions a 2044 pts Value 1 0000 EEE value 1 0000 An M series pseudo random signal is created using the waveform editor s timing display shift register generator function Register length 15 The encoding is NRZ Settings 1 0000 Markeri 1 Marker2 1 Waveform points 4088 29 1 x 8 Clock frequency 2 0 GHz Output time 2 044 us
166. repeated infinitely Push the Abort Diagnostic side button to stop the execution 5 Push the Execute Diagnostic side button to start the diagnostic tests The is displayed at each test category on the screen either at the beginning or after the factory reset The mark is also displayed while the diagnostic test is executing See Figure 3 60 When the diagnostic test terminates without error Pass is displayed instead of the The test routine displays the error code and skips to the next test if an error is detected See Table 3 45 for the test categories and error codes AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 175 The UTILITY Window Table 3 45 Diagnostic categories and error codes Categories Error codes Calibration 1101 to 1104 Descriptions Internal offset calibration error 1201 to 1204 Output offset calibration error 1301 to 1304 Gain calibration error 1401 to 1404 Gain difference calibration error 1501 to 1504 Direct out calibration error 1601 to 1604 Attenuator calibration error 1611 to 1614 5dB attenuator 1 calibration error 1621 to 1624 5dB attenuator 2 calibration error 1631 to 1634 10dB attenuator calibration error 1641 to 1644 20dB attenuator calibration error 1701 to 1704 Filter calibration error 1711 to 1714 20Mt2 filter calibration error 1721 to 1724 50Mt2z filter calibrat
167. settings that have been used in the amplitude and DC offset tests Do not initialize the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator controls 3 Load the PULSE WFM file Refer to Loading Files on page B 62 for file loading procedures 4 Push SETUP front panel Run Mode bottom Continuous side The AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator is set to the Continuous mode 5 Change the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator controls as follows a Push VERTICAL MENU bottom Amplitude side b Push 1 and ENTER keys in this order or turn the general purpose knob to set the amplitude to 1 V 6 Push the RUN and CH1 output buttons The LEDs above the RUN button and CH1 output connectors are on 7 Verify that the rise time of the pulse waveform displayed on the oscilloscope is equal to or less than 175 ps 8 Do the following substeps to change the connection to check the CH1 a Push the CH1 output button b Disconnect the cable from the CH1 output connector c Connect the cable to the CHT output connector d Push the CH1 output button to turn on the CH1 LED 9 Repeat step 7 to verify the rise time for the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator CH1 10 Push the CH1 output button to turn off the CH1 LED B 84 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710 Pulse Response Tests Normal Out except option 02 This procedure checks the pulse response characteristics of
168. side b Load the MODE WFM file Refer to Loading Files on page B 9 for file loading procedures c Push HORIZONTAL MENU front panel Clock side d Push 2 5 and G SHIFT CLR keys in this order or turn the general purpose knob to set the internal clock frequency to 2 5 GHz 2 Push the RUN button The LED above the RUN button is on 3 Verify that the frequency counter reading is 2 5 GHz 2 5 kHz using internal reference clock 4 Retain the test hookup Check 10MHz Reference Input 5 Push HORIZONTAL MENU front panel Clock Ref side so that the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator reference clock is set to External 6 Verify that the frequency counter reading is approximately 2 50 GHz using external reference clock 7 Change the function generator controls as follows FreQUeNCy 0 cece eee eee eee eee 9 9 MHz Check that the frequency counter reading is approximately 2 475 GHz Turn the function generator output off and disconnect the function generator and frequency counter AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual B 49 Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B Marker Output Tests These procedures check the accuracy of the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator marker output level NOTE Connect a 50 2 SMA terminator to the inverted marker output connector during the marker output tests Equipment A 50 Q BNC coaxial cable a 50 Q precision terminator
169. test error chip select 0 to chip select 1 Waveform memory CH1 6000 Waveform memory test error 6100 Data bus test error 6101 to 6132 Data bus test error bit 0 to bit 31 6150 Chip data bus test error 6151 to 6186 Chip data bus test error chip 0 to chip 31 6200 Address bus test error 6201 to 6219 Address bus test error bit 0 to bit 18 6300 Chip cell test error 6301 to 6336 Chip cell test error chip 0 to chip 35 6350 Chip select test error 6351 to 6386 Chip select test error chip select 0 to chip select 35 Output 7000 Output test error 7100 Internal offset device test error 7101 to 7104 Internal offset device test error CH1 to CH1 7200 Output offset device test error 7201 to 7204 Output offset device test error CH1 to CH1 7300 ARB gain test error 7301 to 7304 ARB gain test error CH1 to CH1 7400 Direct gain test error 7401 to 7404 Direct gain test error CH1 to CH1 7510 5dB attenuator 1 test error AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 177 The UTILITY Window Table 3 45 Diagnostic categories and error codes cont Categories Error codes Descriptions 7511 to 7514 5dB attenuator 1 test error CH1 to CHT 7520 5dB attenuator 2 test error 752
170. the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator output waveforms at amplitudes of 1 V Equipment A 50 Q SMA coaxial cable and an oscilloscope TDS820 required Prerequisites The AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator must meet the prerequisites listed on page B 61 Do the following steps to install the test hookup and set the test equipment controls 1 Use the 50 Q SMA coaxial cable to connect the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator CH1 output connector to the oscilloscope CH1 input connector see Figure B 48 AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator Oscilloscope TDS820 cocca 00000 00000 e 50Q SMA coaxial cable Figure B 48 Pulse response initial test hookup 2 Set the oscilloscope controls as follows VerticalCH1 CH1 coupling ce cece eee DC if applicable CHI scale 0 eee cceeeeeeeeeee 200 mV div Horizontal SWED eer ear ara doen edaddaeeeueied 500 ps div Trigger SOU Eienenn E E E hats CH1 ole EEEIEE T Positive Leyel serred ti inpast ee wed nen OV MOGs caine Paint are Sai cae ieee Auto 3 Push UTILITY front panel System bottom Factory Reset side OK side AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual B 85 Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710 4 Load the PULSE WFM file Refer to Loading Files on page B 62 for file loading procedures 5 Push the RUN and CH1 output buttons The LEDs ab
171. the Synchronous operation mode Enhanced The waveform is obtained in the order defined with the sequence based on a A trigger signal for example an external trigger signal from the rear panel s TRIG IN connector a An event signal from the rear panel s EVENT IN connector An trigger signal from the front panel s FORCE TRIGGER button An event signal from the front panel s FORCE EVENT button A control command such as trigger event or jump from remote device Except the Synchronous operation mode Extended operation Selecting a Extended operation from the Extended Operation menu causes one of the following to operate the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator Table 2 14 Extended operation Modes FG Descriptions Enter the FG mode for easy generate of a standard functional waveform Waveform Mixing Create and output a mixed waveform Waveform mixing generates the waveform which added the value for every point of two waveforms A and B at a rate of a mixing ratio Synchronous Operation AWG710B only Synchronous Operation is a feature that outputs synchronized two channels of signal using two units of AWG710B A word synchronous called here means that two units of the AWG710B operate with the same clock and that start and stop of output signals of two units are corresponding In the Synchronous Operation mode the Clock and the Trigger signals of two units are provided di
172. the longer waveform The actual output segment of the waveform corresponds to one cycle The starting point value of the waveform equals the sum of products that is obtained with the starting point values of waveforms A and B added AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Correlation Appendix F Miscellaneous The operation expressed by the following equation is called correlation With respect to a discrete system correlation y n of a certain waveform x n and a second one h i is expressed by the following equation N is the number of items of data N 1 y n F xh 1 l 0 Periodic Periodic enables you to specify whether the two waveforms must be regarded as periodic during calculation Below is an example showing differences between nonperiodic and periodic waveforms Waveform A a0 al a2 a3 a4 5 points Waveform B b0 bl b2 3 points For nonperiodic case lt A B gt a0b2 aObl alb2 a0b0 alb1 a2b2 alb0 a2b1 a3b2 a2b0 a3b1 a4b2 a3b0 a4b 1 a4b0 0 8 points The data length of the waveform created is the total of the number of points of the two waveform files For periodic case lt A B gt a0b0 alb1 a2b2 alb0 a2b1 a3b2 a2b0 a3b1 a4b2 a3b0 a4b1 a0b2 a4b0 a0b 1 al1b2 5 points Waveforms A and B are regarded as periodic during calculation The count of the operation of the sum of the products is equivalent to the length of the shorter waveform The resulting wa
173. the message to confirm deletion Assigning Attribute to Attribute prevents a file or directory from unconditional modifications or deletion Files This is made by assigning the Read Only or Read Write attribute to the file After you assign the Read Only attribute to the file a key mark appears on the left of the file listing 1 Select a file to which you want to assign or change an attribute status All files are assigned read write status by default 2 Push the Attribute side button to toggle between Read Write and Read Only as necessary AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 229 File Management File Operation in Double Windows When the Window bottom button is displayed you can divide the file list in the Edit Screen into two windows as shown in Figure 3 73 This function is called Double Windows Clock 90 000000MS s Run Mode Continuous Drive Main Free Space 9652280KB Directory Window Ee eK Si Ze Ne Daten mica L z 11 seq 1KB 61 05 22 22 07 30 Window 32msin wim 158204KB 61 05 24 17 55 40 gt Amp1 seq IKB 01 05 15 19 19 02 amin Upper Window Amp2 seq 1KB 61 05 15 19 19 64 PP Dco wim 5KB 01 05 31 11 39 10 Bane ee 35 oper Modewfm SKB 01 05 15 19 19 Null1024 wfm 6KB 01 05 15 19 19 08 Drive Main Free Space 9652280KB Directory Filename Size Date Time TS IRB 01 05 2250 22 07 05 s2msin wim 58 204KB 01 05 24 17 55 40
174. the pulses from the second one onward Set the quantity of the shift to this parameter in the percentage of the cell The setting range is from 100 to 100 in step 1 NLTS and NLTS Shifts the current pulse depending on whether the pulse existed or not in two data position advance The setting range is from 100 to 100 in step 1 When the current pulse has the same polarity as the pulse in two data position advance the current pulse is shifted backward by the value represented by this parameter NLTS When the current pulse has the different polarity it is shifted forward by this parameter NLTS The total quantity of shift can be calculated by mixing the value of NLTS NLTS and NLTS Asymmetry Shift the positive pulse forward and the negative pulse backward by the value specified by this parameter The setting range is from 100 to 100 in step 1 Lorentz Gaussian Specifies the mixture ratio of Lorentz and Gaussian pulse by unit of as an isolated pulse Sum of two values within the boxes is always equal to 100 Setting one value to 100 specifies complete the Lorentz or Gaussian pulse This parameter can be performed only when you select Lorentz Gaussian as an isolated pulse 3 138 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The APPL Menu Generating Waveform The magnetic disk reading waveform is generated based on the input data isolated pulse and superpose parameters To generate a waveform sel
175. to the instrument standby circuitry Once the instrument is installed leave the PRINCIPAL POWER SWITCH on and use the ON STBY switch located on the front panel to turn the instrument on and off 1 12 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Getting Started PRINCIPAL POWER SWITCH OFF ON 488 PORT lt PRINCIPAL POWER ED SWITCH NRTL C DISCONNECT POWER CORD BEFORE REPLACING FUSE Y_ Fuse Power connector TRUMENT MAY BE ED BY ONE OR MOR OR PLICATIONS FUSE 250V FUSE 250 V LINE FREQUENCY POWER TION PROVIDED ON VOLTAGE RANGE UL teas as REIT A MAX 100 240 VAC 48 63 Hz 10 AFAST 5 A T 220VA Figure 1 1 Rear panel power switch fuse holder and power connector AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 1 13 Getting Started Power On Push the ON STBY switch shown in Figure 1 2 on the lower left side of the front panel to power on the instrument Check that the fan is blowing air out of the instrument NOTE The instrument needs to be warmed up for at least 20 minutes and the clock calibrated to operate at its optimum accuracy It will take 1 several minutes to start up after pushing the ON STBY switch The starting time depends on the data length of the waveform file loaded when power Off was executed last time In addition AWG ca
176. to the pop up menu or screen menu items are represented with a dashed line AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 3 Menu Structures Setup Menu Hierarchy Main Bottom Side Subbottom Subside Pop up or Description menu menu menu menu menu dialog menu SETUP Waveform Sequence dialog Load lt Select file Selects file to load NS ra Up Level Select Drive Down Level dialog Main Drive 2 Floppy Selects a drive Neti Net2 Net3 XY Cancel OK dialog View Filename ext Views a file OK p New Waveform New Pattern Open Edit Save File pop up Save As Insert from File Close Close All OK 3 4 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Main Bottom Side menu menu menu SETUP cont Waveform Sequence cont Edit cont Subbottom menu Operation Subside menu pop up OK AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Menu Structures Pop up or Description dialog menu C p Standard Waveform Edit commands Select Lines Cut Copy Paste Insert Paste Replace Multiple Paste Set Data High Low Counter Horizontal Shift Horizontal Rotate Vertical Shift Expand Vertical Scale Horizontal Invert Vertical Invert Clip Shift Register Generator Set Pattern Numeric Input XN
177. value of a tri a Triangular wave with a cycle of 27 and an amplitude 1 If a 0 the value is 0 If a 0 57 itis 1 0 lf a r itis 0 0 If a 1 57 itis 1 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 201 Command Descriptions Math Operators Table 3 48 lists the programming language math operators that you can use as part of waveform equation expressions Table 3 48 Math operators Operators Description Unary Arithmetic Operations Inverts the sign Does nothing Binary Operations Addition Subtraction i Multiplication Division A Exponentiation Binary Relational Operations If both side values are equal 1 results Otherwise 0 results lt gt If both side values are not equal 1 results Otherwise 0 results gt If the left side value is larger than the right side value 1 results Otherwise 0 results gt If the left side value is larger than or equal to the right side value 1 results Otherwise 0 results lt If the left side value is smaller than the right side value 1 results Otherwise 0 results lt If the left side value is smaller than or equal to the right side value 1 results Otherwise 0 results Binary Conditional Operator and If both side values are not 0 1 results Otherwise 0 results or If both side values are 0 0 results Otherwise 1 results The operator priorities ar
178. values at the other cursor When toggling between the cursors the Table Editor displays the Upper cursor at the top of the table and the Lower cursor at the bottom of the table AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 107 The Table Editor 3 108 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The Equation Editor The Equation editor is an ASCII text editor that includes menus and commands for writing waveform equation files using the Waveform Programming Language WPL You can use WPL to generate a waveform from a mathematical function perform calculations between two or more waveform files and use loop and conditional branch commands to define waveform values The WPL duplicates almost all of the AWG7108 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator Waveform and Pattern editor functions However you cannot perform sequential data processing on a point by point basis Instead the Equation editor has functions for performing calculations between two or more waveform files that affect all the points in a waveform To output an equation waveform you must compile the equation file into a waveform file NOTE It is highly recommended that you install a PC style keyboard if you intend to use the Equation editor It is much easier to enter and edit text from a keyboard then to use the front panel controls to edit a file In this manual all equation file names use the extension equ to differentiate t
179. viewing the waveform push the OK side menu button to exit the viewer Clock 1 0000000GS S Run Mode Continuous View LIN_SWP WFM mi ker 1 ker 2 o Points Points 8000 Period 8 000045 zer OK Waveform A Run A Save Extended Sequence Vertical Horizontal Mode Trigger Restore Operation Figure 2 34 Viewing a waveform loaded into memory an i E Output the Waveform Do the following steps to output the waveform from the CH1 output connector 1 Push the RUN button on the front panel Pushing the RUN button causes the instrument to output the analog waveform Push the RUN button again to stop the waveform output NOTE You must push the RUN button to output a waveform The instrument does not automatically output a signal after loading a data file unless the instrument was in the Run state when you loaded the new data file 2 Push the CH 1 OUTPUT button near the CH1 output connector Pushing the CH 1 OUTPUT button connects the channel 1 output to the CH 1 connector Push the CH1 OUTPUT button again to turn off the CH1 output 3 Ifyou connected an oscilloscope to the Waveform Generator observe that the waveform on the oscilloscope is the same as that shown in Figure 2 34 You have completed the Loading and Outputting a Sample Waveform tutorial AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Man
180. waveform data 0 Page B 81 Pulse response Waveform data 1 and 1 at 1 Vp p Page B 83 Rise time 10 to 90 lt 175 ps calculated value gt 2 GHz Fall time 10 to 90 lt 175 ps calculated value gt 2 GHz 3 The characteristics are specified at the end of the SMA cable 012 1565 00 except for DC accuracy AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Table A 35 Filter except option 02 Appendix A Specifications AWG710 Characteristics Description Type Bessel low pass filter 200 MHz 100 MHz 50 MHz and 20 MHz Rise time 10 to 90 Typical 20 MHz 17 ns 50 MHz 7ns 100 MHz 3 7 ns 200 MHz 2ns Group delay Typical 20 MHz 18 ns 50 MHz 8ns 100 MHz 4 7ns 200 MHz 3ns Table A 36 Auxiliary outputs Characteristics Description PV reference page Marker 4 Number of markers 2 Complementary Marker1 Marker1 Marker2 and Marker2 Level Hi Lo 1 10 V to 3 00 V into a 50 Q load 2 20 V to 6 00 V into a 1 MQ load Maximum Output 2 5 Vp p into a 50 Q load Resolution 0 05 V i Accuracy 0 1 V 5 of setting into a 50 Q load Page B 100 Rise and fall times 20 to 80 150 ps 2 Vp p Hi 1 V Lo 1 V into a 50 Q load Typical Skew Typical 70 ps Period jitter Typical Measured by TDS694C with options 1M and HD and TDSJIT1 Refer to Table A 37 Cycle to cycle jitter Typical Measured by TDS694C with options
181. 0 100000100000 1000000010000000 1111100000 Line code conversion inputs the binary bit pattern and converts the transition from 1 to 0 or 0 to 1 to a positive or negative pulse Table 3 39 lists the standard defined code conversions Table 3 39 Code conversion Code conversion CMI Code Mark Inversion Descriptions Last level Low Level of the last binary 1 High B6ZS B8ZS Bipolar with Eight Polarity of the last pulse Negative Zero Substitution Number of successive 0 0 B3ZS HDB3 Polarity of the last pulse Negative High Density Bipolar 3 Number of successive 0 0 Number of B pulse 1 MLT 3 Initial level 0 High Density Bipolar 3 First output nonzero level 1 The standard defined isolated pulse is used You do not need to set a pulse When the Line Code is a AMI standard ITU T E1 E2 E3 T1 102 DS1 DS1A DS1C DS2 DS3 STS T an user defined waveform file can be used as an isolated pulse The length of isolated pulse has no restriction AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Superpose Parameters The APPL Menu Table 3 40 lists the standard defined superpose network parameters Table 3 40 Network parameters Standard Line code Bitrate ee Clock i ITU T STMI1E CMI 155 5200 Mbpd 2 311 0400 MS s E5 CEPT NRZ 565 0000 Mbpd 1 565 0000 MS s E4
182. 0 scale k1 sinc kO scale k1 pi Descriptions This is the isolated pulse for the PR4 This sample equation makes the PR4 WFM waveform with 200 waveform points Samples Cell x Number of Cells Settings Table D 16 Isolated pulse for disk application T EPR4 WEM 260 pts 1 0000 Markeri Marker2 6 File name EPR4 EQU Made with equation editor Equation EPR4 Pulse spcell 10 Samples Cell cperiod 10e 9 Cell Period sec ncells 20 Number of Cells clock spcell cperiod Samples Cell Cell Period Hz size spcell ncells Samples Cell Number of Cells kO ncells pi Number of Cells PI ki 0 5 a 0 5 EPR4 WFM a sinc kO scale k1 2 sinc kO scale k1 pi sinc kO scale k1 2 pi Descriptions This is the isolated pulse for the EPR4 This sample equation makes the EPR4 WFM waveform with 200 waveform points Samples Cell x Number of Cells Settings AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual D 9 Appendix D Sample Waveforms Table D 17 Isolated pulse for disk application aoe a pnu Filename E2PR4 EQU Made with equation editor i Equation E2PR4 Pulse l r spcell 10 Samples Cell waren Ap aero eos cperiod 10 9 Cell Period sec ncells 20 Number of Cells clock spcell cperiod Samples Cell Cell Period Hz size spcell ncells Samples Cell Number
183. 0 data points The scale is the system used variable to fit the generated waveform within the 1 0 vertical scale range The waveform c wfm has the point size of 1512 and is generated by multiplying the a wfm and b wfm waveforms AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 207 Programming Examples When you perform the operation between the waveforms which have a different point size the lowest point size among them is used Therefore the c wfm will have the point size of 1500 Figure 3 63 shows the waveforms to be generated by the above example a wfm b wfm c win eu e ee Oe Points 2000 Period 20 0000us Points 1512 Period 15 1200us Points 1512 Period 15 1200us a wim b wfm c wfm Figure 3 63 Waveforms generated from the Example 1 equation 3 208 Example 2 Below is an example in which the for and if statements are used num 30 for i 1 to num if i 1 then t wfm cos 2 pi scale else t wfm t wfm cos 2 pi i scale endif next t wfm t wfm num Num and i are user defined variables J is used as part of the for loop parameter The statements placed between the for and next keywords repeat 30 times while the i increments by 1 for each loop The conditional branch statement must start with the if keyword and end with the endif keyword In the above example if i 1 the equation creates the
184. 00 Period 20 000us e E atatonehio Points 2000 Period 20 000us NOISE WFM N1 WFM after LPF N2 WFM after HPF N3 WFM N4 WFM a i Points 2008 Period 20 000us Points 2000 Period 20 000us N3 WFM after BPF N4 WEM after BRF Figure 3 68 Noise waveforms after filtering Example 6 The following example shows a code conversion In this example two kinds of data are created with data function You need to prepare the code conversion tables which can be created with the text editor or Code Convert Table dialog box The Code Convert Table dialog box is brought up by pushing Tools bottom Code Convert pop up OK side Edit side from the waveform or pattern editor data 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 CO WFM C1 WFM code CO WFM nrz txt C2 WFM code CO WFM nrzi txt C3 WFM code CO WFM nrzi 2 txt C4 WFM code CO WFM fm txt C5 WFM code CO WFM bi phase txt C6 WFM code CO WFM rz txt C7 WFM code CO WFM special txt CO WFM data 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 c8 WFM code CO WFM 1 7rill txt AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 213 Programming Examples The waveforms generated by the previous equation file are composed of 0 and 1 It is convenient to use the waveform editor
185. 0B Arbitrary Waveform Generator uses the same file expression as used in the UNIX file system Table 3 51 shows the characters available for specifying direct or indirect path names AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 225 File Management Table 3 51 Special symbols used for expressing file path Symbols Descriptions Represents current directory Represents higher level directory Represents top level directory root directory or delimiter If the slash appears at the mostleft position in a path the path represents an absolute path If the slash appears in the middle of a path the path represents a relative path NOTE You cannot specify the storage drive as part of a file path name You must use the menu Drive buttons to specify a drive File Operations For file operations you can select Single Window or Double Windows In the Double Windows you can copy or move a file or all files from the currently selected window to the destination specified by the other window You cannot rename delete or assign attribute operations in the Double Windows The following text describes how to perform file management tasks Selecting a Drive Drives include the instrument hard disk drive the instrument floppy disk drive and up to three drives accessible from the instrument over the Ethernet connection Do the following steps to select a new source or target drive 1 Push EDIT front panel
186. 1 and the values less than 0 5 to a logic 0 NOTE One restriction is applied to the number of input data points input data points gt isolated pulse data points Samples Cell The pre defined patterns shown in Table 3 35 are incorporated in the application Table 3 35 Pre defined patterns Pattern items Descriptions XM5 X 1 15 bit M series pseudo random pulse XAQ XA5 1 9 bit M series pseudo random pulse XA7 X43 1 7 bit M series pseudo random pulse 32 1 s 32 bit wide data in which all bits are set to 1 Harmonic Elimination Pattern The pattern s 5th harmonic component is set to 0 1100000010000001 10000001000000 This part inputs the binary bit pattern and converts the transition from 1 to 0 or 0 to 1 to a series of positive and negative pulse Table 3 36 lists the available code conversion types Table 3 36 Code Conversion Code conversion Descriptions NRZ Converts a transition from 0 to 1 to a positive pulse and from 1 to 0 toa negative pulse This conversion considers the input data as representing a direction of magnetization NRZI Generates a pulse when the input data is 1 The first pulse is always positive and after this the pulse polarity toggles for every input data value of 1 This conversion considers the input data as representing the disk writing data AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The APPL Menu Isolated Pulse Isolated pulse
187. 1 to 7524 5dB attenuator 2 test error CH1 to CH1 7530 10dB attenuator test error 7531 to 7534 10dB attenuator test error CH1 to CH1 7540 20dB attenuator test error 7541 to 7544 20dB attenuator test error CH1 to CH1 7610 20 MHZ filter test error 7611 to 7614 20 Miz filter test error CH1 to CH1 7620 50 MHZ filter test error 7621 to 7624 50 MHZ filter test error CH1 to CH1 7630 100 MHz filter test error 7631 to 7634 100 MHz filter test error CH1 to CH1 7640 200 MHZ filter test error 7641 to 7644 200 MHz filter test error CH1 to CH1 7700 to 7704 Reference level test error Waveform Sequence 9111 Load error memory full 9112 Load error invalid waveform length 9113 Load error waveform length too short 9114 Load error waveform length changed 7700 to 7704 Reference level test error Sequence 9121 Load error missing file name in sequence 9122 Load error too many nesting levels 9123 Load error infinite loop in sub sequence 9124 Load error infinite sub sequence level 9125 Load error max sequence elements exceeded 9126 Load error invalid jump address 9127 Load error sequence memory full 9128 Load error infinite loop and Goto One not allowed 9129 Load error infinite loop and Goto lt N gt not allowed Waveform 9151 Load warning output disabled in some channels Waveform Sequence 9152 Output warning output disabled 3 178 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The UTILITY Window Upgrading th
188. 10 062 A271 xx Sample program floppy disk 3 5 inch 062 A258 xx Performance check adjustment floppy disk 3 5 inchfor AWg710B 063 372 1 xx for AWG710 062 A273 xx Arb Link Software AWG710 062 A270 xx ArbExpress Software AWG710B 063 3763 xx ArbExpress Instructions AWG710B 061 4288 xx SMA 50 Q terminator Male 2 installed on the instrument 015 1022 01 Power Cord except A99 see Table 1 2 The following optional accessories listed in Table 1 5 are recommended for use with the instrument Table 1 5 Optional accessories Accessory Part number Service Manual 071 1417 xx Front cover 200 3696 01 Rack Mount Kit for field conversion 020 2556 00 GPIB cable 012 0991 00 BNC cable 50 Q 0 6 m 2 ft 012 1342 00 BNC cable 50 Q 2 5 m 8 2 ft double shield 012 1256 00 BNC terminator 50 Q 011 0049 02 BNC power divider 50 Q DC to 300 MHz VSWR 1 2 max 015 0660 00 SMA cable 50 Q 0 5 m 1 64 ft Male Male 174 1427 00 SMA cable 50 Q 1 0 m 3 28 ft Male Male 174 1341 00 SMA cable 50 Q 1 5 m 4 92 ft Male Male 174 1428 00 SMA precision delay cable 1 ns Male Male 015 0562 00 SMA precision delay cable 2 ns Male Male 015 0560 00 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Table 1 5 Optional accessories cont Getting Started Accessory Part number SMA precision delay cable 5 ns Male Male 015 0561 00 SMA T conn
189. 10 Arbitrary Waveform Generator must have been calibrated adjusted at an ambient temperature between 20 C and 30 C E The AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator must be in an environment with temperature altitude humidity and vibration within the operating limits described in these specifications E The AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator must have had a warm up period of at least 20 minutes E The AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator must be operating at an ambient temperature between 10 C and 40 C Warranted characteristics are described in terms of quantifiable performance limits which are warranted AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual A 27 Appendix A Specifications AWG710 Electrical Specification Table A 30 Operation modes Characteristics Continuous Description Waveform is continuously output in this mode When a sequence is defined waveforms are sequentially or repeatedly output in the order defined by the sequence The extended sequence functions such as trigger input event jump and so on are neglected in this mode Triggered Waveform is output only once when a trigger event is created A trigger signal is created by the external trigger input signal GPIB trigger command and or pressing the front panel FORCE TRIGGER button The extended sequence functions such as trigger input event jump and so on are neglected in this mode Gated The waveform is output in the sa
190. 10B 174 1427 00 7 BNC Coaxial Cable 50 Q male to male BNC connectors Tektronix part number Signal interconnection 3 required 012 0482 00 8 Adapter SMA male to BNC female 50Q Tektronix part number Signal interconnection 2 required 015 0554 00 9 Adapter SMA female to BNC male 50 Q Tektronix part number Signal interconnection 015 0572 00 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual B 7 Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B Table B 2 Test equipment cont Item number and description Minimum requirements Example recommended Purpose 10 Adapter SMA female to N male 50 Q Tektronix part number Signal interconnection SMA fe SMA fe 015 101 2 00 SMA ma N ma 015 0369 00 11 BNC T Connector BNC male to BNC female to BNC Tektronix part number Signal interconnection female 103 0030 00 12 Dual Banana Connector BNC female to dual banana Tektronix part number Signal interconnection 103 0090 00 13 SMA Terminator 50 Q SMA male Tektronix part number Signal termination 2 required 015 1022 01 14 Precision Terminator 50 Q 0 1 BNC Tektronix part number Signal termination 011 0129 00 15 Performance check disks Must use example listed Supplied with the product Used to provide waveform files Tektronix part number 062 A273 00 for AWG710 063 3721 00 for AWG710B 16 Ground closure
191. 10B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Quick Editing Screen Display Quick edit allows you to modify and output the currently edited waveform with the waveform editor in real time by using the knobs on the front panel The Quick Edit enables you to scale or shift the cursor to cursor data on the Waveform editor screen along the vertical and or horizontal axis Use the vertical scale vertical offset horizontal scale and horizontal offset front panel knobs If Update Mode is set to Auto with the waveform editor waveform modifications using the knobs are automatically updated to the waveform file and to the output waveform NOTE You can enter into the quick edit mode only from the waveform editor You cannot enter into the quick edit mode when the AWG710B is set to the Synchronous Operation mode Open a target waveform with the waveform editor and then push the QUICK EDIT button on the front panel The screen is the same as that of the waveform editor in graphic mode except for the bottom and side buttons A bottom button is not available and only three side buttons can be used for adjusting the editing parameters See Figure 3 24 for an example of the quick edit screen AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 99 Quick Editing Quick Edit Mode Quick Edit Mechanism 3 100 Clock 100 00000MS S Run Mode Continuous Running i090 T QK win E 131 A 417 R 548 1668 pts Value 501 57m
192. 2 0 EE asss Settings Table D 21 Isolated pulse for network application E e l pee e o File name DS2 WFM Made with waveform editor l I Descriptions This is the isolated pulse for the T1 102 DS2 The number of waveform points is 672 1 0000 Markeri 6 Marker2 6 Settings AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual D 11 Appendix D Sample Waveforms Table D 22 Isolated pulse for network application 1T D53 WFM T A 335 RL_335 336 pts value value 6 0006 1 0000 h I Se 1 0000 Markeri 6 Marker2 File name DS3 WFM Made with waveform editor Descriptions This is the isolated pulse for the T1 102 DS3 The number of waveform points is 336 Settings Table D 23 Isolated pulse for network application T STS 1 WFM L 8 A 335 R 335 336 pts Value a yalue 6 00 1 6000 1 0000 Markeri Marker2 6 File name STS 1 WFM Made with waveform editor Descriptions This is the isolated pulse for the T1 102 STS 1 The number of waveform points is 336 Settings D 12 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix E File Transfer Interface Outline The AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator provides the following interfaces for file transfer GPIB Floppy disk FD Ftp NFS Network File System AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbi
193. 2 31 editing a waveform 2 38 editing table data 3 106 editor modes 2 26 editor overview 2 26 editor screen elements 2 29 Enhanced menu button 3 45 Enhanced mode tests performance verification B 37 B 91 ENTER button 2 13 entering equation keywords 3 114 Equation editor compiling equations 3 115 cut copy paste operations 3 113 entering keywords 3 114 opening the editor 3 110 selecting text 3 112 using external keyboard 3 114 Equation programming examples 3 207 Equipment list for performance verification B 7 B 61 error codes diagnostic 3 175 Ethernet 1 2 FTP link 3 169 Index Mounting remote file system 3 166 Network parameter 3 165 Network test 3 164 Optional Parameters 3 166 Setups 3 162 EVENT IN connector 3 125 pin assignment B 9 B 62 Event input tests performance verification B 37 B 91 Event Jump menu button 3 119 Execution hardcopy 3 171 Exiting quick edit 3 103 exiting an editor 2 33 exp 3 200 Expand command 3 64 expand 3 195 Extended Operation menu button 3 50 external keyboard setup 3 155 extract 2 23 extract 3 195 F Factory reset 3 159 Fall Time jitter composer application 3 152 FG Mode 3 233 FG mode Amplitude 3 237 change the mode 3 234 Durt 3 237 Frequency 3 236 Frequency resolution 3 239 Marker signal 3 238 Offset 3 237 Polarity 3 237 screen 3 234 Waveform type 3 235 Fiber Channel network standard 3 145 file attributes 3 229 F
194. 21 AC line power Characteristics Description Rating voltage 100 VAC to 240 VAC CAT II Voltage range 90 VAC to 250 VAC Frequency range 48 Hz to 63 Hz Maximum consumption 240 VA Maximum current 5A Fuse rating 10 A fast 250 V UL 198G 3 AG 5 A T 250 V IEC 127 Table A 22 Timer Characteristics Description Timer Operation time 6 years Type Li 3 V 190 mAh Table A 23 Interface connectors Characteristics Description GPIB 24 pin IEEE 488 1 connector on the rear panel Ethernet 100 10 BASE T RJ 45 connector on the rear panel Keyboard connector 6 pin mini DIN connector on the rear panel AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual A 21 Appendix A Specifications AWG710B Table A 24 Installation requirement Characteristics Heat dissipation Maximum power Description 220 W max maximum line current 3 Arms at 50 Hz Surge current 30 A 25 C peak for equal to or less than 5 line cycles after the instrument has been turned off for at least 30s Cooling clearance Top 2 cm 0 8 in Bottom 2 cm 0 8 in NOTE The feet on the bottom provide the required clearance when set on a flat surface Sides 15 cm 6 in Rear 7 5 cm 3 in Table A 25 Maintenance requirement Characteristics Calibration Description The instrument should be fully calibrated at least every 12 months Table A 26 Environmental Character
195. 25 Path Names dea aes adhe abs dasha dence EA N 3 225 File Operations soere Hee tvs Lene Ried aioe ea ELA Ah ede 3 226 File Operation in Double Windows 00 00 c cece eee eens 3 230 FG M00 Coie cise Sit SG NEKEA NE ee eet e eae Gi eete ci 3 233 Change the generator mode 2 0 cece cette eee bene 3 234 Parameters oon de sash eres 4418s BSR dp BSE Fla Big ares Blea Eee ee tie eee as 3 236 Waveform Mixing Mode ccc ccc cece eee c eee e cece eee eeeeeees 3 241 Change the generator mode 0 cee cece eee e ene neee 3 242 Pile M NU 3 3 4 eget dela eae ta eA diate eae tations 3 243 Waveform Mixing parameters 00 0 cee eee eee nee 3 245 MW pate spine tes eS acetal eat Aree eae SS ns seat ie ce ra cob oa be eet viata ooh 3 246 Save Restore Setup 202 6 40 sie 0 Sfp Ree dlae hep BERG S SOR Gb whem Sele ap 6 3 247 Operation Flow 228 wind tet tod ak edit ha Sea eethe Ox cn ee ts 3 247 Synchronous Operation Mode AWG710B only eee eee ee ewes 3 249 TESUWICHIONS oiee e a N T A E Ge ata thse dean ede isc eae ay deine rch 3 250 Connecting the cables rerio ie riia Sache otis Be eee Be he ERE 3 250 Change the generator mode 0 0 00 cece cece eee eee 3 252 SMP SCHOEN 1 2 eee hice 4a sun 9 Se Bs ope Dade hes Se REL SA LeMans ea G 3 253 Setting a Slave IP address 1 2 cece eee 3 254 Testing the Network Connection 0 00 0 c eee cece teens 3 254 Connection with Slave 0
196. 3 function normality Event input and enhanced mode tests Page B 91 External event input function normality Page A 35 and Event mode normality 1 4 Clock frequency and 10 MHz reference input Page B 98 1 4 clock output frequency and Page A 31 tests Reference input normality accuracy Marker output tests Page B 100 Marker output level accuracy Page A 31 The performance tests check all of the characteristics that are designated as checked in Appendix A Specifications The characteristic items that must be checked are listed with the check mark 1 in Appendix A Specifications NOTE These procedures extend the confidence level provided by the basic procedures described on page B 56 The basic procedures should be done first and then these procedures performed if desired B 60 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Prerequisites Equipment Required Table B 5 Test equipment Item number and description 1 Frequency Counter Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710 The tests in this section comprise an extensive valid confirmation of performance and functionality when the following requirements are met The cabinet must be installed on the instrument You must have performed and passed the procedures under Self Tests found on page B 56 E The waveform generator must have been recently adjusted at an ambient temperature between 20 C and 30 C must have been operating for a warm up period of at
197. 3 206 Pulse isolated disk 3 135 network 3 144 Pulse response tests performance verification B 31 B 85 PW50 disk application 3 138 PW50 disk application 3 138 Index 8 Q Quick edit controls 3 101 exiting 3 103 mechanism 3 100 moving cursor 3 104 renewing edit buffer 3 104 screen display 3 99 setting parameters 3 103 smoothing 3 101 start 3 102 undo non support 3 104 quick editor functions tutorial 2 63 quick view 2 24 quitting an editor 2 33 R Ratio of A Waveform Mixing 3 245 Ratio of A menu button 3 245 Ratio of B Waveform Mixing 3 245 Ratio of B menu button 3 245 read only attribute 2 20 Read Only file attribute 3 229 Read Write file attribute 3 229 rear panel controls 2 6 Record length adjustment message 3 231 3 232 Record length adjustment message 2 22 rename 3 204 renaming files 2 19 Renewing edit buffer quick edit 3 104 repackaging for shipment 1 16 Repeat Count jitter composer application 3 152 Repeat Count field 3 118 3 122 ReSampling math function 3 74 3 79 Resetting factory reset 3 159 secure 3 159 Restore Setup menu button 3 49 restoring setup parameters 2 40 restrictions Synchronous Operation 3 250 Rise Time jitter composer application 3 152 Rise time tests direct DA out performance verification B 27 B 81 Rise time tests direct DA out except option 02 performance verification B 23 B 77 rnd 3 201 round 3 201 Run Mode me
198. 3 45 general purpose knob 2 12 general purpose knob direction 3 156 Goto N field 3 118 Goto One field 3 123 GPIB 1 2 parameters 3 160 procedures for setups 3 160 GPIB Interface Index 4 Setups 3 160 Graphical waveform editor bottom menu buttons 3 57 graphical waveform editor screen 3 55 Graycode counter pattern 3 95 Graycode field 3 95 Grid field 3 84 H Hardcopy 3 170 execution 3 171 file name 3 172 Hardcopy format BMP TIFF BMP COLOR TIFF COLOR 3 170 Hardcopy setups 3 170 HDB3 network application 3 144 Highlight Color setup 3 158 Horizontal Invert command 3 65 Horizontal menu button 3 34 3 35 3 40 Horizontal Rotate command 3 63 Horizontal Shift command 3 62 Horizontal Unit field 3 84 hpf 3 197 icons Setup window 3 34 TEEE Std 488 2 1987 3 185 if then else 3 198 Illegal file format message 3 36 Impedance menu button 3 47 Import pattern 3 70 importing data from file 3 96 Importing files 3 219 incoming inspection 1 4 Insert From File command 3 59 insert line Sequence editor 3 120 inspection exterior C 1 Inspection and cleaning access C 2 inspection and cleaning C 1 compressed air C 1 installation 1 9 instrument clearance 1 10 instrument setup 2 53 Tutorial 1 2 51 Instruments supported for waveform capture 3 181 int 3 200 integ 3 198 Integral math function 3 73 Interior inspection procedures C 2 internal calibration 1 15 AWG710
199. 4 Sub sequence write SUBSEQ SEQ write SUBSEQ SEQ write SUBSEQ SEQ write SUBSEQ SEQ write SUBSEQ SEQ write SUBSEQ SEQ Main sequence write MAINSEQ SEQ write MAINSEQ SEQ write MAINSEQ SEQ write MAINSEQ SEQ write MAINSEQ SEQ write MAINSEQ SEQ write MAINSEQ SEQ MAGIC 3002A n LINES num n SQUARE WFM 40000 n RAMP WFM 60000 n TRIANGLE WFM 60000 n SINE WFM 30000 n MAGIC 3002A n LINES num n SUBSEQ SEQ 2 1 0 0 n RAMP WFM 0 0 0 1 0 n TRIANGLE WFM 40000 0 0 4 1 n SINE WFM 60000 0 0 0 0 n TABLE JUMP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 n write MAINSEQ SEQ write MAINSEQ SEQ write MAINSEQ SEQ write MAINSEQ SEQ Standard functions LOGIC JUMP 1 1 1 1 n JUMP_MODE LOGIC n JUMP_TIMING ASYNC n STROBE 0 n GAUSSN WFM noise SINE WFM sin 2 pi scale RAMP WFM 2 scale 1 TRIANGLE WFM tri 2 pi scale SQUARE WFM sqr 2 pi scale See Figure 2 45 on page 2 75 to see the contents of the subseq seq file and Figure 2 49 on page 2 80 to see the contents of the mainseq seg file Figure 3 70 on page 3 217 shows the gaussn wfm and ramp wfm waveforms created in above equation Refer to Appendix G Sequence File Text Format for more information AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual
200. 4 3 Radiated RF Electromagnetic Field Immunity EN 61000 4 5 Surge Immunity EN 61000 4 6 Conducted Disturbances Induced by RF Field Immunity EN 61000 4 46 Electrical Fast Transient Burst Immunity EN 61000 4 8 Power Frequency Electromagnetic EN 61000 4 11 Power Line Interruption Immunity Compliance was demonstrated to the following specification as listed in the Official Journal of the European Communities Low Voltage Directive 73 23 EEC amended by 93 68 EEC EN 61010 1 A2 1995 Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement control and laboratory use Australia New Zealand declaration of conformity EMC Conforms with the following standards in accordance with the Electromagnetic Compatibility Framework AS NZS 2064 1 2 Class A radiated and Conducted Emissions Safety Third party certification Self declaration UL3111 1 Standard for electrical measuring and test equipment CAN CSA C22 2 No 1010 1 Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement control and laboratory use IEC 61010 1 A2 1995 Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement control and laboratory use Installation category Power input Installation Category II as defined in IEC 61010 1 Annex J AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual A 25 Appendix A Specifications AWG710B Table A 28 Certifications and compliances Characteristics Description Pol
201. 48 VCO Out frequency and Page A 3 tests AWG710B only Reference input normality accuracy Marker output tests Page B 50 Marker output level accuracy Page A 5 Synchronous operation tests AWG710B only Page B 50 Synchronous operation normality Page A 5 The performance tests check all of the characteristics that are designated as checked in Appendix A Specifications The characteristic items that must be checked are listed with the check mark 1 in Appendix A Specifications NOTE These procedures extend the confidence level provided by the basic procedures described on page B 2 The basic procedures should be done first and then these procedures performed if desired AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Prerequisites Equipment Required Table B 2 Test equipment Item number and Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B The tests in this section comprise an extensive valid confirmation of performance and functionality when the following requirements are met The cabinet must be installed on the instrument You must have performed and passed the procedures under Self Tests found on page B 2 E The waveform generator must have been recently adjusted at an ambient temperature between 20 C and 30 C must have been operating for a warm up period of at least 20 minutes and must be operating at an ambient temperature between 10 C and 40 C Refer to Conventions on pag
202. 710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator TRIG IN connector Refer to Figure B 40 2 Connect a second 50 Q BNC coaxial cable to the BNC T adapter Connect the opposite end of the coaxial cable to the oscilloscope CH2 input 3 Usea50 Q SMA coaxial cable and SMA Fe BNC Ma adapter to connect the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator CH1 output connector to the oscilloscope CH1 input connector AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual B 67 Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710 AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator rear panel Oscilloscope TDS700 Function Generator AFG310 J Output BNC T 50 Q SMA coaxial cable Adapter 50 Q BNC coaxial cable SMA Female BNC 50Q BNC coaxial cable Male adapter Figure B 40 Triggered mode initial test hookup 4 Set the oscilloscope controls as follows VerticalCH1 and CH2 CH1 and CH2 coupling DC CH1 scale 0 eee eee eee eee 500 mV div CH2 scale 0 eee eee eee eee 2 Vidiv CH1 input impedance 50 Q CH2 input impedance 1MQ Horizontal SWOOP icici ccd adn dad gett ene seed wig 200 ns div Trigger SOUE cod setae ned neat ewe neds tise CH1 COUPIING s cesacctetebdewteew pnan DC Slp cadvesnaee hate mewaaete
203. 710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual List of Figures List of Figures Figure 1 1 Rear panel power switch fuse holder and power connector 1 13 Figure 1 2 Location of the ON STBY switch 0 c cece eee eee 1 14 Figure 2 1 Front panel controls AWG710 ccc cece eee cece eee 2 2 Figure 2 2 Front panel controls AWG7I10B eee eee ee ee eens 2 3 Figure 2 3 Front panel keypad area 0 ccc cece ce cee ee ee eee eeee 2 4 Figure 2 4 Front panel trigger and output controls 0e eee 2 5 Figure 2 5 Rear panel signal and power connectors AWG710 2 6 Figure 2 6 Rear panel signal and power connectors AWG710B 2 7 Figure 2 7 Menu buttons bezel menu buttons and the CLEAR MENU button 2 8 Figure 2 8 Bottom and side menus cece cee cee ceeeeeeeccees 2 9 Figure 2 9 Pop up menu example 0 cee cece eee c cree cece cence 2 10 Figure 2 10 Dialog box example ccc cee cece cece cree eee eeee 2 11 Figure 2 11 Knob icon displayed in Status Display area 2 12 Figure 2 12 Keypad buttons 0 cece cece cece cere rece cece 2 13 Figure 2 13 Three type of Input text dialog boxes 00 0000 2 14 Figure 2 14 Shortcut controls 2 0 0 0 cece cece ce cece eee e eee eeee 2 15 Figure 2 15 Files and directories with read only attribute 2 21 Figure 2 16 Input Filen
204. 710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Main Bottom menu menu EDIT cont EDIT cont Menu Structures Side Subbottom Subside Pop up or Description menu menu menu dialog menu New Sequence cont ial Jump Mode aa Selects jump mode Logic Table Software Event Jump cont Sets event functions ial daky Row Headings r A Logic Jump 0 1 2 3 Table Jump 16 Entries S Table Jump Column Headings A r LLLL LLLH LLHL LLHH LHLL LHLH LHHL LHHH HELL HLLH HLHL HLHH HHLL HHLH HHHL HHH N Timing Sync ASync Table Jump Off On Jump to N Strobe Off On dialog Move Cursor to DN Cursor Jumps to destination sequence line NOTE Move Cursor to is only available with File Data Entry and Line Edit dialogs Undo Reverses edit to prior operation AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 23 Menu Structures dialog Main Bottom Side Subbottom Subside menu menu menu menu menu EDIT cont NOTE Push File gt Close to close this menu EDIT cont New Text Equation File Close Save Save As ss Compile Edit Cut Copy Paste Selection Off On Insert Basic Keywords pop up Waveform Functions OK pop up OK Pop up or Description dialog menu Text Equation Editor Character Pallet Open close Edit commands the
205. A Ma BNC Fe adapters BNC female to dual banana adapter and a digital multimeter DMM Prerequisites The AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator must meet the prerequisites listed on page B 61 Do the following steps to install the test hookup and set the test equipment controls 1 Use a50 Q BNC coaxial cable a SMA Ma BNC Fe adapter a 50 Q precision terminator and a BNC to dual banana adapter to connect the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator MARKER 1 OUT to the DMM input connector see Figure B 63 Input connector BNC to dual banana adapter 50 Q BNC coaxial cable AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator 0 0 0 0 0 o S eooocoe 50Q BNC coaxial cable MARKER 1 out connector SMA Male BNC Female adapter BNC 50Q precision terminator 50 Q BNC coaxial cable Figure B 63 Marker output initial test hookup 2 Set the DMM controls as follows B 100 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710 MOGs cee memon Ste Cathe ote a athe E ares aa VDC Rare an Pabinah Saran wena aAa Auto WNDU ose ea tinct Shear e Eiaa aged Front 3 Follow the substeps below to set the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator controls and to select the sequence file a Push UTILITY front panel System bottom Factory Reset si
206. A calibration data test result report will be provided with the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator when this option is specified Dlis English and TDAT is Japanese AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 1 9 Getting Started Installation 1 10 Environment A Before installation refer to the Safety Summary section at the front of this manual for power source grounding and other safety information Verify that you have the correct operating environment CAUTION To prevent damage to the instrument do not power on the instrument at temperatures outside the specified temperature range The AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator operates correctly in ambient temperatures from 10 C to 40 C and relative humidity from 20 to 80 If the instrument is stored long time at temperatures outside this range wait for a while and then power on the instrument For more operating environment information refer to Appendix A Specifications on page A 1 NOTE If you are installing the instrument in a rack refer to the instruction sheet that comes with the rack mounting kit for proper installation procedures Verify that there is nothing blocking the flow of air at the fan and air intake holes The instrument exhausts air with the fan on its left side Leave space at the sides of the instrument so that the instrument does not overheat The following are the minimum space requirement
207. AD TL asw j Number of points for gt Points 8 Marker 2 loaded waveform es Waveform Run Save Extended Ee Vertical Horizontal Mode Trigger Restore Operation A vV j Bottom menu Figure 2 24 Main Setup screen except option02 2 34 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Table 2 10 Setup screen parameter icons Operating Basics Icon Description Icon Description Displays the file name of the Displays the digital output and ES waveform pattern or thir marker signal minimum and ee sequence file loaded for maximum voltage settings output Note use the View button to display the loaded waveform Displays the lowpass filter CH 1 Indicates that the channel setting through which the j output is enabled or disabled waveform is passed eo If the switch is shown open except option 02 that channel output is disabled Displays the peak to peak Indicates that the marker signal amplitude setting Marker 1 output is enabled or disabled All Marker outputs are D controled by the ALL MARKER OUT ON OFF button Displays the signal offset setting except option 02 Table 2 11 Setup bottom menu buttons Bottom menu Fes button Description Waveform Sequence Displays the side menu for loading viewing editing waveform files and for entering the FG mode main screen Vertical Displays the Vertical side menu for s
208. ADVANCE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES Table of Contents Getting Started Operating Basics Reference Table of Contents si seers viesie leis sie nete LELENE dine by eae EIA es wore s i General Safety Summary cece cc cece cece reece eeeeeenecs xvii Prelate 4 reece s ao Ae a aN a lack E E E EEA E OE en diets xix Manual Structure srei ee ipea E E E EE adn nee E O E R E EE Xxix CONVENTIONS pins tA enh aA ai AAA Salen sedis Sinn d E AD ORE AE XX Related Manuals sie idea hea ebb ankle eed oa neared eye eee a xxi Contacting TektTOnIR ssiri E ia ok A EEEE EARE KARAREN E ER EREA xxi Getting Started s srsos eose aeaa iss es Ei EEE 6 TE E E N 1 1 Product Deseipton enre i dead erin a s E EE NS EE eee 1 1 Incoming Inspection e recenseo neip en p taei een ene E ee eae 1 4 Power Cord Options su Does Seep ee ees OTEA eee E Ea EEE ob 1 5 Language Opuons ensa aided pad a E T bate beet pe Ba8s 1 5 ACCES SOLIE SAA a E ete BA CNRS ote AE TE BS AOR a BEE BEE RUR OEA 1 6 Opulons ios clots eet Oc Be am at ale ae lh diem ama a th anea ich arate 1 8 installati n eessen sah evade Nou 4op acne 6 Re w e 6 Breil dR caus Ale te T AE SATS Ob eRe 1 10 Repackaging for Shipment 0 0 0 cece eee eee 1 16 Operating Basics senese nias a a weaves EE EEE E stevens ecevave ecarevergiats 2 1 Controls and Connectors airs i a a a AEA nk we pc a he Renae ERE Ce 2 1 Menu Operations 4 i das nea E E A E OAE E E E EE T TEES 2 8 Numeric
209. Access to a file created in this manner is not possible through the front panel Use GPIB commands to access such files In some FTP client software you many not be able to use these commands Hardcopy The image on the screen can be output to a file Use a hardcopy file to make reports with a desktop publishing DTP application software running on PC or output those files to a printer using a PC You cannot connect a printer directly to the instrument Initiate hardcopy function by pushing the HARDCOPY button on the front panel or entering the GPIB command You can select either BMP TIFF BMP COLOR or TIFF COLOR for the file formats Select the hard disk floppy disk or a remote computer file system for the file output destination The file size is approximately 150 Kbytes for TIFF format and 300 Kbytes for other formats Hardcopy Settings Specify the hardcopy format and the output destination you needed before running a hardcopy 1 Push UTILITY front panel System bottom to display the hardcopy setup screen See Figure 3 57 3 170 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The UTILITY Window Clock 1 0606000GS S Run Mode Continuous System LCD Back Light Disabled races Factory Hilight Color ES at Reset Hardcopy Format BMP BMP COLOR TIFF COLOR Hardcopy Drive Secure Hardcopy setup parameters NET3 Keyboard Type Ee JIS Knob Direction Forw
210. Address 192 158 136 226 Marker 2 Waveform Sequence Load View Waveform Sequence Synchronous Operation mode Sync Master screen Vertical Horizontal Run A Mode Trigger Connect Synchronous Operation Mode AWG710B only Clock v Run Mode Continuous BE T f EN e Through 1 888Vpp 6 0000 CH1 SINE WFM TW HAEA 1 i Points 1024 8 000 Connection Not Connected markery Marker 2 1 500 5 0 000 Marker 2 Waveform Sequence Load View Waveform Sequence Synchronous Operation mode Sync Slave screen Vertical Figure 3 88 Synchronous Operation mode screen E Status area Mst or Slv mark is displayed and it indicates that the instrument is Synchronous Operation mode E Connection The connection state of Master and Slave is displayed When connecting the IP address of a partner s unit is displayed When not connecting it is displayed as Not Connected E Slave IP Address The IP address of Slave set by Master is displayed Vertical Horizontal Run Mode and the Trigger menu of the SETUP screen in Sync Master mode are as same as AWG mode and the same setting value is used The Connect bottom menu performs a setup about synchronous operation On the SETUP scr
211. B CH1 input impedance 50 Q CH2 input impedance 1MQ Horizontal SWOGD och card geting bees ae 1 ms div Trigger SOUMCE fet eek eo Rates AEA CH1 Coupling aiii a i a a DC DIODE AEA AEEA ETE Positive E EE hi dari ia ene EET 100 mV Mode 24 wwaee seine hop eee de Pets Auto FUNGHON 2 25 8 onntts a Pete ast Beet acon DC MOG ee eel os ies tetas ie Bs ieee a ES Continuous QUIDUL ini A a a S E Off b Push UTILITY front panel System bottom Factory Reset side OK side c Push SETUP front panel Run Mode bottom Gated side d Load the TRIG WFM file Refer to Loading Files on page B 9 for file loading procedures 4 Push the RUN and CH1 OUT buttons The LEDs above the RUN button and CH1 output connector are on 5 Set the trigger level to 5 V by the following substeps below a Push SETUP front panel Trigger bottom Level side b Push 5 and ENTER keys in this order 6 Set the trigger input signal level to 4 65 V by the following substeps below Turn on the function generator output a b Select offset by pressing the OFFSET button of function generator Set the DC waveform high level to 4 65 V by using cursor keys Check that no waveform is displayed on the oscilloscope as shown in Figure B 16 B 34 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B Trigger signal CH2 i
212. B Arbitrary Waveform Generator output waveforms at amplitudes of 1 V Equipment A 50 Q SMA coaxial cable and an oscilloscope TDS820 required Prerequisites The AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator must meet the prerequisites listed on page B 7 Do the following steps to install the test hookup and set the test equipment controls 1 Use the 50 Q SMA coaxial cable to connect the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator CH1 output connector to the oscilloscope CH1 input connector see Figure B 14 AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator Oscilloscope TDS820 ft i 00000 00000 00000 lo efeleicia 50Q SMA coaxial cable Figure B 14 Pulse response initial test hookup 2 Set the oscilloscope controls as follows VerticalCH1 CH1 coupling ce cece eee DC if applicable CHT sale stra dui shchhiiae SAA wes 200 mV div Horizontal SWECD inca euieia eden dbo wae 500 ps div Trigger SOUICE sccm syd iE EEU E CH1 islen EE T EE EEI Positive Level eain e a aed oV MOGC tants iene en iat aes ea aad Auto 3 Push UTILITY front panel System bottom Factory Reset side OK side AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual B 31 Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B 4 Load the PULSE WFM file Refer to Loading Files on p
213. B bus The GPIB address defines a unique address for the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator Each device connected to the GPIB bus must have a unique GPIB address The GPIB address must be from 0 to 30 Do the following steps to set the GPIB parameters 1 Select UTILITY front panel Comm bottom The screen as shown in Figure 3 51 appears AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Clock 408 06000MS s Run Mode Enhanced The UTILITY Window Remote Control GPIB setup GPIB Configuration parameters Address Network DHCP Client IP Address Subnet Mask MAC Address Gateway 1 Gateway 2 Gateway 3 FTP Server GPIB Network c 172 17 43 86 090 e0 31 00 90 7c Destination Network Talk Listen eyiigni Off Bus Gateway Address Disabled Ey comm Execute Ping System Disk comm Network Status Diag Service Figure 3 51 GPIB setup screen menu 2 Select GPIB for remote control a Select Remote control using and buttons b Select GPIB 3 Set the GPIB bus connection parameter a Select the GPIB Configuration using and buttons b Select a configuration mode Talk Listen Controller or Off Bus 4 Set the instrument GPIB address a Select the GPIB Address using and buttons b Set the GPIB address using the general purpose knob Make sure that the value you enter is uniq
214. CMI 139 264000 Mbpd 2 278 52800 MS s E3 AMI HDB3 34 368000 Mbps 4 137 47200 MS s E2 AMI HDB3 8 448000 Mbps 4 33 79200 MS s E1 AMI HDB3 2 048000 Mbps 4 8 19200 MS s 71 102 STS 3 CMI 155 520000 Mbps 2 311 04000 MS s STS 1 AMI B3ZS 51 840000 Mbps 16 829 44000 MS s DS4NA CMI 139 264000 Mbps 2 278 52800 MS s DS3 AMI B3ZS 44 736000 Mbps 16 715 77600 MS s DS2 AMI B6ZS 6 312000 Mbps 32 201 98400 MS s DS1C AMI B8ZS 3 152000 Mbps 4 12 60800 MS s DS1A AMI HDB3 2 084000 Mbps 32 66 68800 MS s DS1 AMI B8ZS 1 544000 Mbps 32 49 40800 MS s Fiber Channel FC1063E NRZ 1062 5000 Mbps 1 1062 5000 MS s FC531E NRZ 531 2000 Mbps 1 531 2000 MS s FC266E NRZ 265 6000 Mbps 1 265 6000 MS s FC133E NRZ 132 8000 Mbps 1 132 8000 MS s SDH Sonet 0C48 STM16 NRZ 2488 3000 Mbps 1 2488 3000 MS s OC36 NRZ 1866 2000 Mbps 1 1866 2000 MS s 0C24 NRZ 1244 2000 Mbps 1 1244 2000 MS s 0C18 NRZ 933 1200 Mbps 1 933 1200 MS s 0C12 STM4 NRZ 622 0800 Mbps 1 622 0800 MS s OC3 STM1 NRZ 155 5200 Mbps 1 155 5200 MS s 0C1 STMO NRZ 51 8400 Mbps 1 51 840 MS s Misc FDDI NRZ 125 0000 Mbps 1 125 0000 MS s 100 Base TX MLT 3 125 0000 Mbps 1 125 0000 MS s Gigabit NRZ 1250 0000 Mbps 1 1250 0000 MS s Ethernet 3 145 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The APPL Menu 3 146 Generating Waveform Saving to File Table 3 40 Network parameters Standard Line code Bit rate Samples Clock bit D2 NRZ 143 1800
215. Cut side button to delete the selected text from the edit area and place it in the paste buffer from the selection range 3 Push the Copy side button to copy the selected text from the edit area and place it in the paste buffer The text is unselected after completing the copy operation Do the following steps to paste text into the edit area 1 Move the caret to where you want to insert the paste buffer text 2 Push the Paste side button The string in the paste buffer is inserted at the caret position AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 113 The Equation Editor Using an External Keyboard You can connect a 101 or 106 keyboard to the rear panel You can use the keyboard to enter the same characters shown in the Character Palette Use the Shift key to enter uppercase characters Table 3 32 describes the editor operations available from the keyboard Table 3 32 Control keys from the external keyboard Keyboard key Description Character and Characters found in the character palette can be input from the numeric keys corresponding keys on the keyboard Arrow keys Moves the caret horizontally or vertically Back Space Deletes the character that is to the left of the caret Delete Deletes the character that is to the right of the caret Return Inserts an End Of Line character at the caret position Ctrl C Copies selected text to the paste buffer Ctrl X Cuts selected t
216. Direction 1 STROBE INPUT 3 EVENT Bit2 INPUT 4 EVENT Biti INPUT 5 EVENT BitO INPUT 6 GND 7 GND 8 GND 9 GND AWG710 EVENT IN Pin NO Signal Direction 0 1 2 3 STROBE d STROBE INPUT 2 EVENT Bit3 INPUT 3 EVENT Bit2 INPUT 4 EVENT Biti INPUT TTL 5 EVENT Bit0 INPUT 6 GND 7 EVENT Bit6 INPUT 8 EVENT BitS INPUT AGE 9 EVENT Bit4 INPUT 7 Figure 3 31 EVENT IN connector AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The Sequence Editor You can define two types of conditional jumps a Logic Jump and a Table Jump You can also specify whether the jump occurs synchronously or asynchronously and whether to use an external strobe signal to sample the event values These features are discussed in the following text Logic Jump The Logic Jump lets you specify the signal values on all four EVENT IN lines for a single event that triggers the jump You can specify high low or don t care values for each line Do the following steps to enter a logic jump line number 1 Move the cursor to the line in which to set the Jump Logic value 2 Move the cursor to Logic Jump column Push Jump Mode bottom Logic side to select Logic The Logic Jump graphic is highlighted 4 Push Data Entry bottom Jump to Next side to specify a jump to the next line when the event conditions are true 5 Push Data Entry bottom Jump Off side to clear the Jump Logic table cell Note that the currently edited line is set as a jump
217. F 2 Equation integration The integration is actually calculated with the following formula f fx dx 1 2 fx1 2f 2f x3 fana f However the imaginary initial value f xo always takes a value of 0 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual F 3 Appendix F Miscellaneous Convolution The operation expressed by the following equation is called convolution With respect to a discrete system convolution y n of a certain waveform x n and a second one h i is expressed by the following equation N is the number of items of data N 1 yin x n i t 0 Periodic The Periodic enables you to specify whether the two waveforms must be regarded as periodic during calculation Below is an example showing differences between non periodic and periodic waveforms Waveform A a0 al a2 a3 a4 Waveform B b0 b1 b2 5 points 3 points For nonperiodic case A B a0b0 a0b1 a1b0 a0b2 alb1 a2b0 alb2 a2b1 a3b0 a2b2 a3b1 a4b0 a3b2 a4b1 a4b2 0 8 points The data length of the waveform created is the total of the number of points of the two waveform files For periodic case A B a0b2 alb1 a2b0 alb2 a2b1 a3b0 a2b2 a3b1 a4b0 a3b2 a4b1 a0b0 a4b2 a0b1 a1b0 5 points Waveforms A and B are regarded as periodic during calculation The count of the operation of sum of products is equivalent to the length of the shorter waveform The resulting waveform s cycle equals the same as
218. G710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator offset a b a p g Push the Offset side button Push 0 and ENTER keys in this order Verify that the reading on the DMM falls within 0 V 10 mV Push 0 5 and ENTER keys in this order to change the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator offset to 0 5 V Verify that the reading on the DMM falls within 0 5 V 0 0175 V Push 0 5 and ENTER keys in this order to change the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator offset to 0 5 V Check that the reading on the DMM falls within 0 5 V 0 0175 V 5 Do the following substeps to change the connection to check the CH1 d Push the CH1 output button Disconnect the adapter terminator and cable from the CH1 output connector Connect the adapter terminator and cable removed in step b to the CH1 output connector Push the CH1 output button to turn on the CH1 LED 6 Repeat the Check Offset Accuracy procedure for the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator CH1 7 Push the CH1 output button to turn off the CH1 LED 8 Disconnect the test hookup from the CH1 output connector AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B Amplitude Offset Accuracy and Rise Time Tests Direct DA Out except option 02 These procedures check the accuracy of the WG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator direct waveform outputs amplitude and offset Check Amplitude Equipme
219. G710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710 Trigger SQUICE Ms Ait aah setae CH1 COUpING E aian e eg a day ade ets DC ee e E A E TTE Positive Levelet meee ae A A R a 100 mV Mod auaina a tas Auto Do the following steps to set the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator controls and to select the waveform file 1 Push UTILITY front panel System bottom Factory Reset side OK side 2 Load the MODE WFM file Refer to Loading Files on page B 62 for file loading procedures 3 Push the RUN and CH1 output buttons The LEDs above the RUN button and CH1 output connectors are on 4 Check that the amplitude of the sine wave displayed on the oscilloscope is 5 vertical divisions and that a waveform of approximately one cycle per 2 5 horizontal divisions is displayed Check Triggered Mode The following table lists the equipment and prerequisites required to check the Triggered mode Equipment Two 50 Q BNC coaxial cables a 50 Q SMA coaxial cable a required SMA Fe BNC Ma adapter a BNC T male to 2 females adapter a function generator and an oscilloscope TDS700 Prerequisites The AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator must meet the prerequisites listed on page B 61 Do the following steps to install the test hookup and set the test equipment controls 1 Use a 50 Q BNC coaxial cable and a BNC T adapter to connect the function generator output connector to the AWG
220. G710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 185 Waveform Programming Language User Defined Variables 3 186 All user defined variable names must satisfy the following requirements The first character must be an alphabetical character The rest of the name must consist of an alphabetical character s digit s and or an underscore s _ The maximum number of characters is 16 All characters in excess of 16 are ignored Variables that have the same first 16 characters will be regarded as identical Alphabetical characters are case insensitive For example FooBar and foobar are handled as the same variable name You can use user defined variables in the program without first declaring them User defined variables are 64 bit floating point decimal numbers A maximum of 100 variables may be included in a program this includes the reserved variables such as clock There are no string variables all variables require a numeric value Initial variable values are undefined The following are unavailable for user defined variables Reserved word variable names Constant names Function names Keywords for example if and marker1 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Waveform Files Waveform Expression Waveform Programming Language Some commands accept a waveform file name enclosed in double quotes For example sinewave wfm Observe the following rules when using waveform expre
221. Generator Set Pattern Numeric Input AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Side Subbottom Subside menu Menu Structures Pop up or Description menu menu Main Bottom menu menu EDIT cont EDIT cont AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual New Pattern cont Tools pop up OK dialog menu Absolute Square Cube Square Root Normalize Differential Integral Add Sub Mul Compare Convolution Correlation Digital Filter Re Sampling Code Convert XY View 3 19 Menu Structures Pa Main Bottom Side Subbottom Subside menu menu menu menu menu EDIT cont EDIT cont New Pattern cont Zoom Pan Zoom In Zoom Out Zoom Fit Pan Direction Horizontal Vertical Window Window 1 Window 2 Window 3 Close Selected Window Close Unselected Window Settings dialo E Cancel OK Undo 3 20 Pop up or dialog menu Description Editor display zoom pan operations Selects active window Sets up the editor Window Total Points Clock View General Horizontal Unit Update Mode Cursor Link Grid Interpolation Reverses edit to prior operation AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Menu Structures Main Bottom Side Subbottom Subside Pop up or Description menu menu menu menu menu dialog menu EDIT cont EDIT c
222. Generator User Manual Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B Event Input and Enhanced Mode Tests These procedures check the event input signals and enhanced mode operation NOTE The event input check with strobe off and the strobe input check are structured as a continuous test After Check Event Input with Strobe Off the next test uses the connections and oscilloscope settings from the previous test Check Event Input with Strobe Off Equipment A 50 Q SMA coaxial cable a SMA Fe BNC Ma adapter an oscilloscope robe required TDS700 and custom made ground closure See Figure B 3 for the connections Prerequisites The AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator must meet the prerequisites listed on page B 7 Do the following steps to install the test hookup and set the test equipment controls 1 Use a50Q SMA coaxial cable and a SMA Fe BNC Fe adapter to connect the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator CH1 output connector to the oscilloscope CH1 input connector see Figure B 20 AWG7110B Arbitrary Waveform Generator Oscilloscope TDS700 eS SS Sa See ee eT UU a Se es eS l gt o o O ooo a 2 O O O ooo 5 O O o Feo 3 2 O O a Foo D aoaaa 9 o ooo LS bebed o O O 50
223. LEDs above the RUN button and CH1 output connectors are on 7 Verify that the rise time of the pulse waveform displayed on the oscilloscope is equal to or less than 280 ps 8 Do the following substeps to change the connection to check the CHI a Push the CH1 output button b Disconnect the cable from the CH1 output connector c Connect the cable to the CH1 output connector d Push the CH1 output button to turn on the CHT LED 9 Repeat step 7 to verify the rise time for the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator CH1 10 Push the CH1 output button to turn off the CH1 LED AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B Amplitude Offset Accuracy and Rise Time Tests for option 02 These procedures check the accuracy of the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator option02 outputs amplitude and offset Check Amplitude Equipment A 50 Q BNC coaxial cable a 50 Q precision terminator an required SMA Ma BNC Fe adapter BNC female to dual banana adapter and DC Offset a digital multimeter DMM Prerequisites The AWG710B option 02 Arbitrary Waveform Generator must meet the prerequisites listed on page B 7 Do the following steps to install the test hookup and set the test equipment controls 1 Use a50 Q BNC coaxial cable an SMA Ma BNC Fe adapter a 50 Q precision terminator and a BNC to dual banana adapter to connect the AWG710B Arbitrary Wave
224. MODO1 WFM is equal to the marker2 signal otherwise the signal value is 0 The results are shown in Figure 3 67 MOD WFM MOD61 WEM MOD62 WFM EE e E es N N Points 1000 Period 1 000us Points 1000 Period 1 000us Points 1008 Period 1 000us MOD WFM MOD01 WFM MOD02 WFM Figure 3 67 Source waveform and those generated by the Example 4 equation Example 5 The following example shows how to use filter functions There are four digital filter functions lpfQ hpfO bpfQ and brf which are the same as those provided in the digital filter dialog box of the waveform editor Refer to Digital Filter on page 3 78 for more information on the filter arguments and the digital filter characteristics size 2000 hf 45e6 lf 5e6 taps 97 Taps 3 to 101 att 30 NOISE WFM noise NOISE WFM norm NOISE WFM N1 WFM Ipf NOISE WFM 1f N2 WFM hpf NOISE WFM hf N3 WFM bpf NOISE WFM 1f N4 WEM brf NOISE WFM 1f 3 212 Cutoff frequency High 1 Hz to 50 MHz Cutoff frequency Low 1 Hz to 50 MHz Attenuation 21 dB to 100 dB taps att taps att hf taps att hf taps att AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Programming Examples NOISE WFM N1 WFM N2 WFM Points 2000 Period 20 000us N A as TNT Points 20
225. MQ OffSOti eneu enere tO ee a En 1 0 V into 50 Q 2 0 V into 1 MQ Qutputiiccsy a n gee a eA Oo Off AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B Waveform CH1 6 Follow the substeps below to set the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator controls and to select the waveform file a Push UTILITY front panel System bottom Factory Reset side OK side b Push SETUP front panel Run Mode bottom Triggered side c Load the MODE WFM file Refer to Loading Files on page B 9 for file loading procedures d Push the RUN and CH1 output buttons The LEDs above the RUN button and CH1 output connectors are on e Push the FORCE TRIGGER button Verify that the oscilloscope displays a one cycle sine wave when the FORCE TRIGGER button is pushed You may need to adjust the horizontal position control to see the signal Follow the substeps below to check the triggered mode with external triggering a Turn on the function generator output b Verify that the oscilloscope displays a one cycle sine wave for each trigger supplied by the function generator See Figure B 7 Retain the test hookup output Trigger signal CH2 Figure B 7 Relationship between trigger signal and waveform output AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B Check Gated Mode Equipment Two 50
226. Ma BNC Fe adapter and BNC 50 Q terminator from MARKER 1 OUT connector c Connect the 50 Q precision terminator to the MARKER 1 OUT removed in step a d Connect the adapter terminator and the cable removed in step b to the MARKER1 OUT connector 8 Press Force Event where needed 9 Repeat steps 5 and 6 for the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator MARKERI OUT 10 Repeat steps 5 through 8 for MARKER 2 OUT and MARKER2 OUT 11 Disconnect the DMM B 102 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix C Inspection and Cleaning A Inspection Exterior Inspect and clean the instrument as often as operating conditions require The collection of dirt can cause instrument overheating and breakdown Dirt acts as an insulating blanket preventing efficient heat dissipation Dirt also provides an electrical conduction path that can cause an instrument failure especially under high humidity conditions CAUTION To prevent damage avoid the use of chemical cleaning agents that might damage the plastics used in this instrument Use only deionized water when cleaning the menu buttons or front panel buttons Use a ethyl alcohol solution as a cleaner and rinse with deionized water Avoid the use of high pressure compressed air when cleaning dust from the interior of this instrument High pressure air can cause ESD Instead use low pressure compressed air about 9 psi Using Table C 1 as a guide in
227. Marker memory Memory length 132 400 000 words 2 markers x 1 bit 1 word Op 01 Memory length 64 800 000 words 2 markers x 1 bit 1 word Sequence memory 1 to 8000 steps A 2 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Table A 3 Arbitrary waveforms Characteristics Sequence counter Appendix A Specifications AWG710B Description 1 to 65 536 and Infinite Waveform data points Multiple of 4 in the range from 960 to 32 400 000 points Op 01 Multiple of 4 in the range from 960 to 64 800 000 points Data storage Hard disk gt 20 G bytes Floppy disk 1 44 M bytes Table A 4 Clock generator Characteristics Description PV reference page Sampling frequency 50 000 000 kHz s to 4 200 000 0 GHz s Resolution 8 digits Internal clock 1 14 Frequency accuracy Phase noise at VCO output Typical 1 ppm 10 C to 40 C during 1 year after calibration 65 dBc Hz 4 2 GS s with 10 kHz offset 96 dBc Hz 4 2 GS s with 100 kHz offset Page B 48 1 Table A 5 Internal trigger generator The internal reference oscillator is used Characteristics Description PV reference page Internal trigger rate Accuracy 0 1 Range 1 0 us to 10 0 s Resolution 3 digits minimum 0 1 us Table A 6 Main output The internal reference oscillator is used Characteristics Description PV reference page Output connector front panel SMA connect
228. Mbps 1 143 180 MS s D1 NRZ 270 0000 Mbps 1 270 000 MS s The network test reading waveform is generated based on the input data isolated pulse and superpose parameters To generate a waveform press the Execute side button The clock frequency is the same as the bit rate is set in the Marker 1 When the sample rate is 1 the clock frequency that is half the bit rate is set in Marker 1 The input data is set in Marker 2 NOTE The clock attribute of a generated waveform is the one defined in the standard You can save the generated waveform to a file If the waveform length does not satisfy the instrument waveform file length conventions the instrument repeats the data several times and regenerates the waveform to create a valid file AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The APPL Menu Jitter Composer Application This application creates signals with jitter and Spread Spectrum Clock SSC relative to bit pattern Signals are created using the following process Input binary bit pattern expressed by 0 and 1 Create data for one period by sorting bit pattern in the direction of time base using parameters E Deviate the data for one period in the direction of time base along Jitter Profile Create data for Deviate the data along Output one period the Jitter Profile Input data Figure 3 44 Outline flow for Jitter waveform creation AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Ma
229. OPY button Controls up down right and left movements of the cursor or a selected item for example movements of a selected item in a dialog box or pop up menu Produces a hardcopy of the screen display which can be transferred as a file to the hard disk a floppy disk and or a networked device See Figure 2 3 Tektronix AWG710B ARBITRARY WAVEFORM GENERATOR 4 2GS s ic D gt Co 4 DE ea 2 mz H 7a i Bottom and side U bezel menu buttons The bottom buttons call up submenus and the side buttons See Figure 2 4 execute more detailed operations within the submenus UJ t ane SecA GRE PANEL oA om E ay Cae ON STBY button CLEAR MENU button MARKER OUT mamm a Cc CALL MARIJER OUT N OFF MKR1 r G rum cae MKR 1 Output connectors M K 00 NOT APPLY EXTERNAL SIGNAL 2ovtoszavson conor arrive rerna sion MARKER OUT connectors if This button is the power switch in normal operation The PRINCIPAL POWER SWITCH on the rear panel must be on N CAUTION Cancels the current operation and closes side and submenus The display can be returned to the top level by pushing th
230. Origin side menu as the center You may set a three digit value 0 1 to 10 0 for the scaling factor Smoothing should be done for the area you specified with the value set in the Smoothing Points side menu with the appropriate cursor position as the center The cursor to cursor data is shifted vertically The amount of shift can be set in 0 001 increments in the 0 5 to 0 5 range Smoothing should be done for the area you specified with the Smoothing Points side menu with the appropriate cursor position as the center The cursor to cursor data is scaled horizontally with the midpoint of the data as the center You may set a three digit value 0 1 to 10 0 for the scaling factor Smoothing should be done for the area you specified with the Smoothing Points side menu with the end point of the scaled data as the center The cursor to cursor data is shifted horizontally The amount of shift can be set with a five digit value from 1000 0 to 1000 0 0 001 point resolution Smoothing should be done for the area you specified with the Smoothing Points side menu with the end point of the scaled data as the center Quick Edit works for the cursor to cursor waveform data you placed in the edit mode in the Waveform editor Follow the steps below to start Quick Edit 1 Start the Waveform editor to display the target waveform 2 Specify the modification area using the cursors 3 Press the QUICK EDIT button on the front
231. P address of your AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator in the IP Address field To set the IP address there are two methods E Set the parameters manually a Move the cursor to DHCP client field using and buttons and select Disabled using the general purpose knob or buttons b Move the cursor to IP Address field using and buttons and push Edit side button Set the IP address in the IP Address setup dialog box d If necessary set a subnet mask in the Subnet Mask field AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 163 The UTILITY Window Testing the Network Connection 3 164 Obtain an IP address automatically e Move the cursor to DHCP client field using and buttons and select Enabled using the general purpose knob or buttons f AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator automatically sends a request for obtaining the address to DHCP server The server sends back the address to the instrument The address is displayed in the IP Address field 4 Ifnecessary set a gateway address and destination network in the Gateway Address and Destination Network fields Set the Gateway address of a gateway when the remote computers are connecting to another network that is connected to the network through a gateway You can set up to three gateways 5 Set the FTP server to Disable or Enable in the FTP Server field Setting the FTP server to Enable allows
232. Push the Save As side button The Storage Select dialog box is displayed on the screen Select Main from the dialog box using the general purpose knob 4 Push the OK side button The Input File Name dialog box appears 5 Push the OK side button This saves the equation file without changing the file name Do the following steps to compile the equation file 1 Push the Compile side button When the compile completes the waveform is saved into the file log_swp wfm 2 Push the View side button to view the compiled waveform as shown in Figure 2 42 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Tutorials 3 Push the OK side button to close the viewer screen 4 Push the Close side button twice to exit the equation editor You have completed the Using the Equation Editor tutorial Clock 3 6800060GS S Run Mode Continuous Stopped LOG_SWP EQU Line 1 frequency sweep sine Tog i 7 Zz x 1 View clock 4 log_swp wfm size Ti Points 8800 Period 11 0000 S TETN jkimnopqrst yz naa OK ee DTAS 6789 mi IE cal File Edit Basic Waveform Math More Math Keywords Functions Functions Functions Figure 2 42 Viewer displaying compiled waveform fs AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 2 69 Tutorials Tutorial 6 Creating and Ru
233. RE wfm 5KB 01 05 31 14 08 04 startup set 2KB 01 05 31 15 04 08 SUBSEQ sec 1KB 01 05 31 15 27 02 anen frioz4 wim ekej 01 05 15 19 19 22 File Tioz4h wim 6kef 01 05 15 19 19 22 Format L TS12x2 wfm 6kB 01 05 15 19 19 24 _11512x2h wfm 6KB 01 05 15 19 19 24 Compile iToscHI seEr 1Ke 01 05 22 17 08 02 awozoxx ITOSCHI wFM_ 245KB 01 05 22 17 08 02 _ Ttesti wim 5Ke 01 05 31 16 04 38 Equation test2 wim 5Ke 01 05 31 16 07 38 _ test3 wtm KB 01 05 31 16 08 32 Capture TEST332 seq 1KB 81 05 31 16 14 00 test4 wim 5KB 01 05 31 16 69 12 Waveform TRIANGLE wim 5KB 81 05 31 14 66 32 Trig wim 5KB 01 05 15 19 19 26 pagefile dat OKB 81 05 31 15 05 50 sysloglog 17Ke 01 05 31 15 04 06 _ sysiog tmp TKB 01 05 31 15 05 48 Drive Directory File Edit Tools Window Figure 3 71 Screen and side menu buttons for importing and exporting 2 Select the file you want to convert from the file listing on the screen 3 Push Tools bottom Convert File Format side A dialog box appears that lets you select the conversion type See Figure 3 72 Select the conversion type AWG20xx WFM to Waveform AWG20xx WFM to Pattern TDS WFM to Waveform TDS ISF to Waveform EASYWAVE WAY to Waveform text file to Waveform Waveform to text file Waveform to text file with marker Waveform to Pattern Pattern to W
234. RIZONTAL MENU front panel Clock side AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual B 17 Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B e Push 1 0 0 and M SHIFT 7 keys in this order or turn the general purpose knob to set the internal clock frequency to 100 MHz f Push the RUN and CH1 output buttons The LEDs above the RUN button and CH1 output connector are on g Push the FORCE TRIGGER button Verify that the oscilloscope displays sine waves while the FORCE TRIGGER button is pushed and that the output stops when the Force Trigger button is released 4 Follow the substeps below to check the gated mode with the gate signal a Set the oscilloscope trigger source to CH2 and change the trigger level to 1 V b Turn on the function generator output c Verify that the oscilloscope displays sine waves while the function generator gate signal amplitude is High level See Figure B 8 Waveform output CHI Gate signal CH2 Figure B 8 Relationship between gate signal and waveform output d Push SETUP front panel Trigger bottom Negative side This changes the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator trigger polarity to negative 5 Verify that the oscilloscope displays sine waves while the function generator gate signal amplitude is Low level 6 Turn off the function generator output and disconnect from the oscilloscope B 18 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator
235. RWFM 1000 100 MHz Through 1V OV Amplitude accuracy AMPx SEQ 6 DC_M WFM 1000 100 MHz Through 1V OV Amplitude accuracy AMPx SEQ 7 DCO WFM 1000 100 MHz Through 1V OV Amplitude accuracy AMP2 SEQ 8 OFFSET WFM 1000 100 MHz Through 20mV 0V Offset accuracy 9 TRIG WFM FX 1000 1 MHz Through 1V oV Trigger input 7 N q J 10 PT_EVENT SEQ Event input 11 PT_STROB SEQ Event input AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710 Table B 6 Waveforms and sequences in performance check disk cont No File name EDIT menu SETUP menu Marker Usage Form Points Clock Filter Ampl Offset uii 12 1024 WFM 7x 1024 400 MHz Through 1V OV Event input PT_xxxxx SEQ 2 13 1024H WFM O04 400 MHz Through 1V OV Event input PT_xxxxx SEQ lt 14 R1024H WFM mooo y 104 400 MHz Through 1V oV Event input PT_xxxxx SEQ 2 ee 15 T1024H WFM 1024 400 MHz Through 1V OV Event input PT_xxxxx SEQ 2 16 Q1024H WFM moo i 1024 400 MHz Through 1V oV Event input PT_xxxxx SEQ 17 NULL1024H WFM 77 1024 400 MHz Through 1V OV Event input PT_xxxxx SEQ 2 1 The AMPx SEQ represents AMP1 SEQ and AMP2 SEQ 2 The PT_xxxxx SEQ represents PT_EVENT SEQ and PT_STROB SEQ AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual B 65 Appendix
236. Safety Summary Symbols and Terms Terms in this Manual These terms may appear in this manual WARNING Warning statements identify conditions or practices that could result in injury or loss of life CAUTION Caution statements identify conditions or practices that could result in damage to this product or other property Terms on the Product These terms may appear on the product DANGER indicates an injury hazard immediately accessible as you read the marking WARNING indicates an injury hazard not immediately accessible as you read the marking CAUTION indicates a hazard to property including the product Symbols on the Product The following symbols may appear on the product A A m WARNING Protective Ground CAUTION Double High Voltage Earth Terminal Refer to Manual Insulated xviii AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Preface This manual provides user information for the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator Manual Structure The AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual contains the following sections The Getting Started section covers initial instrument inspection available options and accessories instrument installation procedures and power on and off procedures In particular the installation section covers the procedures required prior to turning on the unit and areas of the instrument that require special care or caution The Operating Basics sec
237. TUP menu screen AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The UTILITY Window An error in the digital to analog converter DAC may be reported if you do not execute the system calibration at power on See Table 3 45 for the test categories and error codes Manual Diagnostics The manual diagnostics routines can execute a full set of hardware tests for all the test categories or only for the specified category except for the DAC You can also specify a test cycle of to infinite times NOTE When you execute the Waveform memory self test it takes 1 5 minutes for standard type 3 minutes for option O1 Do the following steps to execute the diagnostics 1 Push the RUN button to turn the output off if a waveform is being output The RUN LED turns off 2 Push UTILITY front panel Diag bottom The screen shown in Figure 3 59 appears 3 Push the Diagnostic xxxx side button and select a test category by using the general purpose knob The xxxx represents currently selected test category You can select a test category from All System Run Mode Clock Output Seq Mem and Wave Mem If you select All the diagnostic routines of all categories are executed 4 Push the Cycle n side button and select a test cycle by using the general purpose knob The n represents a currently selected test cycle You can select a test cycle from 1 3 10 100 or Infinite If you select Infinite the diagnostic tests are
238. Tools Zoom Pan Window Settings Undo Figure 2 38 Waveform created with the multiply operation Save the Waveform Do the following steps to save the waveform NOTE To output the waveform in the waveform editor you must first save the waveform into a file and then load the file into the waveform memory 1 Push the File bottom button The File pop up menu appears 2 Select Save from the pop up menu using the general purpose knob 2 60 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 Text field Character palette Tutorials Push the OK side button The Input Filename dialog box appears as shown in Figure 2 39 Note that wfm is displayed in the file name field Push the SHIFT button on the front panel The SHIFT LED is on This operation lets you input uppercase characters with the keypad The SHIFT LED goes off when the Input File Name dialog box disappears Input Filename Drive Main Directory Figure 2 39 File Name Input dialog box 9 Push the ENTER button once Confirm that the letter A is inserted into the text field Turn the general purpose knob to highlight the letter B in the character palette and push the ENTER button Turn the general purpose knob to highlight the letter C in the character palette and push the ENTER button Push the 4 and 5 buttons on the front panel keypad Now ABC45 wfm is displayed in the
239. User Manual Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B Amplitude and Offset Accuracy Tests Normal Out except option 02 These procedures check the accuracy of the amplitude and offset outputs of the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator NOTE The amplitude and offset accuracy checks are structured as a continuous test The next test uses the control settings from the previous test and uses the next step in the sequence file NOTE When you output signal from the CHI or CHI OUTPUT check that the other OUTPUT CH1 or CH1 LED is off If the other OUTPUT LED is on push the CH1 or CH1 OUT button to turn off the output Check ee Equipment A 50 Q BNC coaxial cable a 50 Q precision terminator a ccuracy required SMA Ma BNC Fe adapters BNC female to dual banana adapter and a digital multimeter DMM Prerequisites The AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator must meet the prerequisites listed on page B 7 Do the following steps to install the test hookup and set the test equipment controls 1 Use a50 Q BNC coaxial cable a SMA Ma BNC Fe adapter a 50 Q precision terminator and a BNC to dual banana adapter to connect the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator CH1 output to the DMM input connector see Figure B 9 AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator a E DMM poa Bak
240. User Manual Tektronix i AWG710 amp AWG710B 4 GS s 4 2 GS s Arbitrary Waveform Generator 071 1413 01 This document supports firmware version 4 00 and above www tektronix com Copyright Tektronix Japan Ltd All rights reserved Copyright Tektronix Inc All rights reserved Tektronix products are covered by U S and foreign patents issued and pending Information in this publication supercedes that in all previously published material Specifications and price change privileges reserved Tektronix Inc P O Box 500 Beaverton OR 97077 TEKTRONIX and TEK are registered trademarks of Tektronix Inc WARRANTY Tektronix warrants that the products that it manufactures and sells will be free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one 1 year from the date of shipment If a product proves defective during this warranty period Tektronix at its option either will repair the defective product without charge for parts and labor or will provide a replacement in exchange for the defective product In order to obtain service under this warranty Customer must notify Tektronix of the defect before the expiration of the warranty period and make suitable arrangements for the performance of service Customer shall be responsible for packaging and shipping the defective product to the service center designated by Tektronix with shipping charges prepaid Tektronix shall pay for the return of the product to Customer
241. WFM 60000 0 0 0 0 TABLE_JUMP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 LOGIC_JUMP 1 1 1 1 JUMP_MODE LOGIC JUMP TIMING ASYNC STROBE 0 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Index Index Numbers 1 4 Clock frequency tests performance verification B 98 1 4 CLOCK OUT 3 41 10 MHz reference input tests performance verification B 48 B 98 A abs 3 200 Absolute math function 3 72 Accessories 1 6 acos 3 200 Add math function 3 73 Amplitude menu button 3 38 Amplitude tests direct DA out performance verification B 27 B 81 Amplitude tests direct DA out except option 02 performance verification B 23 B 77 Amplitude tests normal out performance verification B 19 B 72 APPL window code conversion 3 134 disk drive waveforms 3 131 jitter composer 3 147 jitter composer parameters 3 152 network waveforms 3 140 overview 3 131 superpose 3 131 superpose parameters 3 138 archive 2 22 asin 3 200 Asymmetry disk application 3 138 atan 3 200 AWG20xx WFM to Pattern File Conversion 3 219 AWG20xx WFM to Waveform File Conversion 3 219 B B3ZS network application 3 144 network application 3 144 network application 3 144 Basic concept on communication AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual for capturing 3 181 basic hardware structure 2 41 Basic Keywords menu button 3 111 bezel buttons 2 2 2 3 2 8 BMP hardcopy format 3 170 BMP
242. WG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 2 45 Operating Basics Signal Edit Process Waveform Data Structure 2 46 This subsection describes the signal edit process Load the desired waveform data to be output into the waveform memory New waveform data can be created using waveform editors incorporated in the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator New data can also be created by combining the following A sample waveform data distributed with floppy disks Previously created waveform data on the built in hard disk Waveform data measured or created by other equipment which has been read through the network Digital waveform data is loaded to the waveform memory location The memory address control extracts the waveform data from memory including the clock speed and the specified order of waveforms relative to the trigger event control When the AWG is in the Running mode the digital output is processed through a high speed digital to analog converter DAC The output then goes through the analog output amplifier to the offset and filter circuitry and to the output connector The waveform data structure consists of analog waveform and digital pattern file formats The waveform file format includes 8 bits of resolution for the DAC output and 2 bits for the digital marker output The pattern file format includes 10 bits for digital output The AWG710 amp AWG710B supports 2 digital marker outputs
243. WG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 2 65 Tutorials 2 66 Save Changes If you connected an oscilloscope to the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator observe that the waveform on the oscilloscope changes as soon as you make changes to the Quick Editor window The waveform in the edit buffer is copied into the Undo buffer before going into the Quick edit mode Quick editing is performed on the waveform data in the edit buffer When you quit the Quick Editor you can save the changes or cancel the changes When you save the changes the instrument does not take any action as the waveform data is already current When you select cancel the changes the instrument copies the contents of the Undo buffer back to the edit buffer Do the following steps to save the Quick Edit mode changes you just made 1 Push the QUICK EDIT button on the front panel to quit the quick editor A message box appears at the center of the screen and the side menu displays Cancel No and Yes menu items 2 Push the Yes side button to save the changes If you have connected an oscilloscope to the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator the waveform being displayed on the oscilloscope screen shows the new waveform Remember that the waveform in the Quick Editor does not affect the waveform in the waveform memory unless you save it to the file You have completed the Editing a Waveform Using Quick Editor tutorial
244. WG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Table A 39 Auxiliary inputs Characteristics Trigger input Appendix A Specifications AWG710 Description PV reference page Connector Rear panel BNC connector Impedance 1kQ or 50Q Polarity Trigger mode Slope Gated POS positive or NEG negative mode Input voltage range 10 V into a 1 KQ load 5 V into a 50 Q load Threshold Level 5 0 V to 5 0 V Accuracy 5 of level 0 1V Page B 87 Resolution 0 1V Triggered mode See Figure A 11 Minimum pulse width 10 ns 0 2 V amplitude Trigger hold off time lt 109 5 clocks 500 ns Delay to analog out Typical 211 5 clocks 17 ns Output Norm Filter Through Gated mode Minimum pulse width 1152 clocks 10 ns 0 2 V amplitude Gate hold off time lt 1920 clock 20 ns Delay to analog out Typical 1335 to 1499 5 clocks 9 ns Output Norm Filter Through 5 The characteristics are specified at the end of the BNC cable 012 0482 00 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual A 33 Appendix A Specifications AWG710 Trigger Hold off 109 5 clocks 500 ns External Trigger gt Delay to analog output 211 5 clocks 17 ns le 2 Analog output Filter Through The option 02 doesn t have offset and lowpass filter function 1 Clock Marker delay to analog output
245. a waveform file A eight bit pattern of each point is treated as the real number of the value of the range of 1 to 1 Although the combination of a waveform file and a pattern file is free only combination with a sequence file is possible for a sequence file If the illegal file type is specified the file of another side will become blank Table 3 57 Combination of the file type Waveform A Waveform B Descriptions wfm or pat wfm or pat A pattern file is treated as a waveform file seq seq The number of lines needs to be the same The sequence containing a sub sequence cannot be specified As for a sequence control parameter the value of the sequence file of Waveform A is used Although the numbers of points of Waveform A and Waveform B may differ the number of lines of a sequence file must be the same The sequence control parameters Repeat Count Wait Trigger Go to lt N gt Logic Jump of a sequence file of Waveform A become effective Coincidence of the number of lines and the check of the number restrictions of points are performed at the time of loading of a file It cannot load when not meet conditions The waveform file contains the clock rate value When a file is loaded to Waveform A and B the clock rate value of Waveform A is set as a clock rate value of AWG AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 243 Waveform Mixing Mode Save Mixed Wfm menu 3 244 Vi
246. a that is out of the waveform display range You can only vertically shift waveform data you cannot vertically shift marker data Do the following steps to vertically shift waveform data 1 Move the cursors to specify the edit area to shift 2 Push Operation bottom Vertical Shift pop up OK side 3 Push the Value side button Specify the amount of shift using the general purpose knob or numeric buttons A positive value shifts data up and a negative value shifts data down 4 Push the Exec side button to shift the waveform by the amount you specified in Step 3 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 63 The Graphical Waveform Editor Expand The Expand command horizontally expands scales the edit area waveform and marker data by a specified amount in the range of 2 to 100 Expansion starts at the left cursor position All data in the edit area expands as required for the amount of expansion 1 2 Move the cursors to specify the edit area to expand Push Operation bottom Expand pop up OK side Push the By side button Specify the amount of expansion by using the general purpose knob or numeric buttons You may specify any integer from 2 to 100 Push the Exec side button to expand the edit area data starting at the left cursor position Vertical Scale The Vertical Scale command vertically shrinks or expands the edit area waveform data by a specified factor valu
247. aana en 0 baad Roe bls BME E ae 3 82 The Settings Menu necita aeii a e A e E A a e E 3 82 The Pattern Editor esesesssssseessseosssessesoseossesseeeoseo 3 85 About Waveform and Pattern Files 0 0 0 eee ee eee eens 3 85 Starting the Pattern Editor 2 0 eee eee eee 3 86 Phe Pile Mentes iena et Bata tee hte high ae Ot ae Bathe AER vet EE AE 3 87 The Opetation Ment 9 5 4 2 65 88 40ebe EEA E a s keg e beg Suet ee 3 87 The Tools Menus ic eens eed ee e da eed Sa ee ie ead aioe eae ees 3 87 The Zoom Pan Mens s260i cide Shack Mace ee tae TBR BY ged bh Ae OER 3 91 The Window Menu 0 eee cece eee beeen eens 3 91 The Settings Ment 15 80 roe an ei a EA ETEA E a plese ca eee ass 3 91 The Undo Command 0 cee e E AE E ene E EG 3 91 Selecting Data Bits to Edit wesc ino eA AEE TER ERR Oe ERE 3 92 Defining Edit Area 3 05430 ennea o E A EAE AE E E E OTE 3 93 Creating a Patter ero 3 5 0 aginst ce bsp aA EEA E Ea E E REEN es 3 94 Creating Standard Patterns 0 0 cee ce eee 3 95 Inserting Data From Files noniine ene ee Rw Sea k Ree bo eee PRES 3 96 Set Patterns sy AA Paces weg aate E AE E beech meted ieee tenants 3 96 Quick Editing se sssecie sevice Sis sce thle Sees ia Se es 4 Ses Wi ws bos aca waa Nw aw Bow Rie ore 3 99 Screen Display ex coo u eni gd egret ecb eee ae da eet ee re eaten EDERA hi 3 99 Quick Edit Mode 24 5 5 5 patas tect ED pacha ee ike bah me dere t 8 3 100 Quick E
248. age B 9 for file loading procedures 5 Push the RUN and CH1 output buttons The LEDs above the RUN button and CH1 output connector are on 6 Verify the pulse response at 1 V amplitude a Verify that the rise time of the waveform displayed on the oscilloscope from 10 to 90 point is equal to or less than 480 ps 7 Do the following substeps to change the connection to check the CHT a Push the CH1 output button b Disconnect the cable from the CH1 output connector c Connect the cable to the CH1 output connector d Push the CH1 output button to turn on the CH1 LED 8 Repeat the Check Pulse Response procedure for the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator CH1 9 Push the CH1 output button to turn off the CH1 LED 10 Disconnect the oscilloscope B 32 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B Trigger Input Tests These procedures check the trigger level accuracy of the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator Equipment Two 50 Q BNC coaxial cables a 50 Q SMA coaxial cable a required SMA Fe BNC Ma adapter a BNC T male to 2 females adapter a function generator and an oscilloscope TDS700 Prerequisites The AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator must meet the prerequisites listed on page B 7 Do the following steps to install the test hookup and set the test equipment controls 1 Use a50 Q SMA coaxial cable and an SMA Fe BNC Fe ad
249. al i Table of Contents Setup Menu Hierarchy seinra si cata lees ca aig k she ER aes gs 3 4 EDIT Menu Hierarchy 0 e n eee eee 3 13 APPL Menu Hierarchy cess neron bik bk age Se Bee ee epee ee a ee 3 26 Utility Menu Hierarchy sensona ee heat ee ee Gee ieee Gow 3 30 The Setup Menu Screen 0 cece ccc cece cere ee eee cece eee S 3 33 Setup Menu Screen Elements 0 0 0 eee eee eee 3 33 The Waveform Sequence Menu 0 0 eee cee eee eee 3 36 The Vertical Menus cee oie Ace pied ace aa A dey Ea RRA a A a A aa 3 38 The Horizontal Ment ssis mesa a a ales a 8 E ae gue A R a 3 40 The Run Mode Menus 2 lt 0 uris joy Sere eee SA E EN E e s Bie AEA 3 44 The Trigger M nu sieas cotta seeds acl cas bab Ata bel da tusks peewee 3 46 The Save Restore Menu 02 ce eriei eee ene E een en enee 3 48 The Extended Operation Menu 00 0 cee cece eee 3 50 Waveform Pattern and Sequence Waveform Output 00 20 00 3 51 The Graphical Waveform Editor 0 ccc cece cece eee c cece eee eeee 3 55 Editor Screen Elementsin scons cine ones NOE Roe He tn See eee ea 3 55 Fhe File Mens ssiec o55 8 5 5 caa iaa niaaa ea toh bBo ea oe da Bola ahs hha ede 3 58 The Operation Ment tiecies a a a oie be ete eee dotnet E i ee 3 59 The Tools Ment sns tis 5 ete tnd a Sales Sabet teeth Sees 3 72 The Zoom Pan Menus ics eee Ske AE We ee Ne aa E WEA ee ene 3 81 The Window Menu si ornai roaa
250. alog Dox 0 cece cece ce ce eee eens 3 78 XY View dialog box 2 cece cece ee eee reer eee eees 3 80 Settings dialog DOX 0 1 cece ce cece cece eee e eee 3 83 Pattern editor initial screen 0 cee cee ce eee ee ences 3 86 Code Convert dialog box and side menu 0000 3 88 Code conversion table cece cece eee e eee reece ences 3 89 Operating data bits scope cece cece ee ee eee 3 92 AYA CULSOTS 2 ccc cece eee ee cee eter E ee eeees 3 94 Counter dialog box cece cece eee cece e eee eeee 3 95 Set Pattern dialog box 2 cece cece cee teens 3 96 A waveform example under quick editing 4 3 100 Controls for quick editing cc ce cece eee eee ee eee 3 101 Table Editor window ccc cece cece cree cece ececs 3 106 Equation editor window ccc cece cece cece ececs 3 110 Text selection example cece ee cece rece eee eee 3 113 File list listing two waveforms created 0e0000 3 116 Sequence editor initial screen 0 cece ee eee eee 3 117 EVENT IN connector 0 cece cece cere rece eee ees 3 124 Event signal timing and strobe cece cece eee eee 3 127 Compiling and storing sequences and subsequences 3 129 Outline flow for producing HDD reading test signal 3 131 Disk application initial screen 0 cece eee ee eee 3 132 Writer Data menu cece ccc
251. also main output amplitude of 20mVp p to 2Vp p is changed to 5 00mVp p to 1Vp p into a 50 Ohm load AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator comes configured for installation in a 19 inch wide instrument rack For later field conversions order Rack Mount Kit 020 2556 00 or contact your local Tektronix sales office or representative A calibration data test result report will be provided with the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator when this option is specified 256 MB Flash disk addition The hard disk is deleted when this option is ordered This option allows 24 hour continuous operation The number of points used in the Waveform Editor is restricted because of the reduced disk space The AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator retains the state of the front panel ON STB switch The ON STB switch must be left in the on position to be able to power on and power off the instrument using the principal power switch NOTE If the ON STB switch is left in the off position you will not be able to power on off the instrument using the principal power switch or an external power switch unit AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Option 11 Removable Hard disk Option D1 TDAT Test Result Report Getting Started This option transposes an internal hard disk to the removable hard disk attached outside The security and handling of data are improved by using a removable hard disk
252. ame dialog box 2 2 0 0 cc cece eee eee eee 2 21 Figure 2 17 File list window examples in which Quick View is available 2 24 Figure 2 18 Viewing a file by Quick View function 0000 2 25 Figure 2 19 Main Edit screen 0 cece cece cece cere eee nesans 2 27 Figure 2 20 Edit top level menu screen with Edit side menu 2 28 Figure 2 21 Editor screen elements 0 cee cece cece cece ee eeee 2 29 Figure 2 22 Cursors and edit area 0 ccc cece ce cece cece ee eeee 2 30 Figure 2 23 Multiple editor windows cc cece ccc ceeceeceeeees 2 31 Figure 2 24 Main Setup screen except option02 eee eee 2 34 Figure 2 25 Select File dialog on the Load menu 0000000 2 36 Figure 2 26 Viewing a file in the Setup screen 0c e eee eee eeee 2 37 Figure 2 27 AWG710 block diagram 0 cee ce ccc c cence ec eeeees 2 43 Figure 2 28 AWG710B block diagram cece cece cece ec eeeees 2 44 Figure 2 29 Relationship between memory address control and waveform Memory cece eee e eee ere ee cere ceeees 2 45 Figure 2 30 Cable connection between AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator and digital storage oscilloscope 2 50 Figure 2 31 Initial screen Right Figure option02 006 2 50 Figure 2 32 System utility screen 0 ccc cece ce cece ee eee eeeee 2 51 Figure 2 33 The Select File lis
253. amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Interpolation field 3 84 Interval menu button 3 48 Isolated pulse disk 3 135 network 3 144 ITU T network standard 3 145 J jitter composer 3 147 jitter composer parameters 3 152 Jitter Deviation jitter composer application 3 152 Jitter Frequency jitter composer application 3 152 Jitter Profile jitter composer application 3 152 Johnson counter pattern 3 95 Johnson field 3 95 join 3 199 Jump Mode menu button 3 119 K keyboard 1 2 keyboard functions 3 156 L LCM Waveform Mixing 3 246 Limitation on Using Sequences 3 128 Line Edit menu button 3 119 line number Sequence editor 3 118 Load A File Waveform Mixing 3 243 Load A file menu button 3 243 Load B File Waveform Mixing 3 243 Load B File menu button 3 243 Load menu button 3 36 loading a file 2 28 loading a file to edit 2 28 loading a waveform 2 36 loading a waveform to output 2 36 loading files 2 18 performance verification B 9 B 62 loading setup parameters 2 40 locating files 2 18 Locked files on performance check adjustment disk B 11 B 64 log 3 200 log10 3 200 Logic Jump 3 125 Logic Jump field 3 118 3 124 Index Lorentz Gaussian disk application 3 138 lpf 3 199 MAC Address 3 164 Main Menu buttons 2 8 main SETUP screen 2 34 manual diagnostics 3 175 Marker Waveform Mixing 3 245 Marker data 3 187 Marker menu button 3 39 3 245
254. amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator works The following equipment and accessories are needed A digital storage oscilloscope A Tektronix TDS Series oscilloscope or equivalent E One 50 Q SMA cable E One 50 Q SMA terminator E One SMA Fe BNC Ma adapter Connect the digital storage oscilloscope to the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator as shown in Figure 2 30 NOTE The CH1 LED is off when a signal is being output from CH1 If the CH1 LED is on turn off the output by pushing the CH1 OUT button AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 2 49 Tutorials AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator TDS series oscilloscope ila 00 0 gan co o 0 ooo f E oo oS z 299 i O O Zass 20 23255 ESEE o o CH1 50Q SMA Terminator SMA Female BNC 50Q SMA coaxial cable Male adapter Figure 2 30 Cable connection between AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator and digital storage oscilloscope Before beginning the tutorials confirm that the instrument is installed correctly Refer to Installation on page 1 9 Push the ON STBY button to power on the instrument Refer to Power On on page 1 14 The startup diagnostic routines will run and the instrument displays an initial screen similar to that shown in Figure 2 31 You are now ready to perform the
255. ample of the waveform pattern created in the area defined by area cursor All edit operations act on either the area between the cursors or the area to the right of the active cursor When you edit a pattern you must first specify the area or the position to be edited The area to edit is specified as the area between the left and right vertical cursors You can select the active cursor by pushing the TOGGLE button and move a cursor by using the general purpose knob or numeric keys E Push the TOGGLE button on the front panel to switch the active cursor between the left and right cursor You cannot activate both the left and right cursors at the same time The activated cursor is represented with the real vertical line and the nonactive cursor with the dashed vertical line E Move the active cursor to the position to be edited Depending on the type of operation only the active cursor position may be important In this case you must activate either the left or right cursor and move to the position to perform the action AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 93 The Pattern Editor Creating a Pattern 3 94 Clock 100 00000M5 S Run Mode Continuous Stopped Q 200 1 L 200 A 599 R 799 1008 pts value 60 ee value 16 Data7 0 lt Area cursor m Area cursor Data6 0 Data5 9 ee aan Data4 1 UU UU Data3 0 LOTT Dataa o A Datar o DON Datao 9 lt Edtara gt Marker
256. an event signal on the EVENT IN connector pin 5 b Verify that the oscilloscope displays the waveform shown in Figure B 27 Figure B 27 Waveform output when SW7 is closed c Open SW7 of the ground closure to degenerate the event signal B 42 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Check Strobe Input AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B d Verify that the oscilloscope displays the waveform in Figure B 21 13 Check the EVENT IN connector pin 6 input a Close the SW8of the ground closure to generate an event signal on the EVENT IN connector pin 6 b Verify that the oscilloscope displays the waveform shown in Figure B 27 Figure B 28 Waveform output when SW8 is closed c Open SW8 of the ground closure to degenerate the event signal d Verify that the oscilloscope displays the waveform in Figure B 21 14 Retain the test hookup and control settings Use the test hookup and oscilloscope settings from previous check 1 Follow the substeps below to set the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator controls and select the sequence file a Push UTILITY front panel System bottom Factory Reset side OK side b Load the PT_STROB7 SEQ file Refer to Loading Files on page B 9 for file loading procedures c Push SETUP front panel Run Mode bottom Enhanced side to set the run
257. analog data and the subsequent two are markers and 2 For marker data values larger than 0 5 are regarded as 1 and the others as 0 Export AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator waveform files can be converted into the following files You may use a format including marker data and one not including it E Waveform to text file E Waveform to text file with marker For both file types 1 point data is written on a line The return code is CR LF If no marker is included 1 0 0 5 0 9 0 1 If markers are included 1 0 1 1 0 5 0 1 0 9 1 0 0 1 0 0 Convert between Waveform and Pattern AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator waveform files and pattern files can be converted from one form to the other E Waveform to Pattern E Pattern to Waveform In this conversion the marker data is always inherited AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 221 File Conversion Executing File Conversion This command converts the file you selected in the EDIT menu It is available for any file residing on the hard or floppy disk or a remote file system 1 Push the EDIT button on the front panel Clock 160 66666MS s RunMode Continuous Stopped Drive Main Free Space 9652192KB Directory Tools e Ts Size_ Date Time S512x2 wim GB 01 05 15 19 19 20 Compile 512x2h wim 6KB 01 05 15 19 19 26 SINE wim 5KB 61 05 31 15 20 08 Equation SQUA
258. anual Data Syntax Arguments Example Group Syntax Arguments Example Command Descriptions output_filename corr filenamel filename2 output_filename is the complete file name file name and extension to contain the resultant correlation waveform The argument can include a relative or absolute path name Enclose the file name within double quotation marks fj 1enamel and filename2 are the complete file name and extension names of the files on which you are performing the correlation Both files must be on the active drive The argument can include a relative or absolute path name Enclose each file name within double quotation marks corrwave wfm corr sine wfm sine2x wfm The data statement writes the defined data points to the specified file The number of lt expression gt s specified must equal the number of points All marker values will be 0 At least one lt expression gt must be included Waveform output_filename data data defn data defn output_filename is the complete file name file name and extension to contain the expanded waveform and marker data The argument can include a relative or absolute path name Enclose the file name within double quotation marks data_defn is a value that defines the data point value The first data point value starts at point 0 You must include at least one data definition expression Separate each definition with a comma
259. apter to connect the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator CH1 output connector to the oscilloscope CH1 input connector Use a BNC coaxial cable to connect the function generator to the BNC T adapter which goes to the Trigger Input on the AWG710B Connect a 50 Q BNC coaxial cable to the BNC T adapter Connect the opposite end of the BNC cable to the CH2 input on the oscilloscope AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator rear panel Oscilloscope TDS700 Es Function Generator AFG310 ce 3 D pee ei It of eeeccn esr 3 CI z 0 O O 2929 i p aco e E 20O O 2888 A000000 aS e e e ee D eaaa o O CH1 output CH1 input CH2 input 50 Q SMA coaxial cable 50 Q BNC coaxial cable SMA Female BNC 50 Q BNC coaxial cable Male adapter Figure B 15 Trigger input initial test hookup 3 Set the oscilloscope controls as follows VOrtiCal a rae o ae aia a cares A E atten CH1 and CH2 CH1 and CH2 coupling DC CHI scale a eee 500 mV div CH2 scalene anaes tek Neiets 2 Vidiv AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual B 33 Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710
260. arameters Push UTILITY front panel Comm bottom Select Remote control field using and buttons Select GPIB Select the GPIB Configuration field using and buttons Select Controller Set the AWG710 amp AWG710B GPIB address Push EDIT front panel Tools bottom Capture Waveform side The dialog box listing the instruments appears as shown in Figure 3 61 Clock 100 00000M1S S Run Mode Enhanced Directory Drive Main Free Space 9652192KB Capture Waveform Tektronix TDS CH1 Tektronix TDS CH2 Tektronix TDS CH3 Tektronix TDS CH4 AYE INE 1 2 ec fydogiog 17k 01 05 31 15 04 06 Le ogm TE 61 05 31 15 05 48 Ta Drive Directory File Edit Tools Window Figure 3 61 Source instrument selection dialog box a If necessary select Others to open the other source instrument list The dialog box listing the instruments appears as shown in Figure 3 62 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Capturing Waveforms b Select a source instrument from the list c Push the OK side button The AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator starts transferring the waveform from the selected source instrument The file transferred to the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator is automatically converted and saved in the file specified in the column of the line you selected If needed change the fi
261. ard Date yyyy mm dd 2004 5 217 Time hh mm ss 16 31 48 ponte System Software System Disk comm Network Status Diag Service Figure 3 57 Hardcopy setup screen 2 Select Hard Copy Format using the or button 3 Select either BMP TIFF BMP COLOR or TIFF COLOR using the general purpose knob or the or button 4 Select the Hard Copy Drive where the files are stored using the or button 5 Select Main Floppy or NETx using the general purpose knob The NETX refers to the remote computer file system that you defined By default they are NET1 NET2 and NET3 For defining the remote file system refer to page 3 166 Running Hardcopy When you push the HARDCOPY button on the front panel the currently displayed image on the screen is output to an image file The file format and output destination drive are as specified in the UTILITY menu The destination directory is the current one Follow the steps below to make a hardcopy 1 Display the view on the screen that you want hardcopied 2 Push the HARDCOPY button on the front panel A message box displaying the output destination and file name appear when the hardcopy function terminates See Figure 3 58 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 171 The UTILITY Window Saving Hardcopy to a File Hardcopy file was created Drive Main Path TEK 0004 BMP Figure 3 58 Hardcopy complete message box
262. are inherited E Text file to Waveform An ASCII form text file is converted into the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator waveform file Numeric values separated by separators are loaded Headers or similar codes are not defined The separator can be a space comma tab or lt CR gt lt LF gt An exponential notation for example 1E 2 may be used as a numeric value A unit prefix for example m u n p k M may not be used If you use a numeric value followed by an alphabetical character such as 1 2 V the value will be interpreted properly ignoring the alphabetical character If you use a sequence of consecutive separators it will be interpreted as a single separator Therefore the meaning of the following line 1 2 3 4 lt CR gt lt LF gt is the same as 1 gt 2 gt 3 4 999 lt CR gt lt LF gt If an alphabetical character such as A B C and or D is placed instead of a numeric value the value 0 will result This is not handled as an error The actual input file formats are as follows Format 1 Numeric values that are listed horizontally 0 0 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 The respective values are converted into the analog data The marker value is converted into 0 3 220 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual File Conversion Format 2 Repetitions of three numeric values listed on a line 0 1 1 0 0 2 0 1 0 3 0 0 One line corresponds to 1 point The first value is the
263. ary Waveform Generator In this tutorial you will learn the following How to select a drive How to select and load a file How to view a loaded file How to output the loaded waveform file Do the following to display the SETUP menu Push the SETUP front panel button to display the SETUP menu screen The SETUP menu screen is the initial power on screen shown in Figure 2 31 on page 2 50 Do the following to select a drive 1 Insert the sample waveform floppy disk into the drive unit to the left of the screen 2 Push the Waveform Sequence bottom button to display the waveform sequence side menu This side menu contains three items Load View and Edit NOTE The ellipsis means that this menu item will display a submenu side or pop up when selected 3 Push the Load side button to display the Select File list shown in Figure 2 33 Make sure that the subside menu displays Drive Cancel and OK items AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 2 53 Tutorials Load a Sample Waveform 2 54 Clock 100 00000MIS S Run Mode Continuous Select File Select File Drive Main Directory seq sa H Lwin O o txt m wfm o o o Marker 1 p 100004 wfm m e 100008 wfm Drive 10004 wim aae 1004 wfm Marker 1 100MBYTES TXT Marker 2 hae aaoo i 6 Cancel 110MBYTES TXT p Points i4msin
264. as 200 mV div CH1 input impedance 50 Q Horizontal SWEEP ni cene ieta sammont inaa aA t 2 ns div AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B Trigger SQUICE Msi ii tt a a i CH1 COUPLING if isa ea A ees DC SlOPO sects arava Mire addres PA EREN TAA Positive Level ocwcopatustelernsie fake ane eE ands OV Mode stick ohare nena hs Sa nee Auto a Set the signal generator controls as follows Parameter FIOQUONCY 22 08 2 cee gcc bac ae Rane 2 eek 200 MHz Amplitude aeea eoni enau ot 1 0 V 50 Q Output cis aes a Ya ena pe E A On b Push UTILITY front panel System bottom Factory Reset side OK side Load the MODE WFM file d Push SETUP front panel Horizontal bottom Clock Sre side External Refer to Loading Files on page B 9 for file loading procedures 4 Push the RUN and CH1 OUT buttons Check that the LEDs above the RUN button and CH1 output connector are on 6 Check that about 200 00 MS s is displayed on the Clock field on the left hand side of the AWG710B display top end 7 Check that the amplitude of the square wave displayed on the oscilloscope is approximately 400 mV _ and the period is approximately 5 ns 8 Disconnect the cable from the VCO OUT connector and connect the cable to the VCO OUT connector 9 Check that the amplitude of the square wave displayed on the oscilloscope is approximately 400 mV
265. as an expression that resolves to a valid number cutoff freq_hi is the band pass filter high frequency cutoff value You can enter the value as a real or scientific notation number or as an expression that resolves to a valid number taps is the number of delay elements that composes the digital filter The range of taps is 3 to 101 You must enter the integer value as an odd number atten is the inhibit zone attenuation factor in dB The range of attenuation is 21 dB to 100 dB You can enter the integer value Example filtered wfm bpf sine wfm 3 0e6 5 0e6 101 35 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 189 Command Descriptions Brf The brf statement creates a new waveform file by passing the specified waveform file through a band rejection filter Group Waveform Syntax output_filename brf filenamel cutoff_freq_lo cutoff_freq hi taps atten Arguments output_filename is the complete file name file name and extension to contain the filtered waveform data The argument can include a relative or absolute path name Enclose the file name within double quotation marks fi 1ename1 is the complete file name and extension name of the source file for the band pass filter operation The file must be on the active drive The argument can include a relative or absolute path name Enclose the file name within double quotation marks cutoff freq_lo is the band reject filter low freque
266. ation AWG710B Table B 3 Waveforms and sequences in performance check disk cont No File name EDIT menu SETUP menu Marker Usage Form Points Clock Filter Ampl Offset Sep 12 1024 WFM 7 1024 400 MHz Through 1V OV Event input PT_xxxxx SEQ 2 DN J 13 S1024H WFM 1024 400 MHz Through 1V oV Event input PT_xxxxx SEQ o o 14 R1024H WFM m 1024 400 MHz Through 1V oV Event input PT_xxxxx SEQ o 15 T1024H WFM 1024 400 MHz Through 1V OV Event input PT_xxxxx SEQ 2 16 Q1024H WFM 1024 400 MHz Through 1V OV Event input PT_xxxxx SEQ 2 17 NULL1024 WFM 1024 400 MHz Through 1V OV Event input PT_xxxxx SEQ 2 1 The AMPx SEQ represents AMP1 SEQ and AMP2 SEQ 2 The PT_xxxxx SEQ represents PT_EVENT7 SEQ and PT_STROB7 SEQ B 12 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B Operating Mode Tests The following procedures verify the operation of the Cont Triggered and Gated modes NOTE When you output signal from the CHI or CH1 OUTPUT check that the other OUTPUT CH1 or CH1 LED is off If the other OUTPUT LED is on push the CH1 or CH1 OUT button to turn off the output Check Cont Mode Equipment A 50 Q SMA coaxial cable a SMA Fe BNC Ma adapter and an required oscilloscope TDS700 Prerequisites The AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Gene
267. ator Oscilloscope TDS820 olo o Oo saa DJs Oo O O ooo S ooo o 290 Ilo acc gt 209 0 O O 3558 3 O O 888 S ecocccoa fe S i 2 O 1e 50 Q SMA coaxial cable Figure B 45 Direct DA output pulse rise time initial test hookup 2 Set the oscilloscope controls as follows Vertical iodide hat tari a deate devanda eria CH1 CH1 coupling o ae DC if applicable CAN Sale piinata aecemetieeeins 100 mV div Horizontal AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual B 79 Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710 SWOED osc nee ented ned een 500 ps div Trigger SOUTE anitis sE tine walneal an CH1 OPO ities sardine edi enui Enis ead E Eene E EEE TE TTE ETT oV MOG irinetan ponina dana kadar ma Auto NOTE The pulse rise time tests use the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generators control settings that have been used in the amplitude and DC offset tests Do not initialize the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator controls 3 Load the PULSE WFM file Refer to Loading Files on page B 62 for file loading procedures 4 Push SETUP front panel Run Mode bottom Continuous side The AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator is set to the Continuous mode 5 Change the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator controls as follows Push VERTICAL MENU bottom Amplitude side b Push 0 5 and ENTER keys in this order or turn the general purpose knob to set the amplitude to 0 5 V c Verify that
268. ave for each trigger supplied by the function generator See Figure B 41 Retain the test hookup Waveform output CH1 Trigger signal CH2 Figure B 41 Relationship between trigger signal and waveform output AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual B 69 Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710 Check Gated Mode Equipment Two 50 Q BNC coaxial cables a 50 Q SMA coaxial cable a required SMA Fe BNC Ma adapter a BNC T male to 2 females adapter a function generator and an oscilloscope TDS700 Prerequisites The AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator must meet the prerequisites listed on page B 61 1 Set the oscilloscope controls as follows Verical esineen inaa at aeiad EAA CH1 and CH2 CH1 and CH2 coupling DC CHI SCale ss artes a a E 500 mV div CH2 SCAG sinc con tates die etlaveang das 2 Vidiv CH1 input impedance 50 Q CH2 input impedance 1MQ Horizontal SWECD ct orn a a eed 20 us div Trigger SOUCCS i avis Vande ghee ee eee CH1 COUPIING ess moggudes mse tiit en chine DC OJE a E ay eee ian Positive Lavel tr at seated Catteni aad Suan 100 mV Modea arest a2 eane ae e tach ees NORMAL FUNCUON Ae e aO ators Lay cake NNA Square ModE ona ka eE EE Peed ee eed Continuous Parameters Frequency sanana 10 1 kHz Amplitude oes een ieee EE caine 2 0 V into 50 Q 4 0 V into 1 MQ Offset na poera a EEE E 1 0 V into 50 Q 2 0 V int
269. aveform Figure 3 72 Select the conversion type dialog box 3 222 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual File Conversion 4 Select a conversion type using the general purpose knob or the or button 5 Push the OK side button The Input Filename dialog box appears that lets you specify the converted file name and the destination 6 Enter a file name and then press the OK side button AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 223 File Conversion 3 224 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual File Management This section describes the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator file management commands and conventions Command Summary Table 3 50 lists the available file management commands Table 3 50 File utility commands Commands Copy Descriptions Copies a file Rename Renames a file or directory Delete Deletes a file or directory Delete All Deletes all files and directories containing files in the current directory Attribute Assigns Read Write or Read Only attribute to a file Make Directory Creates an empty directory Up Level Moves to the upper level directory Down Level Moves down to a selected directory Drive Selects a storage drive Path Name You can specify a file or directory location using the absolute path or relative path expression The AWG710 amp AWG71
270. ber gt range 1 to 8000 0 No definition 1 Jump to next line 2 Table Jump Note that the Logic Jump setting is effective depending on the jump settings described in next paragraph lt F7 gt lt Goto N gt lt Goto N gt lt Line Number gt Jump to line n range 1 to 8000 0 Go to next line G 2 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Jump Settings Appendix G Sequence File Text Format After the line descriptions you place the jump setting descriptions as follows They can be omitted when you use the current settings TABLE_JUMP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 LOGIC JUMP 1 1 1 1 JUMP_MODE LOGIC JUMP_TIMING ASYNC STROBE 0 Jump Table Definition The 16 entries of the table definition follow the table jump header TABLE_JUMP and a space and must be delimited by comma TABLE JUMP lt space gt lt LLLL gt lt LLLH gt lt LLHL gt lt LLHH gt lt LHLL gt lt LHLH gt lt LHHL gt lt LHHH gt lt HLLL gt lt HLLH gt lt HLHL gt lt HLHH gt lt HHLL gt lt HHLH gt lt HHHL gt lt HHHH gt Each of these entries must be lt Entry gt lt Line Number gt range 1 to 8000 0 No definition Logic Jump Definition The 4 entries of the logic table definition follow the logic jump header LOGIC_JUMP and a space and must be delimited by comma Logic Jump lt space gt lt PinBO logic gt lt PinDl logic gt lt PinB2 logic gt lt PinB3 logic gt
271. binary bit pattern expressed by 0 and 1 Convert the input pattern using the standard defined code and estimate the positions where pulse will be generated and its polarity M Superpose a standard defined isolated pulse in the position estimated above Isolated pulse Code Conversion Input data Output Figure 3 39 Outline flow for producing network test read signal 1 Select APPL front panel Application bottom Network side to display the Network Application screen See Figure 3 40 Clock 106 60600MS S Run Mode Continuous Stopped Network Application ITU T Fl Application Disk PH Network Data Points 0 7 Jitter Composer Line Code AMI HDB3 Bit Rate 2 048000Mbps Samples Bit 4 Clock 8 1920600MS s Isolated Pulse standard reese i Fiber SDH i Applicatio ITU T 71 162 channel Sanet Misc Figure 3 40 Network application initial screen AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The APPL Menu 2 Select a standard network signal by pressing either bottom button selecting subordinate standard item from the pop up menu and press the OK side button The side menu will change See Figure 3 41 3 Select a file or pre defined pattern as a input data by pressing Read Ptn from File side or Pre defined Pattern side Clock 100 00000MS S Run Mode Continuous Stopped Network Application ITU T El Read Ptn from File P
272. bottom LCD Back Light screen 2 Turn the general purpose knob or buttons to enable or disable the Screen Display Push CLEAR MENU front panel twice to turn on the LCD Back Light Focused Color Do the following steps to adjust the Hilight Color 1 Push UTILITY front panel System bottom 2 Select Hilight Color using the and buttons 3 Turn the general purpose knob clockwise or counterclockwise until you get the color you want The changes take effect immediately You can display the system utility screen and set the highlight color at any time without exiting current tasks Displaying Instrument Status Do the following steps to display the instrument software version and status of the SCPI registers 1 Push UTILITY front panel Status bottom System side to display the instrument software version 2 Push UTILITY front panel Status bottom SCPI Registers side to display the current status of the SCPI registers Refer to the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual for the SCPI registers 3 158 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The UTILITY Window Internal Clock Date and Time Do the following steps to set the date and time in the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator 1 Push UTILITY front panel System bottom 2 Set the current year month and day in the Year Month and Day fields 3 Se
273. bout the waveform data length Also refer to Limitations on Using Sequences on page 3 128 If you use multiple waveforms the instrument may not output the waveform even though the number of points are within the 32 4 M or 64 8 M option 01 16 2 M or 32 4 M option 01 AWG710 This is because the waveform memory is comprised of internal 64 points segments Table 3 34 Sequence editor bottom menu Button Description File Provides side menu commands for closing the editor saving the sequence table to the current file name and saving the sequence data to a new file name Data Entry Provides side menu commands for inserting a new line in the table as well as entering and editing data in the sequence table columns Line Edit Provides side menu commands to cut copy and paste table lines Jump Mode Provides side menu commands to select jump mode Event Jump Provides side menu commands and a new screen for entering event jumps into the sequence table Move Cursor To Provides a pop up dialog box to specify table line number to select for editing AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 119 The Sequence Editor Sequence Table Editing 3 120 Cursor Movement Inserting a Line This section describes the sequence table editing The cursor moves on a cell by cell basis The following text describes how to move the cursor The instrument highlights the active cell Move the curs
274. box Save the changes you made appears Push Yes No or Cancel side button Using the EDIT Button 1 Push EDIT button on the front panel 2 Ifyou have made no modifications to the data the editor is immediately exited If you have not saved the data after modifications the message box Save the changes you made appears Push Yes No or Cancel side button Refer to page 2 21 for saving files AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 2 33 Operating Basics Setup Overview The Setup screen is where you load and set up the waveform for output This section gives you an overview of the Setup screen how to load a file how to set the signal output parameters and how to enable signal output Refer to The Setup Menu on page 3 33 in the Reference section for more information Main Setup Screen To display the main Setup screen push the SETUP front panel button The instrument displays the main Setup screen as shown in Figure 2 24 Table 2 10 describes the screen waveform parameter icons Table 2 11 lists the bottom menu functions Clock frequency Run mode Instrument status Clock 160 08006MS s Run Mode Continuous a Waveform Sequence Load Ys TERNS l Through T 600Upp aau CH 1 view Waveform lt a Marker 1 a parameter icons Tn 6 Side Edit aaa menu Marker 1 area Marker 2 1 807
275. bsequent shift of the register value results in the output values as shown in Figure 3 10 In this example the shift register output pattern starts to repeat after seven cycles The data generated by the shift register is called an M Series If n is defined as the number of shift register bits then the output pattern from the shift register generator M Series length will begin to repeat after 2 1 cycles AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The Graphical Waveform Editor The Shift Register Generator dialog box lets you define the register length initial register bit values and XOR tap bits used to generate pseudo random pulses Figure 3 11 shows the dialog box and Table 3 11 describes the dialog box parameters ATTA Use 6 1 key to change value key to toggle tap Register Length 9 Target PEI Figure 3 11 Shift Register Generator dialog box Table 3 11 Shift Register Generator dialog box setting parameters Parameter Description Register Icon The Register Icon displays the current register length and tap position values at the top left side of the dialog box Register Length Specifies the register length Set a value from 1 to 32 using the general purpose knob or numeric buttons The graphic register image in the dialog box will change to show the number of registers you enter Target Specifies the location where the generated pseudo random pulse da
276. c Host Configuration Protocol client function E Up to three gateway addresses if necessary Figure 3 52 shows the setup screen menu that you can use to set the network parameters to your AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator NOTE To connect the instrument to the Ethernet you need to connect the cables before you power on the instrument 3 162 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Clock 108 06000MS s Run Mode Continuous The UTILITY Window Remote Control GPIB Configuration Address Network DHCP Client IP Address Subnet Mask Network setup parameters lt Gateway 1 Gateway 2 Gateway 3 FTP Server MAC Address _ GPIB TET EAREN Controler Off Bus E 172 17 43 84 255 255 0 0 00 e0 31 00 90 e5 Destination Network Gateway Address Disabled Ey comm Execute Ping Figure 3 52 Network setup screen menu System Disk comm Network Status Diag Service To let the network recognize the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator set the IP address and Subnet Mask If necessary also set the Gateway address by the steps below 1 Push UTILITY front panel Comm bottom to display the network setup screen menu 2 Do the following steps to control the instrument through Ethernet a Select Remote Control using and buttons b Select Network 3 Set an I
277. c id oie oie p08 ete EEEE ore EEE SOS ee aS 3 35 Table 3 5 Clock signal output timing ccc cece eee cree neces 3 41 Table 3 6 External trigger signal requirements 0 000 eee ee eeee 3 46 Table 3 7 Instrument run state and state messages cece eee eeee 3 53 Table 3 8 Waveform editor screen elements 0c cee ee eee ee cece 3 56 Table 3 9 Waveform editor bottom menu cece cece eee eee eee 3 57 Table 3 10 Table 3 11 Table 3 12 Table 3 13 Table 3 14 Table 3 15 Table 3 16 Table 3 17 Table 3 18 Table 3 19 Table 3 20 Table 3 21 Standard Function Waveform dialog box parameters 3 60 Shift Register Generator dialog box setting parameters 3 67 Set Pattern dialog box parameters 0 ccc cece cence 3 69 Mathematical function commands eee cee eee eee 3 72 Compare dialog box parameters cece cece eee ence 3 75 Convolution dialog box parameters 0000 cece eee eees 3 76 Correlation dialog box parameters 0 cece cece eee 3 77 Digital filter dialog box parameters 0 cece ee eeees 3 78 Re sampling dialog box parameters 0 cece ee eeees 3 79 XY View dialog box parameters 0 cece eee cee eee eee 3 80 Zoom Pan side menu buttons cece eee cee ee ee eee 3 81 Setup window parameters 0 ccc cece cece reece cece 3 83 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Ge
278. cannot be copied appears when you are trying to move or copy a directory Press the OK side button to confirm and proceed with the operation AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual FG Mode The AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator provides the Function Generator FG mode to output standard function waveform This section describes the FG mode The product which has option 02 doesn t have offset function FG mode Signals are created and output using the following process E Select the waveform type E Set the output parameters such as frequency and amplitude E Turn the OUTPUT button to ON Select the Set the output Push the OUTPUT waveform type parameters button Output Figure 3 75 Outline flow for producing Function Generator signal Frequency 20 00MHz2 50 000ns EE Running FG Frequency 26 00MHz2 Amplitude 1 000Vpp Offset 6 600 Polarity Sine Triangle Square Ramp Pulse DC awe Figure 3 76 FG mode screen except option 02 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 233 FG Mode Change the generator mode AWG mode to FG mode FG mode to AWG mode The instrument initializes in the AWG mode when powered on Do the following to change the generator mode from AWG to FG 1 Push SETUP front panel Extended Operation bottom Ez FG side button The instrument displays the FG mode screen Do the following to
279. cation wote Isolated Superpose Figure 3 37 Isolated Pulse menu 5 Set the parameters displayed on the menu screen 6 Select Superpose bottom Execute side to execute superposing The generated waveform is displayed in the menu screen window Clock 160 00600MS S Run Mode Continuous Stopped 2 Hard Disk Drive Signal Test T Superpose J Vy Execute Save Samples Cell Cell Period TAAt TAA PW56 PW56 NLTS 1st adjacent NLTS 2nd adjacent NLTS 2nd adjacent Asymmetry Lorentz Gaussian 207s 1 00 1 00 50 of bit cell 50 of bit cell of bit cell of bit cell of bit cell is of bit cell 8 7 9 as Total Points 600 8 of Mixed Pulse appication BANG a e Figure 3 38 Execution of superpose AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 133 The APPL Menu Input data Code Conversion 3 134 7 Ifneeded you can repeat adjusting the superpose parameters in this screen and generate new output waveform 8 Select Superpose bottom Save side to save the generated waveform to a file The specified pattern or waveform file is used as input data When a pattern data file is specified for input the application reads only the MSB bits DATA7 When a waveform file is specified this process converts the values equal to or greater than 0 5 to a logic
280. cator The LED indicator is on when the front panel control is locked You can lock the front panel controls only through GPIB interface AN terminate the other connector using CAUTION a 50 Q termination To prevent loss of data and or damage to the hard drive before the power off be sure to confirm the floppy disk or hard drive LED is not on or blinking ZA CAUTION To prevent damage to the instrument do not apply the voltage to OUTPUT or MARKER connectors HDD LED indicator The LED indicator is on when the disk drive is in operation Figure 2 1 Front panel controls AWG710 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual SETUP menu button APPL menu button Displays the SETUP Main Menu for setting the waveform output parameters Displays the APPL Main Menu for running a specific application program to create Operating Basics Floppy disk drive EDIT menu button waveforms UTILITY menu button Displays the EDIT Main Menu for creating or editing waveforms as well as performing directory and file tasks Displays the UTILITY Main Menu for setting the instrument parameters Save or load the various types of data created or used in the instrument to from the 3 5 inch 2HD floppy disk with MS DOS format You can also format a floppy disk with this instrument Arrow buttons HARDC
281. ce limits in this specification are valid with these conditions E The AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator must have been calibrated adjusted at an ambient temperature between 20 C and 30 C E The AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator must be in an environment with temperature altitude humidity and vibration within the operating limits described in these specifications E The AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator must have had a warm up period of at least 20 minutes E The AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator must be operating at an ambient temperature between 10 C and 40 C Warranted characteristics are described in terms of quantifiable performance limits which are warranted AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual A 1 Appendix A Specifications AWG710B Electrical Specification Table A 1 Operation modes Characteristics Continuous Description Waveform is continuously output in this mode When a sequence is defined waveforms are sequentially or repeatedly output in the order defined by the sequence The extended sequence functions such as trigger input event jump and so on are neglected in this mode Triggered Waveform is output only once when a trigger event is created A trigger signal is created by the external trigger input signal GPIB trigger command and or pressing the front panel FORCE TRIGGER button The extended sequence functions such as trigger input event jump an
282. cece eee eee e eens 3 132 Isolated Pulse menu cece cece cee cece eee ences 3 133 Execution of superpose ccc cece cere reece ee eeee 3 133 Outline flow for producing network test read signal 3 140 Network application initial screen 00 cece eee eee 3 140 Side menu will change after selecting a standard 3 141 Side menu for selecting the Isolated pulse 6 3 142 Execution of superposing 0 cece cece eee ee ee eens 3 143 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual List of Figures Figure 3 44 Outline flow for Jitter waveform creation 605 3 147 Figure 3 45 Jitter composer application initial screen 005 3 148 Figure 3 46 Input Data menu cece eee eee ee ee cece ee eeee 3 148 Figure 3 47 A pre defined pattern was selected as an input data 3 149 Figure 3 48 Jitter profile menu 0 cece eee ce eee ce ee eee ences 3 149 Figure 3 49 Execution of jitter composer ccc cece cece eeeeee 3 150 Figure 3 50 Jitter parameters and jitter waveform 00e 000s 3 153 Figure 3 51 GPIB setup screen menu cece cee eee ee ee eens 3 161 Figure 3 52 Network setup screen menu 0 cee cece eee reece ees 3 163 Figure 3 53 Message box to indicate the establishment of communication 3 165 Figure 3 54 Network Status screen 0c cece cece cece eee eeee 3 165 F
283. ch time the side Filter using the general purpose button is pushed 20 MHz_ knob Direct 2 Allows entering numeric values Displays submenus Note that Amplitude Using the numeric buttons or the Marker the label on the item is followed 1 000 pp general purpose knob by an ellipsis The pop up menu example shown in Figure 2 9 displays a list of choices from which you make a selection Use the general purpose knob or the front panel arrow buttons to move up or down in the list Push the OK side button or the ENTER front panel button to confirm the selected item cut Copy Expand Mar Clip Standard Waveform Set Data High Low Horizontal Shift Horizontal Rotate Vertical Shift Vertical Scale 1 Horizontal Invert Yertical Invert Shift Register Generator Mar Set Pattern Numeric Input Operation Tools zoom Pan Figure 2 9 Pop up menu example 2 10 Window Clock 500 00000MS S Run Mode Continuous Stopped T sine4x wim L 8 A 999 R 999 1600 pts Value value 25 030m 1 0000 Settings AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Operating Basics The dialog box example shown in Figure 2 10 displays a form in which you make selections or enter values Use the front panel arrow buttons to select items or fields A selected
284. change the generator mode from FG to AWG 1 Push Exit Ez FG bottom button The instrument returns to the AWG mode Clock 100 00000MS S Run Mode Continuous Frequency 20 60MHz2 50 000ns EES Running renter ToFG Ae Ae mode Frequency s gall a 20 00MHz TS Y m CH1 y Through T 800Upp 6 0000 Waveform 0 500V Amplitude Mixing 1 000VYpp Marker 1 TT Sync Offset 6 000 Master 0 000V Marker 1 Marker 2 syne 0 500V Polarity 0 000 save Rare Points 0 Marker 2 ae Vertical Horizontal ats Trigger RA eal Sine Triangle Square j Ramp Pulse DC AWG SETUP screen 4 FG mode screen j To AWG mode Figure 3 77 Change the generator mode except option 02 NOTE All the parameters on the FG mode menu are independent of the AWG mode parameters Therefore the output parameters such as frequency amplitude and offset have no effect on the parameters set with the SETUP menu while in the other mode In FG mode the AWG710 amp AWG710B runs CONTINUOUS mode only 3 234 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual FG Mode Waveform type Select the Waveform type You can select Sine Triangle Square Ramp Pulse and DC waveform 1 Push Sine Triangle
285. cify the location where the pattern is created You can do this from Data Markerl or Marker2 in the Target 4 Push the Import Pattern side button to import the cursor to cursor data AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 97 The Pattern Editor 3 98 Numeric Input If necessary you can change the pattern value by moving the cursor with the or button and then using numeric keys and the lt key Push the OK side button to generate the Pattern field pattern between the cursors in the area specified in Target A pattern is generated in the cursor to cursor area you specified in Target The Numeric Input command enables you to set the pattern data located in the current active cursor position by using the numeric buttons The marker values can also be set 5 Move the cursor to the point where you want to set a value Push Operation bottom Numeric Input pop up OK side The current values are displayed in the Data Marker1 and Marker2 side menus In this condition you can change the position setting by moving the cursor Push the Data side button then set the pattern data value using the general purpose knob or numeric keys Push the Marker1 or Marker2 to toggle between the marker values NOTE The value modified through the side menu are immediately reflected in the data Push Undo to cause the value to return to the previous value AWG710 amp AWG7
286. ck that Slave can be recognized on a network Push Connect to Slave side button to connect to the slave AWG710B Specify the files of the waveform to output and set the parameters of the Vertical menu by Master and Slave The setting parameters about outputs such as the Horizontal menu are performed by Master Push the CH1 OUT button and ALL MARKER OUT ON OFF button to output the signal that the corresponding output connector Push the RUN front button of the master AWG710B to start operation AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 257 Synchronous Operation Mode AWG710B only 3 258 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendices Appendix A Specifications AWG710B Performance Conditions This section contains the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator specifications All specifications are guaranteed unless labeled typical Typical specifications are provided for your convenience but are not guaranteed Specifications that are marked with the symbol in the column Characteristics are checked in Appendix B Performance Verification and the page number referenced to the corresponding performance verification procedures can be found in the column PV reference page The characteristics in the specifications are listed in tables that are divided into categories In these tables the subcategories may also appear in boldface under the column Characteristics The performan
287. clip the waveform data AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 65 The Graphical Waveform Editor Shift Register Generator 3 66 The Shift Register Generator command specifies a shift register to generate pseudo random pulses with the value of 1 or 0 that replace the waveform data in the edit area The pseudo random shift generator consists of a user definable register size 1 to 32 bits and a user specified number of feedback taps that do an XOR operation between a specified register bit and the register output NOTE XOR exclusive OR is a boolean logic operation that outputs one if two input values are different and outputs 0 otherwise Figure 3 10 shows an example of the pattern generated for a 3 bit register with an initial value of 101 and a single tap on register bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 2 Bit 3 1 0 1 Output 1 Cycle Tap Figure 3 10 Register value and tap setting example The following steps describe how the instrument generates the output waveform values 1 Output 1 of the rightmost bit 2 Take XOR of the output value 1 and the Bit 2 value 0 result is 1 3 Shift the bit values one column to the right 4 Assign the value 1 to Bit 1 which is the XOR value from Step 2 The new array of the register values is 110 h Repeat steps 1 to 4 with 110 as the register value 6 Repeating output of the rightmost bit of the register and the su
288. column The side menu automatically changes and the Repeat Count side menu item appears Note that the Repeat Count side menu item is selected by default Push the 4 0 0 0 0 and ENTER buttons in this order The repeat count 40000 is set in the Repeat Count column Push the button once to move the highlighted cursor to the next line AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Tutorials 12 Repeat steps 10 and 11 to enter the repeat count for lines 2 through 4 as specified in Table 2 17 You have finished editing the sequence table The table should look like Figure 2 45 Clock 100 00000MS s Run Mode Continuous Stopped 30000 SUBSEQ seq Repeat Count Figure 2 45 Example of sequence SUBSEQ seq AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 2 75 Tutorials Save the Subsequence Create the Main Sequence 2 76 Do the following steps to save the subsequence table information to the file SUBSEQ seq 1 2 Push the File bottom button Push the Save As side button The Input Filename dialog box appears Enter the file name SUBSEQ seq into the file name field and save the file Refer to Save the Waveform on page 2 60 for more information In this procedure you will create the main sequence list shown in Table 2 18 The sequence list contains line numbers that relate to specific functions Line 1 waits for trigger event When a trigger event occurs this line cal
289. connect the test hookup from the CH1 output connector AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710 Amplitude Offset Accuracy and Rise Time Tests Direct DA Out except option 02 These procedures check the accuracy of the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator direct waveform outputs amplitude and offset Check Amplitude Equipment A 50 Q BNC coaxial cable a 50 Q precision terminator an required SMA Ma BNC Fe adapter BNC female to dual banana adapter and DC Offset a digital multimeter DMM Prerequisites The AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator must meet the prerequisites listed on page B 61 Do the following steps to install the test hookup and set the test equipment controls 1 Use a50 Q BNC coaxial cable an SMA Ma BNC Fe adapter a 50 Q precision terminator and a BNC to dual banana adapter to connect the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator CH1 output to the DMM input connector see Figure B 44 Input connector BNC to dual banana adapter AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator EO AENG een cccce 50Q BNC coaxial cable CH1 output connector SMA Male BNC Female adapter BNC 50 Q precision terminator 50 Q BNC coaxial cable Figure B 44 Direct DA output amplitude accuracy initial test hookup 2 Set the DMM contro
290. creen and bottom menu items associated with the button You select a bottom menu item by pushing the button directly below that menu item Pushing a bottom button displays a side menu pop up menu list or dialog box Figures 2 8 through 2 10 show examples of the side menu pop up menu and dialog box respectively Clock 500 00000NS S Run Mode Continuous Stopped e l a Status display U 0 a 999 L 999 Numeric N 190090 pts alue 8 Input Point Data Data 6 Marker1 Low D O HSI DOT e Co No Be TEL DD DD QD QD QD OD BD OD OD OD OD CS Oe Marker2 Side menu Low 414 38m 8 18 437 12m 8 19 459 58m 8 20 481 75m 8 503 62m a a File Operation Tools Window Settings Undo S A y Bottom menu Figure 2 8 Bottom and side menus You use a side menu button to display a side submenu set a parameter perform a task or cancel an operation Table 2 1 describes the side menu button types AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 2 9 Operating Basics Table 2 1 Side menu elements Menu items Description Menu items Description Executes the displayed function Cannot be used in the current External immediately instrument state menu item is grayed out Output Switches between two Allows making selections by parameters ea
291. ct button while the LED is on Doing so can cause data corruption on the floppy disk and cause the instrument to hang up If this happens turn power off then back on again To prevent damage to the instrument do not apply any external voltage to the output connector or marker connector AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 2 1 Operating Basics SETUP menu button Displays the SETUP Main Menu for setting the waveform output parameters APPL menu button Displays the APPL Main Menu for running a specific application program to create waveforms UTILITY menu button Displays the UTILITY Main Menu for setting the instrument parameters EDIT menu button Displays the EDIT Main Menu for creating or editing waveforms as well as performing directory and file tasks Floppy disk drive Arrow buttons HARDCOPY button Save or load the various types of data created or used in the instrument to from the 3 5 inch 2HD floppy disk with MS DOS format You can also format a floppy disk with this instrument Controls up down right and left movements of the cursor or a selected item for example movements of a selected item in a dialog box or pop up menu Produces a hardcopy of the screen display which can be transferred as a file to the hard disk a floppy disk and or a networked device y Tektronix AWG710 ARBITRARY
292. ct the cable with SMA Ma BNC Fe adapter and BNC 50 Q terminator from MARKER 1 OUT connector c Connect the 50 Q precision terminator to the MARKER 1 OUT removed in step a d Connect the adapter terminator and the cable removed in step b to the MARKER1 OUT connector 8 Press Force Event where needed AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual B 51 Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B 9 Repeat steps 5 and 6 for the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator MARKERI OUT 10 Repeat steps 5 through 8 for MARKER 2 OUT and MARKER2 OUT 11 Disconnect the DMM Synchronous Operation Tests These procedures check the signal path for the Synchronous Operation of the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator Equipment Four 50 Q SMA C coaxial cables P N 174 1427 00 required Prerequisites The AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator must meet the prerequisites listed on page B 7 Do the following steps to install the test hookup and set the test equipment controls 1 Use four 50 Q SMA coaxial cables to connect the T IN connector to the T OUTI connector the T IN connector to the T OUT1 connector the C IN connector to the C OUT1 connector and the C IN connector to the C OUTI connector see Figure B 34 AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator 50Q SMA coaxial cable Figure B 34 Synchronous operati
293. ction SIN X X pulse 1 SINC WFM L 8 A 2047 R 2048 pts Value 2 95640 SSD value 2 5173m 1 0000 maanani Jipu 1 0000 Markerl Marker2 6 File name SINC WFM Made with equation editor Equation size 2048 clock 1e9 sine frequency kO 50e6 peak location k1 1024e 9 sinc wfm sinc 2 pi kO time k1 Descriptions In general this waveform is expressed by the following formula Vit sin 27ft 2nft This is the impulse response for the ideal low pass filter for the frequency bandwidth f At least 42 periods are required to use a vertical resolution of 8 bits Settings Waveform points 2048 Clock frequency 1 0 GHz Output time 2048 ns AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual D 3 Appendix D Sample Waveforms Table D 5 Squared sine pulse 1 SQU_SIN WFM L 1023 R 1023 1624 pts Value 8 Value 8 1 0000 7 ji pun Fo J j j 1 0000 Markeri 0 Marker2 0 File name SQU_SIN WFM Made with equation editor Equation clock 1e9 size 412 tmp1 0 size 200 tmp2 cos 2 pi scale 0 5 1 2 tmp3 join tmp1 tmp2 squ_sin wfm join tmp3 tmp1 delete tmp1 delete tmp2 delete tmp3 Descriptions Settings Waveform points 1024 Clock fre
294. d Table 3 22 describes the general setup parameters Table 3 21 Setup window parameters Parameters Total Points Descriptions Specifies the data length of the waveform in the current window The default is 1000 points The range of data points is from 960 to 32400000 64800000 opt 01 16200000 32400000 opt 01 AWG710 and must be a multiple of 4 If you specify a value larger than the current data length one or more zeros are added at the end of the data If you specify a value less than the current length all data after the end data point is deleted The displayed value reflects data point changes resulting from any edit operations such as cut or paste that increase or decrease the number of data points in the record Clock Specifies the clock frequency used to calculate the point to point time interval between each data point The default setting is 100 MS s Note that this clock does not define the waveform output frequency View Selects either the Graphic or Table waveform data display mode The default setting is Graphic Table Type Specifies to display tabular waveform data in binary or hexadecimal format This selection is available only when the View parameter is set to Table The Editor displays all data values in real numbers AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 83 The Graphical Waveform Editor Table 3 22 Setup general parameters Parameter Horizontal Unit
295. d by Run Mode Ruined switches to Continuous External Clock Source or External Clock Reference is not available in Synchronous Operation Slave Clock Source and Clock Reference will be changed to Internal It is the warning message which comes out when it is going to go into Sync Slave where External is specified by ClockSource or by ClockReference As for the Slave itself Clock and Reference Clock operate in the state of Internal Connection will be lost It is displayed when connection between Master and Slave is established and it is going to perform Calibration Diagnostics of the UTILITY menu AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 255 Synchronous Operation Mode AWG710B only Table 3 59 Error Warning messages cont Message Connection failed Verify the instrument settings Network cable is properly connected Slave IP Address entered correctly Slave unit is configured as Sync Slave If the problem still exists power the instrument off and then back on for Master and Slave Description It is displayed when connection with Slave is not made normally The following cause can be considered It was going to connect with an instrument other than AWG710B An instrument which it is going to connect is not Sync Slave mode Although the AWG710B which it is going to connect is Sync Slave mode it has already connected with other AWG710B The IP address of slave instrument
296. d line the control in the currently loaded sequence file will jump to the specified line To perform a software jump the mode must be set in the loaded sequence file This can be set in the sequence editor by pushing Jump Mode bottom Software side AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 127 The Sequence Editor For more information refer to the AWGControl EVENt SOFTware I MMediate in the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual Limitations on Using The sequence is processed by the instrument hardware The nested sequence Sequences however is expanded into the sequence memory by the instrument firmware The sequence to be recalled from a sequence is called Subsequence and the nested level is limited to 1 The number of sequence steps expanded in the sequence memory may go over the sequence memory capacity depending on how you configure the sequence and or subsequence The enhanced settings which include Infinity Trigger Wait Goto lt N gt and Logic Jump are neglected in the subsequence when you set the run mode to Enhanced Sequence memory usage Sequence memory controls the maximum number of subsequence recalls and their repeat counts that can be run When you load a sequence the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator compiles the sequence and subsequence lines into internal codes that are stored in the sequence memory The AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Wavefo
297. d so on are neglected in this mode Gated The waveform is output in the same way as in the continuous mode only when the gate is opened The gate is opened by the gated signal Note that the output is made from the top of the first waveform for every gate period The clock signal continuously outputs from the connector outside the gate period Enhanced The waveforms are sequentially or repeatedly output according to the procedures defined in the sequence All extended functions such as trigger input event jump and so on are effective and waveforms are controlled for output by this functions in this mode Table A 2 Extended Operation Characteristics FG operation Description This mode provides user friendliness like the conventional function generator The output waveforms are Sine Triangle Square Ramp Pulse and DC waveform AWG710B is in AWG mode when this mode is not selected Waveform Mixing operation This mode provides the function for mixing two signals digitally Synchronous Master operation This mode provides the setup for using as a Master instrument on Synchronous Operaion Synchronous Slave operation This mode provides the setup for using as a Slave instrument on Synchronous Operation Table A 3 Arbitrary waveforms Characteristics Waveform memory Description Memory length 32 400 000 words 8 bits 1 word Op 01 Memory length 64 800 000 words 8 bits 1 word
298. d values are On and Off blank Wait Trigger functionality is only valid when the Run Mode is set to Enhanced Note that this setting is neglected in the subsequence The instrument processes sequence table entries until it encounters a Wait Trigger set to ON If the instrument Run Mode is set to Triggered or Enhanced the instrument then stops output until it receives a trigger When the instrument receives a trigger it outputs the waveform on the sequence table line that contains the Wait Trigger then continues to process the sequence table lines Do the following steps to set the Wait Trigger value 1 Move the cursor to the line in which to set the Wait Trigger value 2 Move the cursor to the Wait Trigger column 3 Push Data Entry bottom 4 Push Wait Trig side to toggle between On and Off The Off state is a blank in the column 5 Push the CLEAR MENU on the front panel to exit the setting mode Goto lt N gt The Goto lt N gt column lets you set an unconditional jump to the specified sequence table line The valid number is 1 to 8000 Goto lt N gt functionality is only valid when the Run Mode is set to Enhanced Note that this parameter is ignored if it is set in a subsequence file The instrument processes sequence table entries until it encounters a Goto lt N gt If the instrument Run Mode is set to Enhanced the instrument jumps to line one of the table then continues to process the sequence table lines NOTE
299. data by using the 0 or 1 numeric buttons on the front panel or from an attached keyboard Push the Clear Pattern side button to clear the pattern data field Push the Import Pattern side button to insert the edit area pattern data from the active window target data type into the pattern field You can then write the pattern data to a target waveform type in the active window or another window Target Specifies the location where the generated data is created or the source for imported pattern data If you specify Data the pattern data replaces edit area waveform data if Marker1 or Marker2 is selected the pattern data replaces the edit area marker data To import the pattern from the Target specified here use the Import Pattern side menu Do the following steps to specify a pattern 1 Move the cursors to specify the edit area in which to replace the waveform data with pattern data Push Operation bottom Set Pattern pop up OK side The Set Pattern dialog box appears Select Data Marker1 or Marker2 to specify the target data type to replace with the pattern data Define the pattern using numeric buttons or push the Import Pattern side button to import the pattern data If necessary you can change the pattern value by moving the cursor with the or button and then using numeric keys and the lt key Push the OK side button to replace the waveform or marker data with the specified patte
300. data smoothly smoothing is performed Cursor to cursor points move in response to turning the general purpose knob Also for the unchanged portions the smoothing moves the positions so that the entire data is linked smoothly This occurs throughout the range specified with the Smoothing Points side menu The amount of shift is calculated internally to enable a smooth link and to minimize the effect on the unchanged portions The calculation uses a cubic polynomial for the horizontal amount and sine for the vertical amount The value of the points mentioned above are usually nonintegers That is the resulting horizontal coordinates of the points are not integers The values at the coordinates integers on the horizontal axis of the waveform data are sequentially obtained using the interpolation you specified with the Interpolate side menu Quick Controls To enable the Quick Edit mode press the QUICK EDIT front panel button as shown in Figure 3 25 A VERTICAL aml HORIZONTAL OFFSET OFFSET 2 QO QUICK EDIT VERTICAL ON HORIZONTAL MENU MENU CD C C D LEVEL SCALE SAMPLE RATE SCALE Figure 3 25 Controls for quick editing AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 101 Quick Editing VERTICAL SCALE Knob VERTICAL OFFSET Knob HORIZONTAL SCALE Knob HORIZONTAL OFFSET Knob Starting Quick Edit 3 102 The cursor to cursor data is scaled vertically with the Vertical
301. de OK side b Push SETUP front panel Run Mode bottom Enhanced side The AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator is set to enhanced mode c Load the AMP1 SEQ file Refer to Loading Files on page B 62 for file loading procedures 4 Push the RUN button The LEDs above the RUN button is on 5 Do the following substeps to set the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator marker output high level setting a Push VERTICAL MENU front panel Marker side Marker 1 High Level side b Push 3 0 and ENTER keys in this order or turn the general purpose knob to set the marker level to 3 0 V c Verify that the marker 1 high level reading on the DMM screen falls within 2 75 V through 3 25 V d Push the FORCE EVENT button 6 Do the following substeps to set the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator marker output low level setting Push Marker 1 Low Level side button b Push 1 1 and ENTER keys in this order or turn the general purpose knob to set the marker level to 1 1 V c Verify that the marker 1 low level reading on the DMM screen falls within 1 255 V through 0 945 V d Push the FORCE EVENT button 7 Do the following substeps to change the connection to check the MARKERI1 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual B 101 Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710 a Disconnect the 50 Q precision terminator from the MARKER1 OUT connector b Disconnect the cable with SMA
302. de a relative or absolute path name Enclose the file name within double quotation marks cutoff freq is the high pass filter cutoff frequency You can enter the value as a real or scientific notation number You can also enter the value as an expression that resolves to a valid number taps is the number of delay elements that composes the digital filter The range of taps is 3 to 101 You must enter the integer value as an odd number AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 197 Command Descriptions Example If Control Statement Group Syntax Arguments Example Integ Group Syntax 3 198 atten is the inhibit zone attenuation factor in dB The range of attenuation is 21 dB to 100 dB You can enter the integer value filtered wfm hpf sine wfm 3 25e5 2 25 The if control statement provides control statements to execute expressions when a condition resolves to true or false Control if lt condition gt then lt exprl gt endif if lt condition gt then lt exprl gt else lt expr2 gt endif condition is a conditional expression that resolves to a logical true or false True equals any nonzero value false equals zero When the condition is true the expression statement is run expr is an equation expression you want to execute when condition is true expr2 is an equation expression you want to execute when condition is false This argument is only valid as part of the
303. de button and use the knob to select SINE WFM from the file list The Self Tests use internal routines to confirm basic functionality and proper adjustment No test equipment is required to do these test procedures The self tests include internal diagnostics to verify that the instrument passes the internal circuit tests and calibration routines to check and adjust the instrument internal calibration constants This procedure uses internal routines to verify that the instrument is operating correctly No test equipment or hookups are required The instrument automatically performs the internal diagnostics when powered on you can also run the internal diagnostics using the menu selections described in this procedure The difference between these two methods of initiating the diagnostics is that the menu method does a more detailed memory check than the power on method Equipment None required Prerequisites Power on the instrument and allow a twenty minute warmup period before doing this procedure Confirm that there is no output being performed by verifying that the RUN LED is not on If the LED is on push the RUN button to turn it off Do the following to verify that the instrument passes the internal circuit tests Push UTILITY front panel Diag bottom Diagnostic All side The diagnostic menu is displayed and all tests are selected Refer to Figure B 1 If All is not displayed select All using the g
304. defined there The above compare process for the individual lines is repeated for the new noticed point An error is caused if there are no identical lines found during the compare process Refer to Appendix F Code Conversion for code conversion examples AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Executing Conversion The Zoom Pan Menu The Window Menu The Settings Menu The Undo Command The Pattern Editor Follow the steps below to execute code conversion 1 Push the Save side button and name the file 2 Push OK side button Code conversion is executed with the specified pattern as the source code The result of code conversion is displayed in a new window You can use the Zoom function to expand or shrink the waveform display in an editor window The Pan function lets you scroll the pattern image to show waveform data that lies outside the edit display The Zoom Pan menu commands are the same as those for the Graphical Waveform editor except that you cannot select vertical zoom pan operations You can only zoom or pan horizontally in the Pattern Editor Refer to The Zoom Pan Menu section on page 3 81 for a description of the vertical Zoom and Pan menu commands The Window menu displays a side menu that lets you select which edit window is active Push the side button of the window you want to make active The Settings menu commands define editor setup parameters including waveform record len
305. destination in this case 6 Push Data Entry bottom Jump to Specified Line side and Jump To to indicate a jump to a specified line when the event conditions are true Use the general purpose knob front panel keypad or keyboard numeric keys to enter a line number 7 Push Jump Mode The instrument displays the Jump Mode screen The Logic jump mode is still selected 8 Use the general purpose knob front panel arrow keys or keyboard keys to select the logic level for each of the four EVENT IN lines X don t care L low false logic level and H true high logic level Table Jump The Table Jump lets you specify a line jump for one or more of the 128 27 16 24 AWG710 possible logic levels of the EVENT IN lines Undefined no line number entered lines are ignored Do the following steps to enter values in the Table Jump table 1 Move the cursor to the line in which to set the Jump Logic value 2 Move the cursor to Logic Jump column Push Jump Mode bottom Table side The Table Jump graphic is highlighted 4 Push Event Jump bottom button AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 125 The Sequence Editor 3 126 5 Use the general purpose knob the front panel arrow buttons or keyboard arrow keys to select an event logic value line in the table 6 Push the Table Jump side button to ON to enable entering a jump line number To clear a value push the Table Jump side butt
306. dit Mechanism 0 cece cee ene eens 3 100 About Smoothing 4 5 sce Re edie Sack de Vee eon eH eye bY tee BERR D ECO 3 101 Quick Controls orane een a e Rare ig Maly egos Seg iad EEEE edb dee A 3 101 Starting Quick Editet 4 ates pee See tee bee Os Sek wh eee sige a oo 3 102 Exiting Quick Edits jccc00008 wae dapaw athe dda ed cbawette A E 3 103 Setting Parameters ics 6 eee dee ee Be RS ER BN KARRI KARGER EROE S 3 103 Moving the Cursor heare octane Sadia eed AE E elt E O EEAS 3 104 Renewing Edit Bunter pes poies panei EEEE ba aes eee Ee eS EN Cos 3 104 AbOUt UNJO S insets dae ee oe he dicen e asin tae ta anid 3 104 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Table of Contents The Table Editor sses amero necesen acaret ein a Ei EE sees amp bc04 8 niece 3 105 Opening The Table Editor 00 0c cee eee 3 105 Editing The Table Data opse 0005 cose eA a eee pee Me pe eee ee te 3 106 The Equation Editor 0 ccc ccc cc cece cece eee e cece eee enee 3 109 Starting the Equation Editor 00 00 eee eee eee 3 110 Using the Equation Editor 0 0 eee eee 3 111 Entering Keywords and Functions 0 0 e eee eee eee eee ee 3 114 Compiling Equations e eeoa seb eee i ie bees e e aE E e a E a 3 115 The Sequence Editor 0 ccc cece ccc cee eee eee reece cere ee eees 3 117 Starting the Sequence Editor 0 0 eee eee eee 3 117 Sequence Table Editing 0 0 0
307. ditor The A WFM analog data is unchanged B WFM markerl A WFM markerl A WFM marker2 In this example B WFM s marker is set if either marker 1 or 2 of A WFM is 1 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 187 Waveform Programming Language In a waveform expression the data length of the file created and the clock information are determined as follows If lt output signal name gt is a marker If the output file does not already exist an error will occur Attributes such as the data length output file size and clock information are unchanged The analog data section does not change Neither the size or the close variable value is used If the waveform expression includes a lt signal name gt then a file shorter than the output file would cause an error If the input file is longer in this case the data around the tail will not be used If lt output signal name gt is analog data A new file is always created without using the output file Since the same file name may be specified for the input the new file is tentatively created under another file name then renamed All output file marker values will be 0 The output file data length and clock information will be as indicated on the screen If the waveform expression includes one or more lt signal name gt s The output waveform length will equal to that of the shortest waveforms included in the lt waveform expression gt
308. drive if the floppy disk is no longer needed 6 Push any bottom button or menu button to exit the menu NOTE The floppy disk file list displayed on the screen does not automatically update when you replace the diskette with another diskette To update the file list reselect the floppy disk drive AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual B 63 Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710 Performance Table B 6 lists the sequence and waveform files on the Performance Check Adjustment Files Check Adjustment disk that are used in these performance tests the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator front panel settings that each file sets up and the performance test that uses each file NOTE The files on the Performance Check disk are locked the files are marked by the icon Fy in the file list so the data in these files cannot be changed unless the lock is opened Table B 6 Waveforms and sequences in performance check disk No File name EDIT menu SETUP menu Marker Usage Form Points Clock Filter Ampl Offset semp 1 MODE WFM rat 1000 4 GHz Through 1V OV Marker Run mode Trigger level ONA 7y 1 2 0to Internal trigger accuracy NY 499 High 500 to 999 Low 2 PULSE WFM 1000 100 MHz Through 1V OV Pulse response 3 AMP1 SEQ Amplitude accuracy Normal out Marker 4 AMP2 SEQ Amplitude accuracy Direct out 5 DC_
309. dutes cas Positive OVE i ciate baie ta EEEE TETT 100 mV MOJE oie een beeen NORMAL 5 Set the function generator AFG310 controls as follows FUNGON sanini reres honk ni pii sereta eid Square ModE oent arri 2s eG aa Saks Paces Continuous Parameters FIOQUONCY ice cee take eanan ia sd 1 MHz AMPUTO ssi s0 hid cee iter aienceaies 2 0 V into 50 Q 4 0 V into 1 MQ Offset ices cesaeasedseadetadehadeeesd 1 0 V into 50 Q 2 0 V into 1 MQ Output 0 eee eee Off B 68 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710 6 Follow the substeps below to set the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator controls and to select the waveform file a Push UTILITY front panel System bottom Factory Reset side OK side b Push SETUP front panel Run Mode bottom Triggered side c Load the MODE WFM file Refer to Loading Files on page B 62 for file loading procedures d Push the RUN and CH1 output buttons The LEDs above the RUN button and CH1 output connectors are on e Push the FORCE TRIGGER button Verify that the oscilloscope displays a one cycle sine wave when the FORCE TRIGGER button is pushed You may need to adjust the horizontal position control to see the signal 7 Follow the substeps below to check the triggered mode with external triggering a Turn on the function generator output b Verify that the oscilloscope displays a one cycle sine w
310. e Refer to The Run Mode Menu section on page 3 44 Gated for an explanation of the different run modes Enhanced Trigger Source Sets trigger source to Internal or External If External selected all other side menu items are not selectable except Interval Slope Sets the trigger slope or gate polarity to Positive or Negative or Polarity Level Sets the trigger signal level The trigger level range is 5 0 V in 0 1 V increments Impedance Sets the external trigger input line impedance to either 50 Q or 1 kQ Interval Sets trigger interval from 1 0 us to 10 0 s Save Restore Save Setup Save the setup parameters set by SETUP window and Extended Operation mode window as a setup file Restore Setup Restore a setup file Extended FG Enters the FG mode for easy generate of standard functional Operation waveform Waveform Mixing Sync Master AWG710B only Sync Slave AWG710B only Enter the Waveform Mixing mode Enter the Sync Master of the Synchronous Operation mode Enter the Sync Slave of the Synchronous Operation mode To output a loaded waveform push the CH 1 OUT and or CH 1 OUT and or ALL MARKER OUTPUT ON OFF front panel button s then the RUN front panel button The LEDs near each button light up to indicate they are enabled The instrument outputs the waveform depending on the Run mode You can turn either or both channel outputs and marker outputs on or off while the instrument is running by pushing
311. e adapter a 50 Q precision terminator and a BNC to dual banana adapter to connect the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator CH1 output to the DMM input connector see Figure B 46 Input connector BNC to dual banana adapter AWG710 option 02 Arbitrary Waveform Generator PENG camel CoD ceco000 50 Q BNC coaxial cable CH1 output connector SMA Male BNC Female adapter BNC 50Q precision terminator 50 Q BNC coaxial cable Figure B 46 Option02 output amplitude accuracy initial test hookup 2 Set the DMM controls as follows MOdC sce endeperiaerageei ante here peed pes VDC RANGG EEEN LLET ETTET TETT tes 2V Mp spiteri ken Agua nnani Seer Aarne lees Front 3 Push UTILITY front panel System bottom Factory Reset side OK side AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual B 81 Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710 4 9 Push SETUP front panel Run Mode bottom Enhanced side The AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator is set to enhanced mode Load the AMP2 SEQ file Refer to Loading Files on page B 62 for file loading procedures Push the RUN and CH1 output buttons The LEDs above the RUN button and CH1 output connector are on Do the following substeps to check the option02 amplitude accuracy of 1 V amplitude setting a Write the DMM reading as
312. e around a specified origin value The Factor value range is 100 to 100 in 0 01 increments The Origin value range is 1 to 1 in 0 0001 increments Do the following steps to vertically scale the waveform data 1 2 3 3 64 Move the cursors to specify the edit area to scale Push Operation bottom Vertical Scale pop up OK side Push the Factor side button This is the value by which you want to multiply the edit area waveform data Specify the scale using the general purpose knob or the numeric buttons A negative value of 100 to 1 01 inverts and rescales the signal A value from 1 to 0 01 inverts and reduces signal vertical values Push the Origin side button Specify the center of scale using the general purpose knob or the numeric buttons Push the Exec side button The cursor to cursor data vertically expands or shrinks with the center at the Origin position AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The Graphical Waveform Editor Horizontal Invert The Horizontal Invert command horizontally inverts flips the edit area waveform and marker data You can invert the waveform and marker data separately This command does not change the waveform data record length Do the following steps to horizontally invert the waveform or marker data 1 Move the cursors to specify the edit area to invert 2 Push Operation bottom Horizontal Invert pop up OK side 3
313. e file name Do the following steps to save the instrument output setup parameters to a file 1 Push SETUP front Save Restore bottom Save Setup side The instrument displays the Select Setup Filename dialog box 2 Use the general purpose knob or the keyboard to enter a file name 3 Push the Drive side button if you need to save the setup file to a location other than the current drive The setup file must be saved in the same location where the waveform pattern and or sequence files currently loaded in the memory are stored 4 Push the OK side button to close the dialog box and save the setup file Restore Setup This button lets you load an instrument setting file to configure the instrument settings The instrument settings of AWG and Extended operation mode will replace the contents of an instrument setting file Do the following steps to restore the instrument output setup parameters from a file 1 Push SETUP front Save Restore bottom Restore Setup side The instrument displays the Select Setup File dialog box 2 Use the general purpose knob to select the setup file name Push the Drive side button to load a setup file from a drive other than the current drive 4 Push the OK side button to close the dialog box and load the setup file The instrument is set to the configuration specified in the setup file NOTE If you try to load a nonsetup file you will get an error message mul
314. e B 1 for more information These procedures use external traceable signal sources to directly check warranted characteristics Table B 2 lists the required equipment used to complete the performance tests description Minimum requirements Example recommended Purpose 1 Frequency Counter 1 MHz to 3 GHz Anritsu MF1603A Checks reference input for AWG710B Accuracy lt 0 2 ppm VCO Out test 1 Frequency Counter 1 MHz to 100 MHz Anritsu MF1603A Checks reference input for AWG710 Accuracy lt 0 2 ppm VCO Out test 2 Digital multi meter DC volts range 0 05 V to 10 V Fluke 8842A Measures voltage Used in Accuracy 0 1 multiple procedures 3 Oscilloscope Bandwidth gt 500 MHz 1 MQ and Tektronix TDS784D Checks output signals Used in 50 Q inputs multiple procedures 4 Oscilloscope Bandwidth gt 6 GHz Tektronix TDS820 Checks pulse response Rise time lt 58 3 ps 50 Q input 5 Function Generator Output voltage 5 V to 5 V Tektronix AFG310 Generates external input Frequency accuracy lt 0 01 signals Used in multiple input signal test procedures 5 Signal Generator for AWG710B Output voltage 5 V to 5 V Frequency accuracy lt 0 01 Agilent 8648B Generates external input signals Used in multiple input signal test procedures 6 SMA Coaxial Cable 50 Q male to male SMA connectors Tektronix part number Signal interconnection 4 required for AWG7
315. e D 13 Pseudo random pulse 0 cece cece cece eee e ee eeees D 8 Table D 14 Waveform for magnetic disk signal 0 0 c cece eeeee D 8 Table D 15 Isolated pulse for disk application 0 cece ee eeee D 9 Table D 16 Isolated pulse for disk application 00 ce eee eeee D 9 Table D 17 Isolated pulse for disk application 0c cece eens D 10 Table D 18 Isolated pulse for network application 00000 D 10 Table D 19 Isolated pulse for network application e0000 D 11 Table D 20 Isolated pulse for network application e0000 D 11 Table D 21 Isolated pulse for network application 0000 D 11 Table D 22 Isolated pulse for network application eee00 D 12 Table D 23 Isolated pulse for network application e0000 D 12 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual XV List of Tables xvi AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual General Safety Summary Review the following safety precautions to avoid injury and prevent damage to this product or any products connected to it To avoid potential hazards use this product only as specified Only qualified personnel should perform service procedures To Avoid Fire or Personal Use Proper Power Cord Use only the power cord specified for this product and Injury certified for the country of use Ground the Product This p
316. e Descriptions The LINES provides the information that the sequence is composed of a number of lines From the third line to the line specified by lt number gt 2 are the sequence lines you should edit in the in the sequence editor The lt line description gt is composed of 6 fields delimited by comma lt Fl gt lt F2 gt lt F3 gt lt F4 gt lt F5 gt lt F6 gt lt F gt CH1 and CH2 The lt F1 gt is a waveform file name for the CH1 and lt F2 gt for the CH2 The waveform file name must be parenthesized with double quotation lt Fl gt lt F2 gt lt waveform file name gt lt pattern file name gt lt sequence file name gt AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual G 1 Appendix G Sequence File Text Format For example SINE WFM TRIANGLE WFM GAUSSN WFM n TRIALGLE WFM When you do not define a file NULL string must be placed Repeat Count The lt F3 gt is Repeat Count field lt F3 gt lt Repeat Count gt lt Infinity gt lt Repeat Count gt 1 to 65536 lt Infinity gt 0 Enhanced Controls The lt F4 gt to lt F7 gt are Repeat Count Wait Trigger Goto One Logic Jump and Goto lt N gt respectively lt F4 gt lt Wait Trigger gt lt Wait Trigger gt 1 On 0 Off lt F5 gt lt Goto One gt lt Goto One gt 1 On 0 Off lt F6 gt lt Logic Jump gt lt Logic Jump gt lt Line Num
317. e RUN button to turn it off Do the following to verify that the instrument passes the internal circuit tests Push UTILITY front panel Diag bottom Diagnostic All side The diagnostic menu is displayed and all tests are selected Refer to Figure B 35 If All is not displayed select All using the general purpose knob The list on the screen shows the test items and results in the calibration and diagnostics previously made Select all of the test items shown on the screen or use the general purpose knob to select a single test item that you want to run AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710 The result of the diagnostics are shown as error code Pass means that the tests have been made without error If an error is detected an error code is displayed You can also specify how many times the diagnostic tests are performed Push the Cycle side button and then turn the general purpose knob to select the cycle from 1 3 10 100 or Infinite When you select Infinite the tests are repeatedly performed and are not be terminated until you push the Abort Diagnostic side button Clock 100 00000M5 S Run Mode Continuous Diag Calibration Result Diagnostic All Diagnostics System Run Mode Cycles clock i Output aa Execute Sequence Memory Diagnostic Waveform Memory Execute Calibration Status Diag Service esl
318. e System Software The system software in the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator can be updated by using the utility menu The System software consists of both the user program and the operating system The upgrades can be done independent of each other Refer to page 3 158 for information regarding the current system software versions Preparation Do the following prior to performing the system software upgrade procedure E Read the Instruction documents included in the upgrade kit carefully E Refer to the instruction documents included in the upgrade kit for more information CAUTION To avoid damage to the instrument follow the instruction documentation included in the upgrade kit Upgrade Procedure Follow the steps below to upgrade system software 1 Copy the system software in the upgrade kit to the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator internal disk 2 Push UTILITY front panel System bottom Update System Software side Update Program or Update OS side 3 Before executing the update a caution dialog appears Push the OK side button to continue or the Cancel side button to abort The Select File dialog box appears 4 Select the file for upgrade that was copied in step 1 then press the OK side button The file confirmation dialog box appears 5 Press the OK side button The AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator checks the selected file prop
319. e as follows starting with higher priority at the top of the list Operators on the same line have equal priority A unary unary gt lt gt gt gt lt lt and or 3 202 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Norm Pn Group Syntax Arguments Example Group Syntax Arguments Command Descriptions NOTE Exponentiation executes the same calculation as for the pow function Zero 0 divided by O is 1 The norm statement performs a normalization operation on a specified file waveform data Normalization scales the waveform values to a 1 0 range centered on 0 The output file retains all marker values of the input file Waveform output_ filename norm filename1 output_filename is the complete file name file name and extension to contain the resultant waveform The argument can include a relative or absolute path name Enclose the file name within double quotation marks fj ename1 is the complete file name and extension name of the file on which you are performing the normalization operation The file must be on the active drive The argument can include a relative or absolute path name Enclose the file name within double quotation marks intwave wfm norm sineswp wfm The pn statement creates a pseudo random waveform using a shift register You can specify the register size 1 to 32 and XOR feedback tap position The initial va
320. e been used in the amplitude and DC offset tests Do not initialize the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator controls 3 Load the PULSE WFM file Refer to Loading Files on page B 9 for file loading procedures 4 Push SETUP front panel Run Mode bottom Continuous side The AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator is set to the Continuous mode 5 Change the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator controls as follows a Push VERTICAL MENU bottom Amplitude side b Push 1 and ENTER keys in this order or turn the general purpose knob to set the amplitude to 1 V 6 Push the RUN and CH1 output buttons The LEDs above the RUN button and CH1 output connectors are on 7 Verify that the rise time of the pulse waveform displayed on the oscilloscope is equal to or less than 175 ps 8 Do the following substeps to change the connection to check the CH1 a Push the CH1 output button b Disconnect the cable from the CH1 output connector c Connect the cable to the CHT output connector d Push the CH1 output button to turn on the CH1 LED 9 Repeat step 7 to verify the rise time for the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator CH1 10 Push the CH1 output button to turn off the CH1 LED B 30 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B Pulse Response Tests Normal Out except option 02 This procedure checks the pulse response characteristics of the AWG710
321. e creates a waveform whose first cycle starts with a negative transition in other words a 180x phase shift Refer to the note on page 2 59 for more information on DAC values If you selected Gaussian Noise this parameter turns to RMS You can use Root Mean Square to specify the signal amplitude Offset Specifies the function waveform offset value The range of values is from 1 0 to 0 0 in 0 0001 increments The default offset is 0 Cut The Cut command deletes the edit area waveform and marker data and places the deleted data in the paste buffer The waveform data length decreases by the amount of data deleted If you unintentionally delete data you can use the Undo bottom button to undo the cut operation Copy The Copy command copies the waveform and marker data located between the cursors and places the copied data in the paste buffer The overall waveform data record length does not change Paste Insert The Paste Insert command inserts the contents of the paste buffer into the waveform record at the active cursor position The data to the right of the active cursor shifts to the right by the number of data points inserted The overall waveform data record length increases by the number of data points inserted If the paste buffer is empty this command is ignored Paste Replace The Paste Replace command inserts the contents of the paste buffer into the waveform record at the active cursor position The data to the rig
322. e e e aa a a cee 3 120 Sequence Table Fields 2 c4 cic etsene SU ee SS DN See ee Gh Eee oi 3 122 The APPL Menu 620 5 6 620r5 die ncn ce severe tie ENRE EEREN EKEREN 3 131 Disk Application sen enei 5 eisee an cscs ety oak only et bee ease ie Sse AUR wea ose evens 3 131 Network Application s isise sencia anase bebe aa bea debe eevee eae 3 140 Jitter Composer Application 0 0 0 eee ee eee eee 3 147 The UTILITY Window ccc cece cece ccc cece nec e reac eeeeees 3 155 External Keyboards ssi 05 cece essence ue i n bots a a a bea gd teayiee 4 3 155 Setting General Purpose Knob Direction 00 00 20 e eee eee 3 156 Formatting a Floppy Disk 0 0 e cee ec eee 3 157 Displaying Disk Usage scirocco i ob ee eo tee SUR RAG RRA 3 157 Screen Display Enable Disable 0 00 eee 3 158 Focused Color sisareen eis ies eA eas See ek aA ee Ai ey BA a a 3 158 Displaying Instrument Status 0 0 00 eee ee eee 3 158 Internal Clock Date and Time 2 2 2 2 0 ccc ce eens 3 159 Resetting the Instrument 0 00 eee eee eee 3 159 Connecting to a GPIB Network 0 0 0 eee eee 3 160 Ethernet Networking wc yess shee ihe See t A oe Seca eed 3 162 Hardcopy sirere ia RE sc igh Atle 40 aA els BORE eee enn es 3 170 Calibration and Diagnostics 00 0 0 eee ect eee 3 172 Upgrading the System Software 0 0 eee eee ee 3 179 Capturing Waveforms cc cece ecw cee
323. e ee eens 3 144 Table 3 40 Network parameters 00 ccc cece cece cece eee e tenes 3 145 Table 3 41 Pre defined patterns 0 cece cece cee cece rece enes 3 151 Table 3 42 Jitter composer parameters 0 0 ce cece cee cece eens 3 152 Table 3 43 External keyboard edit operations 0 0 cece eens 3 156 Table 3 44 Available FTP commands cc cee ee cec cece eeves 3 169 Table 3 45 Diagnostic categories and error codes eeeeeeeee 3 176 Table 3 46 BNF symbols and meanings 0 0 ce eee ce cece eevee 3 185 Table 3 47 Programming language math functions 00065 3 200 Table 3 48 Math operators 2 0 0 0 ccc cece cece ce cee ee eee eee e tenes 3 202 Table 3 49 Predefined variables 0 cece cee cece eee cere eee ees 3 205 Table 3 50 File utility commands 0 cece eee e cece eee eees 3 225 Table 3 51 Special symbols used for expressing file path 3 226 Table 3 52 File operation in double windows eeeeeeeeeee 3 231 Table 3 53 Confirmation selection for copy all and move all operations 3 232 Table 3 54 Output frequency and filter cut off frequency except option02 3 237 Table 3 55 Predefined Marker signal cc cee ce cee ee ec eeves 3 238 Table 3 56 Output Frequency and Waveform Length 3 239 Table 3 57 Combination of the file type 0 ccc eee cece eee eee 3 243
324. e is the half size of Figure B 55 Figure B 56 Waveform output when the SW1 is closed d Open SW1 of the ground closure to degenerate the event signal e Verify that the oscilloscope displays the waveform in Figure B 55 8 Check the EVENT IN connector pin 1 input AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual B 93 Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710 a Close SW2 of the ground closure to generate an event signal on the EVENT IN connector pin 1 b Verify that the oscilloscope displays the waveform as shown in Figure B 57 Figure B 57 Waveform output when SW2 is closed c Open the SW2 of the ground closure to degenerate the event signal d Verify that the oscilloscope displays the waveform shown in Figure B 55 9 Check the EVENT IN connector pin 2 input a Close SW3 of the ground closure to generate an event signal on the EVENT IN connector pin 2 b Verify that the oscilloscope displays the waveform shown in Figure B 58 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710 Figure B 58 Waveform output when the SW3 is closed c Open SW3 of the ground closure to degenerate the event signal d Verify that the oscilloscope displays the waveform in Figure B 55 10 Check the EVENT IN connector pin 3 input a Close the SW4 of the ground closure to generate an event signal on the EVENT IN connector pin 3
325. e menu button Enter the file name then push the ENTER front panel button to close the dialog box and save the file If you are saving a file with a record length larger than 960 data points and the record is not evenly divisible by four the instrument needs to adjust the record length to meet internal memory record length requirements The instrument displays one of the messages shown in Table 2 6 You can push the OK side button to accept the recommended change or cancel the save and then edit the file to satisfy the data record length requirements Table 2 6 Waveform record length adjustment messages Message Description Leave as it is The data is saved as it is without making changes The instrument will display an error message if you try to load a file that does not meet the instrument waveform constraints Append 0 With Level 0 data added after the data a file with a data length meeting the requirements is created Expand With the waveform data expanded a file with a data length meeting the requirements is created Expand with Clock With the waveform data expanded a file with a data length meeting the requirements is created In addition the clock frequency increases without change in scaling factor The settings are saved in the file Repeat With repetitions of the original data linked a file with a data length meeting the requirements is created If the total length of the linked data exceeds 16M 32M opt
326. e path in the directory is up to 100 E The depth of directory hierarchy is up to 16 Use the following command to make archive file tar cvf lt tar file name gt lt file name or directory name gt Use the following command to extract archive file tar xvf lt tar file name gt AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 2 23 Operating Basics Quick View Before loading or handling a file you sometimes want to look at the content of a file to confirm the operation The quick view function displays the view window and allows you to view a waveform or pattern file selected in a file list This function is always available when a file list is displayed on the screen See Figure 2 17 Select File Input Filename Drive Main Drive Main Directory Sampl Directory mwm oo Y E BbcdefghijkIimnopqrstuvwx 0123456789 5 lt gt A GAUSS _P EQU GAUSS _P WFM LIN_SWP EQU LIN_SWP WFM LOG _ SWP EQU LOG _SWP WFM LORENT 2Z EQU LORENT2 WFM Figure 2 17 File list window examples in which Quick View is available 2 24 Select a file from the file list window using the general purpose knob Press the SHIFT and ENTER front panel buttons simultaneously The view window displaying the waveform or pattern appears as shown in Figure 2 18 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Operating Basics Clock 100 00000MS S Run Mode Continuous Stopp
327. e position to which you want to move the data 2 Push File bottom Insert from File pop up ENTER front 3 Select the file from the Select File dialog box 4 Push the OK side button This command generates a binary pattern 0 and 1 values for the cursor to cursor waveform data or markers You have two options of generating this pattern you can enter the new data using the numeric buttons or keyboard or you can import the pattern from the current edit area between the cursors You can specify the data or markers with Target which is displayed in the Set Pattern dialog box regardless of the scope selection Set Pattern dialog box Figure 3 23 shows the Set Pattern dialog box that lets you set a pattern Total Points 608 Cursor Position 7 Pattern p00000000000000000000000000 Data Marker Target f46 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 Figure 3 23 Set Pattern dialog box AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The Pattern Editor Table 3 28 Set Pattern dialog box parameters Parameters Total Points Descriptions Specifies that the number of points of a pattern defined in the Pattern field This value cannot be modified using numeric buttons Cursor Position Specifies that the cursor position in the Pattern field is displayed This value cannot be modified using numeric buttons Use Code Table Specifies whether to use the code translation table Pattern Speci
328. e value is less than 0 5 The argument can include a relative or absolute path name Enclose the file name within double quotation marks codePconversionBtable is the text file containing a code conversion table in text form You can use the files that are saved with the Code Conversion Table in the waveform or pattern editor You can also create those text file each line of which composes of the following five fields delimited by comma PAST source Current source Next source Past output Output code Refer to The Tools Menu on page 3 87 for the meaning of each field and to the Code Conversion Table Text Files on page F 12 The argument can include a relative or absolute path name Enclose the file name within double quotation marks C1 WFM code CO WFM nrz txt The conv statement executes convolution between the waveform data of two specified files All marker values in the output file are set to 0 Waveform output_filename conv filenamel filename2 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 191 Command Descriptions Copy Corr 3 192 Arguments Example Group Syntax Arguments Example Group output_filename is the complete file name file name and extension to contain the resultant convolution waveform The argument can include a relative or absolute path name Enclose the file name within double quotation marks fj 1enamel and filename2 are the comple
329. e within an equation expression AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 205 Command Descriptions Write 3 206 Group Syntax Arguments Example The write statement writes the specified text to a new file name and or location on the current drive If an output file already exists the source file contents are appended to the end of the existing file Waveform write output_filename text text output_filename is the complete file name path file name and extension to the file that you want to write The file must be located on the active drive The argument can include a relative or absolute path name Enclose the file name in double quotation marks text is the text string enclosed in double quotation marks If you need to use a double quotation mark as part of the text precede each double quotation character with a slash character For example This function writes a text to a ABC TXT in text form In a similar way the following codes can be used in text strings n LF r CR t Tab Backslash Y Double quote write sine wfm This is comment line AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Programming Examples The following eight equation programming examples are described below Examples Example 1 Key points to be learned Describes how to create waveform file and how to read and write waveform files
330. ect Superpose bottom Execute side The square pattern with the period of one cell is set in Marker 1 The input data is set in Marker 2 Isolated pattern is calculated for only 20 cells and the other part is considered to be 0 For the isolated pulse wraparound is included in the calculation in superposition assuming that this waveform repeats However the calculation is not made for the second and subsequent cycles of wraparound Therefore the correct calculation is not made for input data shorter than the isolated pulse length 20 cells NOTE One restriction is applied to the number of input data points input data points gt isolated puls data points Samples Cell The NLTS calculation requires the position of the previous pulse which cannot be obtained from the initial part of input data Also for this problem information is obtained with wraparound by using the last part of input data Saving to File You can save the generated waveform to a file If the waveform length does not satisfy the instrument file length conventions the instrument repeats the data several times and regenerates the waveform to create a valid file AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 139 The APPL Menu Network Application 3 140 Operation Flow This application creates a network test signal to analyze the various standard network signals The signals are created using the following process Input
331. ected to line voltage after turning off the instrument from the front panel ON STBY button CAUTION To prevent loss of data and or damage to the hard drive before the power off be sure to confirm the LED of hard drive at the lower right of the front panel dose not light or blink AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 1 15 Getting Started Repackaging for Shipment If this instrument is shipped by commercial transportation use the original packaging material If the original packaging is unfit for use or is not available repackage the instrument as follows 1 Obtain a corrugated cardboard shipping carton having inside dimensions at least 3 inches greater than the instrument dimensions and having a carton test strength of at least 125 kg 275 1b If the instrument is being shipped to a Tektronix Service Center for repair or calibration attach a tag to the instrument showing the following information E The owner of the instrument with address E The name of a person at your firm who may be contacted if additional information is needed E The complete instrument type and serial number E A description of the service required Wrap the instrument with polyethylene sheeting or equivalent to protect the outside finish and prevent entry of packing materials into the instrument Cushion the instrument on all sides by tightly packing dunnage or urethane foam between the carton and the instrument
332. ector Male Female amp Female 015 1016 00 SMA 50 Q divider Male 015 1014 00 SMA BNC adapter Male Female 015 0554 00 SMA BNC adapter Female Male 015 0572 00 SMA adapter kit 020 1693 00 BNC low pass filter 400 MHz 015 0659 00 BNC low pass filter 200 MHz 015 0658 00 BNC low pass filter 100 MHz 015 0657 00 SMA delay cable 1 ns Male Male 015 0562 00 AC Current Probe CT 1 CTi AC Current Probe CT 2 CT2 AC Current Probe CT 3 CT6 Cart K475 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 1 7 Getting Started Options Option 01 64 8 MB Words Memory Option 02 High Bandwidth Output Option 1R Rack Mounting Option D1 Test Result Report Option 10 Flash Disk This subsection describes the following options available with the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator Em Option 01 64 8 M Words memory AWG710B Option 01 32 4 M Words memory AWG710 Option 02 High Bandwidth output Option 1R Rack mounting Option 10 Flash disk 256 MB Option 11 Removable Hard Disk AWG710B Option D1 Test result report English Option TDAT Test result report Japanese Each of these options is discussed in detail in the following paragraphs Increase memory length up to 64 8 M word 64 800 000 points AWG710B Increase memory length up to 32 4 M word 32 400 000 points AWG710 Expand output bandwidth The product which has option 02 doesn t have offset and lowpass filter function
333. ed View AM WFM alg Ie 6 Points Points 32000 Period 250 0000us lt er2 La pease eee OK ee 5 Run Save ee Vertical Horizontal Mode Trigger KAA Figure 2 18 Viewing a file by Quick View function Push the OK side menu button to close the view window You cannot view files other than waveform or pattern in this function This function is always available when a file list window or file list dialog box is displayed on the screen AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 2 25 Operating Basics Editor Overview This section introduces the editor screen describes the screen elements and discusses concepts common to most of the editors Refer to the Reference section for more detailed information about each waveform editor This section also provides an overview of the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator waveform editors There are five editors that provide the tools for creating simple or complicated waveforms Having more than one editor allows you to create waveforms using your preferred method or the one best suited to the waveform type The Edit menu displayed by pushing the EDIT front panel button is the main way to open editors Most of the editor screens have common elements except for the Sequence and Equation editors Editor Modes The AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator provides five editor modes as li
334. ed correctly The usage is the same as Execute Ping of the Comm bottom menu of a UTILITY screen Refer to the Testing the Network Connection on page 3 164 3 254 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Connection with Slave Synchronous Operation Mode AWG710B only Connection and disconnection with Slave are performed by Master using the Connect to Slave and Disconnect menu 1 Push SETUP front panel Connect bottom Connect to Slave side button to connect to the slave AWG710B 2 Push SETUP front panel Connect bottom Disconnect side button to disconnect to the slave AWG710B In the following cases the connection between Master and Slave is canceled automatically Error messages on connection The LAN cable is unplugged from the connector The power of Slave was turned off Master or Slave was changed from Synchronous Operation mode When executing Diagnostic or Calibration of the UTILITY menu When making connection with Slave in Synchronous Operation mode the AWG710B is also performing Trigger Timing CAL automatically The following error warning messages may be displayed during operation in Synchronous Operation mode Table 3 59 Error Warning messages Message Gated is not available in Synchronous Operation Run Mode will be changed to Continuous Description It is the warning message which comes out when it is going to go into Sync Master where Gated is specifie
335. ee Figure B 32 AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator rear panel ce Frequency Counter Function Generator AFG310 o Ol e quency EN noo olfolfoonog e666 oO aa Ea OoOoOoow o 2222 oo0ooo O E 10 MHz REF IN 50 Q BNC coaxial cable 50 Q SMA coaxial cable SMA Female BNC Male adapter Figure B 32 VCO OUT outputfrequency and 10 MHz reference input initial test hookup a Set the frequency counter controls as follows INPUT A COUPIING ss rinira pns sa piini ees AC FUNCTION aa B FREQ Gate time a a 0 2s Trigger Level 00 cee cece OV B 48 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B b Set the function generator AFG310 controls FUNGUON 4 20 o vec Bie eae ee ae Square MOAB ieie a E a E wg halted deat dae Continuous Parameters 2 0 cece eee eee eee FEAU en a EEP AE ACERA 10 MHz Amplitude nanana 2 0 V into 50 Q 4 0 V into 1 MQ Offset 2 au a a a T A Set oV Q PUt e aran E ae On Check VCO OUT frequency 1 Follow the substeps below to set the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator controls and select the waveform file a Push UTILITY front panel System bottom Factory Reset side OK
336. een in Sync Slave mode only Waveform Sequence and the Vertical menu are effective The setting item of Horizontal Run Mode and Trigger menu is controlled from Master AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 253 Synchronous Operation Mode AWG710B only Table 3 58 Difference between AWG mode and synchronous operation mode Bottom menu Waveform Sequence Sync Master Another waveform file cannot be loaded during output operation RUN LED under lighting The loaded file cannot be edited Sync Slave Another waveform file cannot be loaded during output operation RUN LED under lighting The loaded file cannot be edited Vertical Horizontal It controls by Master Run Mode Gated mode cannot be used It controls by Master Trigger It controls by Master Setting a Slave IP address The IP address of Slave is registered into Master with the Edit Slave IP Address menu 1 Push UTILITY front panel Comm bottom button of the AWG710B used as slave 2 Check and write the IP address of slave 3 Push Connect bottom Edit Slave IP Address side button of the master AWG710B 4 The Slave IP Address dialog box appears Enter the IP address of the slave AWG710B 5 Push the OK side button Testing the Network Connection Complete the physical connection and settings using the Execute Ping menu verify that the slave AWG710B can be recogniz
337. eep LOG_SWPEQU LOG_SWPWFM 9 Amplitude Modulation AM EQU AM WFM 10 Frequency Modulation FM EQU FM WFM 11 Pulse Width Modulation PWM WFM 12 Pseudo random Pulse PRBS9 WFM 13 Waveform for Magnetic Disk Signal DSK WFM 14 Isolated pulse for Disk application PR4 EQU 15 Isolated pulse for Disk application EPR4 EQU 16 Isolated pulse for Disk application E2PR4 EQU 17 Isolated pulse for Network application E1 WFM 18 Isolated pulse for Network application DS1 WFM 19 Isolated pulse for Network application DS1A WFM 20 Isolated pulse for Network application DS2 WFM 21 Isolated pulse for Network application DS3 WFM 22 Isolated pulse for Network application STS 1 WFM These sample waveform and equation files can be copied distributed or modified according to your purposes AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual D 1 Appendix D Sample Waveforms Waveform File Descriptions This subsection describes the 22 representative waveform files Some of the waveform files were obtained by creating an equation file in the equation editor and then compiling it to create a waveform file Others were created in the waveform editor or disk application To output a waveform file select the file in the SETUP menu Table D 2 Gaussian pulse T GAUSS_P WFM L A 639 649 pts Value EEE Value g 1 0000 File name GAUSS_PWFM Made with equation editor Equation size 1000 clock 1e9 kO 30e k1
338. eform output CHI Figure B 51 Trigger signal and waveform output 5 V check 2 7 Follow the substeps below to check trigger level accuracy at 5 V a Push 5 and ENTER keys in this order b Set the DC waveform low level of function generator to 5 35 V by using cursor keys AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual B 89 Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710 c Check that no waveform is being displayed on the oscilloscope as shown in Figure B 52 Waveform output CH1 Trigger signal CH2 7 Figure B 52 Trigger signal and waveform output 5 V check 1 d Change the pulse waveform low level of function generator to 4 65 V by using cursor keys e Check that sine waves are displayed on the oscilloscope as shown in Figure B 53 Waveform output CH1 gii Trigger F J signal CH2 a I Figure B 53 Trigger signal and waveform output 5 V check 2 8 Push the RUN button and the CH1 button to turn off the RUN LED 9 Turn off the function generator output disconnect the function generator B 90 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710 Event Input and Enhanced Mode Tests These procedures check the event input signals and enhanced mode operation NOTE The event input check with strobe off and the strobe input check are structured as a continuous test After
339. eneral purpose knob The list on the screen shows the test items and results in the calibration and diagnostics previously made Select all of the test items shown on the screen or use the general purpose knob to select a single test item that you want to run AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B The result of the diagnostics are shown as error code Pass means that the tests have been made without error If an error is detected an error code is displayed You can also specify how many times the diagnostic tests are performed Push the Cycle side button and then turn the general purpose knob to select the cycle from 1 3 10 100 or Infinite When you select Infinite the tests are repeatedly performed and are not be terminated until you push the Abort Diagnostic side button Clock 100 00000M5 S Run Mode Continuous Diag Calibration Result Diagnostic All Diagnostics System Run Mode Cycles clock i Output aa Execute Sequence Memory Diagnostic Waveform Memory Execute Calibration Status Diag Service esl Disk comm Network System Figure B 1 Diagnostic menu Do the following to execute all of the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator diagnostics automatically Push the Execute Diagnostic side button The internal diagnostics do an extensive verification of AWG710B Arbitrary Wavef
340. eout UID 2001 GID 500 Handles diagnostics and calibration Calibration Result Diagnostics dialog System Service Run Mode Clock Output Sequence Memory Waveform Memory Diagnostic All System Run Mode Clock Output Seq Mem Wave Mem Cycles 1 3110 100 Infinite Execute Diagnostic Abort Diagnostic Execute Calibration pop up Tweak AWG1 H DHCP Lease Time L NFS Timeout O K L FTP Version AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The Setup Menu Screen This section describes the key elements of the Setup menu screen how to load a file how to set the signal output parameters and how to enable signal output Setup Menu Screen Elements To open the Setup menu screen push the SETUP front panel button Refer to Figure 3 2 Table 3 2 3 3 and 3 4 describe the Setup menu screen elements Table 3 3 describes the bottom menu functions Following Table 3 4 the menu operations are discussed in detail grouped by bottom menu function Clock Instrument frequency Run mode status Clock 100 00000MS S Run Mode Continuous C Waveform Sequence CH 1 Load gt ENA i T i i a Through 1 800Upp m D CH 1 view Waveform lt TE Marker 1 parameter icons 10y l _ WAN Edit gt Side 6 660 9 menu Marker 1 area Marker 2 1 807 l 9
341. equal to one result in the output waveform being the same as the input waveform Example longswp wfm expand lin_swp wfm 2 Extract The extract statement extracts the specified portion of a waveform file and writes it to a new file The marker data is also extracted Specify the start and end points to extract the data Waveform data starts at point 0 Group Waveform Syntax output_filename extract filename start_point end_point Arguments output_filename is the complete file name file name and extension to contain the extracted waveform and marker data The argument can include a relative or absolute path name Enclose the file name within double quotation marks fij ename is the complete file name and extension name of the source file for the extract operation The file must be on the active drive The argument can include a relative or absolute path name Enclose the file name within double quotation marks AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 195 Command Descriptions Example start_point is the location of the first data point to extract from the input file This is an integer value The starting point value must be less than or equal to the ending point value or an error occurs during compilation end_point is the location of the last data point to extract from the input file This is an integer value The ending point value must be greater than or equal to the starting point
342. er as long as the waveform length is the same The file loaded to the waveform memory cannot be edited or Quick edited Another waveform file cannot be loaded during output operation RUN LED under lighting In Synchronous Operation mode the Master control the Slave through a LAN Master and Slave are connected to a network using a LAN cable You need to connect the LAN cables before you power on the instruments To synchronize the clock and jump timing on the overall system connect the two types of signals Sync Clock and Sync Trigger It is necessary to supply the same signals to Master and Slave from Master The cable to be used must conform to the requirements of length and characteristics Use the specified 50 cm 50 Q SMA cable P N 174 1427 00 made by Tektronix Connect the eight SMA cables as shown in Figure 3 86 on page 3 251 The label C of a connection figure expresses the clock and T expresses the trigger signal AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Synchronous Operation Mode AWG710B only AWG710B AWG710B Master Unit aster Unit Gi eer i ee Cin p m fCIn ey aes i Syne Clock COutl 1 ry C Out Syne Clock C Out gt 77 i C Outl COUR PSR ETER aE A C Out2 C eaa C Out2 TIn 1 r TIn Tings iA i m TIn j L 1 T Out1 Sync Trigger T Out 1 i 7 Syne Trigger T Outi gt 77 ry T Outl Tougoccccc coon my T Out2 pauses sous T Out2
343. er Linear or Quadratic for the interpolating method Press the Interpolation side button to toggle between Linear or Quadratic Range of Smoothing When changes are made to the waveform by turning a knob the shifted points and the points in the nonshifted area are linked smoothly This is called smoothing This parameter specifies the extent of the nonshifted points to which smoothing applies The value may be 0 to 1000 1 Press the Smoothing side button 2 Use the general purpose knob or numeric keys for value Position of Center of This specifies the center used for vertical scaling The value may be 1 0 to 1 0 Vertical Extent 1 Press the Vertical Origin side button 2 Use the general purpose knob or numeric keys to change the value AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 103 Quick Editing Moving the Cursor Renewing Edit Buffer About Undo 3 104 During execution of Quick Edit you can change the target area for editing by moving the cursors When you use one of the four VERTICAL HORIZONTAL knobs the general purpose knob and the numeric keys remain assigned to change the value To move a cursor press the TOGGLE button on the front panel before operating the general purpose knob or numeric keys Follow the steps below to move the cursor 1 Press the TOGGLE button on the front panel to assign the general purpose knob to cursor movement 2 Set the cursor position using the general pu
344. er SMA female to BNC male 50 Tektronix part number Signal interconnection 015 0572 00 10 BNC T Connector BNC male to BNC female to BNC Tektronix part number Signal interconnection female 103 0030 00 11 Dual Banana Connector BNC female to dual banana Tektronix part number Signal interconnection 103 0090 00 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual B 61 Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710 Table B 5 Test equipment cont Item number and description Minimum requirements Example recommended Purpose 12 SMA Terminator 50 Q SMA male Tektronix part number Signal termination 2 required 015 1022 01 13 Precision Terminator 50 Q 0 1 BNC Tektronix part number Signal termination 011 0129 00 14 Performance check disks Must use example listed Supplied with the product Used to provide waveform files Tektronix part number 062 A273 00 15 Ground closure loopback Custom Used for event mode test cable with 9 pin D type See Figure B 37 connector Dip switch Switch ID symbols 1 STROBE an 5 6 SW5 2 3 Event Signal 2 4 7 SW4 3 2 Event Sana 3 3 8 SW3 4 1 Event Signal 4 2 9 Swe 5 o Event Sal ee i 10 SW 6 Signal Ground GND 6 7 Signal Ground GND 7 8 Signal Ground GND 8 9 Signal Ground GND 9 Figure B 37 EVENT IN connector pins and signals and ground closure connector Loading Files The following steps explain ho
345. er palette use the general purpose knob to highlight a character and then push the ENTER to insert the character into the text field Repeat this step until you have entered all characters in the text field By default the character palette is selected To select text from a file name list use the amp and arrow buttons to move the knob icon to the file name list Table 2 2 describes all the controls you can use for entering and editing text AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Shortcut Controls Operating Basics Table 2 2 Text input button functions Control Description General purpose knob Selects the character to insert into the text field and arrow buttons Moves the character insertion caret left or right in the text field ENTER button Inserts the selected character or character string into the text field lt button Deletes one character to the left of the caret CLR button Clears the entire text field Numeric buttons Enters numeric characters into the text field SHIFT button Enters a selected character in upper case When you push the SHIFT button the SHIFT LED lights When the dialog box disappears the SHIFT LED also goes off Figure 2 14 shows the shortcut buttons and knobs that control specific instrument setup parameters Using the shortcut controls lets you adjust the output setup parameters even while you are displaying another menu Table 2 3 describe
346. ersion 3 221 Waveform to text file with marker File Conversion 3 221 waveform viewing 2 37 Waveform Sequence menu button 3 34 3 35 Waveforms samples in floppy disk D 1 Wfm Len Waveform Mixing 3 245 Wfm Len menu button 3 245 Window menu button 3 82 3 91 Window Operation double windows 3 230 write 3 206 X XY View math function 3 75 3 80 Z Zoom Pan menu button 3 81 3 91 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Index 11 Index Index 12 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual
347. erties The Illegal file format message appears if you select an invalid file The AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator updates the system software 6 After the updating procedure has completed power off then power on the instrument The AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator starts up with updated system software AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 179 The UTILITY Window 3 180 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Capturing Waveforms This section explains how to transfer waveforms from the instruments to the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator using the GPIB interfaces The AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator captures the waveform data acquired in oscilloscopes and or generated in generators over the GPIB interface without control by an external controller The waveforms captured are automatically converted to waveforms that the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator can handle When you use this function set the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator GPIB configuration to controller Possible Instruments The Waveform Generator captures waveforms from following instruments E Tektronix TDS Series oscilloscopes E LeCroy digital oscilloscopes Basic Concept on Communication for Capturing Waveform data is transferred over the GPIB network The AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator must be the contr
348. ertion and all subsequent lines are shifted down by one line NOTE After pasting a new line in the table the table automatically updates all current and destination line numbers for jump operations AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 121 The Sequence Editor Sequence Table Fields Line Indicates the line number of each row of the sequence table The instrument automatically assigns line numbers as well as updates line numbers after editing the sequence table CH 1 Specify the names of the waveform files that are output to the CH1 cells You can mix and match WFM SEQ and PAT files on a single sequence line NOTE Remember that you can only nest sequence files one level Also the sequence table cannot call itself as a subsequence To specify each file name select it from the displayed file listing You must not use a drive or directory name All waveform files and the sequence file must be under the same directory You can also specify a sequence file Do the following steps to enter a waveform pattern or sequence file name 1 Move the cursor to CH1 2 Push Data Entry bottom Enter Filename side 3 The Select File dialog box appears From the file listing select the file to output 4 Push the OK side button The instrument inserts the file name into the sequence table To delete a specified waveform file move the cursor to the desired file Then push Data Entry bott
349. es using a text editor on your PC or other computer Refer to pages 3 88 and 3 134 for more information nrz txt 10 5 1 1 40 fm txt 0 0 11 0 1 00 1 0 10 1 1 01 special txt 0 1 1 1 0 1 2 1 30 0 0 nrzi txt 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 bi phase txt 0 01 1 10 1 7rill txt 0000 1 100000 0000 0 011111 0001 00 111111 0001 01 111111 0001 10 000000 0001 1 1 000000 0010 01 111110 0010 10 000001 0010 00 111110 0010 11 000001 0011 1 100001 0011 0 011110 01 1 100 01 0 011 10 01 111 10 10 000 10 00 111 10 11 000 11 01 110 11 10 001 11 00 110 11 11 001 0 0 1 1 nrzi 2 txt 1 0 01 gt 1 1 10 0 0 00 0 1 11 rz txt 0 00 1 10 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix G Sequence File Text Format The sequence file saved by the sequence editor is an ASCII text file having the format described below You can create a sequence file on a PC or other computer with an ASCII text editor MAGIC 3002A LINES lt number gt lt line description gt lt line description gt lt line description gt TABLE JUMP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 LOGIC JUMP 1 1 1 1 JUMP MODE LOGIC JUMP_TIMING ASYNC STROBE 0 Header The header line MAGIC 3002A lets the instrument recognize a text file as the sequence This number must be added to the first line Lin
350. essary AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Power Cord Options Getting Started Table 1 2 lists the power cords available with the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator Table 1 2 Power cord options Option Standard Al A2 A3 A5 A6 A10 A99 Description US Power Cord 115 V Europe 220 V United Kingdom 240 V Australia 240 V Switzerland 220 V Japan 100 V China 240 V No power cord Tektronix part number 161 0104 00 161 0104 06 161 0104 07 161 0104 05 161 0167 00 161 A005 00 161 0306 00 Language Options The following two language options are provided for the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator Table 1 3 Language options Option Description Part number LO English manuals User manual 071 1413 xx Programmer manual 071 1414 xx Registration card 001 1121 01 L5 Japanese manuals User manual 071 1415 xx Programmer manual 071 1416 xx Registration card 000 A058 00 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 1 5 Getting Started Accessories Standard Accessories Optional Accessories The AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator includes the standard accessories listed in Table 1 4 Table 1 4 Standard accessories Accessory Part number User Manual See Table 1 3 for part Programmer Manual number Sample waveform floppy disk 3 5 inch for AWG710B 063 3740 xx for AWG7
351. ests for option 02 B 27 Pulse Response Tests Normal Out except option 02 2 2005 B 31 Trigger Input Tests oe ec suis oh Sans ae ORE tee hea RAEE E ha bo a B 33 Event Input and Enhanced Mode Tests 00 0 0 c eee eee eee eee B 37 External Clock Input and VCO Out Output Tests 0 00 B 46 VCO OUT Output Frequency and 10 MHz Reference Input Tests B 48 Marker Output Tests renro 555k 24 Sia ee eae eS RDA ee Bel ele B 50 Synchronous Operation Tests 0 00 0 0 eee eee eee B 52 Performance Verification AWG710 0 ccc cece eee cece eee eees B 55 CONVENTIONS eine oi eo epson d dong a bee gtiee a a e a a acta Siege B 55 Sef TESIS dS est e Aa ewe Aaa ott ee a iat eS a B 56 Performance Tests Torni ei Bens OE NEA ne Oe hho nice els ak B 60 Operating Mode Tests is ccc ake eve bbe sea ek eb Ree ee es B 66 Amplitude and Offset Accuracy Tests Normal Out except option 02 B 72 Amplitude Offset Accuracy and Rise Time Tests Direct DA Out except option 02 veces ete eta bee eee Gn eels Pec ees B 77 Amplitude Offset Accuracy and Rise Time Tests for option 02 B 81 Pulse Response Tests Normal Out except option 02 200 B 85 Trigger Input Tests si isn e peia a e a e wel eh aa B 87 Event Input and Enhanced Mode Tests 0 0 0 cee eee eee eee B 91 1 4 Clock Frequency and 10 MHz Reference Input Tests
352. ets Auto FUNGHON 2 25 8 onntts a Pete ast Beet acon DC MOG ee eel os ies tetas ie Bs ieee a ES Continuous QUIDUL ini A a a S E Off b Push UTILITY front panel System bottom Factory Reset side OK side c Push SETUP front panel Run Mode bottom Gated side d Load the TRIG WFM file Refer to Loading Files on page B 62 for file loading procedures 4 Push the RUN and CH1 OUT buttons The LEDs above the RUN button and CH1 output connector are on 5 Set the trigger level to 5 V by the following substeps below a Push SETUP front panel Trigger bottom Level side b Push 5 and ENTER keys in this order 6 Set the trigger input signal level to 4 65 V by the following substeps below Turn on the function generator output a b Select offset by pressing the OFFSET button of function generator Set the DC waveform high level to 4 65 V by using cursor keys Check that no waveform is displayed on the oscilloscope as shown in Figure B 50 B 88 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710 Trigger signal CH2 an rl E Waveform CH1 gt output Figure B 50 Trigger signal and waveform output 5 V check 1 e Change the pulse waveform high level to 5 35 V by using cursor keys f Check that sine waves are displayed on the oscilloscope as shown in Figure B 41 Trigger signal CH2 gE E Wav
353. etting waveform peak to peak amplitude offset lowpass filter marker and other output parameters The product which has option 02 doesn t have offset and lowpass filter function Horizontal Displays the Horizontal side menu for setting the clock source clock frequency and marker signal delay parameters Run Mode Displays the Run Mode side menu for setting the instrument run mode Refer to Run Modes in the Reference section for an explanation of the different run modes Trigger Displays the Trigger side menu for setting trigger source slope level external trigger impedance and interval parameters Save Restore Displays the Save Restore side menu to save and restore setup output parameters Extended Operation Displays the Extended Operation side menu to change the operation mode such as FG mode Waveform Mixing mode and Synchronous Operation AWG710B only mode AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Operating Basics Loading a Waveform File Do the following steps to load a waveform file into the Setup screen to Output 1 Push the Waveform Sequence bottom menu button This opens the Waveform Sequence side menu 2 Push the Load side button The instrument opens the Select File list as shown in Figure 2 25 Clock 100 00000MS S Run Mode Continuous Select lt File Select File Drive Main Directory 1 CH Ea o Marker 1 ov vv
354. ew menu E The file loaded to Waveforms A and B cannot be edited on the Edit screen Do the following steps to load a file 1 Push Waveform Sequence bottom File side Load A File or Load B File side 2 Select a waveform file pattern file or sequence from the file listing in the Select File dialog box that appears on the screen 3 Push the OK side button A mixed result can be saved as waveform data wfm The information saved is the data and the clock rate of a mixed waveform The mixed waveform of the combination of a waveform file wfm and a pattern file pat is saved as a waveform file wfm The mixed waveform of the combination of a sequence file seq cannot be saved Not the value of present clock rate but the value included in the file by which it loaded to Waveform A is written in as a clock rate of a mixed waveform The mixed waveform saved is a waveform which it is loaded to a waveform memory and outputted now When Manual is selected by Update menu a saved waveform and a waveform based on a current setup of a SETUP screen may differ from each other By pushing the Update Waveform button each waveform will become the same Refer to the Update on page 3 246 When you display a mixed waveform on the screen save it as a waveform file and open it on the waveform editor Do the following steps to save a mixed waveform 1 Push Waveform Sequence bottom File side Save Mixed Wf
355. ext to the paste buffer Ctri V Pastes the contents of the paste buffer at the caret location Ctrl Z Reverses the last character cut or paste operation to the previous state Ctrl S Toggles the selection on and off Entering Keywords and Functions 3 114 The Equation editor has built in keywords and functions to make creating equations an easier task These commands insert correctly formatted keywords or functions into the text file at the current caret position Inserted keywords are treated as ordinary text if you need to edit them The keywords are described in the Waveform Programming Language section starting on page 3 185 Do the following steps to insert a keyword or function 1 Move the caret to the position you want to insert the keyword or function 2 Push the Basic Keywords Waveform Functions Math Functions or More Math Functions bottom button A pop up menu appears Select the keyword to insert from the pop up menu 4 Press the OK side button The keyword is inserted at the caret position AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The Equation Editor Compiling Equations The instrument cannot directly output an equation waveform You must compile the equation into a standard waveform file You then load and output this waveform file the same as any other waveform file You can compile an equation file from either the Equation editor or the main EDIT menu The syntax checker run
356. f the Sync Master lets the AWG710B operates as a Master unit Selection of the Sync Slave lets the AWG710B operates as a Slave unit Refer to the Synchronous Operation mode on page Figure on page 3 249 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The Setup Menu Screen Waveform Pattern and Sequence Waveform Output AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator waveforms can be output by selecting a waveform pattern or sequence file on the Setup menu screen and loading it into the waveform memory You may set the run and trigger modes and the output parameters such as the clock frequency amplitude offset an so on Then push the RUN CH1 OUT and ALL MARKER OUT ON OFF buttons on the front panel to output the waveforms in the waveform memory A procedure to output the waveform is outlined below 1 Push SETUP front Waveform Sequence bottom Load side Specify the file you want to output 2 Push Run Mode bottom Set the run mode in the side menu Push Trigger bottom Set the trigger parameter in the side menu 4 Push Vertical bottom Set the vertical axis parameters such as the amplitude in the side menu 5 Push Horizontal bottom Set the horizontal axis parameters such as the clock frequency in the side menu 6 Push the RUN OUTPUT and ALL MARKER OUT ON OFF buttons on the front panel Create and edit waveform and pattern sequence Load waveform Set run and and pattern trigger
357. ffset values directly in any screen by using the Vertical LEVEL SCALE and OFFSET knobs on the front panel respectively The product which has option 02 doesn t have offset and lowpass filter function You can display the Setup Vertical menu at any time by pushing the VERTICAL MENU front panel button This button lets you set the lowpass filter You can select 20 MHz 50 MHz 100 MHz 200 MHz or Through no limiting Do the following steps to set the output waveform band limit 1 Push SETUP front Vertical bottom Filter side The instrument highlights the Through screen icon 2 Use the general purpose knob to select 20 MHz 50 MHz 100 MHz 200 MHz or Through This button lets you set the analog waveform signal output voltage range from 20 mV p p to 2 0 Vp p option 02 500mV p p to 1 0V p p in 1 mV increments terminated into 50 Q You can only get the maximum output of 2 0 V pp option 02 1 0V p p if the waveform file is using the full 8 bit DAC range of 1 000 To set the marker output levels refer to the Marker menu description on page 3 39 Do the following steps to set the waveform output levels 1 Push SETUP front Vertical bottom Amplitude side The instrument highlights the Amplitude screen icon 2 Use the general purpose knob numeric buttons keyboard or LEVEL SCALE knob to set the output amplitude value If you use a knob use the or button to select the digit to change
358. fies the pattern field value Enter the value using the 0 or 1 numeric button Push the Import Pattern side button to set the cursor to cursor data corresponding to the section specified in Target Target Specifies the location in which the generated data is created If you specify Data the 01 pattern will be generated in the pattern section The pattern imported with the Import Pattern side menu is from the Target specified in this field Operations in the dialog box are as follows Use the or button to move the selection to move up or down Use the general purpose knob or the or button to move the selection cursor left or right The pattern between the cursor lines you specified in Target is imported by pushing the Import Pattern side button E Push the Clear Pattern side button to cause the pattern field value to clear to NULL Push the OK side button to cause the pattern in the Pattern field to be generated between the Target cursors If this pattern is shorter than the cursor to cursor interval continue pushing the OK side button until it is filled If the pattern is longer than the interval use part of the pattern to fill this interval Do the following steps to set a pattern 1 Move the cursors to specify the area in which you want to generate a pattern 2 Push Operation bottom Set Pattern pop up OK side The Set Pattern dialog box appears 3 Spe
359. file for the output file the clock specified in the first file in the sequence list sets the instrument clock rate If you load the file as the output file when the following two conditions are met the waveform in the edit buffer will be loaded E You have performed a edit session before loading the output file while the output file name is NULL E You have made changes to the waveform data and or clock attributes whether the file has been saved or not Regarding the clock attributes the values specified in the edit will be loaded If the output with the editor is in the Auto mode reload takes place each time changes are made to the edit buffer The clock attributes are not updated at this time When the file is first loaded the clock attributes are set Clock changes made with the menu take higher priority over those that are made with the editor by means of the auto update of the output 3 52 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The Setup Menu Screen Starting and Stopping When you load or create a waveform in the waveform memory output does not Output start until you push the RUN button on the front panel The RUN LED is on and the instrument starts sweeping the waveform data in the waveform memory When the Waveform Generator is set to the Trigger mode the Waveform Generator waits for a trigger event to be generated by pushing the FORCE TRIGGER button or by external trigger event signal Refer to
360. form Generator CH1 output to the DMM input connector see Figure B 12 AWG710B option 02 Arbitrary Waveform Generator 3 E 2 DMM i 50 Q BNC coaxial cable Input connector CH1 output connector BNC to dual banana adapter SMA Male BNC Female adapter TOUS BNG teal cable BNC 50Q precision terminator 50 Q BNC coaxial cable Figure B 12 Option02 output amplitude accuracy initial test hookup 2 Set the DMM controls as follows Mode 5 20 22 a ahve ae ds Sat VDC FANG AE EE E cated aa aoa hs 2V Aput eeano r e ana a Vias aA Front 3 Push UTILITY front panel System bottom Factory Reset side OK side AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual B 27 Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B 4 10 Push SETUP front panel Run Mode bottom Enhanced side The AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator is set to enhanced mode Load the AMP2 SEQ file Refer to Loading Files on page B 9 for file loading procedures Push the RUN and CH1 output buttons The LEDs above the RUN button and CH1 output connector are on Do the following substeps to check the option02 amplitude accuracy of 1 V amplitude setting a Write the DMM reading as a positive voltage b Push the
361. form attributes such as frequency amplitude and offset This instrument contains a hard disk drive a 3 5 inch floppy disk drive and Ethernet interface for storing and recalling waveform data and instrument settings You can remotely control the instrument by sending commands through both the GPIB and 100 10BASE T interfaces as well as transfer waveform data directly from a digital storage oscilloscope to the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator using the GPIB interface This enables you to use the instrument in combination with other measurement equipment and a computer The AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator contains the following main features E 4 2 GS s Sampling Rate AWG710B 4 0 GS s Sampling Rate AWG710 E 8 bit DA converter AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 1 1 Getting Started 32 4 M word waveform memory 62 8 M optional AWG710B 16 2 M word waveform memory 32 4 M optional AWG710 Two arbitrary marker outputs Five waveform editors see Table 1 1 Table 1 1 AWG710 amp AWG710B waveform editors Editor Description Waveform Creates analog waveform data in graphic or tabular form Pattern Creates analog waveform data in timing and table form Sequence Creates sequences of waveforms by combining the waveform files created with the Waveform and or Pattern Editors Text Edits plain ASCll format waveform files For example you can use the Text ed
362. general purpose knob numeric buttons or keyboard to change the ratio of Waveform A and B Marker This button lets you select which marker of Waveforms A or B is used as a marker of a mixed waveform The marker of the selected waveform is applied repeatedly and let it be the marker of a mixed waveform until it fills the waveform length of a mixed waveform 1 Push Waveform Sequence bottom Setting side Marker side 2 Push the Marker side button to toggle between Same as A and Same as B Wfm Len This button lets you specify the length of a mixed waveform It is specified from the following E Same as A The number of points of a mixed waveform is made the same as the number of points of Waveform A When the number of points of Waveform AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 245 Waveform Mixing Mode Update 3 246 B is small it repeats until it becomes the number of points of a mixed waveform E Same as B The number of points of a mixed waveform is made the same as the number of points of Waveform B When the number of points of Waveform A is small it repeats until it becomes the number of points of a mixed waveform E LCM A B The number of points of a mixed waveform is made into the least common multiple of the number of points of two waveforms 1 Push Waveform Sequence bottom Setting side Wfm Len side 2 Use the general purpose knob or Wfm Len menu button to select the leng
363. general purpose knob push ENTER to confirm the settings INF button Sets the Repeat Count to Inf in the sequence editor This button can be used only for this purpose Figure 2 3 Front panel keypad area AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual QUICK EDIT button Operating Basics quick edit Enters the QUICK EDIT mode from the waveform editor This button allows you to edit waveforms that have immediate effect on the output signal Use together with the VERTICAL and HORIZONTAL controls for RUN button Enables waveform output The signal output depends on the RUN mode TRIGGER controls Controls the trigger parameters Pushing the TRIGGER MENU button displays the Trigger side menu This settings has the same effect as pushing oe A VERTIC L RY A HORIZONTAL Bh ME TRIGGER SETUP front Trigger bottom RUN OFFSET OFFSET LEVEL The LEVEL knob adjusts the trigger O O O level QUICK EDIT VEN a nOmTENU T MENU Co Il oO CJ LEVEL SCALE SAMPLE RATE SCALE Buica FORCE TRIGGER button C_D Pushing the FORCE TRIGGER button generates an internal trigger event N JN J FORCE EVENT button Pushing the FORCE EVENT button generates an internal event signal VERTICAL controls HORIZONTAL controls Used to control the output vertical axis parameters Pushing the VERTICAL MENU button displays t
364. ggering push SETUP front Trigger bottom Source side to External You can then use an external trigger signal on the TRIG IN connector or the FORCE TRIGGER front panel button to trigger the instrument The Save Restore Menu 3 48 The Save Restore menu lets you save and restore instrument output setup information on both AWG mode and FG mode to a file The setup parameters when saving is included in a setup file When you restore a setup file settings in both AWG mode and FG mode will replace the contents of a setup file When you output the file after loading it you need to set the parameters for output because there includes only pattern data and clock information in the waveform and pattern file The parameters are set in the SETUP main menu Setup file includes path information of the waveform file s to be set in the Setup Window When the setup file is saved in the same directory as the waveform file s only waveform file name s are included in the setup file Otherwise the setup file stores the drive and full path information for the waveform file s So you cannot move these files to another directory and or a drive unless they are stored in the same directory AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The Setup Menu Screen Save Setup This button lets you save the current instrument settings of both AWG mode and Extended operation mode to a file The instrument appends the extension set to th
365. gle waveform 60 000 times and then goes to the next line 4 4 Line 4 output the sine waveform 30 000 times and then quits the subsequence and returns to the main sequence AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 2 73 Tutorials Table 2 17 Sequence table contents in SUBSEQ seq Line CH1 Repeat Wait Goto Logic Count Trigger lt N gt Jump 1 GAUSSN wfm 40 000 2 RAMP wfm 60 000 3 TRIANGLE wfm 60 000 4 SINE wfm 30 000 In the sequence file used as subsequence the Wait Trigger Goto lt N gt and Logic Jump are neglected They are effective only in the main sequence Do the following steps to create the subsequence 1 2 10 11 2 74 Push the Data Entry bottom button Push the Insert Line side button This displays the line number in the Line column and allows you to edit the line Push the Enter Filename side button The dialog box listing files appears at the center of the screen Select GAUSSN wfm from the dialog box using the general purpose knob Push the OK side button The waveform file name GAUSSN wfm appears in the CH1 column Push the button once to move the highlighted cursor to the next line Repeat steps 2 through 6 to insert lines 2 through 4 and enter waveform file names listed in Table 2 17 into the CH1 column Repeatedly push the button to go back to Line 1 Push the button to place the highlighted cursor on the Repeat Count
366. graphic icon at the top of the dialog box You can also use the Set All Registers side menu to set all register bits to one 7 Push the OK side button to generate the cursor to cursor pseudo random pattern in the area specified in Target The Set Pattern command replaces existing edit area waveform data with 0 or 1 data values that you specify You can also use this command to copy the pattern data from one editor window and replace it in another editor window If the pattern you enter has fewer data points than those in the edit area the pattern repeats until the end of the edit area This command does not change the waveform data record length Selecting Set Pattern opens the Set Pattern dialog box shown in Figure 3 12 Total Points 660 Cursor Position 8 Pattern 000000000000000000000000009 Target ME Marker Marker2 Figure 3 12 Set Pattern dialog box AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The Graphical Waveform Editor Table 3 12 Set Pattern dialog box parameters Parameter Description Total Points Displays the number of data points entered in the Pattern field The instrument updates this value as you change the pattern data in the pattern field Cursor Position Displays the cursor position in the pattern field The instrument updates this value as you change the cursor position in the Pattern field Pattern Specifies the pattern field value Enter the pattern
367. gth clock frequency display mode cursor linking grid on off and so on The Settings menu commands are the same as those for the Graphical Waveform editor except for Grid and Interpolation You can set grid and or interpolation However the pattern editor does not use these parameters These parameters are used only for the waveform editor when you are editing two or more windows Refer to The Settings Menu section on page 3 82 for a description of the Settings menu commands The Undo command reverses the last edit operation This is only a one level undo function AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 91 The Pattern Editor Selecting Data Bits to Edit 3 92 Like the waveform editor the pattern editor executes operation menu commands on the data between the two cursors You must select which of the 8 data bit signals to edit Selected bits data and marker are indicated by highlighting the data bit and or marker names at the left of the pattern display area The selected bits are referred to as the edit scope For example Figure 3 20 shows the edit scope selected data bits as Data5 through Datal Note that you can only select contiguous sets of data bits Clock 100 00000MS S Run Mode Continuous Stopped ls LL 9 A 999 R 999 1068 pts Value 00 aaa Value 26 Data 0 Data6 Data5 Data4 Scone Data3 Data2 Datal Data Marker 1 Marker2 File Tools Zoomian Wind
368. hange the connection to check the CH1 Push the CH1 output button Disconnect the adapter terminator and cable from the CH1 output connector c Connect the adapter terminator and cable removed in step b to the CH1 output connector AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B d Push the CH1 output button to turn on the CH1 LED e Push the FORCE EVENT button 12 Repeat steps 8 through step 10 for the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator CH1 13 Push the CH1 output button to turn off the CH1 LED 14 Push the RUN button to turn off the RUN LED 15 Disconnect the DMM Check Pulse Rise Time Equipment A 50 Q SMA coaxial cable and an oscilloscope TDS820 required Prerequisites The AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator must meet the prerequisites listed on page B 7 Do the following steps to install the test hookup and set the test equipment controls 1 Use the 50 Q SMA coaxial cable to connect the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator CH1 output connector to the oscilloscope CH1 input connector see Figure B 11 AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator Oscilloscope TDS820 Se eS O as 7 i so 0 0 285 j J O O 2885 LS teaa 9 oo D Sess o 50 Q SMA coaxial cable Figure B 11 Di
369. hat defines the end number integer or real of the for statement loop count AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Command Descriptions incr is a value or expression used with the optional step keyword to define the size of the loop count increment steps By default the loop counter increments in steps of 1 The incr can be a negative value in which the loop count decrements steps The increment value is a real or integer number NOTE Although the start end and incr arguments accept real numbers their values are rounded off to the nearest integer value expr is one or more equation expressions that are executed when the for loop condition is true Example for i nsht to size nsht 1 step 1 sp i nsht ep i nsht TEMP1 WFM extract NOISE WFM sp ep TEMP2 WFM TEMP2 WFM nump next Hpf The hpf statement creates a new file by passing the specified waveform file through a high pass filter Group Waveform Syntax output_filename hpf filenamel cutoff_freq taps atten Arguments output_filename is the complete file name file name and extension to contain the filtered waveform data The argument can include a relative or absolute path name Enclose the file name within double quotation marks fj 1ename1 is the complete file name and extension name of the source file for the high pass filter operation The file must be on the active drive The argument can inclu
370. he General Purpose knob You can connect or disconnect to from the network logically while connecting physically Select Off to disconnect and NFS to connect AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 167 The UTILITY Window You can use all the file system existing under the node you specified here through the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator 3 Repeat substeps a through n to set the remote file systems for Drive 2 and Drive 3 if necessary The changes take effect immediately You can use the remote file system defined in above procedures by selecting a storage media Clock 50 0 000KS S Run Mode Continuous Stopped Drive Main Free Space 9726632KB F i Directory 062A25700_400 Drive Filename size Date Time 1 AM EQU 1KB 01 03 09 10 05 54 AM WFM Main DISK WFM DS1 WFM 1KB 01 03 09 10 05 56 _ DSTA WFM TK 01 03 09 16 05 56 _ D_EXP EQU IKB 01 03 09 16 05 56 _ d_exp wfm 5IKB 01 03 09 10 05 56 _ Floppy E1 WFM IKB 01 03 09 16 05 58 E2PR4 EQU IKB 01 03 09 16 05 58 EPR4 EQU IKB 01 03 09 10 05 58 FM EQU 1KB 01 03 09 10 05 58 UNIX002 m wfm 161KB 01 03 09 16 05 58 _ GAUSS _P EQU 1KB 01 03 09 10 06 00 gauss_p wfm LIN_SWP EQU 1KB 01 03 09 10 06 00 in_swp wfm LOG_SWP EQU 1KB 01 03 09 10 06 02 og _swp win LORENT2Z EQU IKB 81 03 09 10 06 02 orentz win 6KB 01 03 09 10 06 02 NET3 NYQUIST EQU IKB
371. he VERTICAL side menu This is the same as selecting SETUP front Vertical bottom The OFFSET knob adjusts the vertical offset The LEVEL SCALE knob adjusts the amplitude Figure 2 4 Front panel trigger and output controls Used to control the output horizontal axis parameters Pushing the HORIZONTAL MENU button displays the Horizontal side menu This is the same as selecting SETUP front Horizontal bottom The OFFSET knob adjusts the horizontal position The SAMPLE RATE SCALE knob adjusts the clock frequency AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 2 5 Operating Basics Rear Panel Figure 2 5 and 2 6 show the rear panel signal and power connectors CAUTION To prevent damage to the instrument only apply signals within the stipulated range to the INPUT connector Do not apply any external voltage to the OUTPUT connector TRIG IN connector External trigger signal input 10 MHz REF IN connector External 10 MHz reference clock signal input 1 4 CLOCK OUT connector 1 4 Sampling clock signal output 10 MHz REF OUT connector The internal 10 MHz clock reference signal is output when the internal clock reference is selected The external clock reference signal is output when the external clock reference is selected The maximum output level is 1 V 0 1V into 50 Q load PRINCIPAL POWER SWITCH Applies power to the standby circ
372. he dialog box 4 Push the OK side button If there is an error in the sequence descriptions the instrument displays a message and stops reading the files Errors may occur when you use infinite repeats in a subsequence NOTE The AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator reads all related sequence files and waveform files at this time If the instrument cannot read or find a sequence file it displays an error message Make sure that you entered the sequence and subsequence file names exactly as they appear in the file lists Remember that file names are not case sensitive Run the Sequence Files Do the following steps to load and run the sequence files 1 Push the RUN button The RUN LED is on 2 Push the CH 1 OUT button near the CH1 connector The CH1 LED is on When the subsequence SUBSEQ seq is recalled the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator waits for a trigger event The message Waiting is displayed in the current run status area when the instrument is waiting for a trigger The instrument is waiting because line 1 of the main sequence is waiting for a trigger before outputting the waveforms on that line NOTE The instrument has a function that automatically provides trigger signals at user defined intervals If the instrument does not wait for you to press the Force Trigger button before executing the sequence table you will need to disable the automatic trigger signal Refer to page 3 47 for infor
373. he equation file into a wfm file prior to loading the waveform file View This button lets you view a loaded waveform by pushing the View side menu button The instrument opens a window on the screen and displays the loaded waveform Push the OK side button to close the view window Edit This button opens the appropriate editor for a loaded waveform pattern or sequence file Do the following steps to edit a loaded waveform or sequence file 1 Push SETUP front Waveform Sequence bottom Edit side The instrument opens the appropriate editor for the loaded waveform NOTE The waveform and pattern editors have an output auto update function that can update the output waveform while you are editing the file It has two modes Auto and Manual Auto updates the waveform memory whenever there are changes to the edit buffer Manual updates waveform memory when you save the file To set the auto update mode push the Settings bottom menu button from an editor screen AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 37 The Setup Menu Screen The Vertical Menu Filter except option 02 Amplitude 3 38 The Vertical menu lets you set waveform analog and markers vertical parameters You can set signal peak to peak range offset voltage and lowpass filter frequency The Vertical menu commands are Filter Amplitude Offset Marker and Output NOTE You can change the analog output amplitude and o
374. he pulse edge to 0 zero When you use the waveforms from the oscilloscope it is recommended to adjust the edge to zero level 3 136 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The APPL Menu Use the following steps to modify the waveform First you need to extract the pulse 1 2 3 4 Open the acquired waveform by waveform editor Locate the pulse which you want to extract then move the left cursor to the center of pulse Expand the display by using Zoom function as necessary Specify the range of pulse you want to extract After specifying the range check the number of points that make up the PW50 Set the total number of points to eight times of PW50 in this case the PW50 is set to 50 5 Locate the left cursor to 0 the right cursor to 1 point left of the pulse you want to extract Then delete unnecessary data on the left side of the pulse by using Operation bottom Cut pop up Locate the right cursor to the maximum point of the waveform the left cursor to 1 point right of the pulse you want to extract Then delete unnecessary data on the right side of the pulse by using Operation bottom Cut pop up This completes the extraction of pulse you want to create Next you need to adjust the total number of points 10 11 12 13 Check the number of points that make up the PW50 you extracted acq_pw Check the total number of points that make up the extrac
375. he time range is from 30 to 86400 seconds 24 hours 3 Push NFS Timeout side and set the NFS Timeout using the general purpose knob or the numeric keypads The time range is from 25 to 300 seconds 4 Push FTP Version side button to toggle between Standard and Obsolete Usually select Standard Mounting Remote File Figure 3 55 shows the screen menu in which you can set the parameters to mount Systems a remote file system on the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator using the NFS protocol Refer to the documentation about the NFS for the details on the remote file system the NFS protocol and or how to set the NFS in the computers Clock 100 06800MS S Run Mode Continuous Network Drive Name gale Drive 1 IP Address 172 17 39 41 Remote Directory usr proj perseus export Drive 2 Access eI NFS B f Drive 3 Execute Ping Edit System Disk comm Network Status Diag Service Figure 3 55 UTILITY screen mounting remote file system Do the following steps to mount the remote file system 1 Push UTILITY front panel Network bottom 3 166 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The UTILITY Window 2 Push the Drivel side button for setting a remote file system as a drive 1 Do the following substeps to set the remote file system for the Drive 1 NOTE You cannot select the Access field unless you set an IP address and remote
376. hem from nonequation content text files You can use the Equation editor to create and load text only files such as readme or other text files However the focus of this section is to describe how to use the Equation editor to create waveform equations AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 109 The Equation Editor Starting the Equation Editor To start the Equation editor push EDIT front Edit bottom New Equation side You can also automatically start the Equation editor by loading an equation file from the EDIT menu file list Figure 3 27 shows the Equation editor screen Table 3 29 describes the editor screen elements that are specific to the Equation editor Table 3 30 describes the bottom menu functions The sections that follow Table 3 30 describe the menu operations in detail Caret Caret line position Clock 500 00000MS S Run Mode Continuo s Stopped File name Line 2 r Text edit lt window End Of File marker gt E0F Ne Comment line starts with single quote character Character pallet gt More Math Functions Math Functions Basic Waveform Keywords Functions Undo Figure 3 27 Equation editor window Table 3 29 Equation Element File name editor screen elements Description The file name to which the equation or text is written or the name of the f
377. ht Ace Rebel tide eS Lali debt Shot ey ed bel Mb hey he bed nN 3 195 For Control Statement 0 0 0 0 0 cc eect nen eee 3 196 pt eatro aie ei tv ate eee Se a tes A eee een es 3 197 If Control Statement 2 asoeio ea ete n aa aE 3 198 INGESE bose ek on hee ethos lt Adae kee keine on ida bei lade abies 3 198 JOM tect ahi Bee te et te holt ee te oe tL LL 3 199 EDIE esis cic tele eile eels Gate ae A a Ee ee 3 199 Math Functions sss000 854s aseaute bck atl Bela Teles SMa eae GA 3 200 Math Operators ie i bine toed de lea te a i e Gouich ap sA eee de etd 3 202 Norm oie Sechelt E scariest tn eek ue te Bole th ig el ete agled Oe 3 203 Pri arder ana Sens Gey So PAR ES ete A A EE A cea nee 3 203 Rename arsan fe ese cd BAS EE Gore eee aoe adc Oke ace Rice tag Ras ed ee eae eee 3 204 Variables predefined 20 cece cc eee nent E 3 205 BASIE O AA dcdcdc ke A eee eel ad 3 206 Programming Examples 0 cece cece eee c eee e cece eee eeeeeees 3 207 File Comversion 0 0 cece cece cc cece cece eee EAEEREN EENES AE 3 219 TRMPOT bei Fic soo a eevee Wg bee papa ve a dh bee a a a e a A 3 219 EXport 24 5 s 344b ah bin G cul tte iad eke iA dds eet abla tA 3 221 Convert between Waveform and Pattern 2 0 0 eee eee eee 3 221 Executing File Conversion 0 0 0 eee eee nee 3 222 File Management 0 036 ei os oa dee sins es dias oss ied d Ween Sei eso dalie 3 225 Command Summary ss espies aer cece eee eee e eee E pA 3 2
378. ht of the active cursor is replaced with the number of data points inserted The overall waveform data record length is unchanged If the paste buffer is empty this command is ignored Multiple Paste The Multiple Paste command inserts the contents of the paste buffer a specified number of times into the waveform record at the active cursor position The data to the right of the active cursor shifts right by the number of data points inserted The overall waveform data record length increases If the paste buffer is empty this command is ignored Do the following steps to do a multiple paste operation AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 61 The Graphical Waveform Editor Move an active cursor to the location in the waveform record where you want to insert the data Push Operation bottom Multiple Paste pop up OK side The instrument displays a dialog box in which you can enter the number of times to insert the paste buffer contents Set the paste count by using the numeric buttons or the general purpose knob Push the OK side button The contents of the paste buffer are inserted the specified number of times at the active cursor position Set Data High Low The Set Date High Low command sets all Marker 1 or 2 values that are between the two cursors to High or Low Do the following steps to set the marker values is TS ee bes Nite Move the cursors to specify the edit area that you want
379. i Marker2 0 f File operation Tools Zoom Pan Window Settings Undo Figure 3 21 Area cursors The New Pattern command opens a pattern edit window with the following default values Data length 1000 points Bit value level 0 Clock frequency 100 MS s Edit scope Data7 through DataO The Pattern Editor does not change the data length when executing Cut operations To create 1000 point or shorter data change the data length in the Total Points item of the Settings menu For creating pattern you can use the following methods alone or in combination Select from standard patterns Import from external file Newly created and or edit pattern Generate random pattern AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The Pattern Editor Creating Standard Patterns The counter dialog box lets you specify the type of pattern and the range scope of data bits to apply to the pattern See Figure 3 22 The instrument lets you create one of four standard counter patterns as listed in Table 3 27 and inserts the pattern in the edit area between the cursors Type Berra Count Down Graycode Johnson Points Step T Data Marker Data Range From 76H432nmen g Data Marker Data Range To 7 6 5 4 3 2 e 71 2 Figure 3 22 Counter dialog box Table 3 27 Patterns to be selected in Counter dialog box
380. ies the deviation of each point for one period in the direction of time base Use Profile bottom Sine Triangle side menu to select among sine wave and triangle wave Jitter Deviation Specifies the deviation of jitter waveform Suppose 10101010 repetitive pattern as an input data and one 1 0 pair as one period of pattern this value represents the equivalent deviation for one 1 0 pair Jitter Frequency Display repeated frequency of jitter waveform This value is automatically set by Clock Total Points Data Points Display the number of points for input data display only Total Points Display the number of points for jitter waveform display only This value is automatically set by Data Points x Repeat Count x Samples Bit 1 profile sine profile triangle Jitter deviation on peak to peak is about 2 83 times of jitter deviation on rms about 3 46 times of jitter deviation on rms AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The APPL Menu Jitter Profile Triangle foenter 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Jitter waveform Data for one period 1 2 3 4 5 6 Zz 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 1111000011110000 HH Samples Bit Create data for one period input data Iil x Samples Bit x Repeat Count 1 2 3 475 1010 1111000 WY O 1 1 0 0 Data Points 4 for example 0 0 Clock Data Rate x Samples
381. ification and Compliances The certification and compliances for the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator are listed in Table A 50 Table A 50 Certifications and compliances Characteristics Description EC declaration of conformity EC council EMC Directive 89 336 EEC amended by 89 336 EEC EN61326 1 1997 Product Family Standard for Electrical Equipment for Measurement Control and Laboratory Use EMC Requirements Emissions EN 55011 Class A Radiated and Conducted emissions EN 61000 3 2 Power Line Harmonic Immunity EN 61000 4 2 Electrostatic Discharge Immunity EN 61000 4 3 Radiated RF Electromagnetic Field Immunity EN 61000 4 4 Electrical Fast Transient Burst Immunity EN 61000 4 5 Surge Immunity EN 61000 4 6 Conducted Disturbances Induced by RF Field Immunity EN 61000 4 11 Power Line Interruption Immunity Compliance was demonstrated to the following specification as listed in the Official Journal of the European Communities Low Voltage Directive 73 23 EEC amended by 93 68 EEC EN 61010 1 A2 1995 Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement control and laboratory use Australia New Zealand declaration of conformity EMC Conforms with the following standards in accordance with the Electromagnetic Compatibility Framework AS NZS 2064 1 2 Class A radiated and Conducted Emissions Safety Third party certification Self declaration UL3111 1 Standard for electrical measu
382. igure 3 55 UTILITY screen mounting remote file system 3 166 Figure 3 56 Drive selections in EDIT menu cc cece ee eeee 3 168 Figure 3 57 Hardcopy setup screen 0c cece cece eee e cece eens 3 171 Figure 3 58 Hardcopy complete message Dox 0 0 c eee ee eee eee 3 172 Figure 3 59 Calibration and diagnostic screen 0c cece ee eeeee 3 173 Figure 3 60 Status message box except option0O2 eee eee 3 174 Figure 3 61 Source instrument selection dialog box 00005 3 182 Figure 3 62 Source instrument selection under Others 2065 3 183 Figure 3 63 Waveforms generated from the Example 1 equation 3 208 Figure 3 64 Waveform generated by the Example 2 equation 3 209 Figure 3 65 Waveforms generated by the Example 3 equation 3 210 Figure 3 66 Sequence generated by the Example 3 equation 3 211 Figure 3 67 Source waveform and those generated by the Example 4 equation 2 ectcsret etek hee seis E E clad Siete Sete gies ele 3 212 Figure 3 68 Noise waveforms after filtering 0 cee eee eeee 3 213 Figure 3 69 Noise waveforms before upper and after lower 7 point smoothing ass esere 860 ons Sie we geile oid Seed Sie Sache gc aie eee 3 215 Figure 3 70 Gaussian noise and ramp waveforms 0eeeeeeee 3 217 Figure 3 71 Screen and side menu buttons for importing and exporting 3 222 Fig
383. ile being edited The instrument appends the default txt file extension to all Equation editor files If this is a new file you are prompted to enter a file name before exiting the editor It is suggested that you use the equ file extension to identify equation files Caret line position The line number in the file where the caret is located The file starts at line 1 End Of File marker Indicates the end of the file All equations or text must be entered before this marker 3 110 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The Equation Editor Table 3 29 Equation editor screen elements Element Description Character pallet Used with the general purpose control knob to enter alphanumeric characters into the edit window To enter a character at the caret position highlight a character and push the ENTER button Text edit window Area where you enter text and or equation information The maximum length of a line is 256 characters including spaces You can concatenate lines by entering a colon character at the end of a line THe maximum number of characters you can concatenate is 1000 Caret A vertical bar that indicates the position in the file where edit operations take place Use the front panel or keyboard arrow keys to move the caret Table 3 30 Equation editor bottom menu Button Description File Provides side menu commands for closing the editor saving text to the curren
384. ile Conversion AWG20xx WFM to Pattern 3 219 AWG20xx WFM to Waveform 3 219 EASY WAVE WAV to Waveform 3 220 Pattern to Waveform 3 221 TDS ISF to Waveform 3 220 TDS WFM to Waveform 3 219 text file to Waveform 3 220 Waveform to text file 3 221 Waveform to text file with marker 3 221 File list update for floppy disk 3 226 B 10 B 63 file management 2 17 File menu button 3 58 3 87 3 111 3 119 File name hardcopy 3 172 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Index 3 Index file type extensions 2 17 Filter Through menu button 3 38 floor 3 200 floppy disk drive 2 2 2 3 floppy disk usage 3 157 Floppy diskm performance verification B 11 B 64 fname clock 3 205 fname size 3 205 Focused Color setup 3 158 Focused color 1 3 for to 3 196 Form fields CH1 3 118 CH1 CH2 Digital 3 122 Clock 3 83 Count Down 3 95 Count Up 3 95 Cursor Link 3 84 Cursor Position 3 97 Goto N 3 118 Goto One 3 123 Graycode 3 95 Grid 3 84 Horizontal Unit 3 84 Interpolation 3 84 Johnson 3 95 Logic Jump 3 118 3 124 Pattern 3 97 Repeat Count 3 118 3 122 Table Type 3 83 Target 3 97 Total Points 3 83 3 97 Update Mode 3 84 Use Code Table 3 97 View 3 83 Wait Trigger 3 118 3 123 Format as text sequence file G 1 formatting a floppy disk 3 157 front panel controls 2 1 front panel menu buttons 2 9 FTP commands 3 169 FTP link Ethernet 3 169 fuse 1 11 G Gated menu button
385. in table mode to look at the results Refer to Code Conversion on page F 7 for the input patterns output patterns and code conversion tables Example 7 The following example applies a 7 point smoothing operation to a noise waveform This equation uses the extract integ and join functions and also for and if control statements Although you do not have any other method to perform smoothing with the instrument this is not a preferable way to apply a smoothing operation Refer to this example for learning how to use these functions and control statements You can change the number of smoothing points by changing the value of the variable nump The greater the value of nump the faster the instrument can finish the compile However this kind of program frequently accesses the hard disk and takes more than 20 minutes to complete Simple smoothing 7 points nump 7 extp nump 1 nsht extp 2 size 960 NOISE WFM noise NOISE WFM norm NOISE WFM cc 1 for i nsht to size nsht 1 step 1 sp i nsht ep i nsht TEMP1 WFM extract NOISE WFM sp ep TEMP1 WFM integ TEMP1 WFM TEMP2 WFM extract TEMP1 WFM extp extp TEMP2 WFM TEMP2 WFM nump if cc 1 then SMOOTH WFM TEMP2 WFM else SMOOTH WFM join SMOOTH WFM TEMP2 WFM endif cc cc 1 next delete TEMP1 WFM delete TEMP2 WFM 3 214 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual
386. indow is open select the source waveform as follows Push Window bottom Window1 Window2 or Window3 side 3 76 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The Graphical Waveform Editor 2 Push Tools bottom Convolution pop up OK side The Convolution dialog box appears 3 Select the second waveform in the With field 4 Select either Off or On in the Treat waveform as periodic field 5 Push the OK side button to generate the result of convolution of the two waveforms Correlation The Correlation command performs correlation between the data points in the active window and the data points in a nonactive window starting at data point 0 The results are displayed in a third window There are no restrictions on the data lengths of the two waveforms For markers the value of current window is copied If one or three windows are open the operation will not work Refer to Correlation on page F 5 for more information on correlation Correlation Dialog Box The Correlation dialog box lets you set the second waveform for the operation and the Periodic On Off switch Table 3 16 describes the Correlation dialog box parameters Table 3 16 Correlation dialog box parameters Parameters Descriptions With Specifies the second waveform for the operation Treat waveform Specifies whether the waveform must be regarded as periodic during periodic calculation Do the following steps to perf
387. ing the equation editor Delete Deletes a character to the right of the caret Backspace Deletes a character to the left of the cursor Ctrl C Copy Ctrl X Cut Ctrl V Paste Ctrl Z Undo Ctrl S Toggles the selection on and off Setting General Purpose Knob Direction 3 156 Use the general purpose knob to highlight items in the pop up menu or file list The default setting for the knob rotation is clockwise for down backwards and counterclockwise for up forward E Turning the knob clockwise causes the highlight bar to move down E Turning the knob counterclockwise causes the highlight bar to move up You can change the default setting for the general purpose knob by following the steps below 1 Push the UTILITY front panel System bottom 2 Select Knob Direction by using the and buttons 3 Select Forward or Backward using the general purpose knob The changes take affect immediately AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The UTILITY Window Formatting a Floppy Disk The AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator provides the function to format a 2HD 1 44 MB floppy disk into Windows 9x compatible format FAT16 VFAT compatible Note that you cannot define a disk label for the floppy disk NOTE Formatting a floppy disk destroys any data on that disk Before formatting a disk make sure it does not contain needed data Do the following steps to format a floppy d
388. ion 01 points this will cause an error To archive or extract files do the following steps Archive When you select Directory in the file list you can make archives for all the files in the directory and subdirectory 1 Push EDIT front The instrument displays the file list 2 Select the file to make archive files AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Operating Basics 3 Push Directory bottom Archive side The instrument displays the Input archive name dialog box By default the name of lt directory name gt tar is automatically assigned If necessary you can change the name 4 Push OK button and the archive file will be created in the current directory Extract The archived file is extracted restored to the current directory If the directory already exists the existing file will be overwritten 1 Push EDIT front The instrument displays the file list 2 Select the file to extract 3 Push Directory bottom Extract side The instrument extracts the archived files and directories to current directory Remote computer archive operation AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator uses tar format files Use the tar command when you archive with a remote computer environment If you are PC user use tar format archive tool The following list describes some restrictions on archive and extract operation Blocking factor is 20 E The file name including the fil
389. ion error 1731 to 1734 100MHz filter calibration error 1741 to 1744 200M filter calibration error 1801 to 1804 Reference level error System 2100 System test error 2101 Real time clock power test error 2102 Configuration record checksum status error 2103 Incorrect configuration 2104 Memory size test error 2105 Fixed disk drive initialization status error 2106 Time status error 2110 to 2116 Front panel test error 2700 to 2703 Calibration data test error Run mode 3000 Run mode test error 3100 Run mode control register 0 test error 3101 to 3108 Run mode control register test error rego to reg7 3200 Run mode control register 1 test error 3201 Run mode control register 1 reg0 3211 Run mode control register 1 reg10 Clock 4000 Clock test error 4100 PLL lock unlock test error 3 176 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The UTILITY Window Table 3 45 Diagnostic categories and error codes cont Categories Sequence memory Error codes Descriptions 5000 Sequence memory test error 5100 Data bus test error 5101 to 5132 Data bus test error bit 0 to bit 31 5200 Address bus test error 5201 to 5216 Address bus test error bit 0 to bit 15 5300 Chip cell test error 5301 to 5302 Chip cell test error chip 0 to chip 1 5350 Chip select test error 5351 to 5352 Chip select
390. ion generator waveforms and so on These commands operate on the data located between the left and right cursors Tools Provides commands to perform mathematical operations on the entire waveform record Zoom Pan Provides commands to zoom in on zoom out from and pan the edit window waveform You can zoom and pan a waveform horizontally and vertically Window Provides commands to select the active window when more than one edit window is open Refer to page 3 230 for information on multiple editor windows Settings Displays a dialog box in which to define editor setup parameters including waveform record length clock frequency display mode cursor linking grid on off and so on Undo Undoes the last edit operation Undo is a one level undo operation Press Undo more than once to toggle between the last two operations the Undo step itself and the last edit operation AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 57 The Graphical Waveform Editor The File Menu 3 58 New Waveform New Pattern Open Save Save As The File menu controls loading saving and insertion of data from the system floppy disk or network files The following sections describe the File menu operations The New Waveform New Pattern command opens a new waveform or pattern editor window If three editor windows are already open these commands are unavailable The Open command disp
391. iraan A 29 Table A 35 Filter except option 02 2 0 cece ce cee eee reese A 31 Table A 36 Auxiliary outputs 0 0 0 ccc ccc cece tere eee e ee eees A 31 Table A 37 Period Jitter ccc cece cece cece eee eee e eee ee eeee A 32 Table A 38 Cycle to Cycle Jitter 0 ccc cc ccc ccc cece tere eens A 32 Table A 39 Auxiliary inputs ccc ccc cece cece reece eect eeeee A 33 Table A 40 Event Input 0 ccc iese cece eee ee eee eee EEES A 35 Table A 41 10 MHz reference clock input ccc cece cece cease A 35 Table A 42 Function Generator FG cece eee ee cee eee eee eee A 36 Table A 43 Display 0 ccc cece cece cee ee eee eet e reece teen eens A 37 Table A 44 AC line power 2 0 ccc cece cece ccc ee te eee cence eens A 37 Table A 45 Timer 2 0 0c ccc ccc cece reece E eee e reece eee eeees A 37 Table A 46 Interface connectors 0 cece cece cere eee eee eens A 37 Table A 47 Installation requirement cece cece eee eee ee ees A 38 Table A 48 Environmental 0 cece cece cece cere eee eee ees A 38 Table A 49 Mechanical 0 ccc cee eee cece reer ee ee teen eens A 39 Table A 50 Certifications and compliances ccc cece cece cence A 40 Table A 51 Installation category and Pollution degree Descriptions A 41 Table B 1 Performance test items 0 0 cece cece cee ce cee teen eee B 6 Table B 2 Test equipment
392. irectories If you try to load a file that is larger than the available waveform memory or that is not a waveform sequence or pattern format file the instrument displays the following error message and clears the waveform memory Ilegal file format A valid waveform sequence or pattern file needs to be loaded Sequence Files The following list describes some restrictions on loading sequence files When sequence file loading fails the instrument clears loaded output file names and waveform memory Sequence file loading fails if any one of the following conditions are true 6699 E There is a null character table in the CH1 file name field of the sequence E The instrument cannot locate the waveform pattern or subsequence file specified in the sequence table All waveform pattern and subsequence files must be at the same location and the instrument drive and path settings must point to that location E There are too many lines in the sequence table The maximum number of lines is 8000 E There is more than one nesting level of subsequence files The maximum nesting level is one m The sequence calls itself AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The Setup Menu Screen E The destination of a line jump specified in the sequence table is greater than the number of lines in the sequence table Equation Files You cannot load an equation file to output a signal You must first compile t
393. is button repeatedly To prevent loss of data and or damage to the hard drive before the power off be sure to confirm the floppy disk or hard drive LED is not on or blinking ZA CAUTION To prevent damage to the instrument do not apply the voltage to OUTPUT or MARKER connectors Provides normal CH1 and inverted CH1 waveforms The maximum output level is 2 Vp p into a 50 Q load in Normal mode Outputs marker signals Each channel is equipped with two MARKER OUT connectors If you use only one output connector for each marker you must terminate the other connector using a SMA termination and 1 Vp p into a 50 Q load in Direct mode and option02 If you use only one output connector you must terminate the other connector using PANEL LOCK LED indicator a 50 Q termination The LED indicator is on when the front panel control is locked You can lock the front panel controls only through GPIB interface HDD LED indicator The LED indicator is on when the disk drive is in operation Figure 2 2 Front panel controls AWG710B AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Operating Basics TOGGLE button Switches the active cursor on the waveform and pattern editor In the sequence editor this button can be used to cancel the numeric input mode and make the left and right arrows available to move the highlight cursor
394. is closed B 97 Figure B 62 1 4 Clock frequency and 10 MHz reference input initial test hookup 0 ccc cece ce cece eee ee eee cence B 98 Figure B 63 Marker output initial test hookup 0 0 e cee eeeee B 100 Figure E 1 File transfer interface outline 0 cee e eee renee E 1 Figure F 1 Equation differentiation 0 0 ccc cece cece eens F 2 Figure F 2 Equation integration 0 cece cece ce eet cree eee F 3 Figure F 3 Conversion image example cc cee cece c cece reece F 7 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual xi List of Tables List of Tables xii Table 1 1 Table 1 2 Table 1 3 Table 1 4 Table 1 5 Table 1 6 Table 1 7 Table 2 1 Table 2 2 Table 2 3 Table 2 4 Table 2 5 Table 2 6 Table 2 7 Table 2 8 Table 2 9 Table 2 10 Table 2 11 Table 2 12 Table 2 13 Table 2 14 Table 2 15 Table 2 16 Table 2 17 AWG710 amp AWG710B waveform editors 00 e eee eens 1 2 Power Cord Options cc cece cece ce cee ee eee ee ee eee eees 1 5 Language Options 0 0c ccc ccc cece ce cee ee ee eee eeeeees 1 5 Standard accessories 0 ccc cece cece cece cece eee eens 1 6 Optional accessories 0 cece cee ee ee eee cee ee ee eens 1 6 Fuse and fuse cap part numbers 0 cece cece eee ence 1 11 Power cord identification ccc cece eee rere cece 1 12 Side menu elements
395. is incorrect Slave AWG710B has not started yet The LAN cable is not connected The LAN cable was connected after the AWG710B was powered on Synchronous Operation is not supported between different models of AWG It is displayed when it is going to connect with an instrument other than AWG710B Trigger Timing Calibration failed Master Slave Check SMA cable connections It is the error which takes place at the time of a connection start with Slave or a Trigger Timing CAL start It is displayed when the SMA cable of Master or Slave is not connected correctly Trigger Timing Calibration failed Communication It is displayed when communication with slave cannot be taken with network obstacles the cable unplugged during calibration execution Trigger Timing Calibration This calibration makes the skew to a trigger signal regularity When making connection between Master and Slave AWG710B is always performing this calibration automatically When temperature change arises while in use it can perform if needed It can perform only where connection with Slave is established 1 Connect the LAN cables and SMA cables 2 Power the two AWG710B on and set the each AWG710B as Master and Slave 3 Push Connect bottom Connect to Slave side button to establish connection with Slave The Execute Trigger Timing Calibration side button will become effective if connection is established 4 Push Connect b
396. isk 1 Insert a floppy disk into the floppy disk drive 2 Push the UTILITY front panel Disk bottom 3 Push the Quick Format side button to begin formatting While the formatting is being executed the clock icon is displayed in the screen When formatting is complete the clock icon disappears and the floppy disk drive LED goes off Displaying Disk Usage The AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator displays the information regarding the disk usage and free space on the hard disk and floppy disk 1 Push the UTILITY front panel Disk bottom 2 Push the Main side button for the hard disk or Floppy side button for the floppy disk The drive name free space and total capacity for the selected storage drive is displayed Free space for the currently selected storage drive is displayed in the file list on the EDIT menu screen NOTE The internal disk free space that the user can use is restricted to 90 of the disk space You can transfer files over the limitation using ftp however keep this restriction to maintain the instrument performance AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 157 The UTILITY Window Screen Display Enable Disable In some instances such as having the AWG710 amp AWG710B installed in a rack mount you may not want to have the LCD back light turned on Do the following steps to turn off the LCD Back Light 1 Push UTILITY front panel System
397. istics Description Atmospherics Temperature Operating 10 C to 40 C Non operating 20 C to 60 C Relative humidity Operating 20 to 80 no condensation Maximum wet bulb temperature 29 4 C Non operating 5 to 90 no condensation Maximum wet bulb temperature 40 0 C Altitude Operating Hard disk drive restriction Up to 3 km 10 000 ft Maximum operating temperature decreases 1 C each 300 m 1 000 ft above 1 5 km 5 000 ft Non operating Up to 12 km 40 000 ft AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Table A 26 Environmental Dynamics Random vibration Appendix A Specifications AWG710B Operating 2 646 m s rms 0 27Grms from 5 Hz to 500 Hz 10 minutes Non operating 22 344 m s rms 2 28Grms from 5 Hz to 500 Hz 10 minutes Shock Non operating 294 m s 30 G half sine 11 ms duration Table A 27 Mechanical Characteristics Net weight without package Description 14 1 kg 31 1 lb Opt 11 16 1 kg 35 5 Ib Dimensions without package Height 177 mm 6 97 in 193 mm 7 60 in with Feet Opt 11 216 mm 8 50 in 232 mm 9 13 in with Feet Width 424 mm 16 69 in 433 mm 17 05 in with Handle Length 470 mm 18 50 in 508 mm 20 00 in with Rear Feet Net weight with package 24 5 kg 54 0 Ib Dimensions with package Height 400 mm 15 75 in Width 550 mm 21 65 in Length 700 mm 27 56 i
398. itor to edit ASClI format waveform files that are read from an external device Equation Creates files with equations and compiles them into waveform files FG mode to generate a standard functional waveform easily Waveform Mixing mode to generate a mixing two signals digitally Synchronous operation mode to generate 2 channel signals by two AWG710Bs AWG710B only Additional Features The AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator provides the following additional features An Ethernet port for using the NFS Network File System and or FTP link Refer to Ethernet Networking on page 3 162 for information A GPIB interface that can be used for remotely controlling the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator and for transferring the waveform data from the external oscilloscopes Refer to Connecting to a GPIB Network on page 3 160 for information on setting the GPIB parameters Refer to the AAWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual for information on the remote control commands Refer to Capturing Waveforms on page 3 181 for information about transferring waveforms from the external oscilloscopes to the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator A port on the rear panel for connecting a 101 or 106 type keyboard to the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator You can input values or text with the keyboard instead of using the numeric keypad on the front panel Refer t
399. ive value may be specified for a only if bis an integer Otherwise NaN will result The pow function returns one of the following values If b 0 Always 1 If b 0 and a 0 Always 0 lf b 0 and a lt 0 and bis a positive integer a b lf b 0 and a lt 0 and b is a negative integer Reciprocal of a b If b 0 and a lt 0 NaN Not a Number rnd Returns a random number in the 0 to 1 range Generated base seed 253 seed 1 16777216 return seed 16777216 Seed is a 32 bit unsigned integer round a Rounds off the value of a to an integer saw a Saw tooth wave with a cycle of 27 and an amplitude 1 Ifa 27 0 27 47 or 6r etc the value is 1 The value approaches 1 at points immediately before these This function will not take the value 1 0 sign a Sign of a 1 ifa gt 0 1 if a lt 0 0 if a 0 sin a Sine value of a sinc a Same as sin a a except that 1 results if a 0 sinh a Hyperbolic sine value of a sqr a Rectangular wave with a cycle of 27 and an amplitude 1 If k is an even For a kz to k 1 z sqr returns 1 except 1 0 when a equals k 1 z If k is an odd For a kz to k 1 z sqr returns 1 except 1 0 when a k 1 z sqrt a Square root value of a srnd seed Sets the random number generator seed value Seed is 0 to 231 1 Default value is 0 tan a Tangent value of a tanh a Hyperbolic tangent
400. l 3 173 The UTILITY Window Power on Diagnostics 3 174 Do the following steps to execute the calibration 1 Push the RUN button to turn the output off if a waveform is being output The RUN LED is off 2 Push UTILITY front panel Diag bottom Execute Calibration side The internal calibration routine runs immediately and requires up to 15 seconds to complete The status message box appears when calibration has been terminated See Figure 3 60 Clock 106 08006MS S Run Mode Continuous CALIBRATION RESULTS CH 1 CH 1 Internal Offset Pass Pass Output Offset Pass Pass Gain Pass Pass Direct Output Pass Pass Attenuator 5dB1 Pass Pass 5dB2 Pass Pass 10dB Pass Pass 20dB Pass Pass Filter 20MHz Pass Pass 50MHZz Pass Pass 100MHz Pass Pass 200MHz Pass Pass Reference Level Pass Pass OK System Disk comm Network Status Diag Service Figure 3 60 Status message box except option02 Pass is displayed in the message box if the calibration successfully terminates Fail is displayed if calibration encounters a problem Push the OK side button or CLEAR MENU button to erase the status message box and return to the screen shown in Figure 3 59 At power on a limited set of hardware tests for all the test categories are performed and the results are displayed on the screen The instrument displays the following message when an error is detected Press any key to go to the SE
401. l Time Jitter Profile Jitter Deviation Jitter Frequency Select File Box Heading Select the Pattern Row Headings PN9 PN15 100100 10001000 1000010000 1010101010 100000100000 1000000010000000 Cancel Input Filename 3 29 Menu Structures Utility Menu Hierarchy Main menu UTILITY Bottom menu System Disk Side Subbottom menu menu Subside menu dialog Factory Reset Secure Update System Software Update Program m Update OS dialog Pop up or dialog menu Row Headings Hilight color 0 to 7 Date yyyy mm dd Time hh mm ss Caution dialog Caution Previous Menu dialog Cancel OK r Row Headings Volume Label Free Space 3 30 Main Floppy Quick Format Total Space Write Permitted Protected Description LCD Back Light Disabled Enabled Hardcopy Format BMP TIFF BMP COLOR TIFF COLOR Hardcopy Drive Main Floppy NET1 NET2 NET3 Keyboard Type ASCII JIS Knob Direction Forward Backward Resets to factory defaults Destroys all settings and files Refer to instructions provided with software Displays hard disk free space Displays floppy disk free space When floppy disk selected Performs floppy disk format AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Menu Structures Main Bottom Side
402. lays a file name list and side menu that lets you select and load a file The Save Save As command lets you save the active editor waveform data to its currently named file or to a new filename You must save waveform data to a file before you can output the waveform data To save a waveform to its current file name push File bottom Save pop up OK side If you are saving a waveform for the first time the instrument opens the Input Filename dialog box shown in Figure 2 16 on page 2 21 Use this dialog box to enter a file name If necessary you can select a different storage media or directory by pushing the Drive side menu button Enter the file name then push the OK side button or the ENTER front panel button to close the dialog box and save the file NOTE When you exit an editor without saving edited data the instrument displays the following message Save the changes you made Push the Yes side button to save the waveform data or No to close the editor without saving the waveform data Refer to Saving Files on page 2 21 for more information about file saving operation AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Insert From File Close The Operation Menu Standard Waveform The Graphical Waveform Editor You can insert another waveform file into the active editor window The data is inserted at the active cursor position Inserting waveform data increases the length of the wh
403. le name and perform another waveform data transfer Clock 100 00000M1S S Run Mode Enhanced _ Drive Main Free Space 9652192KB Capture Directory Wavaiorm Source Loaded as LeCroy DSO CH1 LCCH1 WFM LeCroy DSO CH2 LCCH2 WFM LeCroy DSO CH3 LCCH3 WFM LeCroy DSO CH4 LCCH4 WFM Cancel ayeme uadt UNG 1 UD sI sysloglog mmm 17KB 01 05 31 15 04 06 ____syslog tmp TKBY 01 05 31 15 05 48 OK Drive Directory File Edit Tools Window Figure 3 62 Source instrument selection under Others NOTE The AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator is unable to transfer waveforms during some oscilloscope acquisition modes such as Fast Acquisition for example When this happens stop the oscilloscope acquisition and then perform the transfer to the AWG710 amp AWG710B Contact the Tektronix Technical support for more information AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 183 Capturing Waveforms About Transferred Files When you capture a waveform from a selected instrument the corresponding waveform file is created in the current directory of the current drive At the same time the setup file is also created to save the setup information such as amplitude and offset Use the setup file to output the waveform file with the same settings as those captured in the instrument 3 184 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Man
404. lets you superpose a pulse onto the converted code You can select from the following five pulse types E Lorentz Gaussian pulse Isolated pulse is created by the mixture of two types waveforms Lorentz and Gaussian You can adjust mixture rate through Lorentz Gaussian parameters displayed in the lower part of the screen When you adopt complete Lorentz waveform as an isolated pulse set the parameter to 100 0 When you adopt Gaussian waveform as an isolated pulse set the parameter to 0 100 Mixed waveform is acquired by adding two formulas which have same PW50 and normalizing the calculated value Each formula is set to L x and G x and the mixture rate is set to a and b respectively Isolated pulse Normalize a L x b G x a b 1 0 PR4 pulse EPR4 pulse E2PR4 pulse User defined pulse You can define isolated pulse Create user defined waveform on the internal disk There are two options for creating user defined file using editor or using signals acquired by oscilloscope Follow the procedures described below to create the isolated pulse AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 135 The APPL Menu Creating Isolated Pulse Two parameters are important to create an isolated pulse E Number of points for 1 bit Samples Cell parameter is displayed on the Disk application screen This represents the number of points for one bit of disk waveform Isolated pulse must correspond to this pa
405. list 3 226 B 10 B 63 Update OS Program 3 179 pdate System Software 3 179 pdate User Program 3 179 Use Code Table field 3 97 using external keyboard 3 114 using the equation editor tutorial 2 67 UTIL window floppy disk usage 3 157 formatting a floppy disk 3 157 general purpose knob direction 3 156 instrument status 3 158 keyboard keys 3 156 keyboard setup 3 155 overview 3 155 UTIL window overview 3 155 instrument status 3 158 qcaqcac V Variables pre defined clock 3 205 fname clock 3 205 pi 3 205 point 3 205 size 3 205 time 3 205 Variables predefined fname size 3 205 VCO OUT 3 41 VCO OUT output frequency tests performance verification B 48 Vertical Invert command 3 65 Vertical menu button 3 34 3 38 Vertical Scale command 3 64 Vertical Shift command 3 63 View Waveform Mixing 3 244 View field 3 83 View menu button 3 37 3 244 viewing a waveform 2 37 voltage settings 1 11 Index W Wait Trigger field 3 118 3 123 waveform editor screen 3 55 waveform editor screen elements 3 56 Waveform Functions menu button 3 111 waveform loading restrictions 3 36 waveform memory edit buffer 2 36 Waveform Mixing Change the mode 3 242 Waveform Mixing menu button 3 50 Waveform Mixing Mode 3 241 waveform output 2 39 Waveform programming language 3 185 waveform sequences tutorial 2 70 Waveform to Pattern File Conversion 3 221 Waveform to text file File Conv
406. ll the above four conditions are satisfied You may specify 16 points of data If all conditions from Past Source to Past Output are satisfied in the conditions portion Output Code will be output Past Source Current Source Next Source and Past Output are defined as conditions segments and Output Code as the output segment Operations in the dialog box can be made as follows A pattern must have been defined in at least one cell within a line conditions segment on one line The number of points in a cell may be optional unless it exceeds the maximum number of points Any blank cell is ignored during pattern matching Each cell must be a pattern of Os 1s and or don t care minus signs The maximum definable number of lines is 1024 lines The following information explains the code conversion mechanism Initial state The left end of source data is defined as the noticed point Past Source and Output Code data are regarded as all O data The left and right patterns to the noticed point are compared with the individual lines of the conditions segment in the conversion table The comparison is from the top to the bottom to find identical lines If such lines are found the Output Code data defined in the line is added to the output data The noticed point shifts to the right The amount of shift corresponds to the size of the Current Source data that was found to identical in the source data The new noticed point is
407. lloscope has the same amplitude as shown in Figure B 21 B 38 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B Figure B 21 Waveform while all ground disclosure switches are open b Close the SW1 of the ground closure to generate an event signal on the EVENT IN connector pin 0 c Verify that the oscilloscope displays the waveform as shown in Figure B 22 and that the waveform amplitude is the half size of Figure B 21 Figure B 22 Waveform output when the SW1 is closed d Open SW1 of the ground closure to degenerate the event signal e Verify that the oscilloscope displays the waveform in Figure B 21 8 Check the EVENT IN connector pin 1 input AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual B 39 Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B a Close SW2 of the ground closure to generate an event signal on the EVENT IN connector pin 1 b Verify that the oscilloscope displays the waveform as shown in Figure B 23 Figure B 23 Waveform output when SW2 is closed c Open the SW2 of the ground closure to degenerate the event signal d Verify that the oscilloscope displays the waveform shown in Figure B 21 9 Check the EVENT IN connector pin 2 input a Close SW3 of the ground closure to generate an event signal on the EVENT IN connector pin 2 b Verify that the oscilloscope displays the waveform shown in Figure
408. llowing substeps to check the amplitude accuracy of 2 V amplitude setting a b C Push the FORCE EVENT button Write the DMM reading as a positive voltage Push the FORCE EVENT button AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710 d Write the DMM reading as a negative voltage e Check that the positive minus negative voltages fall within 2 V 0 042 V 9 Do the following substeps to change the connection to check the CH1 Push the CH1 output button b Disconnect the adapter terminator and cable from the CH1 output connector c Connect the adapter terminator and the cable removed in step b to the CH1 output connector d Push the CH1 output button to turn on the CH1 LED 10 Repeat the Check Amplitude Accuracy procedure for the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator CH1 beginning on page B 72 11 Reconnect the test hookup on the CH1 output to the CH1 output Retain the control settings Check Offset Accuracy The following procedure checks the Offset Accuracy 1 Use the test hookup and settings from previous check on page B 72 and B 73 2 Follow the substeps below to set the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator controls and to select the sequence file a Push UTILITY front panel System bottom Factory Reset side OK side b Load the OFFSET WFM file Refer to Loading Files on page B 62 for file loading procedures c
409. location is a typical office home environment Temporary condensation occurs only when the product is out of service Pollution Degree 3 Conductive pollution or dry nonconductive pollution that becomes conductive due to condensation These are sheltered locations where neither temperature nor humidity is controlled The area is protected from direct sunshine rain or direct wind Pollution Degree 4 Pollution that generates persistent conductivity through conductive dust rain or snow Typical outdoor locations A 26 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix A Specifications AWG710 Appendix A Specifications AWG710 Performance Conditions This section contains theAWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator specifications All specifications are guaranteed unless labeled typical Typical specifications are provided for your convenience but are not guaranteed Specifications that are marked with the symbol in the column Characteristics are checked in Appendix B Performance Verification and the page number referenced to the corresponding performance verification procedures can be found in the column PV reference page The characteristics in the specifications are listed in tables that are divided into categories In these tables the subcategories may also appear in boldface under the column Characteristics The performance limits in this specification are valid with these conditions E The AWG7
410. lock input 0 cece cece cree cece eeees A 18 Table A 17 C input 0 0 ccc cc ccc cece ce eee eee eee e rete eee eens A 19 Table A 18 T input soccer cetin iE aie bbl verera E glenda Sealer claret AR A 19 Table A 19 Function Generator FG 0 cece eee eee eee eens A 20 Table A 20 Display cse 5 fsccess 3 6 66 0 606 Sie 8 6ieeae 600 eign Gide ie BE gi a ogi she A 21 Table A 21 AC line power 2 0 ccc cece cece cece tere ee ee ee eees A 21 Table A 22 Timer serrio eero eraan Sees Sitter oie ad 3 Gare Slee E ef ee A 21 Table A 23 Interface connectors 0 ccc cece eer eee eee cece A 21 Table A 24 Installation requirement 0 cece cece eee cere eens A 22 Table A 25 Maintenance requirement cc cece cree cece e cece A 22 Table A 26 Environmental 0 cece cece cece cree eee e eens A 22 Table A 27 Mechanical 0 ccc ccc e cece cece reece ee eeeeeees A 23 Table A 28 Certifications and compliances cece cece e cece eee A 25 Table A 29 Installation category and Pollution degree Descriptions A 26 Table A 30 Operation modes cece eee eect eee ee eee eees A 28 Table A 31 Arbitrary waveforms ccc cece cece cree e eee eeees A 28 Table A 32 Clock generator 0 ccc cece cece cece rece eee eeees A 29 Table A 33 Internal trigger generator cece cece reece recess A 29 Table A 34 Main output cece ccc cece cece cere
411. ls as follows MOde sarimie spaan pia bended VDC Ae EET E ETTI TE ETETETT tae 2V Mp siters han Age hace wee Seek ensa Front 3 Push UTILITY front panel System bottom Factory Reset side OK side AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual B 77 Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710 4 Push SETUP front panel Run Mode bottom Enhanced side The AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator is set to enhanced mode Push VERTICAL MENU front panel Output side Direct side Load the AMP2 SEQ file Refer to Loading Files on page B 62 for file loading procedures Push the RUN and CH1 output buttons The LEDs above the RUN button and CH1 output connector are on Do the following substeps to check the direct DA amplitude accuracy of 1 V amplitude setting a Write the DMM reading as a positive voltage b Push the FORCE EVENT button Write the DMM reading as a negative voltage d Verify that the positive minus negative voltages fall within 1 0 V 0 022 V e Push VERTICAL MENU front panel Amplitude side f Push 0 0 2 and ENTER keys in this order or turn the general purpose knob to set the amplitude to 0 020 V Do the following to check the direct DA amplitude accuracy of 20 mV amplitude setting a Push the FORCE EVENT button twice b Write the DMM reading as a positive voltage Push the FORCE EVENT button a p Write the DMM reading as a negative vo
412. ls the subsequence file SUBSEQ seq twice and then goes to line 2 Line 2 infinitely outputs the ramp waveform until an event occurs When an event occurs the sequence jumps to line 3 Line 3 outputs the triangle waveform 40 000 times When the output completes the sequence goes back to the line 1 If an event occurs before this line completes execution the sequence jumps to line 4 Line 4 outputs the sine waveform 60 000 times and then stops executing Table 2 18 Sequence table contents in MAINSEQ seq Line CH1 Repeat Wait Goto Logic Count Trigger lt N gt Jump 1 SUBSEQ seq 2 On 2 RAMP wfm Inf Next 3 TRIANGLE wfm 40000 1 4 4 SINE wfm 60000 Do the following steps to create the main sequence 1 Follow steps 1 and 2 in Open the Sequence Editor on page 2 72 to open a new sequence table Fill in the CH1 and Repeat Count columns for lines 1 through 4 according to Table 2 18 Refer to steps 1 through 12 beginning on page 2 73 of this tutorial if you need help To set Inf in the Repeat Count of line 2 push the Infinity SHIFT lt side button once Repeatedly push the button to go back to the Line 1 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Tutorials 4 Push the CLEAR MENU bottom to make the and buttons enable to move the highlighted cursor ron nan Push the Data Entry bottom button Push the Wait Trig side button to set this field to On
413. ltage e Verify that the positive minus negative voltages fall within 20 mV 2 4 mV 10 Follow the substeps below to check the DC offset a Push the FORCE EVENT button b Verify that the reading on the DMM falls within 0 V 10 mV 11 Do the following substeps to change the connection to check the CH1 Push the CH1 output button Disconnect the adapter terminator and cable from the CH1 output connector c Connect the adapter terminator and cable removed in step b to the CH1 output connector AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710 d Push the CH1 output button to turn on the CH1 LED e Push the FORCE EVENT button 12 Repeat steps 8 through step 10 for the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator CH1 13 Push the CH1 output button to turn off the CH1 LED 14 Push the RUN button to turn off the RUN LED 15 Disconnect the DMM Check Pulse Rise Time Equipment A 50 Q SMA coaxial cable and an oscilloscope TDS820 required Prerequisites The AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator must meet the prerequisites listed on page B 61 Do the following steps to install the test hookup and set the test equipment controls 1 Use the 50 Q SMA coaxial cable to connect the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator CH1 output connector to the oscilloscope CH1 input connector see Figure B 45 AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Gener
414. lues of the registers are set to one If you omit the tap position specifier a default maximum data length tap setting is used Waveform output_filename pn reg size tap position output_filename is the complete file name file name and extension to contain the pseudo random waveform The argument can include a relative or absolute path name Enclose the file name within double quotation marks AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 203 Command Descriptions Rename 3 204 Example Group Syntax Arguments Example reg size specifies the number of registers in the pseudo random generator This is an integer value from to 32 tap_position specifies the register positions to tap for XOR feedback to the register input A tap does an XOR operation on the output signal and the specified register and passes the result to the next lower tap position or the register input register 1 whichever it encounters first Refer to Shift Register Generator on page 3 66 for more information random wfm pn 12 3 6 8 The rename statement renames the specified file name to a new file name and or location on the current drive Waveform rename source file target_file source_file is the complete file name path file name and extension to the file that you want to rename The file must be located on the active drive The argument can include a relative or absolute path name
415. lution degree Pollution Degree 2 as defined in IEC 61010 1 6 Up to 200 mV _ noise is allowed on the output during this test Table A 29 Installation category and Pollution degree Descriptions Characteristics Installation category Description Terminals on this product may have different installation category designations The installation categories are Category Descriptions CAT Ille Distribution level mains usually permanently connected Equipment at this level is typically in a fixed industrial location CAT Il Local level mains wall sockets Equipment at this level includes appliances portable tools and similar products Equipment is usually cord connected CAT Secondary signal level or battery operated circuits of electronic equipment Pollution degree A measure of the contaminates that could occur in the environment around and within a product Typically the internal environment inside a product is considered to be the same as the external Products should be used only in the environment for which they are rated Category Descriptions Pollution Degree 1 No pollution or only dry nonconductive pollution occurs Products in this category are generally encapsulated hermetically sealed or located in clean rooms Pollution Degree 2 Normally only dry nonconductive pollution occurs Occasionally a temporary conductivity that is caused by condensation must be expected This
416. m As side Save Mixed Wfm As button becomes effective when Waveforms A and B have been loaded 2 An Input Filename dialog box is displayed Specify a file name and a preservation directory and push the OK button Select a waveform file pattern file or sequence from the file listing in the Select File dialog box that appears on the screen While handling a file you sometimes want to look at the content of a file to confirm the operation View menu displays the view window and allows you to view a AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Waveform Mixing Mode waveform or pattern file loaded in a waveform A or a waveform B You cannot view files other than waveform or pattern in this function When you display a mixed waveform on the screen save it as a waveform file and open it on the waveform editor Do the following steps to display a loaded file 1 Push Waveform Sequence bottom View side View A or View B side Waveform Mixing parameters A mixed waveform is generated by the following formula to two specified waveforms Mixed wfm A wfm Ratio of A B wfm Ratio of B Ratio of A The ratio of Waveforms A and B is specified with a Ratio of A and Ratio of B Ratio of B button The range of these parameters is as follows 0 lt Ratio of A Ratio of B lt 100 1 Push Waveform Sequence bottom Setting side Ratio of A or Ratio of B side 2 Use the
417. m XY view Refer to page 3 80 for information on the XY View dialog box F1 Source waveform of active window F2 Source waveform of nonactive window G Waveform resulting from operation x Waveform data point value Compare Figure 3 13 shows an example of the output of standard and hysteresis comparison operations The rectangular wave is the reference waveform and the triangular wave is the source waveform Standard Comparison Hysteresis Comparison Reference waveform hysteresis pee waveform hysteresis Reference waveform Source waveform wewa JS ULSS U Li N LU LILI WL _ Figure 3 13 Waveform compare operation example Compare Dialog Box The Compare dialog box lets you set the target and source waveform and hysteresis values Table 3 14 describes the Compare dialog box parameters Table 3 14 Compare dialog box parameters Parameters Descriptions Target Specifies the location where you want to display the result of operation Options are Data Marker 1 and Marker 2 With Specifies the reference waveform Hysteresis Specifies the amount of hysteresis The value may be 1 to 1 in 0 0001 increments AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 75 The Graphical Waveform Editor Do the following steps to do a comparison math operation between two waveforms 1 If more than one window is open select the source waveform as follows Push Window bottom Window1 Windo
418. m2 Waveform3 Waveform3 gt Minimum Output Interval 9000 to 960 clocks Event Input Setup time 1152 clocks lt i am gt Trigger Event Input Jump Setup time 715 clocks lt gt Analog Output Waveform1 i Waveform2 Wait Trigger Trigger Delay Figure A 5 Sequence 3 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual A 13 Appendix A Specifications AWG710B 4 Sequence 4 Line No Waveform Name Wait for Trigger Jump to n Waveform1 Off m Waveforms n 1 Waveform2 On m 1 Waveform4 m Waveform3 On m 1 Waveform4 On 4 1 Event Input Setup time 1152 clocks Trigger D gt Event Input Jump Setup time 715 clocks Analog Output Waveform1 Waveform2 Waveform3 Minimum Output Wait Trigger Trigger Delay Interval 900 to 960 clocks Event Input Setup time 1152 clocks Trigger Event Input Jump Setup time 715 clocks m gt Analog Output Waveform1 Waveform2 Waveform4 Minimum Output Wait Trigger Trigger Delay Interval 900 to 960 clocks Figure A 6 3 1 Sequence 4 A 14 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual AWG710B Master Unit Appendix A Specifications AWG710B AWG710B Slave Unit C In C In C In C In Sync Clock C Out1 C Out1 Seiak C Out1 C Out1 C Out2 C Out2 C Out2 C Out2 TIn T In T Out1 i Svne Trigger Svne Trigger T Outl T Out2 T Out2
419. mation on how to disable automatic trigger signals 3 Push the FORCE TRIGGER button on the front panel to generate a trigger event Line 1 of MAINSEQ seq calls the subsequence file as soon as it detects a trigger event The subsequence list outputs the four waveforms and then returns to line 2 of the main sequence Line 2 continuously outputs the ramp waveform while waiting for an event signal You will supply an event signal in the next step 4 Push the FORCE EVENT button on the front panel AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 2 81 Tutorials This causes the sequence to jump to line 3 When line 3 completes output of the triangle waveform it goes back to the line 1 and starts the output process over again So line 1 to 3 loops and the main sequence file does not terminate unless you push the FORCE EVENT button You have completed the Creating and Running Waveform Sequences tutorial Refer to the Reference section beginning on page 3 1 for detailed information on all instrument functions 2 82 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Reference Reference Overview Process Flow Create edit waveforms Create and edit waveforms and sequences using editors in the EDIT menu This section provides the following information Editor operations overview Menu structures shows the tree structuring each menu Functions and procedures for instrument setup including hori
420. me way as in the continuous mode only when the gate is opened The gate is opened by the gated signal Note that the output is made from the top of the first waveform for every gate period The clock signal continuously outputs from the connector outside the gate period Enhanced The waveforms are sequentially or repeatedly output according to the procedures defined in the sequence All extended functions such as trigger input event jump and so on are effective and waveforms are controlled for output by this functions in this mode Table A 31 Arbitrary waveforms Characteristics Waveform memory Description Memory length 16 200 000 words 8 bits 1 word Op 01 Memory length 32 400 000 words 8 bits 1 word Marker memory Memory length 16 200 000 words 2 markers x 1 bit 1 word Op 01 Memory length 32 400 000 words 2 markers x 1 bit 1 word Sequence memory Maximum 8000 steps Sequence counter 1 to 65 536 and Infinite Waveform data points Multiple of 4 in the range from 960 to 16 200 000 points Op 01 Multiple of 4 in the range from 960 to 32 400 000 points Data storage Hard disk 10 G bytes Floppy disk 1 44 M bytes AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Table A 32 Clock generator Appendix A Specifications AWG710 Characteristics Description PV reference page Sampling frequency 50 000 000 kHz to 4 000 000 0 GHz Resolution 8 digits
421. mmands in Open side menu Any new code conversion table created can be saved When you push the OK side button the pattern of code converted source data is created in a separate window To open the code conversion table 1 Push Tools bottom Code Convert pop up OK side 2 Inthe Code Convert dialog box use the general purpose or the amp or button to specify the data scope to convert The side menu has commands related to the code conversion tables Clock 100 00000MS S Run Mode Continuous Stopped fT L 199 A 599 R 798 alue 00 Code Convert Open 1000 pts Data7 C Value 16 Data6 Data5 Save Data4 1 Data3 0 i Data Marker Data2 1 Target 7p HMBREN Datal 1 ANNEN Datad 0 Cancel OK Marker2 File Operation Tools Zoom Pan Window Settings Undo Figure 3 18 Code Convert dialog box and side menu Markeri 0 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The Pattern Editor Table 3 25 Code conversion commands Commands Open Description Reads an existing code conversion table Save Saves a code conversion table that was newly created or edited Itis saved in an ASCII file and the cells are separated by commas Edit Creates or edits a code conversion table Code Conversion Table When you push the Edit
422. n AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual A 23 Appendix A Specifications AWG710B ws lt a 470 508 320 mm 412mm gt 38mm 12 60 inch 44mm 16 22 inch y 1 50 inch gt 1 73 inch ii 1 D 215mm p seseee 8 46 inch p 385283G 231 mm s575 ER a D 9 10 inch il zQ Os LoS See ees Sl oF oP c000 47 lt 7 424 mm 470 mm 16 61 inch j 18 50 inch 433 mm 508 mm 17 05 inch 20 00 inch Option 11 Figure A 10 Dimensions A 24 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix A Specifications AWG710B Certification and Compliances The certification and compliances for the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator are listed in Table A 28 Table A 28 Certifications and compliances Characteristics Description EC declaration of conformity EC council EMC Directive 89 336 EEC amended by 89 336 EEC EN61326 1 1997 Product Family Standard for Electrical Equipment for Measurement Control and Laboratory Use EMC Requirements Emissions EN 55011 Class A Radiated and Conducted emissions EN 61000 3 2 Power Line Harmonic EN 61000 3 3 Line voltage alteration and flicker Immunity EN50082 1 EN 61000 4 2 Electrostatic Discharge Immunity EN 61000
423. n Basic control setup keywords bpf Basic control setup keywords 3 24 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Main Bottom menu menu EDIT cont EDIT cont Tools Update Window Side Subbottom Subside menu menu menu New Text Equation cont Math Functions pop up Pop up or dialog menu exp log log10 sqrt sin cos tan abs sign OK More Math Functions pop up max min ow rd srnd sinc tri saw sqr noise and floor ceil int round OK L Undo Compile Equation Convert File Format Compile AWG20XX Equation Dialog menu Capture Waveform 9 Window Single Double Select Upper Lower AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual asin acos atan sinh cosh tanh Source Loaded As Menu Structures Description Mathematical operation keywords Mathematical operation keywords Converts to waveform files Imports waveform from instruments Writes to the waveform memory Double Windows operations 3 25 Menu Structures APPL Menu Hierarchy Main Bottom Side menu menu menu Subbottom menu Appl Application Disk Subside menu dialog Pop up or dialog menu Description Box Headings Hard Disk Drive Signal Test Row Headings Samples cell Cell Period TAA Write Data 3 26 Read from File Predefined Pattern Code NRZ NRZ1
424. n CH 1 for that line of the sequence table A sequence file may be specified for an output file You can only nest sequence files one level The waveform file name cannot contain a drive or directory name The sequence file and all waveform files called must be accessible at the same directory level If the waveform file name fields for CH1 is blank on a sequence line or the instrument cannot locate a specified file the instrument displays an error message and aborts loading the sequence file The data length of each waveform file used for the sequence process must be a multiple of 4 from 960 points to 32 4 M 64 8 M option 01 16 2 M 32 4 M option 01 AWG710 points For sequence output the total of data length of the waveforms must not exceed 32 4 M 64 8 M option 01 16 2 M 32 4 M option 01 AWG710 points Repeat Count Specifies the number of repeats You may specify any integer from 1 to 65536 or select the keyword Infinity The Infinity setting is neglected in a nested sequence file subsequence Wait Trigger Causes the instrument to wait for a trigger event before outputting the waveform s on the specified sequence table line Valid values are On and Off blank Wait Trigger functionality is only valid when the Run Mode is set to Enhanced This setting is neglected in the subsequence Goto lt N gt Specifies the number n 1 to 8000 and jumps to the specified sequence table after outputting the cu
425. n in Figure 2 11 Knob icon 126 66060MS s Horizontal Underscore clock 126 6 MS s Clark Ref Figure 2 11 Knob icon displayed in Status Display area A knob icon with a numeric value that includes an underscore character indicates that you can change the value at the underscore location by using the general purpose knob or keypad buttons By default the underscore character is positioned under the digit specified depending on the parameters You can only change the value represented by the digits at and to the left of the underscore Use the and arrow buttons to move the underscore to the desired position and then turn the general purpose knob to change the value If the numeric value has the knob icon but does not have the underscore then turning the general purpose knob cycles through a predefined set of values When using the general purpose knob values you change in side menus and menu screens take effect immediately Values in pop up menus are not effective until you push the OK side button or the ENTER front panel button Figure 2 12 shows the numeric keypad with descriptions of the button operations AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Operating Basics SHIFT J The SHIFT button enters a character labeled in blue Push the SHIFT button and then push the keypad button m M k m 7 8 9 u n p 4 5 6
426. n of the inhibited band in the Att field Push the OK side button to generate a waveform by applying the active waveform to the digital filter Re sampling The Re sampling command enables you to specify a new clock frequency or a new number of points It resamples and updates the whole waveform data record in the active window Re sampling Dialog Box The current number of points and the current sample clock frequency are in the top display You should set the new number of points or sample clock frequency at the bottom The number of points and the sample clock frequency are dependent on each other Table 3 18 Re sampling dialog box parameters Parameters Descriptions New Points Specifies the new number of sample points New Clock Specifies the new sample clock frequency Do the following steps to resample a waveform 1 If more than one window is open select the source waveform as follows Push Window bottom Window1 Window2 or Window3 side Push Tools bottom Re Sampling pop up OK side The Re sampling dialog box appears Set a value in either the New Points or the New Clock AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 79 The Graphical Waveform Editor 4 Push the OK side button to update the current window with the waveform that resulted from resampling with the above specified sample clock frequency Code Convert The Code Convert command can be applied to the
427. name2 output_filename is the complete file name file name and extension to contain the concatenated files The argument can include a relative or absolute path name Enclose the file name within double quotation marks filenamel and filename2 are the complete names path file name and extension of the files you are concatenating Both files must be on the active drive The argument can include a relative or absolute path name Enclose each file name within double quotation marks newsine wfm join sine wfm sine2 wfm The lpf statement creates a new file by passing the specified waveform file through a low pass filter Waveform output_filename Ipf filenamel cutoff_freq taps atten AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 199 Command Descriptions Arguments Example Math Functions 3 200 output_filename is the complete file name file name and extension to contain the filtered waveform data The argument can include a relative or absolute path name Enclose the file name within double quotation marks fi ename1 is the complete file name and extension name of the source file for the low pass filter operation The file must be on the active drive The argument can include a relative or absolute path name Enclose the file name within double quotation marks cutoff freq is the low pass filter cutoff frequency You can enter the integer value taps is the number of
428. ncel the changes In this tutorial you will learn the following How to enter into the quick editor m How to edit a waveform m How to save the changes in the waveform editor Preparation Do the following steps to set the instrument to the factory default settings and load a sample waveform 1 Reset the instrument to the factory default settings Refer to page 2 56 The SETUP menu screen appears 2 Load the waveform LIN_SWP WFM from the sample waveform floppy disk Refer to Tutorial 1 for how to load a waveform file from a floppy disk Open the Quick Editor Do the following to open the quick editor NOTE You can enter the quick editor only from the waveform editor First you open a file in the waveform editor and then you enable the quick editor mode 1 Push the Edit side button for editing the waveform in the waveform editor The Waveform Editor screen appears as shown in Figure 2 40 2 Push the front panel QUICK EDIT button When you enter into the Quick Editor the bottom menu buttons are disabled and the Quick Editor side menu is displayed AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 2 63 Tutorials 2 64 Edit a Waveform You can only edit the waveform within the area between the two vertical cursors You can move the active cursor currently selected vertical cursor horizontally by turning the general purpose knob or by entering a numeric position with the front panel keypad Selec
429. ncy cutoff value You can enter the value as a real or scientific notation number or as an expression that resolves to a valid number cutoff _freq_hi is the band reject filter high frequency cutoff value You can enter the value as a real or scientific notation number or as an expression that resolves to a valid number taps is the number of delay elements that composes the digital filter The range of taps is 3 to 101 You must enter the integer value as an odd number atten is the inhibit zone attenuation factor in dB The range of attenuation is 21 dB to 100 dB You can enter the integer value Example filtered wfm brf sine wfm 3 0e6 5 0e6 101 45 3 190 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Code Conv Group Syntax Arguments Example Group Syntax Command Descriptions The code statement executes code conversion Waveform output_filename code filenamel codeDconversionBtable output_filename is the complete file name file name and extension to contain the code converted waveform data The argument can include a relative or absolute path name Enclose the file name within double quotation marks fi ename1 is the complete file name and extension name of the source file for the code conversion operation The file is 0 1 pattern data If the file is an analog waveform file this function reads as 1 if the data value is equal to or larger than 0 5 and 0 if th
430. ndow bottom Window side and select Double Two windows listing file names are displayed Push Select side button to toggle an active window 4 Push Directory bottom If necessary push Up Level Down Level or Make Directory side buttons to move the directory AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 227 File Management 5 Push Select side button to make the window listing the file to be copied active Make sure that the file to be copied is selected 6 Push the File bottom Copy side side buttons A copied file is displayed in the directory you specified in step 4 When the file with the same file name exists in the destination a message Overwrite existing file appears Copy with Single Windows 1 Push Edit front panel Select the file you want to copy 2 Push File bottom Copy side The Input Filename dialog box is displayed Specify the file name and destination directory 3 Push OK side button The file is copied to the directory you specified in step 2 Moving Files To move files use double windows Do the following steps 1 Push Edit front panel Select the file you want to move 2 Push Window bottom Window side and select Double Two windows listing file names are displayed 3 Push Select side button to toggle an active window 4 Push Directory bottom and if necessary push Up Level Down Level or Make Directory side buttons to m
431. nerator User Manual List of Tables Table 3 22 Setup general parameters 0 ccc cece cece cree ee eeee 3 84 Table 3 23 Pattern editor screen elements 0 cece eee e eee ceee 3 86 Table 3 24 Pattern editor bottom menu cece eee eee e eee 3 87 Table 3 25 Code conversion commands c cee ec cere cee eecees 3 89 Table 3 26 Code conversion parameters 0c cece cece cece e cence 3 89 Table 3 27 Patterns to be selected in Counter dialog box 3 95 Table 3 28 Set Pattern dialog box parameters 0 0 ce eee eeeeee 3 97 Table 3 29 Equation editor screen elements eeeeeee reeves 3 110 Table 3 30 Equation editor bottom menu 0 cece ee eee eens 3 111 Table 3 31 Front panel Equation editor controls e eee eee 3 112 Table 3 32 Control keys from the external keyboard 085 3 114 Table 3 33 Sequence table columns ce cece cece cree erence 3 118 Table 3 34 Sequence editor bottom menu 0 cece cece eee eees 3 119 Table 3 35 Pre defined patterns 0 cece cece cece eect ee eees 3 134 Table 3 36 Code Conversion 0 cece cece cree cece eee e ee ceees 3 134 Table 3 37 Superpose parameters 0c eee eee cece rere ee erence 3 138 Table 3 38 Pre defined patterns 0 cece cece cece cree ee eeee 3 144 Table 3 39 Code conversion 0c ccc cece cece eee e eee e e
432. ng Files on page 3 227 for those methods You can also move a file or all files Refer to Moving Files on page 3 228 for those methods Renaming Files Renaming files is similar to Copying files but the original files are deleted Do the following steps to rename a file 1 oe YS Push EDIT front The instrument displays the file list Select the file to rename Push File bottom Rename side Enter the new name for the file in the file name field Push OK side The file is renamed AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 2 19 Operating Basics 2 20 Deleting Files Read Only Attribute Do the following steps to delete a file 1 Push EDIT front The instrument displays the file list 2 Select the file to delete 3 Push File bottom Delete side The instrument displays a message box asking you to confirm deleting the file 4 Push OK side to delete the file or Cancel to cancel the operation and keep the file You can also delete all files on the current drive and directory by doing the following steps 1 Push EDIT front File bottom Delete All side The instrument displays a message box asking you to confirm deleting all files 2 Push OK side to delete all files or Cancel to cancel the operation and keep all files You can change the read only or read write attributes on a file Do the following steps to change the file attribute 1 Push EDIT f
433. ngs 6 000 d Master 7 Marker 1 3800 Marker 2 akie Pg Marker 2 Update T 00 5 Y 50 L 5 Slave Caer Bonte ea aker Update Auto j A Waveform Length Same as A Points 6 ercorne Vertical Horizontal pun Trigger RA aides pce aly Vertical Horizontal Mode Wee AWG SETUP screen lt gt gt Waveform Mixing mode screen To AWG mode Figure 3 84 Change the generator mode All bottom menus except the Waveform Sequence menu are same as AWG mode and the setting value of each parameter is also common NOTE When the instrument runs in Waveform Mixing mode you cannot use Synchronous Operation mode or FG mode 3 242 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual File menu Load A File Load B File Waveform Mixing Mode Select two files waveform A and waveform B to mix When the instrument enters Waveform Mixing mode the waveform loaded in AWG mode is selected as Waveform A Loading of the file in AWG mode sets data to the waveform memory for a waveform output On the other hand loading of the file in Waveform Mixing mode sets data to the work area for waveform mixing Please care about the following point in case you select a waveform A waveform file wfm a pattern file pat or a sequence file seq can be specified to be Waveform A and B However the sequence file containing a sub sequence cannot be specified A pattern file and a pattern file included in the sequence file are treated as
434. ngs appears The instrument then opens the Select Setup Filename dialog box 2 Enter or select the setup file name to load 3 Push the OK side button to load the file and restore the setup parameters or push the Cancel side button to exit the restore process without loading the setup file 2 40 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Theory of Operation Block Diagram Operating Basics This section presents an overview of the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator hardware data structures and operating modes Figure 2 27 and Figure 2 28 show the main hardware blocks that make up the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator CPU The CPU controls the whole instrument using the GPIB interface floppy disk connection 100 10BASE T Ethernet connection user interface through the display screen and the front panel and so forth Clock Oscillator You can select either the internal or external reference clock source by using the SETUP horizontal menu If you select the external source the reference signal connected to the 10 MHz REF In connector on the rear panel will be used The internal clock is from the reference clock oscillator which uses direct digital synthesis DDS Figure 2 27 shows the clock oscillator configuration Trigger Control The Trigger Control block controls the Memory Address Control in the operation mode that you specified from the RUN MODE menu Waveform Memory
435. ngs bottom button to display the Settings dialog box 2 Select Table in the View field 3 Push the OK side button The instrument opens the Table Editor as shown in Figure 3 26 Follow the procedure above to return to the graphic display mode Select Graphic instead of Table in step 2 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 105 The Table Editor Upper cursor is indicated by U 7 __ and lower cursor by L The TOGGLE button on the front panel toggles between the upper and lower cursors Position in the data record expressed in point number or time unit Upper cursor position Lower cursor position and data value and data value Clock 500 00000MS S y Run Mode Continuous sor T l e amp 999 PSwumeric 19009 pts Value 8 oe 25 13 oml Input Point Vata Markerl Marker2 o 1 1 11 25 130m Data 2 50 244m 0 3 75 327m 0 4 100 36m 0 5 125 33m 0 Marker 6 150 23m 9 7 175 092m 0 Low 8 199 71m 9 224 27m i i Marker2 10 248 69m C 11 272 95m 0 12 297 04m 8 Low i 0 0 0 o 0 indow Settings Undo Value at each point Markeri and Marker2 values Figure 3 26 Table Editor window Editing The Table Data 3 106 The Numeric Input command in the Operation bottom menu lets y
436. nly Waveform Shape Sine Triangle Square Ramp Pulse DC Frequency 1 000 Hz to 400 0 MHz Amplitude Range 0 020 Vp p to 2 000 Vp p into a 50 Q load OPTIONO2 0 5 Vp p 10 1 0 Vp p into a 50 load Resolution 1 mV Offset except option 02 Range 0 500 V to 0 500 V into a 50 Q load Resolution 1mV DC Level except option 02 DC waveform only Range 0 500 V to 0 500 V into a 50 Q load Resolution 1 mV Polarity Normal Inverted Duty Range 0 1 to 99 9 Resolution Frequency Resolution 1 000 Hz to 4 000 MHz 0 1 4 001 MHz to 20 00 MHz 0 5 20 01 MHz to 40 00 MHz 1 0 40 01 MHz to 80 00 MHz 2 0 80 01 MHz to 100 0 MHz 2 5 100 1 MHz to 160 0 MHz 40 160 1 MHz to 200 0 MHz 5 0 200 1 MHz to 400 0 MHz 10 0 Marker Out Pulse Width Mrker1 Hi 0 to 20 of 1 waveform period Lo 20 to 100 of 1 waveform period Marker2 Hi 0 to 50 of 1 waveform period Lo 50 to 100 of 1 waveform period Hi 0 to 52 of 1 waveform period Lo 52 to 100 of 1 waveform period at frequency range is 100 1MHz to 160 0MHz Level Hi 2 0 V min into a 50 Q load Lo 0 V max into a 50 Q load A 36 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Table A 43 Display Appendix A Specifications AWG710 Characteristics Description Display Display area Horizontal 130 6 mm 5 14 in Vertical 97 0 mm 3 81 in Resolution 640 H x 480 V pixels
437. nnect either an ASCII 101 key keyboard or a JIS Japanese 106 key keyboard to the keyboard connector on the rear panel Do the following steps to let the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator know the type of keyboard being used 1 2 3 Push the UTILITY front panel System bottom Select Keyboard Type using the and buttons Select ASCII or JIS using the general purpose knob The changes take effect immediately AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 155 The UTILITY Window About Key Operation You can use the PC keyboard for menu operations rather than using the instrument front panel keys or buttons Use the keyboard to input the file name directory name and text in the Text Equation editors The PC keyboard character keys ten keys arrow keys space key and shift key can be used in place of the front panel keys buttons and some menu operation commands Table 3 43 lists other edit operations you can perform from the PC keyboard Table 3 43 External keyboard edit operations Control keys Descriptions Character and Characters found in the character palette can be input from the numeric keys corresponding keys on the keyboard and keys Corresponds to the front panel and keys The caret moves horizontally when using the equation editor amp and keys Corresponds to the front panel and keys The caret moves vertically when us
438. nnector are on AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual B 73 Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710 Do the following substeps to set the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator amplitude and confirm the offset setting C Push VERTICAL MENU front panel Amplitude side Push 0 0 2 and ENTER keys in this order or turn the general purpose knob to set the amplitude to 0 020 V Verify that the offset setting display on the Offset side button is 0 000 V If the offset display is not set correctly push the Offset side button and push 0 and then ENTER key Do the following substeps to check the amplitude accuracy of a 20 mV amplitude setting a b a p Write the DMM reading as a positive voltage Push the FORCE EVENT button Write the DMM reading as a negative voltage Verify that the positive minus negative voltages fall within 20 mV 2 4 mV Push 0 2 and ENTER keys in this order or turn the general purpose knob to set the amplitude to 0 200 V Do the following to check the amplitude accuracy of 200 mV amplitude setting a b a p Push the FORCE EVENT button Write the DMM reading as a positive voltage Push the FORCE EVENT button Write the DMM reading as a negative voltage Verify that the positive minus negative voltages fall within 200 mV 6 mV Push the 2 and the ENTER keys in this order or turn the general purpose knob to set the amplitude to 2 V Do the fo
439. nning Waveform Sequences The sequence editor lets you create a sequence file A sequence file is a list of waveform or pattern files to output along with control statements that define how many times and when the waveform is output This tutorial describes how to create five simple waveforms and two simple sequence files The first sequence file is a main sequence file The second sequence file is a subsequence called from the main sequence file In this tutorial you will learn the following How to open the Sequence Editor How to edit a sequence table a mE How to create a main sequence and a subsequence E How to set run mode a How to run the sequence Preparation Do the following steps to reset the instrument to the factory default settings 1 Push the UTILITY button on the front panel to display the UTILITY menu screen 2 Push the Factory Reset side menu button If the Factory Reset side menu item is not shown push the System bottom menu button and then push the Factory Reset side menu button The SETUP menu screen appears 3 Push the OK side button The instrument is reset to the factory default setting 4 Push EDIT button on the front panel The screen lists the files in the current storage media NOTE Push the EDIT button again to display a list of the files 2 70 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Tutorials Creating Waveforms You will create five waveforms using standard f
440. nnot start up when floppy disk other than a system disk is inserted in the floppy disk drive Please power on after ejecting a disk ON STBY switch Figure 1 2 Location of the ON STBY switch 1 14 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Getting Started Power On Diagnostics The instrument automatically runs power on self tests to check that the instrument is operating normally Check the results of the power on self tests If all the diagnostic tests are completed without error the instrument displays Pass and then displays the SETUP menu screen If the system detects an error the instrument displays Fail and the error code number on the screen You can still operate the instrument if you exit this state but the waveform output accuracy is not guaranteed until the error is corrected To exit the diagnosis mode push any button The system goes to the SETUP menu screen NOTE Contact your local Tektronix Field Office or representative if the instrument displays an error message Be sure to record the error code number Power Off To power off the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator push the ON STBY switch on the front panel WARNING To prevent electrical shock remove all power from the instrument turn the PRINCIPAL POWER SWITCH on the back panel to OFF and disconnect the power cord from the instrument Some components in the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator are still conn
441. nob front regardless of the Trigger side menu Impedance This button lets you set the impedance value of the TRIG IN back panel connector You can set the TRIG IN impedance to either 50 or 1 KQ Do the following to set the TRIG IN back panel connector input impedance 1 Make sure that the trigger source is set to External 2 Push SETUP front Trigger bottom Impedance side to toggle between 50 Q and 1 KQ AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 47 The Setup Menu Screen Interval The internal trigger source is a pulse generator that automatically triggers the instrument every interval setting This button lets you set the time interval between trigger pulses The time interval ranges from 1 0 us to 10 0 s The automatic trigger interval starts when RUN button is pressed Do the following steps to set the trigger interval 1 Push SETUP front Trigger bottom Interval side 2 Use the general purpose knob numeric buttons or the keyboard to adjust the trigger interval time NOTE The FORCE TRIGGER front panel button forces a trigger event immediately when pressed Forcing a trigger does not reset the start of the automatic trigger interval For example if the trigger interval is set for four seconds and you force a trigger at 2 5 seconds after the automatic trigger signal seconds the next automatic trigger occurs 1 5 seconds after the force trigger To disable automatic tri
442. nt output clock rate from the front panel controls changes the active waveform output frequency but does not change the clock rate stored with that waveform file 3 40 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The Setup Menu Screen Clock Out The instrument also outputs the internal clock signal to the rear panel VCO OUT 1 4 CLOCK OUT AWG710 connector Table 3 5 describes the VCO OUT 1 4 CLOCK OUT AWG710 signal timing as it relates to the active Run Mode NOTE When you push the RUN button the instrument outputs a pulse signal for a short period of time on the VCO OUT 1 4 CLOCK OUT AWG710 connector not related to the clock signal This signal is generated for the instrument internal setup Table 3 5 Clock signal output timing Run modes Timing Continuous The clock signal is always output when the RUN LED on the front panel is on Triggered The clock signal is always output when a waveform is being output When the instrument waits for a trigger event no clock output is provided Gated The clock signal is always output when the RUN LED on the front panel is on Enhanced The clock signal is always output except the instrument is in the trigger wait state 1 4 Clock Out AWG710 The instrument outputs the internal clock signal to the rear panel 1 4 CLOCK OUT only connector see Figure 3 3 MC100EL57 470 1 4 CLOCK OUT O 51 Q 2 V Figure 3 3 1 4 CLOCK OUT outp
443. nt A 50 Q BNC coaxial cable a 50 Q precision terminator an required SMA Ma BNC Fe adapter BNC female to dual banana adapter and DC Offset j a digital multimeter DMM Prerequisites The AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator must meet the prerequisites listed on page B 7 Do the following steps to install the test hookup and set the test equipment controls 1 Use a50 Q BNC coaxial cable an SMA Ma BNC Fe adapter a 50 Q precision terminator and a BNC to dual banana adapter to connect the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator CH1 output to the DMM input connector see Figure B 10 AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator SoC DMM 7p 50Q BNC coaxial cable Input connector CH1 output connector BNC to dual banana adapter SMA Male BNC Female adapter T OU SENG coaxial cable BNC 50 Q precision terminator 50 Q BNC coaxial cable Figure B 10 Direct DA output amplitude accuracy initial test hookup 2 Set the DMM controls as follows Mode testes a eBid oe VANS 8 Eee VDC RANG Gia ssp atid Citta alae hues Cee 2V INPUT s oe o emg aces aden aaa A AA Front 3 Push UTILITY front panel System bottom Factory Reset side OK side AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Man
444. nt panel to select the Type field 5 Turn the general purpose knob to highlight the Sine field item Note that Sine is the default selection 6 Push the button twice to select the Cycle field 7 Turn the general purpose knob to set the cycle to 5 0 8 Push the Enter button to enter the value in the field 9 Push the OK side button You have created a five cycle sine wave with a peak to peak range of 2 0 digital to analog converter DAC units as shown in Figure 2 37 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Tutorials Clock 100 00000MS S Run Mode Continuous Stopped i ie lL 9 A 999 R 999 1668 pts Value Value 31 411m 1 0000 N 1 0000 V V V Markeri 1 Marker2 1 File Operation Tools Zoom Pan Window Settings Undo Figure 2 37 Standard sine wave function created in the Waveform Editor NOTE The waveform amplitude shown in the Waveform Editor does not directly correspond to the output waveform voltage amplitude The levels in the Waveform Editor correspond to the instrument 8 bit digital to analog convertor DAC resolution A signal with a 1 000 to 1 000 range utilizes the full resolution of the DAC circuit The actual output signal values peak to peak and offset are set in the Setup menu The Setup menu output values are multipliers and assume that the edited waveform signal uses the full 1 000 waveform range
445. nternal the trigger signal generated in the instrument will be used For the internal trigger you can set only the trigger interval In the Gated mode the internal trigger does not work AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The Setup Menu Screen Slope or Polarity This button lets you set the external trigger signal slope or polarity in the Gated run mode on which to trigger the instrument You can select the trigger slope for either the positive going rising or the negative going falling edge see Figure 3 6 Positive going __ Negative going edge Trigger level lt j S N J D4 Trigger slope can be positive or negative Figure 3 6 Trigger slope and trigger level To set the trigger slope push SETUP front Trigger bottom Slope side to toggle between Positive and Negative NOTE In the Gated run mode triggering occurs for the time period that the external trigger signal level is greater than or equal to the specified trigger level setting Trigger Level This button lets you set the level at which the TRIG IN external trigger signal triggers the instrument You can set the trigger level from 5 0 V to 5 0 V Do the following steps to set the signal level 1 Push SETUP front Trigger bottom Level side 2 Use the general purpose knob numeric buttons or the keyboard to adjust the trigger level value You can set the trigger level with TRIGGER LEVEL k
446. nu New Waveform New Pattern Open Save Save As nsert from File Close Close All 3 13 Menu Structures Main Bottom Side menu menu menu EDIT cont m EDIT cont New 3 14 Subbottom Subside menu menu Waveform cont pop up Operation OK Pop up or dialog menu Description rc Edit commands Standard Waveform a Select Lines Cut Copy Paste Insert Paste Replace Multiple Paste Set Data High Low Counter Horizontal Shift Horizontal Rotate Vertical Shift Expand Vertical Scale Horizontal Invert Vertical Invert Clip Shift Register Generator Set Pattern Numeric Input XN AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Main Bottom Side menu menu menu EDIT cont EDIT cont New Subbottom Subside menu menu Waveform cont Tools pop up OK AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Menu Structures Pop up or dialog menu Description Edit commands Absolute Square Cube Square Root Normalize Differential Integral Add Sub Mul Compare Convolution Correlation Digital Filter Re Sampling Code Convert XY View 3 15 Menu Structures Main menu EDIT cont 3 16 Bottom menu EDIT cont Side Subbottom menu menu Subside Pop up or Description me
447. nu is set up like the time of the usual AWG mode Push the RUN front button to turn on the RUN LED Push the CH1 OUT button and ALL MARKER OUT ON OFF button to output the signal that the corresponding output connector AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 247 Waveform Mixing Mode 3 248 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Synchronous Operation Mode AWG710B only Synchronous Operation is a feature that allows you to use two channels of signal by operating two AWG710B A word synchronous called here means that two units of the AWG710B operate with the same clock and that start and stop of output signals of two units are corresponding A unit that controls the overall system is called Master and a unit that is used for an additional channel is called Slave In the Synchronous Operation mode the master and slave should be connected directly for the Clock and Trigger signals because the timing is critical For other signals the master controls the slave through a LAN Although loading of a waveform file and the setting parameter of the Vertical menu are performed to Master and Slave each control of other Slave is performed from Master via LAN The remote command via LAN can be used also during synchronous operation Two units of synchronous operations are performed as follows E Connect two LAN cables four Clock signal cables and four Trigger signal cables One unit is set as Slave
448. nu button 3 34 3 44 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual S Same as A Wavefrom Mixing 3 245 Same as B Waveform Mixing 3 246 Sample waveforms D 1 Sample Cell disk application 3 138 Samples Bit jitter composer application 3 152 Save As 2 22 Save As command 3 58 Save command 3 58 Save Mixed Wfm Wavefrom Mixing 3 244 Save Mixed Wfm menu button 3 244 Save Setup menu button 3 49 save to new file name 2 22 Save Restore menu button 3 34 3 35 3 48 saving files 2 21 saving setup parameters 2 40 saw 3 201 scale 3 205 Screen Display Enable Disable setup 3 158 screen icons 2 35 SETUP 2 35 SDH Sonet network standard 3 145 Secure resetting and removing files 3 159 Selecting data to edit 3 92 3 93 selecting text in Equation editor 3 112 Self tests at power on 1 15 calibration B 4 B 58 diagnostics B 2 B 56 Sequence editor Async 3 126 copying a line 3 121 cursor movement 3 120 cutting a line 3 121 EVENT IN connector 3 125 inserting a line 3 120 limitations 3 128 line number 3 118 logic jump 3 125 opening the editor 3 117 pasting a line 3 121 Strobe 3 126 Sync 3 126 table jump 3 125 timing 3 126 Sequence file text format G 1 sequence file load restrictions 3 36 Set Data High Low command 3 62 set output parameters 2 38 Set Pattern command 3 68 3 96 Index Setting parameters quick edit 3 103 Settings menu button 3 82 3 91 Setup date and time
449. nu commands Most of the edit commands affect the data located between the left and right cursor positions This region is called the edit area or scope Figure 2 22 shows an example of an edit area In this example all data is located from left cursor position 300 to right cursor position 779 Other edit operations use the active selected cursor position for inserting waveform data The active cursor is shown as a solid vertical line The inactive cursor is shown as a dashed vertical line Left cursor active selected Clock 500 00000MS S Run Mode Continuous Stopped 2 300 Edit area j j j File Operation Tcjols Zoom Pan Windo Settings Undo Edit area Left cursor 300 Right cursor 779 position active position inactive Figure 2 22 Cursors and edit area When you edit a waveform you must first specify the edit area or a single cursor position depending on the operation you want to do To select the active cursor push the TOGGLE front panel button to switch between the left and right cursor To move a cursor turn the general purpose knob use the left or right arrow keys or use the keypad or keyboard to enter a position in the cursor position field The cursor position field is active when the corresponding cursor is active AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Operating Basics Followings are more cursor operations that are available b
450. nu dialog menu New Waveform cont Zoom Pan Editor display zoom pan operations Zoom In Zoom Out Zoom Fit Pan Direction Horizontal Vertical Window Selects active window Window 1 Window 2 Window 3 Close Selected Window Close Unselected Window Settings Sets up the editor C Window Total Points Clock View dialog General Horizontal Unit Update Mode Cursor Link Grid Interpolation W Cancel OK Undo Reverses edit to prior operation AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Menu Structures Main Bottom Side Subbottom Subside Pop up or Description menu menu menu menu menu dialog menu EDIT cont New Waveform EDIT cont New Pattern Open New Pattern Save op u File dud lt Save As OK Insert from File Close Close All w AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 17 Menu Structures Main Bottom menu menu EDIT cont EDIT cont 3 18 Side Subbottom menu menu New Pattern cont Operation Subside menu pop up OK Pop up or dialog menu Description Standard Waveform Edit commands a Select Lines Cut Copy Paste Insert Paste Replace Multiple Paste Set Data High Low Counter Horizontal Shift Horizontal Rotate Vertical Shift Expand Vertical Scale Horizontal Invert Vertical Invert Clip Shift Register
451. nual 3 147 The APPL Menu Operation Flow 1 Select APPL front panel Application bottom Jitter Composer side to display the Jitter Composer See Figure 3 47 Clock 100 00000MS S Run Mode Continuous Stopped Jitter Composer Application Disk Network Data Points Repeat Count E Samples Bit Jitter Data Rate 168 66666Mbps Composer Clock 1 6666660GS s Rise Time _5 6ns Fall Time 5 6ns Jitter Profile Sine Jitter Deviation 566ps lt rms gt Jitter Frequency 8Hz Os Application peut Profile Figure 3 45 Jitter composer application initial screen Specify input data Load waveform pattern files or use a pre defined pattern 2 Select Input Data bottom Read from File side or Pre defined Pattern side to select input data Clock 100 00000MS S Run Mode Continuous Stopped Jitter Composer Repeat Count Samples Bit Data Rate clock Rise Time Fall Time Jitter Profile Jitter Deviation Jitter Frequency Data Points c 19 100 00000Mbps 1 0000000GS S 5 0ns 5 0ns Sine 500p5 lt rms gt Hz Input Data Pre defined Pattern hp plication ae Profile Figure 3 46 Input Data menu AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The APPL Menu 3 Select a waveform pattern file from the file list to load the waveform pattern file or select a pre defined pattern f
452. o 1 MQ Outputs tac heise oa E ENA Off 3 Follow the substeps below to set the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator controls and to select the waveform file a Push UTILITY front panel System bottom Factory Reset side OK side b Push SETUP front panel Run Mode bottom Gated side c Load the MODE WFM file Refer to Loading Files on page B 62 for file loading procedures d Push HORIZONTAL MENU front panel Clock side B 70 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710 e Push 1 0 0 and M SHIFT 7 keys in this order or turn the general purpose knob to set the internal clock frequency to 100 MHz f Push the RUN and CH1 output buttons The LEDs above the RUN button and CH1 output connector are on g Push the FORCE TRIGGER button Verify that the oscilloscope displays sine waves while the FORCE TRIGGER button is pushed and that the output stops when the Force Trigger button is released 4 Follow the substeps below to check the gated mode with the gate signal a Set the oscilloscope trigger source to CH2 and change the trigger level to 1 V b Turn on the function generator output c Verify that the oscilloscope displays sine waves while the function generator gate signal amplitude is High level See Figure B 42 Waveform output CHI Gate signal CH2 Figure B 42 Relationship between gate signal and
453. o External Keyboards on page 3 155 for information AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Getting Started E An adjustment of focused color Refer to Focused Color on page 3 158 for information This setup procedure is also described in Tutorial 1 Instrument Setup on page 2 51 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 1 3 Getting Started Incoming Inspection Inspect the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator carton for external damage If the carton is damaged notify the carrier Remove the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator from its carton and check that the instrument has not been damaged in transit Verify that the carton contains the basic instruments and its standard accessories Refer to Standard Accessories on page 1 6 This instrument was thoroughly inspected for mechanical and electrical defects before shipment It should be free of dents or scratches To confirm this inspect the instrument for physical damage that occurred in transit and test the instrument functionality by following the Tutorials beginning on page 2 49 You can also verify the performance of the instrument by following the procedures in Appendix Appendix B Performance Verification beginning on page B 55 If a discrepancy is found contact your local Tektronix Field Office or representative NOTE Save the shipping carton and packaging materials for repackaging in case shipment becomes nec
454. o display a grid Selecting On displays a grid in all open Graphical Waveform Editor windows Selecting Off disables grid display The default value is Off The grid is not displayed in the Tabular Waveform Editor window or the Pattern Editor window The instrument automatically sets the grid interval Interpolation Specifies whether to enable waveform display interpolation when the density of points decreases due to zooming Selecting On specifies that the instrument use the algorithm aX bX c to interpolate the waveform level between data points Selecting Off displays the data point values as they are The default value is Off This function is provided to display a smooth waveform from data that contains relatively few data points in a cycle such as in a disk test waveform Note that this function may cause reduction in the linearity of some types of waveforms such as a ramp waveform 3 84 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The Pattern Editor The Pattern Editor lets you create and edit data to output the analog signal Graphic and tabular are the two display modes The graphic mode displays the waveform graphically while the tabular mode displays the tubular mode numerically in tabular form The instrument will interpret the data bit values and send the resulting signal to the CH 1 or CH1 output About Waveform and Pattern Files You can load both the waveform and pattern files to o
455. of Cells 1 0000 Marker 0 kO ncells pi Number of Cells PI Marker2 6 k1 0 5 a pi 3 32 E2PR4 WFM a sinc kO scale k1 3 sinc k0 scale k1 pi 3 sinc kO scale k1 2 pi sinc k0 scale k1 3 pi Descriptions This is the isolated pulse for the E2PR4 This sample equation makes the E2PR4 WFM waveform with 200 waveform points Samples Cell x Number of Cells Settings Table D 18 Isolated pulse for network application E1 WFM Made with waveform editor This is the isolated pulse for the ITU T E1 The number of waveform points is 84 This isolated pulse is applied to ITU T E2 ITU T E3 and T1 102 DSIC Osos jee Pe s File name Descriptions 1 0000 Markeri Marker2 Settings D 10 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix D Sample Waveforms Table D 19 Isolated pulse for network application l e l eo a File name DS1 WFM Made with waveform editor 1 0000 Te al Descriptions This is the isolated pulse for the T1 102 DS1 The number of waveform points is 64 1 0000 Markeri Marker2 6 Settings Table D 20 Isolated pulse for network application Meee are e a a File name DS1A WFM Made with waveform editor 1 8000 i Descriptions This is the isolated pulse for the T1 102 DS1A The number of waveform points is 64 1 0000 Markeri Marker
456. of the Synchronous Operation mode is pushed the Trigger Timing Cal of the Synchronous Operation mode is performed and when Diag of the UTILITY menu is performed AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The Graphical Waveform Editor This section describes the Graphical Waveform editor The Graphical Waveform editor lets you create and or edit an analog waveform You can choose to display the waveform graphically or in table format Refer to page 3 105 for information on editing waveform data using a table editor Editor Screen Elements To open a new window for graphical waveform editing push EDIT front Edit bottom New Waveform side Figure 3 8 shows the Waveform Editor screen elements Table 3 8 describes the editor screen elements Table 3 9 describes the bottom menu functions The sections that follow Table 3 9 describe the menu operations in detail Left cursor Cursor to cursor Position of data Right cursor position distance viewed in overall position field and edit area waveform record field and data value data value Waveform Clock Run Status file name frequency mode display area Knob icon Window MUMBO AN Clock 500 00000M5 S Run Mode Contin pus Stopped 6 lt Active T sine4x wim A 999 RT 999 cursor Waveform t 1999 pts o ENA value 25 030 Z00m Pan position record length 1 0000 Zoom In zoom Out Waveform display lt Zoom Fit Pan 1 0000
457. off time lt 109 5 clocks 500 ns Single operation lt 109 5 clocks 700 ns Synchronous operation Delay to analog out Typical 275 5clocks 17 ns Output Norm Filter Through Gated mode Minimum pulse width See Figure A 2 on page A 10 1152 clocks 10 ns 0 2 V amplitude Gate hold off time lt 1920 clock 20 ns The time interval between the last gate off point and the next gaate on point Delay to analog out Typical 1355 to 1563 5 clocks 9 ns Output Norm Filter Through 5 The characteristics are specified at the end of the BNC cable 012 0482 00 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix A Specifications AWG710B Trigger Hold off 109 5 clocks 500 ns Need more 200ns in synchronous operation External Trigger Delay to analog output 275 5 clocks 17 ns Need more 3 clocks in synchronous Analog output Filter Through The option 02 doesn t have offset and lowpass filter function Delay between Analog output and Marker output Norm output 2 4 ns typical Direct output 1 ns typical Option 02 2 ns typical Marker output Marker Skew lt 20 ps typical lt 1 Clock gt an 7 m3 AIN Figure A 1 Signal Timing AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual A 9 Appendix A Specifications AWG710B 1 After RUN starting Gate signal is inpu
458. ole waveform Do the following steps to insert waveform data from a file 1 Move the active cursor to where you want to insert the file data 2 Push File bottom Insert from File pop up OK side 3 Select a file from the Select File dialog box 4 Push the OK side button The data is inserted at the active cursor position The Close command closes the active editor window If you have made edit changes since the last time you saved your waveform data and you attempt to close the editor window the instrument displays the message Save the changes you made Push the Yes side button to save the waveform data If you have not made any edit changes since the last time you saved the file the instrument closes the editor window and redraws the screen to display the remaining editor windows If you only have one editor window open and close that window the instrument returns you to the EDIT main screen The Operation bottom button provides waveform data edit commands The following sections describe each edit command in detail If you select a command with an ellipsis the instrument displays either a side menu or dialog box that lets you set additional parameters Commands that do not have ellipses are executed immediately This command creates standard waveforms such as sine and triangle waves in the edit area The edit area is the area between the cursor positions Do the following steps to create a standard waveform
459. oller and the other instrument s must be in the Talk Listen mode All instruments including the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator must have a unique GPIB address When you execute this function the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator starts addressing the instruments that are connecting to the same GPIB network from the lower to the higher GPIB address When an addressed instrument responds the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator stops addressing and starts the negotiation for waveform data transfer The AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator communicates with the first instrument that responds possibly the one that has the lowest GPIB address in the same network and the type that you specified You must set the GPIB address and Talk Listen mode but you do not need the other settings in the source instrument The AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator performs all settings to the source instrument necessary for waveform transfer during negotiation AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 181 Capturing Waveforms Procedures for Capturing Waveforms 3 182 Do the following steps to capture a waveform 1 Sy E ee ot Set the GPIB parameters in the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator The AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator must be set to the controller Refer to Connecting to a GPIB Network on page 3 160 for setting the GPIB p
460. ols waveform output settings including trigger source and sample clock rate EDIT Controls access to all functions for creating editing converting importing and exporting waveforms Quick Editor functions are accessed through the Waveform editor You can enter into the Quick Editor only from the waveform editor APPL Creates signals for testing devices such as hard disks networks and also for jitter testing UTILITY Controls instrument setup functions that are not directly related to editing or output AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Menu Structures This section describes the structures for the menu system The four main menu structures contain the following submenus E Bottom menus E Side menus E Pop up menus Item labels that follow the ellipsis bring up either a subside menu pop up menu or a dialog box The side menus are illustrated as follows m Side menu items that switch between two parameters Format Item label param1 param2 Example Output Normal Direct E Side menu items that allow the selection with the general purpose knob Format Item label option1 option2 option3 Example Filter 20 MHz 50 MHz 100 MHz 200 MHz Through m Side menu items that allow numeric values to be set using the numeric keys or the general purpose knob Format Item label minimum to maximum Example Level 5 0 to 5 0 V The access lines
461. om Clear Filename side Repeat Count Specify the number of repeats used to cause repetitive output of a waveform on a line This value may be 1 to 65536 In addition Infinity may also be specified When infinity is specified control will no longer advance Thus it should usually be used together with Logic Jump or Table Jump Do the following steps to enter a repeat count Do the following steps to set the repeat count value 1 Move the cursor to the Repeat Count column 2 Push Data Entry bottom Repeat Count side 3 Specify a repeat count value using the general purpose or numeric keys Do the following steps if you specify Infinity 3 122 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The Sequence Editor 1 Push Data Entry bottom Infinity side to toggle between On and Off 2 Alternatively push the SHIFT on the front panel and then the INF numeric key in step 1 Specify the repeat count NOTE The Infinity setting is neglected in the subsequence The general purpose knob is assigned to shift the numeric values when Repeat Count has been set Push TOGGLE or CLEAR MENU on the front panel to exit the setting mode Wait Trigger The Wait Trigger column lets you set the instrument to wait for a trigger event before outputting a waveform on the specified sequence table line Either the Internal or External trigger source will be used depending on which is selected in the SETUP menu Vali
462. on test hookup 2 Follow the substeps below to set the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator controls and to select the sequence file a Push UTILITY front panel System bottom Factory Reset side OK side B 52 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B b Push SETUP front panel Extended Operation bottom Sync Master side c Push Connect bottom Execute Trig Timing Calibration side 3 Check that Pass is displayed being displayed on the Trigger Timing Cal field at the lower left of the AWG710B screen 4 Change the cable connection a Disconnect the cable from the T OUT1 connector and connect it to the T OUT2 connector b Disconnect the cable from the T OUTI connector and connect it to the T OUT2 connector c Disconnect the cable from the C OUT1 connector and connect it to the T OUT2 connector d Disconnect the cable from the C OUTI connector and connect it to the T OUT2 connector 5 Push Execute Trig Timing Calibration side 6 Check that Pass is displayed being displayed on the Trigger Timing Cal field at the lower left of the AWG710B screen 7 Disconnect the four SMA cables AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual B 53 Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B B 54 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710
463. on to Off 7 Push the Jump To side button and then use the general purpose knob front panel keypad or keyboard numeric keys to enter a line number 8 Repeat steps 5 through 7 to enter jump line numbers for other event table values 9 Push the CLEAR MENU button on the front panel to return to the sequence table display Timing The Timing function controls when a jump occurs in the waveform output sequence Selecting ASync causes the instrument to jump to the specified sequence table line as soon as an event goes true Selecting Sync causes the instrument to jump to the specified sequence table line after completing the output of the current waveform memory For example suppose that an event occurs during the second repeat count of a line on which the waveform is defined to be output three times The jump occurs after completing the second output repetition and before starting the third output repetition To set the timing value in the Event Jump screen push the Timing side menu button to toggle between Sync and ASync Strobe You can set the instrument to enable or disable strobing in the EVENT IN signals Event signals must be input to the EVENT IN connector on the rear panel when you run the sequence in Enhanced mode You can input four event signals and one strobe signal in the connector When Strobe is set to Off the instrument reads the event signals at the timing of every two internal clock cycles and updates the event
464. ont New Sequence NOTE Push File gt Close to close this menu ss i ent Sequence Table Heading As C N Line CH1 Repeat Count Wait Trigger Goto lt N gt Logic Jump File Close Save Save As L Data Entry Entry data for Sequence table NOTE These side menu buttons are available if CH1 is selected from the sequence table above Insert Line Enter Filename L Clear Filename NOTE These side menu buttons are available if Repeat Count is selected from the sequence table above Insert Line Repeat Count 1 to 65536 Infinity Off On NOTE These side menu buttons are available if Wait Trigger is selected from the sequence table above Insert Line Wait Trig Off On AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 21 Menu Structures Main Bottom Side Subbottom Subside Pop up or Description menu menu menu menu menu dialog menu EDIT cont EDIT cont New Sequence cont Data Entry cont NOTE These side menu buttons are available if Goto lt N gt is selected from the sequence table above Insert Line Goto Next Goto Specified Line Goto 1 to 8000 NOTE These side menu buttons are available if Logic Jump is selected from the sequence table above Insert Line Jump Off Jump to Next Jump to Specified Line Jump to 1 N Sequence line edit commands e Line Edit Cut Line Copy Line Paste Line 3 22 AWG710 amp AWG
465. ope CH1 input connector 2 Use a BNC coaxial cable to connect the function generator to the BNC T adapter which goes to the Trigger Input on the AWG710 Connect a 50 Q BNC coaxial cable to the BNC T adapter Connect the opposite end of the BNC cable to the CH2 input on the oscilloscope AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator rear panel Oscilloscope TDS700 Function Generator AFG310 St pa z E RE Co o gt Bl as E 0 pd ad UN Seer o_o CH1 output CH1 input jee input BNCT 50 Q SMA coaxial cable Adapter 50 Q BNC coaxial cable SMA Female BNC 50 Q BNC coaxial cable Male adapter Figure B 49 Trigger input initial test hookup 3 Set the oscilloscope controls as follows Metal aeaee N EN CH1 and CH2 CH1 and CH2 coupling DC CH1 scale laa 500 mV div CH2 scale i ieviiteuevad aai ea n 2 Vidiv AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual B 87 Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710 CH1 input impedance 50 Q CH2 input impedance 1MQ Horizontal SWOGD och card geting bees ae 1 ms div Trigger SOUMCE fet eek eo Rates AEA CH1 Coupling aiii a i a a DC DIODE AEA AEEA ETE Positive E EE hi dari ia ene EET 100 mV Mode 24 wwaee seine hop eee de P
466. or the instrument detects the trigger edge during the waveform sequence output these operations are ignored If you set AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The Setup Menu Screen number of repetition to Infinite the signal will continue to output until you push the RUN button on the front panel again Gated This button sets the instrument to gated output mode When you push the RUN button on the front panel the instrument enters the state awaiting a trigger the status is Waiting In the state of waiting for trigger the instrument outputs the value of 0 zero level offset When the trigger signal goes true or you push the FORCE TRIGGER button on the front panel the output begins at the start of the waveform or sequence data the status is Running While the trigger signal is at the true level or the FORCE TRIGGER button remains pushed in the waveform or sequence data is continuously output When the trigger signal goes false or you release the FORCE TRIGGER button on the front panel the output stops and the instrument again enters the state awaiting a trigger When the trigger source is Internal the instrument ignores any automatically generated trigger signals while in the Gated mode Enhanced This button sets the instrument to enhanced output mode While a waveform is being output the Enhanced mode operates the same as the Triggered mode except for the sequence table output For sequence table
467. or up or down a line by using the general purpose knob the and buttons or the keyboard keys Move the cursor horizontally along a line by using the and buttons or the keyboard keys You can also move the cursor by entering numeric values This is convenient for example when a long sequence results because more rapid cursor movement is implemented Push the Move Cursor to bottom button to display the Move Cursor to the dialog box Input the destination line number in the dialog box and then push the OK side button When you set the value in the Repeat Count the and buttons are assigned to shift the numeric values To move the cursor horizontally push the TOGGLE or CLEAR MENU on the front panel Use the and button to move the cursor The side menu corresponding to the Data Entry bottom button varies with the parameter value in the cursor position When you first open a new sequence table a table containing 0 lines is created You must insert new lines into the table before you can edit the contents To insert new lines use the Insert Line command as follows 1 Move the cursor to the position that you want to insert a new line If this is a new table you are already at the place to insert a new line Push Data Entry bottom Insert Line side A new line is created immediately above the line of the current cursor position If you insert a new line into a table that contains line jump numbers the in
468. orm Generator functions While this verification progresses the screen displays the clock icon When finished the resulting status appears on the screen Verify that no failures are found and reported on screen If the diagnostics terminates without error Pass is displayed instead of the If a value is displayed meaning an error is detected consult a qualified service technician for further assistance AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual B 3 Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B Calibration B 4 Push any bottom or menu button other than UTILITY to exit the diagnostic screen The instrument includes internal calibration routines that check electrical characteristics such as offset attenuations and filters Perform calibration to adjust internal calibration constants as necessary This procedure describes how to do the internal calibration Equipment None required Prerequisites Power on the instrument and allow a 20 minute warmup period at an ambient temperature between 20 C and 30 C before doing this procedure Confirm that there is no output being performed by verifying that the RUN LED is not on If the LED is on push the RUN button to turn it off NOTE Some calibration items may fail if you start calibration while output is being performed Do the following steps to verify that the internal adjustments have passed 1 Push UTILITY front panel
469. orm a correlation math operation between two waveforms 1 If more than one window is open select the source waveform as follows Push Window bottom Window1 Window2 or Window3 side 2 Push Tools bottom Correlation pop up OK side The Correlation dialog box appears Select the second waveform in the With field 4 Select either Off or On in the Treat waveform as periodic field 5 Push the OK side button to generate the result of correlation of the two waveforms AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 77 The Graphical Waveform Editor Digital Filter The Digital Filter command applies a digital filter to the whole of the active window s waveform and displays the result in another window If three windows are open the operation will not work The digital filter implemented in this instrument is composed of n FIR filter and Kaizer window functions where n represents the number of delay elements that composes the filter You can specify the n as a tap that varies from 3 to 101 The larger the value of n number of taps the greater the filtering capability However filtering will take a longer time to perform as the value of n increases Digital Filter Dialog Box Figure 3 14 shows the Digital Filter dialog box Table 3 17 describes the digital filter parameters Applying the digital filter results in delay by number of taps 1 2 The original data is regarded as an iterative wa
470. ors Output signal Complemental CH1 and CH1 DA converter Resolution 8 bits AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual A 3 Appendix A Specifications AWG710B Table A 6 Main output cont Characteristics Description PV reference page Differential nonlinearity Within 1 2 LSB Integral nonlinearity Within 1 LSB Output impedance 502 Normal out except option 02 Output voltage 1 5 V to 1 5 V into a 50 Q load Amplitude Range 20 MVp p to 2 Vp p into a 50 Q load Resolution 1 mV DC accuracy 2 0 of amplitude 2 mV offset 0 V Page B 19 Offset Range 0 5 V to 0 5 V into a 50 Q load Resolution 1mvV Accuracy 1 5 of offset 10 mV Page B 19 20 mV amplitude waveform data 0 Waveform data 1 and 1 offset 0 V and filter through Pulse response Clock 1 0 GS s Rise time 10 to 90 lt 480 ps amplitude 1 0 Vp p calculated value gt 729 MHz Page B 31 Fall time 10 to 90 lt 480 ps amplitude 1 0 Vp p calculated value gt 729 MHz Aberration Typical 6 amplitude 1 0 Vp p using 6 GHz bandwidth oscilloscope Flatness Typical 3 after 20 ns from rise or fall edges Sinewave characteristics Clock 4 2 GS s waveform points 32 Signal frequency 131 25 MHz amplitude 1 0 V offset 0 V filter through Harmonics lt 40 dBc DC to 1000 MHz Noise lt 50 dBc DC to 1000
471. ottom Execute Trigger Timing Calibration side button to execute the trigger timing calibration 3 256 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Save Restore Setup Synchronous Operation Mode AWG710B only You can save and restore the instrument output setup parameters The setup parameters on Extended Operation modes are saved together with the setting information on AWG mode at a setting file Save Restore operation is executed on the Save Restore menu of the SETUP screen in AWG mode A saved setup file contains the setting information on both AWG mode and each Extended Operation mode Refer to The Save Restore Menu on page 3 48 Operation Flow Two AWG710Bs are set as Sync Master and Sync Slave in the following procedure and synchronous operation is performed 1 10 11 12 In the power off state connect two LAN cables four clock signal cables and four trigger signal cables Push the front panel On Standby switch to power on the instrument Check and write the IP address of slave Push SETUP front panel Extended Operation bottom Sync Slave side button of the slave AWG710B Push SETUP front panel Extended Operation bottom Sync Master side button of the master AWG710B Push Connect bottom Edit Slave IP Address side button of the master AWG710B to register the IP address of the slave AWG710B If required push Execute Ping side button to che
472. ou can enter into the QUICK EDIT mode only from the waveform editor When you enter into the quick edit mode the instrument copies the data in the edit buffer into the undo buffer All the changes you make immediately reflect to the data in the edit buffer and also to the data in the waveform memory if that data is being loaded to output Before loading you can view a waveform or pattern Refer to Quick View on page 2 24 for more detail Viewing a Waveform To view the loaded waveform file push the View side menu button The instrument opens a window on the screen that displays the waveform as shown in Figure 2 26 Push the OK side menu button or ENTER front panel button to close the view window Clock 100 00000MS S Run Mode Continuous View sine1624 wfm Tlo A oO sine 162 glo N jo Points Points 1624 Period 10 240045 Waveform Sequence Vertical Figure 2 26 Viewing a file in the Setup screen A Oo N OK Save Extended Restore Operation Run Horizontal Mode Trigger Note that the View function does not display the waveform in the waveform memory but displays the waveform in the file that you specified Even though you change the waveform with the editor and update the waveform memory the View function still displays the waveform before the update unless you save the file AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generato
473. ou edit waveform and marker data in the Table Editor Do the following steps to edit the waveform or the marker data in the table 1 Use the general purpose knob or cursor fields to move the active cursor to the data point that you want to edit The active data point is the highlighted row in the table 2 Push Operation bottom Numeric Input pop up 3 To edit waveform data push the Data side button and change or enter the data value using the general purpose knob keyboard or keypad buttons 4 To edit the marker data push the Marker 1 or Marker 2 side button to toggle between High and Low The data in table display mode is the same data that is displayed in the graphic editors You can use all applicable bottom menu commands except for the Zoom Pan commands to manipulate data in the Table Editor mode AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The Table Editor NOTE Remember that you need to define the edit area data points located between the cursors before executing the Operation commands To look at the waveform area outside the current display area scroll the display using the general purpose knob or the and buttons If the data to view is more than 50 data points away from the current cursor location it is faster to use the numeric keypad to enter the new cursor value in the Cursor Position field Pushing the TOGGLE front panel button switches the table contents to show the data
474. ough 1 0 ns Direct Output 2 0 ns Option 02 VCO output Connector Rear panel SMA connector Amplitude 0 4V p p into a 50 Q load 0 8 Re max open circuit Impedance 50 Q AC coupling Period jitter Typical Measured by TDS6604 with options 1M and HD and TDSJIT1 Refer to Table A 11 Cycle to Cycle jitter Typical Measured by TDS6604 with options 1M and HD and TDSJIT1 Refer to Table A 12 Connector Rear panel SMA connector 10 MHz Reference clock out Amplitude Typical 1 2 Vp p into a 50 Q load Max 2 5 Vp p open circuit Impedance 50 Q AC coupling Connector Rear panel BNC connector C Out 1 C Out 2 out This signal is used for only Synchronous operation between Master and Slave unit Connector Rear panel SMA connector Input Signal Type Complementary T Out 1 T Out 2 out This signal is used for only Synchronous operation between Master and Slave unit Connector Rear panel SMA connector Input Signal Type Complementary Display Monitor out Format VGA Connector 15 pin D SUB Rear panel Level ECL AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix A Specifications AWG710B Table A 8 Auxiliary outputs cont 4 The characteristics are specified at the end of the SMA cable 012 1565 00 Table A 9 Marker output Period Jitter Clock frequency 4 2 GS s 2 1 GS s 1 05 GS s Measurement StdDev Pk Pk StdDev Pk Pk StdDev Pk Pk
475. ove equation In the Waveform Generator this is realized using a D A converter The diffQ function calculates the central deviation as the differential value The equation below expresses the central deviation when the function f x is given at even intervals of Ax f Av f Av f AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual F 1 Appendix F Miscellaneous In actual practice when function f x is expressed by n values the differential value f x at point x is given by the following equation SQ f amp a fo riba 6699 Here n is the number of waveform points and Pere Ie 66599 1 is an integer in the range i 1 AX AX Xi Xn Figure F 1 Equation differentiation The values at the first and last points are obtained from the following equations rather than from the center deviation First point n 3f x1 4f amp 2 fl 3 f 1 7 Last point n f x _2 4f _ 1 3f En rage Pana Oa 7 2 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Integration Appendix F Miscellaneous The integ function integrates numerically based on a trapezoidal formula The trapezoidal formula is expressed with the following equation n f i 1 f 2 f er food ya i 1 A A f X4 2f Xp 2X3 2X1 MX Here n is the number of waveform points and i is an integer in the range i 1 2 n Figure
476. ove the RUN button and CH1 output connector are on 6 Verify the pulse response at 1 V amplitude a Verify that the rise time of the waveform displayed on the oscilloscope from 10 to 90 point is equal to or less than 480 ps 7 Do the following substeps to change the connection to check the CHT a Push the CH1 output button b Disconnect the cable from the CH1 output connector c Connect the cable to the CH1 output connector d Push the CH1 output button to turn on the CH1 LED 8 Repeat the Check Pulse Response procedure for the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator CH1 9 Push the CH1 output button to turn off the CH1 LED 10 Disconnect the oscilloscope B 86 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710 Trigger Input Tests These procedures check the trigger level accuracy of the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator Equipment Two 50 Q BNC coaxial cables a 50 Q SMA coaxial cable a required SMA Fe BNC Ma adapter a BNC T male to 2 females adapter a function generator and an oscilloscope TDS700 Prerequisites The AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator must meet the prerequisites listed on page B 61 Do the following steps to install the test hookup and set the test equipment controls 1 Use a50 Q SMA coaxial cable and an SMA Fe BNC Fe adapter to connect the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator CH1 output connector to the oscillosc
477. ove the caret to the start of your text to select 2 Push Edit bottom Selection side menu 3 Push the amp or buttons to select text See Figure 3 28 The selected text is highlighted You can now cut or copy the selected text to the paste buffer 3 112 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Highlight area is the gt one currently selected You can cut or copy The Equation Editor NOTE You can also use the TOGGLE button to toggle the text selection mode to on and off Clock 100 00000MS S Run Mode Continuous Stopped LIN_SWP EQU ine Line 18 Edit M frequency sweep sine T inear clock 1e9 size 8000 Ee k 8e 6 sweep period ki 1e6 starting frequency k2 16e6 ending frequency copy m swp win smi 2 pi ki time 2 pi k2 k1 time 2 2 k this area EOF Selection Off On apre Arek UTT Oe rn SEUS Viz M Ra 0123456789 lt gt 7 f3 insorta File Edit Basic Waveform Math More Math Keywords Functions Functions Functions Figure 3 28 Text selection example Cutting Copying and The Paste command inserts the paste buffer text starting at the caret position You Pasting Text must have copied or cut text prior to using the Paste command Do the following steps to cut or copy text from the edit area 1 Select the text to cut or copy Refer to Selecting Text on page 3 112 2 Push the
478. ove the directory 5 Push Select side button to make the window listing the file to be moved active Make sure that the file to be moved is selected 6 Push the File bottom Move side side buttons A file is moved in the directory you specified in step 4 When the file with the same file name exists in the destination a message Overwrite existing file appears You can also perform the move operation with single window by using Copy and Delete commands 3 228 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual File Management Renaming Files Do the following steps to rename a file 1 Select a file or directory to rename 2 Push the Rename side button The Input Filename dialog box appears 3 Use the Input Filename dialog box to specify the new file name and the destination 4 Push OK side button The file is renamed to the directory you specified in step 3 Deleting One or All Files Delete removes the selected file Delete All removes all files and empties directories contained in the current directory These commands do not delete any directories that contain files When you delete files or directories the instrument displays a dialog box asking you to confirm the file directory deletion Do the following steps to delete one or more files and or empty directories 1 Select a file or directory to delete 2 Push the Delete or Delete All side button 3 Push OK or Cancel side depending on
479. ow Settings Undo Figure 3 20 Operating data bits scope To specify the edit scope do the following steps 1 Push Operation bottom Select Lines pop up OK side The side menu items From and To appear 2 Push the From side button and specify the start bit of the scope using the general purpose knob or numeric buttons The option may be Data0 to Data7 Markerl and Marker2 3 Push the To side button and specify the end bit of the scope using the general purpose knob or numeric buttons The option may be Data0 to Data7 Marker1 and Marker2 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The Pattern Editor Do the following to copy data from one bit to another The following example copies Data7 data consisting of 1000 points to Data0 1 Place the left cursor at data point 0 and the right cursor at data point 999 Make the left cursor active with the TOGGLE button Push Operation bottom Select Lines pop up OK side Push the From side button to set to Data7 Push the To side button to set to Data7 A la Specify the edit scope position as Data9 using the or button Data9 is highlighted a Push Operation bottom Copy pop up OK side Specify the edit scope position as Data0 using the or button Data0 is highlighted 8 Push Operation bottom Paste Replace pop up OK side Defining Edit Area Figure 3 21 shows an ex
480. panel The QUICK EDIT LED stays on while you are in the Quick Edit mode You must load the target waveform into the waveform memory to observe changes while outputting the waveform Follow the steps below to load and output the target waveform 1 Select SETUP front panel Waveform Sequence bottom Load side 2 Set the output parameters on the side menu screen to output the waveform 3 Waveform Sequence bottom Edit side Place the loaded waveform in the edit mode AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Quick Editing 4 Specify the modification area using the cursors 5 Press the Quick EDIT button on the front panel to execute Quick Edit NOTE When a waveform is loaded in the waveform memory the changes made in the Quick editor cannot reflect to the output To reflect the changes to the output be sure to load the target waveform in the SETUP menu enter into the editor and then enter into the Quick Editor Exiting Quick Edit When exiting Quick Edit you can select whether or not to save the waveform changes 1 Press the QUICK EDIT button on the front panel 2 Before Quick edit is exited you are asked if you want to fix the current changes 3 Select the Yes No or Cancel side menu Setting Parameters Interpolating Method When changes are made to the waveform by turning a knob the values of the shifted points are calculated by interpolation You can select eith
481. perating Basics IEEE STD 488 connector External 10 MHz reference clock signal input 10 MHz REF OUT connector Connect to the Ethernet network A GPIB connector for remote computer control through an IEEE 488 standard parallel interface signal is output when the external The internal 10 MHz clock reference signal is output when the internal clock reference is selected The external clock reference The maximum output level is 1 2 V clock reference is selected p pinto 50 Q load KEYBOARD connector PRINCIPAL POWER SWITCH 101 key keyboard Connect to a standard PC Applies power to the standby circuit In addition to this switch being on the front EVENT IN connector Inputs external event signals This signal can be used for sequence control in Enhanced mode DISPLAY MONITOR OUT connector Connect to an external monitor panel ON STBY switch must also be urned on Power supply fuse holder The 10 A fast blow and 5 A T fuse are used for 115 V and 230 V systems respectively EVENT IN principaL I DISPLAY MOWITOR OUT 100 10 Voces Aj i ok celle
482. place so that the whole waveform is contained in the window For vertical Vertical fit takes place so that the segment from 1 0 to 1 0 is contained in the window Pan Assigns the general purpose knob to the waveform view movement AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 81 The Graphical Waveform Editor The Window Menu The Settings Menu 3 82 To do the Zoom Pan do the following steps 1 If more than one window is open select the source waveform as follows Push Window bottom Window1 Window2 or Window3 side 2 Push the Zoom Pan bottom button to display the side menu Use the Direction side button to set the direction of zoom pan 4 Move the cursor to the center of zoom to perform horizontal zoom When the Pan button is held down the general purpose knob is already assigned to the pan function To move the cursor using the general purpose knob push the TOGGLE button to assign the cursor movement to the knob 5 Push the Zoom In or Zoom Out side button to cause the waveform to expand or shrink If the desired portion of the waveform went outside the window as a result of zoom move the waveform by using the Direction side button and the general purpose knob For waveforms with extremely large amplitude or a large offset value use the Pan function to bring it in the window 6 Push the Zoom Fit side button to reset the expansion shrinkage that is in the direction specified with Direction
483. pment Two 50 SMA coaxial cables a SMA Fe BNC Ma adapter a signal required generator and an oscilloscope TDS700 Prerequisites The AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator must meet the prerequisites listed on page B 7 Do the following steps to install the test hookup and set the test equipment controls 1 Use a50 Q SMA coaxial cable and an SMA Fe BNC Fe adapter to connect the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator VCO OUT output connector to the oscilloscope CH1 input connector 2 Use a50 Q SMA coaxial cable to connect the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator EXT CLOCK IN input connector to the signal generator output connector AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator rear panel Oscilloscope TDS700 CO Signal Generator a CO Soe ces e e w al C a D a 5 0 oo a p SS c B28 a Bee ao Ss O 2 O O o Sen Sooon hi a o PEED O o Of Output EXT CLOCK IN VCO OUT 50 Q SMA coaxial cable 50 Q SMA coaxial cable SMA Female BNC SMA Female BNC Male adapter Male adapter Figure B 31 Trigger input initial test hookup 3 Set the oscilloscope controls as follows Vertical securi cas 2 2GAd toed 244 vies ios dice CH1 CH1 coupling o a DC CHTS0Al Ekip ane
484. pose knob set the hour minute and second in the Hour Min and Sec respectively as were done in step 1 above Do the following steps to set the focused color 1 Repeatedly press the button until the Hilight Color is selected 2 Turn the general purpose knob clockwise or counterclockwise while looking at the screen until you get the color what you want The changes made during this tutorial take effect immediately You can display the system utility screen and adjust the focused color at any time without exiting current tasks You have completed the Instrument Setup tutorial The default for the LCD back light is the on state Do the following steps to disable the LCD back light 1 Repeatedly press the button until the LCD Back Light is highlighted 2 Press the amp button or turn the general purpose knob to the left NOTE The LED display state is saved when you turn the instrument off by pressing the ON STBY button Do the following to turn on the instrument display 1 Press the ON STBY button to power on 2 Press the CLEAR MENU button on the front panel twice You have completed the Instrument Setup tutorial AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Tutorials Tutorial 2 Loading and Outputting a Sample Waveform Display the SETUP Menu This tutorial shows you how to load and output a waveform from the sample waveform floppy disk provided with the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitr
485. quency 1 0 GHz Output time 412 ns Table D 6 Double exponential pulse 1 D_EXP WFM E 10240 pts Value A 10239 R 182 39 Q E value 44 057u 1 0000 f 1 0000 Markeri Marker2 File name D_EXPWFM Made with equation editor Equation clock 1e9 size 10240 k1 50e 9 k2 1000e 9 rise time constant fall time constant tmp exp time k2 exp time k1 d_exp efm norm tmp delete tmp Descriptions This is the waveform when a charged capacitor is discharged to the RC circuit When the time constants for charging and discharging are taken to be T4 and Ts respectively the waveform can be expressed by the following formula V t exp expl Settings Waveform points 10240 Clock frequency 1 0 GHz Output time 10240 ns D 4 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix D Sample Waveforms Table D 7 Nyquist pulse N M eae Te pou os A u File name NYQUIST WFM Made with equation editor 1 0000 ay Equation clock 1e9 size 1024 k0 50e 9 data period V V k1 512e 9 peak location a 0 5 excess bandwidth factor 0 to 0 5 P time k1 kO nyquist wfm cos a pi t 1 2 a t 2 sinc pi t 1 0000 Markeri 0 Marker2 0 delete t Descriptions This i
486. r User Manual 2 37 Operating Basics Setting Waveform Output 2 38 Editing a Waveform Parameters To edit the loaded waveform file push the Edit side menu button The instrument opens the appropriate edit window for the previously loaded file type If you have not loaded a file in the Setup screen the instrument displays the message No output data and you cannot enter into the editor The editors are described in more detail in the Reference section beginning on page 3 55 The Setup side menus provide commands for setting and adjusting waveform output parameters The steps for setting output parameters are discussed in detail in the Reference section beginning on page 3 33 Table 2 12 provides an overview of the Setup side menu operations Table 2 12 Setup output parameter operations Bottom Side button button Description Waveform Seq Load Displays the Select File dialog box that lists files in the current uence drive and directory Select a file to load or use the side menu buttons to change drives and or directories View Displays the loaded file in a window Push the OK side menu button to close the view window Edit Opens the appropriate editor for the loaded file Vertical Filter Selects lowpass filter to insert into signal path Filter values are Through no filter 20 MHz 50 MHz 100 MHz and 200 MHz Use the general purpose knob to enter new values except option 02 Amplitude Sets the signal
487. rameter value E Total points of the isolated pulse Total number of points that make up the isolated waveform should be set to four times of values given by Samples Cell parameter The maximum number of points is smaller than the value calculated by the two parameters data points specified by Write Data bottom Pre defined Pattern or Read From File and the value specified by Samples Cell parameter In other words the maximum number of points is smaller than the number of points after the application performs superposition Using formula Use the following formula to specify the values when the waveform is acquired from calculation Peak value Center Except for shifting the value intentionally PW50 Samples cell 2 Waveform size Samples cell 4 For example you use Lorentz waveform specify the formula as follows cells 10 Samples cell gt 10 size cells 4 Number of total waveform points pw cells 2 Pulse width at half level clock 1e9 AWG clock that needs to calculate ppw pw clock Pulse width for calc pposit size 2 clock Peak position for calc Lorentz wfm 1 1 2 time pposit ppw 2 Using acquired waveform file You can create isolated waveform from signals acquired through the oscilloscope or other equipment by using the waveform editor When acquiring the signals it is not necessary to observe the number of points or PW50 However it is required to set t
488. ration in Double The most useful functions to be used in the double windows may be those invoked Windows from the File bottom button The functions available in the File bottom button are described in Table 3 52 Table 3 52 File operation in double windows Operation Description Copy Copies a file from a selected file list window into the destination specified in the other file list window You cannot select the directory Copy All Copies all files in a selected file list window into the destination specified in the other file list window You cannot copy the directory or directory structure Move Moves a file selected in a selected file list window into the destination specified in the other file list window You cannot select the directory Move All Moves all files in a selected file list window into the destination specified in the other file list window You cannot move the directory or directory structure NOTE You cannot use the Rename Delete Delete All and Attribute side buttons unless you display the single file list window In copy or move operation when the files with the same file name exist in the destination the message Overwrite existing file appears At the same time the Cancel No Yes to All and Yes side buttons appear Press any of these side buttons to proceed AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 231 File Management 3 232 Clock 90 000000MS s Run Mode
489. rator When the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator can communicate with the remote computer through the network the message as shown in Figure 3 53 is displayed If it failed to establish the communication the message box displaying an error message such as No answer xx xx xXx Xx is displayed 5 Repeat steps 2 and 3 for all the remote computers to which you desire to verify the connection through the network 1 26 65 2 is alive Figure 3 53 Message box to indicate the establishment of communication Network Parameter Select either Comm bottom button to display Communication screen or Status bottom Network side buttons to display Status screen that show setting parameters for the network Clock 100 0000MS S Run Mode Continuous Status DHCP Server Default Gateway System Lease Time 24 00 00 Renewal Timer SCPI Registers NFS Timeout 0 05 00 UID 2001 Network GID 500 EE System Disk comm Network Status Diag Service Figure 3 54 Network Status screen AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 165 The UTILITY Window Optional Parameters You can set the DHCP Lease Time NFS Timeout and FTP server version Do the following steps to set these parameters 1 Push UTILITY front panel Service bottom Tweak AWG1 pop up OK side 2 Push DHCP Lease Time side and set the DHCP Lease time using the general purpose knob or the numeric keypads T
490. rator must meet the prerequisites listed on page B 7 Do the following steps to install the test hookup and set the test equipment controls 1 Use a50 Q SMA coaxial cable to connect the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator CH1 output connector to the oscilloscope CH1 input connector see Figure B 5 AWG7110B Arbitrary Waveform Generator Oscilloscope TDS700 a S 5 O eee S55 e A Ricco En a E o 0 D Sw Do Aua M ad ooo 0 299 esse 0 O O 888 ISO O amp 888 SS o LS A Ov Oe oO J 50 Q SMA coaxial cable SMA Female BNC Male adapter Figure B 5 Cont mode initial test hookup 2 Set the oscilloscope controls as follows Vertical mais ta Pasta dal a aaia CH1 CH1 coupling o a DC CHT Sealen a aa aoa 200 mV div CH1 input impedance 50 Q Horizontal SWEGP sedate a ee 100 ns div AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual B 13 Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B Trigger Source Do the following steps to set the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator controls and to select the waveform file 1 Push UTILITY front panel System bottom Factory Reset side OK side 2 Load the MODE WFM file Refer to Loading Files on page B 9 for file loading procedures 3 Push the RUN and CH1 outpu
491. rce 3 46 E Software Jump During waveform output of any line the control jumps to the destination specified by the argument of a remote command The software jump can be performed only with the following command AWGControl EVENt SOFTware IMMediate lt line number gt E If you specify no destination of jump on the last line of the sequence control returns to the first line after the completion of waveform output Goto lt N gt automatically sets to 1 If you push the RUN button during the waveform output the output will stop The Trigger menu lets you set instrument external signal trigger parameters The Trigger menu commands are Source Slope Level Impedance and Interval Pushing the TRIGGER MENU button front panel displays the Trigger side menu This has the same effect as pushing SETUP front Trigger bottom This button lets you set the instrument trigger source You can select either External or Internal To set the trigger signal source push SETUP front Trigger bottom Source side to toggle between External and Internal If you select External the instrument uses the signal connected to the rear panel TRIG IN connector The external trigger signal must meet the following requirements Table 3 6 External trigger signal requirements Requirement Values Input voltage range 10 V into 1 kQ impedance 5 V into 50 QO impedance Minimum pulse width 10 ns 0 2 V amplitude If you select I
492. re defined Pattern Data Points i Execute Line Code AMI HDB3 Bit Rate 2 048000Mbps Samples Bit 4 Save Clock 8 1926600MS s Isolated Pulse standard Isolated Pulse application ITU T T1 102 Pl aa Shee Misc Figure 3 41 Side menu will change after selecting a standard When you select one of ITU T E1 E2 E3 T1 102 DS1 DS1A DS1C DS2 DS3 STS 1 as a standard you can use user defined isolated pulse 4 Press Isolated Pulse side button The side menu will change AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 141 The APPL Menu 3 142 Clock 100 00000MS S Run Mode Continuous Stopped Network Application Isolated ITU T El Pulse Data Points 84 Line Code AMI HDB3 Bit Rate 2 048000Mbps Samples Bit 4 Clock 8 1920600MS s Isolated Pulse standard Previous Menu Fae y Fiber SDH F application ITU T T1 102 eanne Sonet Misc Figure 3 42 Side menu for selecting the Isolated pulse 5 Press Read from File side button The side menu will change 6 Select a waveform file from the file list as a isolated pulse 7 Samples Bit side button will be enabled Select a value from 1 2 4 8 16 32 64 8 Press Previous Menu side button to return Figure 3 41 9 Press Execute side button to execute superposing The generated waveform is displayed in the menu screen window AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual
493. re B 8 Relationship between gate signal and waveform output B 18 Figure B 9 Amplitude accuracy initial test hookup 000005 B 19 Figure B 10 Direct DA output amplitude accuracy initial test hookup B 23 Figure B 11 Direct DA output pulse rise time initial test hookup B 25 Figure B 12 Option02 output amplitude accuracy initial test hookup B 27 Figure B 13 Optipn02 output pulse rise time initial test hookup B 29 Figure B 14 Pulse response initial test hookup ee ce eeeeees B 31 Figure B 15 Trigger input initial test hookup 000 eee eeeee B 33 Figure B 16 Trigger signal and waveform output 5 V check 1 B 35 Figure B 17 Trigger signal and waveform output 5 V check 2 B 35 Figure B 18 Trigger signal and waveform output 5 V check 1 B 36 Figure B 19 Trigger signal and waveform output 5 V check 2 B 36 Figure B 20 Event input and enhanced mode initial test hookup B 37 Figure B 21 Waveform while all ground disclosure switches are open B 39 Figure B 22 Waveform output when the SW1 is closed 6 B 39 Figure B 23 Waveform output when SW2 is closed 000e 000 B 40 Figure B 24 Waveform output when the SW3 is closed 6 B 40 Figure B 25 Waveform output when SW4 is closed 00 eee eee B 41 Figure B 26 Waveform output when SW6 is closed
494. rect DA output pulse rise time initial test hookup 2 Set the oscilloscope controls as follows VOMICAl ae r acti ane a deed de the Chee CH1 CH1 coupling o ae DC if applicable CHI SCale s sh tennan a 100 mV div CH1 input impedance 50 Q Horizontal scene tty a ie edits Gir wledete Bhs CH1 SWECD sc d iana N a tenes 500 ps div AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual B 25 Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B Trigger SOUMCC aS icc dada A sdGh weg CH1 OPC rer ae E AEE _f LOVE sc dctrcneniton cpaeecedt area wapial a uep Eei OV Mod e essai hace cae ee to aobe ehaeds Auto NOTE The pulse rise time tests use the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generators control settings that have been used in the amplitude and DC offset tests Do not initialize the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator controls 3 Load the PULSE WFM file Refer to Loading Files on page B 9 for file loading procedures 4 Push SETUP front panel Run Mode bottom Continuous side The AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator is set to the Continuous mode 5 Change the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator controls as follows Push VERTICAL MENU bottom Amplitude side Push 0 5 and ENTER keys in this order or turn the general purpose knob to set the amplitude to 0 5 V c Verify that the Direct DA out is set If not push Output side Direct side 6 Push the RUN and CH1 output buttons The
495. rectly from the master unit For other signals the master controls the slave through a LAN Analog Circuit The Analog Circuit block contains the Filter Attenuator Output Amplifier Calibration and Offset Circuits These circuits are used to process signals generated from the DAC Option02 has Calibration Circuits only 2 42 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Operating Basics 2 Event gt Control 7 MARKER2 MARKER2 MARKER1 2 MARKER1 CH1 f Analog D Shift Output Register Circuit 1 4 crock O OUT i Frequency Control Clock Output Reference Oscillator Phase Loop VCO Daa Comparator Filter Hi Lo band EXT REF clock O 10 MHz 1 2048 Divider REF CLOCK OUT 10 MHz L Figure 2 27 AWG710 block diagram AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 2 43 Operating Basics O a T OUT2 EXT MUX Ti TRIG Control fees TOUT 2 IN L L 2 2 MARKER1 TIN C O TIN RELAY T MARKERI j 2 2 MARKER2 EXT Event Pay O MARKER2 EVENT Control IN O CH1 Analog D Memory j Output ae Address Control Register Circuit O Ht CIN CIN Frequency Control ae loc Output Reference Oscillator COUTI R Phase Loop VCO C OUTI E Comparator Filter
496. rence clock input Characteristics Input voltage range Description 0 2 Vp p to 3 0 Vp p into a 50 Q load AC coupling Maximum 10 V Impedance 50 Q AC coupling Frequency range 10 MHz 0 1 MHz Connector Rear panel BNC connector Table A 16 External clock input Characteristics Description Connector Rear panel SMA connector Impedance 50 Q AC coupling Required input voltage range swing 0 4 Vp p to 2 Vp p into a 50 Q load Required duty cycle 50 5 A 18 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix A Specifications AWG710B Table A 16 External clock input Characteristics Description 125 MHz to 4 2 GHz Note Slew rate should be more than 10 mV ns Frequency range Table A 17 C input Characteristics Description This signal is used for only Synchronous operation between Master and Slave unit Connector Rear panel SMA connector Input signal type Complementary Table A 18 T input Characteristics Description This signal is used for only Synchronous operation between Master and Slave unit Connector Rear panel SMA connect Input signal type Complementary AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual A 19 Appendix A Specifications AWG710B Table A 19 Function Generator FG Characteristics Operation Mode Description Continuous mode only Waveform Shape Sine Triangle Square Ramp P
497. ring and test equipment CAN CSA C22 2 No 1010 1 Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement control and laboratory use IEC 61010 1 A2 1995 Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement control and laboratory use Installation category Power input Installation Category II as defined in IEC 61010 1 Annex J Pollution degree Pollution Degree 2 as defined in IEC 61010 1 6 Up to 200 mV p p noise is allowed on the output during this test AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix A Specifications AWG710 Table A 51 Installation category and Pollution degree Descriptions Characteristics Description Installation category Terminals on this product may have different installation category designations The installation categories are Category Descriptions CAT Ille Distribution level mains usually permanently connected Equipment at this level is typically in a fixed industrial location CAT Il Local level mains wall sockets Equipment at this level includes appliances portable tools and similar products Equipment is usually cord connected CAT Secondary signal level or battery operated circuits of electronic equipment Pollution degree A measure of the contaminates that could occur in the environment around and within a product Typically the internal environment inside a product is considered to be the same as the
498. rive Directory File Edit Tools window Figure 2 15 Files and directories with read only attribute Saving Files You can save files from each editor screen You have the choice of saving your waveform data to the current file name or to a new file name To save a waveform to its current file name push File bottom Save pop up OK side If you are saving a waveform for the first time the instrument opens the Input Filename dialog box shown in Figure 2 16 Use this dialog box to enter a file name If necessary you can select a different storage media or directory by pushing the Drive side menu button Enter the file name then push the OK side button or the ENTER front panel button to close the dialog box and save the file Input Filename Drive Main Directory 1660tr txt Figure 2 16 Input Filename dialog box AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 2 21 Operating Basics 2 22 Archive Extract NOTE When you exit an editor without saving edited data the instrument displays the message Save the changes you made Push the Yes side button to save the waveform data To save waveform data to a new file name push File bottom Save As pop up OK side The instrument opens the Input Filename dialog box shown in Figure 2 16 Use this dialog box to enter a file name If necessary you can select a storage media or directory by pushing the Drive sid
499. rm Generator then uses the sequence memory code to output the waveform data There is one internal code item for each sequence line except for lines that contain a subsequence recall For subsequence recalls without a repeat count the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator compiles a number of internal code items equal to the number of lines in the subsequence For subsequence recalls with a repeat count the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator compiles a number of internal code items These are equal to the repeat count for that subsequence call times the number of lines in the subsequence For example if a sequence line has a subsequence recall with the repeat count of 25 and that subsequence has two lines the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator generates 50 internal code items for that sequence line and stores them in the sequence memory This occurs for each subsequence call Figure 3 33 illustrates how the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator compiles the sequence and subsequences into the internal codes and stores them in the sequence memory 3 128 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The Sequence Editor Sequence and subsequence example Suppose that the waveform file BK1 WFM BK2 WFM BK3 PAT BK5 WFM and BK7 WEM has been created in the waveform memory Sequence BK1 WFM 6 SUB8 SEQ 25 BK2 WFM 1 SUB8 SEQ 15 BK3 PAT 4 SUB8 SEQ 5 Subsequence call
500. rmed by verifying that the RUN LED is not on If the LED is on push the RUN button to turn it off NOTE Some calibration items may fail if you start calibration while output is being performed Do the following steps to verify that the internal adjustments have passed 1 Push UTILITY front panel Diag bottom Execute Calibration side This executes the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator calibration routines automatically The internal calibration does an extensive verification of proper AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator functions While this verification progresses the message box displaying Executing Calibration appear on screen When finished the resulting status will appear in the message box as shown in Figure B 36 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710 Clock 100 00000MS S RunMode Continuous CALIBRATION RESULTS CH 1 CH 1 Internal Offset Pass Pass Output Offset Pass Pass Gain Pass Pass Direct Output Pass Pass Attenuator 5dB1 Pass Pass 5dB2 Pass Pass 16cB Pass Pass 20dB Pass Pass Filter 20MHz Pass Pass 50MHz Pass Pass 100MIHZ Pass Pass 200MHz Pass Pass Reference Level Pass Pass OK System Disk comm Network Status Diag Service Figure B 36 Calibration result message box except option 02 Verify that no failures are found and reported in the message box If the calibration displays Fail a
501. rn data AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 69 The Graphical Waveform Editor The Import Pattern function lets you read waveform or pattern data from the specified target data type of the active window and stores it in the pattern buffer You can then replace waveform or marker data with the pattern data in the current window or another window The Set Pattern dialog box converts all waveform data greater than 0 5 volts to a one level if the waveform data is analog T All waveform data less than or equal to 0 5 volts is set to a zero level Do the following steps to use the Import Pattern function to convert waveform data into pattern data 1 Move the cursors to specify the edit area from which to import the waveform pattern data 2 Push Operation bottom Set Pattern pop up OK side The Set Pattern dialog box appears 3 Select Data Marker1 or Marker2 to specify the data type from which to import the pattern data 4 Push the Import Pattern side button to import the pattern data All waveform data above 0 5 becomes a one pattern value and all waveform data at or below 0 5 becomes a zero pattern value The pattern data is stored in the pattern buffer 5 Select Data Marker1 or Marker2 to specify the data type to replace with the pattern data 6 Push the OK side button to replace the waveform or marker data with the specified pattern data Do the following steps to write pattern da
502. rnal and Clock Ref is External NO SIGNAL There is no Clock signal when Clock Src is External OUT OF RANGE The clock rate of a external clock signal is out of range when Clock Src is External NOT STABLE The clock rate of a external clock signal is within range but not stable when Clock Src is External Run Mode Displays the Run Mode selected on the Run Mode menu Instrument statusl The following state of a sequencer of operation is displayed Stopped Output operation has stopped Running Output operation is executing Waiting Waiting for a trigger signal or an event signal where the run mode is except Continuous AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 35 The Setup Menu Screen The Waveform Sequence Menu 3 36 Load The Waveform Sequence menu is used for loading viewing and editing waveform files The Load button lets you load a waveform pattern or sequence file to output Do the following steps to load a file 1 2 3 Push SETUP front Waveform Sequence bottom Load side Select a waveform file pattern file or sequence from the file listing in the Select File dialog box that appears on the screen Push the OK side button Waveform and Pattern File Restrictions The following list describes some restrictions regarding the loading of waveform and pattern files The waveform and pattern files can be loaded from different drives and or d
503. roduct is grounded through the grounding conductor of the power cord To avoid electric shock the grounding conductor must be connected to earth ground Before making connections to the input or output terminals of the product ensure that the product is properly grounded Observe All Terminal Ratings To avoid fire or shock hazard observe all ratings and markings on the product Consult the product manual for further ratings information before making connections to the product The common terminal is at ground potential Do not connect the common terminal to elevated voltages Do not apply a potential to any terminal including the common terminal that exceeds the maximum rating of that terminal Do Not Operate Without Covers Do not operate this product with covers or panels removed Use Proper Fuse Use only the fuse type and rating specified for this product Avoid Exposed Circuitry Do not touch exposed connections and components when power is present Do Not Operate With Suspected Failures If you suspect there is damage to this product have it inspected by qualified service personnel Do Not Operate in Wet Damp Conditions Do Not Operate in an Explosive Atmosphere Keep Product Surfaces Clean and Dry Provide Proper Ventilation Refer to the manual s installation instructions for details on installing the product so it has proper ventilation AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual xvii General
504. rom the pattern list to load the pre defined pattern Clock 100 00000MS S Run Mode Continuous Stopped Jitter Composer Input Data UU UL Pre defined Data Points 10 Pattern Repeat Count 1 Samples Bit Data Rate 100 00000Mbps Clock 1 8006660GS s Rise Time 5 6ns Fall Time 5 6ns Jitter Profile Sine Jitter Deviation 566ps lt rms gt Jitter Frequency 16 668060MH2 166ns application mpat Profile oy Figure 3 47 A pre defined pattern was selected as an input data 4 Set the parameters displayed on the menu screen 5 Press Profile bottom Sine or Triangle side button to select the jitter profile Clock 100 00000MS S Run Mode Continuous Stopped Jitter Composer Profile Sine Triangle Repeat Count EE Samples Bit L18 Data Rate 100 00000Mbps clock 1 6666660GS s Rise Time 5 6ns Fall Time 5 6ns Jitter Profile Sine Jitter Deviation 566ps lt rms gt Jitter Frequency 10 000000MHZz 1890ns appiication mpat Profile on Figure 3 48 Jitter profile menu AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 149 The APPL Menu 6 Select Compose bottom Execute side to generate the jitter waveform The generated waveform is displayed in the menu screen window Clock 100 00000MS S Run Mode Continuous Stopped 20 Jitter Composer Compose iy Execute
505. ront The instrument displays the file list 2 Select the file to change the attribute 3 Push File bottom Attribute xxxx side The xxxx is the Read Write or Read Only attribute of the selected file Pushing this side button immediately changes the file attribute The file with a read only attribute is marked by and the directory by fm See Figure 2 15 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Operating Basics Clock 160 68060MS S Run Mode Gated Stopped Drive Main Free Space 9864696KB 7 Directory P File a i PULSE WFM 5KB 01 06 01 16 53 24 Q1024 WFM 6KB 01 06 01 16 53 24 copy Q1024H WFM 6KB 91 66 01 Q512X2 WEM 6KB 01 06 01 9512X2H WFM 6KB 01 06 01 R1024 WFM 6KB 01 06 01 File with read only __ R1024H WEM 6KB 01 06 01 16 53 26 Rename babe ai 6KB 01 06 01 16 53 26 F 51024 WFM 6KB 01 06 12 15 54 58 Directory with read only gt 1 1024H WFM 6KB 01 06 01 16 53 26 Delete S512x2 WFM KB 01 06 01 16 53 26 __ S512X2H WFM 6KB 01 06 01 16 53 26 SAMPLE_ WAVEFORM 01 06 12 15 54 30 SINE WFM 6KB 01 06 01 16 53 28 Attribute 1T1624 WEM 6KB 01 06 01 16 53 28 Delete All side button TI 24H WEM KB 01 06 01 16 53 30 T512X2 WFM SKB 61 66 61 16 53 38 test seq 1KB 01 66 06 17 51 22 testi wim 5KB 01 66 66 17 51 20 Read Write test2 wim 5KB 01 06 06 Tkig D
506. rpose knob or numeric keys During execution of Quick Edit you can combine the four VERTICAL and HORIZONTAL knobs and the general purpose knob for the operation purpose Each time you operate any of the knobs the following internal calculation is made to renew the waveform data E The cursor to cursor data is defined as the object of calculation with respect to the waveform that was obtained when you start Quick Edit E Using the current Vertical Scale Vertical Offset Horizontal Scale and Horizontal Offset values the calculation is made in this order with respect to the cursor to cursor data E Smoothing is executed The undo buffer is used for waveform backup so the Quick Editor does not support the Undo function Before exiting Undo you are asking whether to reflect the changes to the waveform To cancel the changes select No AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The Table Editor Editing in the graphic display lets you see the shape of the waveform you are editing However changing data values in the graphical edit mode is a difficult task The Table Editor lets you quickly enter or edit data values by using a table display format Opening The Table Editor By default the Waveform and Pattern editors open in the graphic display mode The assumption is made that you have already opened a waveform or pattern file Do the following steps to switch to the Table Editor 1 Push the Setti
507. rrent signal Goto lt N gt functionality is only valid when the Run Mode is set to Enhanced This setting is neglected in the subsequence Note that for the last line of the sequence table this setting is always 1 regardless of the setting Logic Jump Specifies the sequence table to jump to a specified line depending on signal values on the EVENT IN connector You may specify Next go to the next line or Off blank as well as specify the sequence line number for the destination Selecting Off means that the line that is currently being edited is set as a jump address For example when an event occurs during the output of the waveform set in the line 5 with jump off the waveform in the line 5 is output again from the top This field remains gray if the Jump Mode is set to Table or Software This setting is neglected in the subsequence or when the jump mode is set to Software 3 118 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The Sequence Editor NOTE Infinity setting in Repeat Count and all settings in Wait Trigger Goto lt N gt and Logic Jump are neglected in the subsequence NOTE The AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator saves memory by saving waveforms that are output when using the sequence editor if the waveforms that are output from the instrument are identical However the subsequence Set to multiple repeat count is expanded into the sequence memory so you need to be careful a
508. s 1 Use a50 Q BNC coaxial cable a SMA Ma BNC Fe adapter a 50 Q precision terminator and a BNC to dual banana adapter to connect the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator CH1 output to the DMM input connector see Figure B 43 B 72 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710 Input connector BNC to dual banana adapter AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator a Ouse Be coaxial cable co000 50 Q BNC coaxial cable CH1 output connector SMA Ma BNC Fe adapter BNC 50 Q precision terminator 50 Q BNC coaxial cable Figure B 43 Amplitude accuracy initial test hookup 2 Set the DMM controls as follows Moden 04g cnttial senine thee hued VDC RANGE cic dei nidi shed aeEN had nea ees nee Auto MOUT ee eaa a ONONE iene Front 3 Follow the substeps below to set the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator controls and to select the sequence file a Push UTILITY front panel System bottom Factory Reset side OK side b Push SETUP front panel Run Mode bottom Enhanced side The AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator is set to enhanced mode c Load the AMP1 SEQ file Refer to Loading Files on page B 62 for file loading procedures 4 Push the RUN and CH1 output buttons The LEDs above the RUN button and CH1 output co
509. s after you initiate the compile command The error line number is displayed if a syntax error is found Compiling from the Do the following steps to compile an equation from the Equation editor Equation Editor 1 Push File bottom Compile side The instrument checks the equations for syntax errors If the equation file contains syntax errors the instrument displays the line number it thinks contains the syntax error Push the OK side button to return to the editor and correct the equation s If the equations contain no syntax errors the instrument compiles the equations and saves them to a standard waveform file The instrument then displays the names of the new waveform file By default the instrument uses the equation file name with a wfm suffix 2 Select the compiled waveform in the list and push the View side button The instrument displays the waveform in the waveform view window 3 Push the Close side button to return to the editor screen AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 115 The Equation Editor Clock 1 0000000GS S Run Mode Continuous Stopped GAUSS_P EQU Line 18 gaussian pulse These files are created size 640 clock 1e9 k 36e 9 pul ki 320e 9 pea gauss _p wim exp amp 2 gauss_x wim exp 2 EOF View abcdefghi jk Pca Close O EENS SSS Basic Waveform a Math More Math File Edit Keywords Func
510. s for air flow around the instrument Rear 7 5 cm 3 in Right and Left 15 0 cm 6 in Top and Bottom 2 cm 0 8 in The feet on the bottom of the instrument provide the required clearance when set on a flat surface NOTE If the air flow is restricted and the internal temperature of the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator exceeds the proper operating range the instrument displays a message Out of temperature limit and temporarily shuts down to protect the internal modules from overheating To prevent temporary shutdown of the ANWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator do not restrict air flow through the chassis If the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator shuts down unexpectedly improve ventilation around the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator and wait a few minutes to allow it to cool down then switch the power on again You cannot power on the instrument when the ambient temperature exceeds the operation range Wait until the instrument cools down or the ambient temperature decreases to valid operating temperatures before turning on the instrument again AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Getting Started Check Fuse Check the fuse that it is the proper type and rating Remove the fuse from the fuse holder on the rear panel and check the fuse To remove the fuse turn it counterclockwise with a screwdriver while pushing it in There are two type
511. s not appropriate PLL UNLOCKED message will appear when you select External in the Clock Ref menu Clock Src AWG710B only This button lets you set the instrument master clock source You can specify the internal clock generator or an external clock signal connected to the rear EXTCLOCK IN connector The acceptable external clock signal is 125 MHz to 4 2 GHz 0 4 V p p to 2 0 Vp p into 50 Q and duty cycle is 50 5 Use the following procedure to select the clock source 1 Push SETUP front Horizontal bottom Clock Srce side 2 Push the Clock Src side button to toggle between Internal and External NOTE If you use the external clock you can not change the output waveform clock rate with AWG710B Waveform Generator Clock menu or SAMPLE RATE SCALE knob AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 43 The Setup Menu Screen The Run Mode Menu 3 44 Continuous Triggered Push the SETUP on the front panel and the Run Mode bottom button to set the waveform output run mode The AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator operates in response to trigger signals and or event signals The Run mode and instrument status Stopped Running and Waiting are always displayed at the top of screen see Figure 3 5 The instrument status may not be displayed correctly if the status changes quickly Run mode Instrument status Clock 1 0000000GS S Run Mode Gated Waiting Waveform Sequence
512. s of fuses provided Table 1 6 lists the fuse types and ratings WARNING To avoid electrical shock make sure that the power cord is disconnected from the socket before checking the line fuse Table 1 6 Fuse and fuse cap part numbers Fuse Fuse part number Fuse cap part number 0 25 inch x 1 25 inch UL 198G 3AG 10A 159 0407 XX 200 2264 XX FAST 250 V 5mm x 20 mm IEC 127 5A T 250 V 159 0210 XX 200 2265 XX NOTE The second fuse listed in the table above is approved under the IEC standards This fuse is used in equipment sold in the European market Check Voltage Settings Check that you have the proper electrical connections The AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator operates within the following power supply voltage and frequency ranges Line voltage range 100 240 V AC Line frequency 48 63 Hz 100 240 V AC Maximum power 240 VA 220 VA AWG710 Connect Power Cord Connect the proper power cord from the rear panel power connector to the power system AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 1 11 Getting Started Table 1 7 Power cord identification Plug configuration Normal usage Option number North America AO Europe A1 United Kingdom A2 Australia A3 Switzerland A5 Japan A6 China A10 Standby Power Push the PRINCIPAL POWER SWITCH shown in Figure 1 1 on the rear panel of the instrument Power is now applied
513. s the shortcut controls A VERTICAL A HORIZONTAL OFFSET OFFSET p VERTICAL HORIZONTAL MENU MENU CS LI 3 LEVEL SCALE SAMPLE RATE SCALE Figure 2 14 Shortcut controls AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 2 15 Operating Basics Table 2 3 Shortcut controls Controls VERTICAL VERTICAL ENU Description Displays the Vertical side menu This is the same operation as selecting SETUP front Vertical bottom Adjusts the vertical offset parameters This is the same as selecting SETUP front Vertical bottom Offset side and then turning the general purpose knob except option 02 Adjusts the amplitude parameters This is the same as selecting SETUP front Vertical bottom Amplitude side and then turning the general purpose knob HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL ks Displays the Horizontal side menu This is the same as selecting SETUP front Horizontal bottom SAMPLE RATE SCALE Adjusts the clock setting This is the same as selecting SETUP front Horizontal bottom Clock side and then turning the general purpose knob TRIGGER TRIGGER COD Displays the Trigger side menu This is the same as selecting SETUP front Trigger bottom LEVEL O Adjusts the trigger level setting This is the same as selecting SETUP front Trigger bottom Level side and then turning the general purpose knob
514. s the impulse response of a wave shaping Nyquist filter The shoulder characteristics of this filter are referred to as cosine roll off characteristics and the bandwidth used can be varied This waveform can be expressed by the following formula Here T is the data period and a is a value between 0 and 1 A wider band is required for values closer to 1 where ripple is reduced and implementation is easier Settings Waveform points 1024 Clock frequency 1 0 GHz Output time 1024 ns AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual D 5 Appendix D Sample Waveforms Table D 8 Linear frequency sweep T LIN_SWP WFM 8000 pts L value R V 1 6600 1 0000 Markeri 6 Marker2 6 7999 alue 62 787m File name LIN_SWPWFM Made with equation editor Equation clock 1e9 size 8000 k0 8e 6 k1 1e6 k2 10e6 sweep period start frequency end frequency lin_swp wim sin 2 pi k1 time 2 pi k2 k1 time 2 2 k0 Descriptions This waveform can be expressed generally by the following formula V t sin afit anf t Lar z a 0 Here f4 is the starting frequency fy is the ending frequency o is the initial phase and T i
515. s the result consult a qualified service technician for further assistance 2 Push the OK side button and then any bottom or menu button other than the UTILITY to exit the dialog screen NOTE The calibration data in the memory may be lost if the instrument is powered off while the calibration is executed AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual B 59 Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710 Performance Tests This section contains a collection of procedures for checking that the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator performs as warranted The procedures are arranged in eight logical groupings presented in the following order Table B 4 Performance test items See performance Titles verification Test items See specifications Operating mode tests Page B 66 Continuous Triggered and Gated Page A 28 mode normality Amplitude and offset accuracy tests normal out Page B 72 Amplitude accuracy and DC offset Page A 29 accuracy Amplitude DC offset and rise time accuracy tests Page B 77 Amplitude accuracy DC offset Page A 30 direct DA out accuracy and Rise time accuracy Amplitude DC offset and Page B 81 Amplitude accuracy DC offset Page A 30 Rise time accuracy test Option2 accuracy and Rise time accuracy Pulse response tests normal out Page B 85 Rise time accuracy Page A 30 Trigger input tests Page B 87 Trigger level accuracy and Trigger Page A 3
516. s the sweep period To assure that the phases match when this waveform is iterated the sweep period is set to be close to an integer multiple of the reciprocal fith of the average frequency z Settings Waveform points 8000 Clock frequency 1 0 GHz Output time 8000 ns Table D 9 Log frequency sweep 1 LOG_SWP WFM 8 800 pts 1 0060 1 0000 Y Markeri Marker2 0 vane sli volun vom File name LOG_SWPWFM Made with equation editor iy if li Equation clock 800e6 size 8800 II k0 11e 6 sweep period il k1 1e6 start frequency k2 10e6 end frequency k3 log k2 k1 ee log_swp wfm sin 2 pi k1 kO k3 exp k3 scale 1 Descriptions This waveform can be expressed generally by the following formula p i f t ho V t sin arf exp T Ing Jar Here f4 is the starting frequency f is the ending frequency is the initial phase and T is the sweep period To assure that the phases match when this waveform is iterated the sweep period is set to be close to an integer multiple of the reciprocal of the average frequency 2h In fa Settings Waveform points 8800 Clock frequency 800 MHz Output time 11 us
517. side b Load the MODE WFM file Refer to Loading Files on page B 62 for file loading procedures c Push HORIZONTAL MENU front panel Clock side d Push 2 0 0 and M SHIFT 7 keys in this order or turn the general purpose knob to set the internal clock frequency to 200 MHz 2 Push the RUN button The LED above the RUN button is on 3 Verify that the frequency counter reading is 50 MHz 50 Hz using internal reference clock 4 Retain the test hookup Check 10MHz Reference Input 5 Push HORIZONTAL MENU front panel gt Clock Ref side so that the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator reference clock is set to External 6 Verify that the frequency counter reading is 50 0 MHz 10 kHz using external reference clock 7 Change the function generator controls as follows FreqUenCy 00 cece eee eee eee ee 10 1 MHz Check that the frequency counter reading is 50 5 MHz 10 kHz Turn the function generator output off and disconnect the function generator and frequency counter AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual B 99 Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710 Marker Output Tests These procedures check the accuracy of the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator marker output level NOTE Connect a 5092 SMA terminator to the inverted marker output connector during the marker output tests Equipment A 50 Q BNC coaxial cable a 50 Q precision terminator a required SM
518. spect the outside of the instrument for damage wear and missing parts You should thoroughly check instruments that appear to have been dropped or otherwise abused to verify correct operation and performance Immediately repair defects that could cause personal injury or lead to further damage to the instrument Table C 1 External inspection check list Item Cabinet front panel and cover Inspect for Repair action Cracks scratches deformations damaged Replace defective module hardware or gaskets Front panel knobs Missing damaged or loose knobs Repair or replace missing or defective knobs Connectors Broken shells cracked insulation and deformed Replace defective modules clear or wash out contacts Dirt in connectors dirt Carrying handle and cabinet feet Correct operation Replace defective module Accessories Missing items or parts of items bent pins Replace damaged or missing items frayed broken or frayed cables and damaged cables and defective modules connectors AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual C 1 Appendix C Inspection and Cleaning Cleaning Procedure Exterior WARNING To avoid injury or death unplug the power cord from line voltage before cleaning the instrument To avoid getting moisture inside the instrument during external cleaning use only enough liquid to dampen the cloth or applicator 1 Remove loose dust on the outside of the instrument wi
519. ssions in equations E A quoted string can include any character defined in the 7 bit ASCII character set E A numeric value can be embedded in a string in the following format AA WFM If the value of i equals 10 the string AA10 WFM will result Before conversion into the string the value is rounded to the nearest integer E One waveform expression can include a maximum of 10 input files If the same file name appears more than once in a single waveform expression that file is considered as one file An exception to this is that A WFM and A WFM marker are two different files E Signal names as well as variables are permitted in a waveform expression Waveform expressions enable you to specify calculation between waveforms in a similar manner as ordinary expressions For example if you code the following A WFM sin 2 pi scale B WFM A WFM is produced as the sum of the sinewave equation and B WFM waveforms The output name placed to the left of an and the name used in the expression to the right of an is a lt signal name gt The marker data may be specified as follows in addition to the name of an ordinary waveform file A WFM marker2 A WFM gt B WFM gt B WFM In this example 1 is set if the A WFM value as the A WFM marker 2 value is larger than the B WFM value 0 is set otherwise This is the same as for the compare function of the e
520. sted in Table 2 7 These editors let you create edit and sequence waveforms using the technique best suited to your waveform You can access these editors through the main Edit screen which is described on page 2 27 Table 2 7 Editors Editors Description Waveform Editor Creates and edits analog waveforms Quick Editor Lets you modify and or output in real time any part of a waveform you are currently editing with the Waveform Editor Pattern Editor Creates and edits digital waveform patterns Sequence Editor Creates and edits tables that define the sequence and control conditions for outputting one or more waveforms Text Equation Creates edits and compiles equation waveform definitions into a waveform Editor file You can also use this editor to edit ASCll format waveform data files created by other equipment such as Tektronix Digital Sampling oscilloscopes 2 26 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Main Edit Screen Operating Basics To display the main Edit screen push the EDIT front panel button If there is no waveform file currently loaded into the edit buffer the instrument displays the main Edit screen and a list of files in the current drive as shown in Figure 2 19 Table 2 8 lists the bottom menu button functions If there is a waveform loaded for editing the screen will show the loaded waveform in the appropriate editor Clock 100 00000MS s Run Mode Continuous
521. stment disk that are used in these performance tests the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator front panel settings that each file sets up and the performance test that uses each file NOTE The files on the Performance Check disk are locked the files are marked by the icon Fy in the file list so the data in these files cannot be changed unless the lock is opened Table B 3 Waveforms and sequences in performance check disk No File name EDIT menu SETUP menu Marker Usage Form Points Clock Filter Ampl Offset igi 1 MODE WFM TX 1000 4 GHz Through 1V oV Marker Run mode Trigger level a e 1 2 0to Internal trigger accuracy NZ 499 High 500 to 999 Low 2 PULSE WFM ro 1000 100 MHz Through 1V OV Pulse response 3 AMP1 SEQ Amplitude accuracy Normal out Marker 4 AMP2 SEQ Amplitude accuracy Direct out 5 DC_PRWFM 1000 100 MHz Through 1V OV Amplitude accuracy AMPx SEQ 6 DC_M WFM 1000 100 MHz Through 1V OV Amplitude accuracy AMPx SEQ 7 DCO WFM 1000 100 MHz Through 1V OV Amplitude accuracy AMP2 SEQ 8 OFFSET WFM 1000 100 MHz Through 20mV OV Offset accuracy 9 TRIG WFM FX 1000 1 MHz Through 1V OV Trigger input Sg 10 PT_EVENT7 SEQ Event input for AWG710B 11 PT_STROB7 SEQ Event input for AWG710B AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual B 11 Appendix B Performance Verific
522. strument automatically updates the table line numbers and the jump line numbers NOTE The maximum number of lines in a sequence table is 8000 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The Sequence Editor Cutting a Line You can cut a selected line to the paste buffer Do the following steps to cut a line 1 Move the cursor to select the line that you want to delete 2 Push Line Edit bottom Cut Line side The instrument deletes the selected table line You can use the Paste Line command to insert the cut line into a new position in the table NOTE After cutting a line from the table the table automatically updates all current and destination line numbers for jump operations If you cut a line that was specified as a jump destination the jump setting is set to Off no jump Reinserting the cut line will re establish the jump connections Copying a Line You can copy a selected line to the paste buffer Do the following steps to copy a line 1 Move the cursor to the line you want to copy 2 Push Line Edit bottom Copy Line side Pasting a Line You can insert the paste buffer contents into the sequence table Do the following steps to paste a line 1 Move the cursor to the line you want to insert the paste buffer contents 2 Push Line Edit bottom Paste Line side The paste buffer contents are inserted at the selected table line The contents of the line at the point of ins
523. t NOTE It is highly recommended that you install a standard PC style keyboard if you intend to use the Equation editor It is much easier to enter and edit text from a keyboard than to use the instrument front panel controls Table 3 31 Front panel Equation editor controls Control Description and button Moves the caret horizontally in the edit area Hold down an arrow key to continue moving the caret in the specified direction and button Moves the caret vertically in the edit area Hold down an arrow key to continue moving the caret in the specified direction General purpose Selects a character in the Character Palette knob ENTER button Inserts the highlighted character in the Character Palette at the caret location lt q Key Deletes the character that is to the left of the caret in the edit area SHIFT Button Toggles between the uppercase and lowercase character modes in the Character Palette oS Key Inserts a line feed character at the caret position and moves all following text down a line Do the following steps to insert a character 1 Use the general purpose knob to select the character from the character palette 2 Press the ENTER key The character is inserted at the current caret position 3 Use the arrow keys to move the caret in the edit area Selecting Text You must select text before doing copy or cut operations Do the following steps to select text 1 M
524. t 1 1 The interval of Gate signal is longer than PWmin Minimum Pulse Width x 2 RUN start point lt gt PWrin 1152 clocks 10 ns T gt PWmin X 2 Delay to Analog output Analog output 1355 to 1563 5 clocks 9ns at 4 GS s 1 2 The interval of Gate signal is equal to PW min Minimum Pulse Width x 2 LT lt gt PWrnin Gate Signal i Interval PWmnin X 2 Analog output gl lt gt The interval of Output is equal to PW min i PW min 2 Before RUN starting Gate signal is input 2 1 The interval of Gate signal is longer than PW min Minimum Pulse Width x 2 RUN start point Gate Signal a Delay to Analog output Analog output The only interval of 1st Output is equal to PW nin and the others are normal 2 2 The interval of Gate signal is equal to PW min Minimum Pulse Width x 2 As above 1 2 the interval of Analog Output is equal to PWinin Figure A 2 Gated Mode A 10 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix A Specifications AWG710B 1 Sequence 1 Line No Waveform Name Wait for Trigger Jump to n Waveform1 Off m Waveforms n 1 Waveform2 Off m 1 Waveform4 m Waveform3 Off m 1 Waveform4 Off 1 1 Event Input Setup time 1152 clocks Event Input Jump Setup time 715 clocks a Analog Output Waveform1 Waveform2 Waveform3 Waveform3 Minimum Output Interval 840 to 896 clocks 1 2
525. t 3 92 Pattern field 3 97 pattern loading restrictions 3 36 Pattern to Waveform File Conversion 3 221 Performance verification 1 4 clock frequency tests B 48 B 98 10 MHz reference input tests B 98 amplitude tests direct DA out B 81 amplitude tests direct DA out except option 02 Amplitude tests normal out B 19 amplitude tests normal out B 72 Amplitude tests option 02 B 27 enhanced mode tests B 37 B 91 Index equipment required B 7 B 61 Event input and Enhanced mode tests B 37 event input tests B 91 External Clock input and VCO Output tests B 46 floppy disk B 11 B 64 loading files B 9 B 62 marker output tests B 50 B 100 offset tests direct DA out B 27 B 81 offset tests direct DA out except option 02 B 23 B 77 offset tests normal out B 19 B 72 operating mode tests B 13 B 66 prerequisites B 7 B 61 Pulse response tests B 31 pulse response tests B 85 purpose B 1 B 55 rise time tests direct DA out B 27 B 81 rise time tests direct DA out except option 02 B 23 B 77 Synchronous operation tests B 52 test items B 6 B 60 Trigger input tests B 33 trigger input tests B 87 VCO OUT and 10 MHz reference input tests B 48 Performance verificationAmplitude tests direct DA out except option 02 B 23 pi 3 205 Pin assignments EVENT IN connector B 9 B 62 pn 3 203 PN15 network application 3 144 3 151 PN9 network application 3 144 3 151 point 3 205
526. t 2 0 0 ccc cece cece cee renee 2 54 Figure 2 34 Viewing a waveform loaded into memory 06 2 55 Figure 2 35 Waveform editor initial screen 0c cece eee eee eee 2 57 Figure 2 36 The Standard Function dialog box 00 cece cece eee 2 58 Figure 2 37 Standard sine wave function created in the Waveform Editor 2 59 Figure 2 38 Waveform created with the multiply operation 2 60 Figure 2 39 File Name Input dialog box cece cece ee eee eee 2 61 Figure 2 40 Waveform in the waveform editor cc cee ee cece 2 64 Figure 2 41 Waveform edit in quick editor 00 e eee cece eee 2 65 Figure 2 42 Viewer displaying compiled waveform e0000 2 69 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual vii List of Figures viii Figure 2 43 Figure 2 44 Figure 2 45 Figure 2 46 Figure 2 47 Figure 2 48 Figure 2 49 Figure 3 1 Figure 3 2 Figure 3 3 Figure 3 4 Figure 3 5 Figure 3 6 Figure 3 7 Figure 3 8 Figure 3 9 Figure 3 10 Figure 3 11 Figure 3 12 Figure 3 13 Figure 3 14 Figure 3 15 Figure 3 16 Figure 3 17 Figure 3 18 Figure 3 19 Figure 3 20 Figure 3 21 Figure 3 22 Figure 3 23 Figure 3 24 Figure 3 25 Figure 3 26 Figure 3 27 Figure 3 28 Figure 3 29 Figure 3 30 Figure 3 31 Figure 3 32 Figure 3 33 Figure 3 34 Figure 3 35 Figure 3 36 Figure 3 37 Figure 3 38 Figure 3 39
527. t between the active cursors by pushing the TOGGLE front panel button located near the general purpose knob The active cursor is represented by a solid vertical line and the inactive cursor by a vertical dashed line The current cursor positions are displayed in the L and R fields in the upper part of the editor By default the left cursor is positioned in the left most position of the editor screen The right cursor is positioned in the right most position of the editor screen Clock 1 60 0800GS s Run Mode Continuous Waiting 7 T LIN_SWP WFM tL 9 A 7999 R 7999 8006 pts Value gt Value 62 787m 1 0000 I l 1 0000 Markeri 0 Marker2 8 File operation Tools Zoom an Window settings Undo Figure 2 40 Waveform in the waveform editor Do the following steps to specify the edit region area between the cursors using the cursors 1 Confirm that the left cursor is active by checking the following E The L field is highlighted E The left cursor is a solid line The right cursor is a dashed line If the left cursor is not active push the TOGGLE button on the front panel AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Wa
528. t buttons The LEDs above the RUN button and CH1 output connectors are on 4 Check that the amplitude of the sine wave displayed on the oscilloscope is 5 vertical divisions and that a waveform of approximately one cycle per 2 5 horizontal divisions is displayed Check Triggered Mode Triggered mode The following table lists the equipment and prerequisites required to check the Equipment required Two 50 Q BNC coaxial cables a 50 Q SMA coaxial cable a SMA Fe BNC Ma adapter a BNC T male to 2 females adapter a function generator and an oscilloscope TDS700 Prerequisites The AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator must meet the prerequisites listed on page B 7 Do the following steps to install the test hookup and set the test equipment controls 1 Use a50 Q BNC coaxial cable and a BNC T adapter to connect the function generator output connector to the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator TRIG IN connector Refer to Figure B 6 2 Connect a second 50 Q BNC coaxial cable to the BNC T adapter Connect the opposite end of the coaxial cable to the oscilloscope CH2 input 3 Usea50 Q SMA coaxial cable and SMA Fe BNC Ma adapter to connect the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator CH1 output connector to the oscilloscope CH1 input connector AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform
529. t file or a new file and compiling an equation file into a waveform file Refer to page 2 17 for information on relevant file management tasks Edit Provides side menu commands for text edit functions to cut copy paste select and insert text Basic Keywords Provides a pop up menu of WPL basic keywords The keywords are described in the Waveform Programming Language section beginning on page 3 185 Waveform Functions Provides a pop up menu of WPL waveform operation keywords The keywords are described in the Waveform Programming Language section Math Functions Provides a pop up menu of WPL math operation keywords The keywords are described in the Waveform Programming Language section More Math Functions Provides a pop up menu of more WPL math operation keywords The keywords are described in the Waveform Programming Language section Undo Reverses a character or string cut or paste operation to the previous state This is a one level undo function Using the Equation Editor The text display area and character palette are shown on the display Input characters or strings such as keywords using bottom buttons Use the general purpose knob and the and buttons to input characters AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 111 The Equation Editor Front Panel Edit Controls Table 3 31 describes the front panel buttons keys and knob to use for entering and editing tex
530. t in parenthesis indicates the type of button knob menu or form item to select or modify as described in the following table Type Description front Push the indicated front panel button bottom Push the indicated bottom menu button side Push the indicated side menu button knob Turn the indicated front panel control knob usually the general purpose knob pop up Make selections or change values in the indicated pop up menu dialog Make selections or change values in the indicated dialog box screen Make selections or change values on the indicated instrument screen AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Related Manuals Contacting Tektronix Preface Following are additional manuals that are available for the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator E The AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual provides complete information on programming and remote control of the instrument through the GPIB Ethernet interfaces This manual is a standard accessory E The AWG7I10 amp AWG7IOB Arbitrary Waveform Generator Service Manual describes how to maintain and service the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator and provides a complete module level description of the instrument operation This manual is an optional accessory Phone Address Web site Sales support Service support Technical support 1 800 833 9200 Tektronix Inc Department or name if
531. t is the cubed value of the points in the source waveform 3 72 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The Graphical Waveform Editor Table 3 13 Mathematical function commands cont Command Square Root Equation G x V FA x F x 0 G x 7 F1 x F1 x lt 0 Description Creates a new waveform that is the square root value of the points in the source waveform Normalize Scales the active editor window signal values to a 1 0 range centered on 0 This command makes changes to the active editor window data values Differential G x d dx F1 x Creates a new waveform that is the differentiation of the points in the source waveform Refer to page F 1 for the differentiation algorithm Integral G x f F1 x Creates a new waveform that is the integral value of the points in the source waveform Refer to page F 3 for the integration algorithm Add G x F x F2 x Creates a new waveform that is the sum of the active window and a nonactive window data points There are no restrictions on the data lengths of the two source waveforms The data length of the resultant is equal in length to the shortest of the source waveforms Sub G x F1 x F2 x Creates a new waveform that is the subtraction of the active window and a nonactive window data points starting a data position 0 There are no restrictions on the data lengths of the t
532. t the current hour minutes and seconds in the Hour Min and Sec fields The changes are effective immediately Resetting the Instrument Factory Reset Secure ZN The AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator uses the Factory Reset and Secure commands to reset the instrument Factory Reset resets the instrument to the factory settings at the time of shipment Some settings that are set in the UTILITY menu such as Network and GPIB settings are not reset when Factory Reset is initiated To perform the factory reset do the following steps 1 Push UTILITY front panel System bottom Factory Reset side OK side NOTE Before pushing the OK side button confirm that the data in the editor has been saved to a file Secure is a function that removes the settings and all data files stored in the instrument hard disk This is sometimes useful when you are storing data that is confidential and when you must transport the instrument for servicing or demonstrations CAUTION Executing Secure removes all settings and data files in the hard disk Make sure you want to remove all data before execution You cannot recover the removed files AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 159 The UTILITY Window Do the following steps to execute the Secure function 1 Push UTILITY front panel System bottom Secure side The following message is displayed in the message box
533. ta between different editor windows 1 Move the cursors to specify the edit area from which to import the waveform pattern data 2 Push Operation bottom Set Pattern pop up OK side The Set Pattern dialog box appears 3 Select Data Marker1 or Marker2 to specify the data type from which to import the pattern data 4 Push the Import Pattern side button to import the pattern data All waveform data above 0 5 becomes a one pattern value and all waveform data at or below 0 5 becomes a zero pattern value The pattern data is stored in the pattern buffer 3 70 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 10 The Graphical Waveform Editor Push the Cancel side button This cancels the Set Pattern dialog box but retains the pattern data in the pattern buffer Open or make active the other editor window Move the cursors to specify the edit area in which to replace the existing data with the pattern data Push Operation bottom Set Pattern The Set Pattern dialog box appears with the pattern field displaying the pattern data from the other editor window Select Data Marker1 or Marker2 to specify the target data type to replace with the pattern data Push the OK side button to replace the waveform or marker data with the specified pattern data Numeric Input The Numeric Input command lets you change the waveform or marker data value at the active cursor location You can use
534. ta in that channel becomes invalid For example you attempt to load an incorrect file and the instrument deletes the current waveform from memory AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 53 The Setup Menu Screen 3 54 Turning Marker Output On and Off AWG710B only Push the ALL MARKER OUT ON OFF button to connect or disconnect the instrument marker output to the MKR1 and MKR2 connectors When you push the ALL MARKER OUT ON OFF button the ALL MARKER OUT ON OFF LED goes on and marker and marker2 signals are output from the MKR1 and MKR2 connector if the instrument is in the Running state When you push this button again the marker signals output are disconnected and the marker signal outputs are stopped even if the instrument is in the Running state If there is no waveform loaded into a channel you cannot turn that channel output on or off The ALL MARKER OUT ON OFF LED automatically turns off when the waveform data in that channel becomes invalid For example you attempt to load an incorrect file and the instrument deletes the current waveform from memory CAUTION Turn OFF the ALL MARKER OUT ON OFF button before connecting disconnecting a marker cable or turning on off the power of DUT in order to prevent the damage to a marker circuit NOTE The OUTPUT button and the ALL MARKER OUT ON OFF button are automatically turned off when the mode of Extended Operation is changed the Connecting menu
535. ta is created Selecting Data replaces the waveform data Selecting Marker1 or Marker2 replaces the marker data If the register data has fewer data points than those in the edit area the register output repeats until the end of the edit area Do the following steps to generate a set of pseudo random pulses 1 Move the cursors to specify the edit area to replace with the pseudo random signal 2 Push Operation bottom Shift Register Generator pop up OK side The Shift Register Generator dialog box appears 3 Specify a register length in the Register Length field The graphical register icon at the top of the dialog box redraws to show the number of registers entered in the Register Length field The value can be 0 to 32 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 67 The Graphical Waveform Editor 3 68 Set Pattern 4 Specify the register tap position s by selecting the register graphic icon Use the 4 or buttons to move the cursor to the desired tap position and then push the button to set the tap at the cursor position You can also use the Maximum Length Setting side button to automatically set the tap positions to maximize the length of the random waveform data sequence 5 Select Data Marker1 or Marker2 in the Target field to specify the waveform data type to replace with the register output 6 If desired enter the initial register bit pattern values in the register
536. te file name and extension names of the files on which you are performing the convolution Both files must be on the active drive The argument can include a relative or absolute path name Enclose each file name within double quotation marks newsine wfm conv sine wfm sine2x wfm The copy statement copies the specified file name to a new file name and or location on the current drive Waveform copy source file target_file source_file is the complete file name path file name and extension to the file that you want to copy The file must be located on the active drive The argument can include a relative or absolute path name Enclose the file name within double quotation marks target_file is the complete file name path file name and extension to the location to which you are copying the source file The target file must be located on the active drive The argument can include a relative or absolute path name Enclose the file name within double quotation marks copy sine wfm test_dir sine2 wfm The corr statement executes correlation between the waveform data of two specified files All marker values in the output file are set to 0 There are no restrictions on the data lengths of the two waveforms For markers the value of the first point is 1 and those of all the others are 0 Refer to Correlation on page F 5 for more information Waveform AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User M
537. te a waveform for specific purposes Disk Application Using this application you can easily create test signals for reading or writing data from to hard disk media Signals are created using the following process E Input binary bit pattern expressed by 0 and 1 E Convert the input pattern and estimate the positions of the generated pulse and polarity E Superpose an isolated pulse in the position estimated above The pulses shift during superpose Isolated pulse Code Input data Gonierian Output Figure 3 34 Outline flow for producing HDD reading test signal AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 131 The APPL Menu Operation Flow 1 Select APPL front panel Application bottom Disk side to display the Disk Application screen See Figure 3 35 Clock 160 00606MS S Run Mode Continuous Stopped 2 Hard Disk Drive Signal Test Application Disk Network Samples Cell Total Points 8 Cell Period 20ns Jitter TAAt 1 68 c TAA 7 00 Eset PW50 50 of bit cell PWw50 50 of bit cell NLTS 1st adjacent 6 of bit cell NLTS 2nd adjacent 6 of bit cell NLTS 2nd adjacent 6 of bit cell Asymmetry o of bit cell Lorentz Gaussian 0 of Mixed Pulse Apication write a Superpose Figure 3 35 Disk application initial screen 2 Select Write Data bottom Read from
538. ted pulse acq_size Check the value given by Samples Cell parameter cells Specify the total number of points that make up the isolated waveform you want to create size Use the following formula when PW50 is 50 pw cells 2 size pw acq_pw acq_size Press Tools bottom Re Sampling pop up to open menu Specify the value of size calculated by New Points and press OK side button Now you have got the isolated waveform Save the isolated waveform you created by using appropriate name This completes the creation of user defined isolated waveform AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 137 The APPL Menu Superpose Parameters The superpose parameters are used to define an isolated pulse waveform and a quantity for shift Table 3 37 lists the superpose parameters Table 3 37 Superpose parameters Parameters Descriptions Samples Cell Specifies the number of waveform points to be generated for each point of the input data Cell Period Specifies the cell period TAA and TAA Specifies the pulse width of the positive and negative isolated pulse The setting range is from 0 to 1 0 in steps of 0 01 The maximum amplitude is 1 0 PW50 and PW50 Specifies the half width of the pulse as a percentage of the cell The setting range is from 0 to 200 in step 1 This parameter cannot be set for the PR4 EPR4 and E2PR4 NLTS When the pulse is generated continuously this parameter shifts
539. ters are provided to be specified when you generate a jitter waveform Some parameters such as Clock and Jitter Frequency are uniquely defined by other parameters and only displayed on the screen You can not address these parameters directly You can change any other parameter whenever it is displayed on the screen regardless of selected bottom menu Table 3 42 Jitter composer parameters Parameters Descriptions Repeat Count Specifies the repetition number of original waveform points that makes up one period for jitter waveform Samples Bit Specifies the number of points to be generated for each point of the input data The value is larger than 2 because the input data needs rise time and fall time Data Rate bps Specifies the data rate for jitter waveform This value is prior to Samples Bit Rise Time and Fall Time Clock Samples s Display clock rate display only The clock rate is automatically set by Data Rate x Samples Bit Rise Time Specifies rise time of pulse time between points of10 and 90 level of amplitude You can select 0 zero One restriction is applied to Rise Time parameter Rise Time Fall Time lt 1 Data Rate x 2 x 4 5 Fall Time Specifies fall time of pulse time between points of10 and 90 level of amplitude You can select 0 zero One restriction is applied to Fall Time parameter Rise Time Fall Time lt 1 Data Rate x 2 x 4 5 Jitter Profile Specif
540. text field Push the OK side button The waveform in the editor is now saved in the file ABC45 wfm AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 2 61 Tutorials Output the Waveform Do the following steps to load and output the saved waveform 1 Push the SETUP button on the front panel to display the SETUP menu 2 Load the file ABC45 wfm Refer to Load a Sample Waveform on page 2 54 if you need help 3 Push the RUN button on the front panel to output the analog waveform NOTE Pushing the RUN button causes the instrument to output the waveform Push the RUN button again to stop the output The instrument does not automatically output the waveform from a newly loaded file 4 Push the CH 1 button near the CH 1 output connector on the front panel If you connected an oscilloscope to the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator observe that the waveform on the oscilloscope is the same as the one you viewed in Figure 2 38 You have completed the Creating and Editing Standard Function Waveforms tutorial 2 62 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Tutorials Tutorial 4 Editing a Waveform Using Quick Editor Quick editor is a function that lets you simultaneously edit and output a waveform When you open the quick editor the waveforms in the quick editor are completely independent of the waveform editor When you exit from the quick editor you can select whether to save or ca
541. th a lint free cloth 2 Remove remaining dirt with a lint free cloth dampened in a general purpose detergent and water solution Do not use abrasive cleaners 3 Clean the monitor screen with a lint free cloth dampened with either ethyl alcohol or preferably a gentle general purpose detergent and water solution Cleaning the Instrument Interior Only qualified personnel should access the inside of the AWG710 amp AWG710B for inspection and cleaning refer to the Maintenance section in the AWG710 amp AWG710B service manual C 2 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix D Sample Waveforms The files listed below are included in the route directory of the sample waveform library disk that comes with the instrument There are 22 waveform and equation files If a waveform file with the extension WFM has the same name as an equation file with the extension EQU the waveform file was derived by compiling that equation file Table D 1 Waveform and equation files in the sample disk No Waveform name File name 1 Gaussian Pulse GAUSS_PEQU GAUSS_PWFM 2 Lorentz Pulse LORENTZ EQU LORENTZ WFM 3 Sampling Function SIN X X Pulse SINC EQU SINC WFM 4 Squared Sine Pulse SQU_SIN EQU SQU_SIN WFM 5 Double Exponential Pulse D_EXPEQU D_EXPWFM 6 Nyquist Pulse NYQUIST EQU NYQUIST WFM 7 Linear Frequency Sweep LIN_SWPEQU LIN_SWPWFM 8 Log Frequency Sw
542. th of a mixed waveform Loading of the file in AWG mode sets data to the waveform memory for a waveform output On the other hand loading of the file in Waveform Mixing mode sets data to the work area for waveform mixing When data is set to Waveform A and Waveform B preparation of waveform mixing will be completed Based on parameters of waveform mixing a mixed waveform is generated in a work area and a mixed waveform is outputted in loading to a waveform memory With the Update button you can specify the timing which generates a mixed waveform and is loaded to a waveform memory E Auto When the file of Waveforms A or B is changed or when a waveform mixing parameter is changed a mixed waveform is regenerated and waveform data is loaded to a waveform memory E Manual When the Update Waveform button it will become effective if Manual is selected is pushed a mixed waveform data is regenerated and it is loaded to a waveform memory It takes much time in order to generate a large mixed waveform By choosing Manual it can prevent regenerating a mixed waveform at every parameter change 1 Push Waveform Sequence bottom Update side 2 Push the Update side button to toggle between Auto and Manual When Manual is selected the Update Waveform side button becomes effective AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Save Restore Setup Waveform Mixing Mode You can save and restore the instrument output set
543. the CH 1 OUT or CH 1 OUT or ALL MARKER OUTPUT AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 2 39 Operating Basics ON OFF buttons To stop the waveform output push the RUN button so that the LED turns off Saving and Restoring The waveform or pattern file contains only the waveform and clock information Setup Parameters When you load a waveform or pattern file the output signal will use the current instrument setup parameters To save you from doing a manual setup procedure each time you load a waveform the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator lets you save setup parameters into a setup file You can then restore the saved settings for use with waveforms The setup parameters of the AWG mode and the Extended Operation mode are saved in a setup file When a setup file is restored settings in both AWG mode and Extended Operation mode will replace the contents of a setup file Do the following steps to save the current setup parameters 1 Push SETUP front Save Restore bottom Save Setup side The Input Filename dialog box appears 2 Enter a setup file name The setup file name must have the extension set 3 Push the OK side button The setup information is saved to the designated file Do the following steps to restore setup parameters from a file 1 Select SETUP front Save Restore bottom Restore Setup side The message box displaying Restoring setup destroys current setti
544. the Direct DA out is set If not push Output side Direct side 6 Push the RUN and CH1 output buttons The LEDs above the RUN button and CH1 output connectors are on 7 Verify that the rise time of the pulse waveform displayed on the oscilloscope is equal to or less than 280 ps 8 Do the following substeps to change the connection to check the CH1 a Push the CH1 output button b Disconnect the cable from the CH1 output connector c Connect the cable to the CHT output connector d Push the CH1 output button to turn on the CHI LED 9 Repeat step 7 to verify the rise time for the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator CH1 10 Push the CH1 output button to turn off the CH1 LED AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710 Amplitude Offset Accuracy and Rise Time Tests for option 02 These procedures check the accuracy of the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator option0O2 outputs amplitude and offset Check Amplitude Equipment A 50 Q BNC coaxial cable a 50 Q precision terminator an required SMA Ma BNC Fe adapter BNC female to dual banana adapter and DC Offset a digital multimeter DMM Prerequisites The AWG710 option 02 Arbitrary Waveform Generator must meet the prerequisites listed on page B 61 Do the following steps to install the test hookup and set the test equipment controls 1 Use a50 Q BNC coaxial cable an SMA Ma BNC F
545. the general purpose knob or the numeric keypad This completes the main sequence table editing The main sequence table should look like Figure 2 49 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 2 79 Tutorials Clock 160 00000MS s Run Mode Continuous Stopped amp il Data Entry Repeat Wait egy Logic Line CH1 Count Trigger RRQ Jump Insert 2 RAMP wim Line 3 TRIANGLE wim 40000 1 4 SINE wim 60000 Go to el Next E ey eer ee ee CS Go to a Specified SS E E Line Le Go to l F Data Line Jump Event Move File Entry Edit Mode Jump Cursor to Undo Figure 2 49 Example of sequence MAINSEQ seq 23 Save the sequence table in the file MAINSEQ seq Refer to Save the Sequence on page 2 76 Set Run Mode The event jump functions in the sequence list are only functional when the instrument run mode is set to Enhanced mode Do the following steps to set the run mode to enhanced 1 Push the SETUP button on the front panel to display the SETUP screen 2 Push the Run Mode bottom button 3 Push the Enhanced side button 2 80 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Tutorials Load and Run the Do the following steps to load and run the sequence files Sequence Files Push the Waveform Sequence bottom button 1 2 Push the Load side button 3 Select MAINSEQ seq from the file list in t
546. the numeric buttons or the general purpose knob to change the waveform data value Do the following steps to change the numeric value of the data at the active cursor position 1 2 3 4 Move a cursor to the data point that you want to change Push Operation bottom Numeric Input pop up OK side Push the Data side button and use the general purpose knob or numeric keys to set the waveform data value Push the Marker1 or Marker2 button to toggle between the marker values NOTE The values modified through the side menu are immediately shown in the data Use the general purpose knob after the value has been modified Push Undo to return to the previous value prior to modification AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 71 The Graphical Waveform Editor The Tools Menu The Tools menu performs mathematical operations on the entire waveform data record you are currently editing There are two mathematical operations E Single Waveform Math which performs the specified mathematical operation on the currently edited waveform E Dual Waveform Math which performs a specified mathematical operation between the currently edited waveform and a different waveform The math operations do not change the marker data The math waveform operations apply to the whole waveform rather than merely the edit area The waveform math commands opens a new window that contains the waveform data that
547. tion describes instrument controls and menus introduces instrument specific terminology provides an overview of the instrument internal structure operating principles basic operating procedures and numeric input methods This section also provides basic signal editing examples The Reference section describes the functions and menu operations The Appendices provide product specifications performance verification procedures sample waveforms file transfer outline sequence file text format inspection and cleaning instructions AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual xix Preface Conventions XX This manual uses the following conventions E Front panel button and control labels are printed in the manual in upper case text For example SETUP SHIFT APPL If it is part of a procedure the button or control label is printed in boldface For example Select SETUP E Menu and on screen form titles are printed in the manual in the same case initial capitals or all uppercase as they appear on the instrument screen for example Offset Vertical If it is part of a procedure the menu title is shown in boldface for example Select the Vertical menu A list of buttons controls and or menu items separated by an arrow symbol indicates the order in which to perform the listed tasks For example Select SETUP front Vertical bottom Offset side 10MHz knob The tex
548. tions Functions Functions Undo Figure 3 29 File list listing two waveforms created Compiling from Do the following steps to compile an equation from the main EDIT screen the EDIT Menu 1 Push the EDIT button once or twice to display the EDIT file listing screen 2 Select an equation file from the file list 3 Push Tools bottom Compile Equation side The instrument checks the equations for syntax errors If the equation file contains syntax errors the instrument displays the line number it thinks contains the syntax error Push the OK side button to clear the error message You must then open the equation file in the Equation editor to fix the error If the equations contain no syntax errors the instrument compiles the equations and saves them to a standard waveform file By default the instrument uses the equation file name with a wfm suffix 4 Select the compiled waveform in the list and push the Edit side button The instrument displays the waveform in the Waveform editor window 3 116 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The Sequence Editor The Sequence editor is used to create a sequence file A sequence file is simply a list of waveform file names that the instrument will output Additional parameters like repeat count event triggering and conditional jumps allow you to generate very large and complex output waveforms You can also specify another sequence file as an output file
549. tions 3 111 More Math Functions 3 111 Move Cursor To 3 119 Offset 3 39 Operation 3 59 3 87 Polarity 3 47 Restore Setup 3 49 Run Mode 3 34 3 44 3 46 Save Setup 3 49 Save Restore 3 34 3 48 3 50 Settings 3 82 3 91 Slope 3 47 Tools 3 72 3 87 Trigger 3 34 3 46 Trigger Level 3 47 Triggered 3 44 Undo 3 91 3 111 Vertical 3 34 3 38 View 3 37 Waveform Functions 3 111 Waveform Sequence 3 34 Window 3 82 3 91 Zoom Pan 3 81 3 91 menu elements 2 9 menu operations 2 8 Menu Structures 3 3 menu system 2 8 Message record length adjustment 3 231 3 232 Index 6 Message record length adjustment 2 22 min 3 201 MLT3 network Application 3 144 More Math Functions menu button 3 111 Mounting remote file system Ethernet 3 166 Move Cursor To menu button 3 119 Moving cursor quick edit 3 104 Mul math function 3 73 multiple edit windows 2 31 Multiple Paste command 3 61 N Network parameter Ethernet 3 165 Network standard 3 145 D1 D2 3 145 Fiber Channel 3 145 ITU T 3 145 SDH Sonet 3 145 T1 102 3 145 Network test Ethernet 3 164 network waveforms 3 140 Networking Ethernet 3 162 New Pattern command 3 58 New Waveform command 3 58 NFS Networking 3 166 NLTS disk application 3 138 NLTS disk application 3 138 NLTS disk application 3 138 noise 3 201 norm 3 203 Normalize math function 3 73 NRZ disk application 3 134 NRZI disk application 3 134 numeric input 2
550. tiple instruments using one GPIB or bus or one Ethernet subnet GPIB address and IP addresses are saved and restored with a setup file A CAUTION Bus contentions or collisions may result if shared setup files exists on AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 49 The Setup Menu Screen The Extended Operation Menu FG mode Waveform Mixing mode Synchronous Operation 3 50 mode AWG710B only The Extended Operation is the menu which selects FG mode Waveform Mixing mode and Synchronous Operation mode from the usual AWG mode Although a standard function waveform can also be outputted as an arbitrary waveform using the standard function waveform in a waveform editor FG mode which can output a waveform with the same feeling as usual function generator more easily is prepared In FG mode you can output a standard function waveform simply only by setting up fundamental parameters such as frequency amplitude and offset Refer to the FG mode on page 3 233 This mode lets you generate and output the waveform which mixed two waveforms After you specify two waveform files and mixing ratios to mix the AWG710 amp AWG710B generates and outputs a waveform The generated mixed waveform can be saved as a waveform file Refer to the Waveform Mixing mode on page 3 241 The setup screen in the Synchronous Operation mode which performs synchronous operation using two units of the AWG710B is displayed Selection o
551. to change Push Operation bottom Set Data High Low pop up OK side Push the Marker 1 or Marker 2 side button to select the marker Push the Set Data side button to toggle between High and Low value Push the Exec side button to change the marker specified in Step 3 to the value specified in Step 4 for the entire edit area Horizontal Shift The Horizontal Shift command shifts the edit area data to the left or right by the specified value points or time within the cursor area A positive value shifts data to the right and a negative value shifts data to the left All data that is shifted past the left or right cursor is truncated The opposite blanked field is padded with the initial cursor point values This command can only shift one type of data waveform Marker 1 or Marker 2 at a time Do the following steps to horizontally shift the waveform or the marker data 1 2 3 3 62 Move the cursors to specify the edit area of data to shift Push Operation bottom Horizontal Shift pop up OK side Push the Data Marker1 or Marker2 side button to select the data you want to shift Push the Point or Time side button AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The Graphical Waveform Editor Use the general purpose knob or numeric keys to specify the amount of shift A positive value shifts data to the right and a negative value shifts data to the left 5 Push the Exec side
552. trary Waveform Generator Waveform files Waveform Edit Buffer Memory Output Digital Storage Oscilloscope Waveform files pena FD FTP NFS PC Network Drive ASCII files Workstation AWG2000 etc Series Waveform files Use Import Export function to convert Use Import function to convert Figure E 1 File transfer interface outline The AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator imports and or exports files from to external equipment such as PC DSO or AWG2000 Series Figure E 1 shows an outline for the interfaces and the file transfer direction AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix E File Transfer Interface Outline E 2 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix F Miscellaneous Sampling Theorem Differentiation This appendix covers the following items Sampling theorem Differentiation Integration Convolution Correlation Code Conversion When the signal is continuous and the highest frequency component of the signal is f 9 sampling with T lt 1 2f loses none of the data contained in the signal T is the sampling interval This theorem is well known as the sampling theorem If data is created to meet this theorem the necessary signal can be obtained sin 2n T t nT 2 X t 5 X nt 2n T t nT 2 n A continuous analog signal x t can be reproduced from the digital data with the ab
553. u The Operation Menu The Tools Menu The Pattern Editor Table 3 24 Pattern editor bottom menu Description Provides a command to convert pattern waveform data This is the only Tools command available while in the Pattern Editor The File menu command descriptions are the same as those for the Graphical Waveform editor Refer to The File Menu on page 3 58 for a description of the File menu commands The Operation menu command descriptions are the same as those for the Graphical Waveform editor except for Standard Waveform Vertical Shift Vertical Scale and Clip which are not available in the Pattern Editor Refer to The Operation Menu section on page 3 59 for a description of the Operation menu commands The only Tools command available in the Pattern Editor is the Code Convert command This command creates a new pattern by using a user specified table to convert the pattern of the specified line The instrument opens a new window to display the results of the conversion AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 87 The Pattern Editor Code Conversion Process 3 88 The outline for the code conversion procedures is Use the data bits you specified with Target as the source data Define the code conversion rules in a code conversion table A new code conversion table must be created using the Edit side menu command An existing conversion table must be used with the co
554. ual Waveform Programming Language This section describes the Waveform Programming Language WPL syntax rules and command descriptions There are also a number of programming examples at the end of this section Command Syntax This manual uses the Backus Naur Form BNF notation shown in Table 3 46 to describe commands Table 3 46 BNF symbols and meanings Symbol lt gt Meaning Defined element ed Optional can be omitted Previous element s may be repeated General Syntax Rules Following are the general syntax rules for writing an equation file All spaces line feeds and tab codes are ignored unless in a string The concept of a line does not exist All data from a single quote to the end of a line is regarded as a comment Alphabetical characters are case insensitive unless in a string The concept of cursor does not exist You always work with the whole waveform File attribute functions are unavailable in a waveform expression The maximum length of a string is 256 characters including spaces Even if two or more strings are linked by colons in a string expression the whole length of the linked strings must not exceed 256 characters or an error will occur E The total length of strings in the whole equation program can be up to 1 000 The length is the sum of the number of characters of the string s plus a character used as the internal terminal code AWG710 amp AW
555. ual 2 55 Tutorials Tutorial 3 Creating and Editing Standard Function Waveforms This tutorial shows you how to create a new waveform by combining two standard function waveforms in the waveform editor You will create a sine wave and then multiply the sine waveform by another sine waveform In this tutorial you will learn the following How to reset the instrument to factory defaults How to open the waveform editor a a m How to create a standard function waveform E How to do a waveform mathematical operation How to save and output the new waveform Reset the Instrument Do the following steps to reset the instrument to factory default settings 1 Push the UTILITY button on the front panel to display the UTILITY menu screen 2 Push the Factory Reset side menu button The SETUP menu screen appears NOTE If the Factory Reset side menu item is not shown push the System bottom menu button and then push the Factory Reset side menu button 3 Push the OK side button The instrument is reset to the factory default setting Open the Waveform Editor Do the following steps to open the waveform editor screen 1 Push the EDIT button on the front panel 2 Push the Edit bottom menu button Push the New Waveform side menu button The instrument displays the waveform editors initial screen as shown in Figure 2 35 2 56 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Tutorials
556. ual B 23 Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B 4 Push SETUP front panel Run Mode bottom Enhanced side The AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator is set to enhanced mode Push VERTICAL MENU front panel Output side Direct side Load the AMP2 SEQ file Refer to Loading Files on page B 9 for file loading procedures Push the RUN and CH1 output buttons The LEDs above the RUN button and CH1 output connector are on Do the following substeps to check the direct DA amplitude accuracy of 1 V amplitude setting a Write the DMM reading as a positive voltage b Push the FORCE EVENT button Write the DMM reading as a negative voltage d Verify that the positive minus negative voltages fall within 1 0 V 0 022 V e Push VERTICAL MENU front panel Amplitude side f Push 0 0 2 and ENTER keys in this order or turn the general purpose knob to set the amplitude to 0 020 V Do the following to check the direct DA amplitude accuracy of 20 mV amplitude setting a Push the FORCE EVENT button twice b Write the DMM reading as a positive voltage Push the FORCE EVENT button a p Write the DMM reading as a negative voltage e Verify that the positive minus negative voltages fall within 20 mV 2 4 mV 10 Follow the substeps below to check the DC offset a Push the FORCE EVENT button b Verify that the reading on the DMM falls within 0 V 10 mV 11 Do the following substeps to c
557. ue for this GPIB bus The changes take effect immediately AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 161 The UTILITY Window Ethernet Networking The AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator can be connected to a network to access hard disk file systems in the remote computers that use Network File System NFS protocol You can also log into the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator from the remote computer to transfer files by using FTP link software You can set up to three remote computers with the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator and mount their file systems at the same time You select the remote files the same way that you select the internal hard disk or floppy disk This subsection describes the following network operations Connecting to Ethernet Testing the network connection Network Parameter Mounting remote file systems Setting a FTP link Refer to the AWG710 amp AWG710B Programmer Manual for more information on Ethernet networking Connecting tothe You can connect the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator to a Ethernet 100 10 BASE T Ethernet network To mount a remote file system or to control the instrument from an external computer you must set the following parameters in the instrument E IP address and Subnet Mask for the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator or Automatically obtains IP address and other parameters with DHCP Dynami
558. uit In addition to this switch being on the front panel ON STBY switch must also be turned on EVENT IN connector 100 10BASE T connector IEEE STD 488 connector Power supply fuse holder Inputs external event signals This Connect to the Ethernet A GPIB connector for remote The 10 A fast blow and 5 A T signal can be used for sequence network computer control through an fuse are used for 115 V and control in Enhanced mode IEEE 488 standard parallel interface 230 V systems respectively EVENT IN a rang ce xi DISPLAY MONITOR OUT 100 BASE T IEEE STD 488 AORT p y amp TRIG IN 10 Mi REF IN c of je A tevoao emu CY oaa 10 MHz REF OUT O A WARNING a r ier 48 63 Hz 10 AFAST SA T DISPLAY MONITOR OUT KEYBOARD connector gt i connector ower connector Connect to a standard PC Connect to an external monitor 101 key keyboard Connect the provided power cable to this connector Figure 2 5 Rear panel signal and power connectors AWG710 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual TRIG IN connector 10 MHz REF IN connector External trigger signal input 100 10BASE T connector O
559. ul sau O Number of points for Bantock Marker gt loaded waveform a vf J Waveform Run ave Extended Sequence Vertical Horizontal Mode Trigger Restore Operation Xm J yY Bottom menu Figure 3 2 Setup main screen except option 02 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 33 The Setup Menu Screen Table 3 2 Waveform parameter icons Element Description Element Description Displays the file name of the Displays the digital output and ME waveform pattern or im E marker signal minimum and B sequence file loaded for aao maximum voltage settings y output Note use the View button to display the loaded waveform Displays the lowpass filter CH1 Indicates that the channel es setting through which the me output is enabled or disabled Aaah waveform is passed 2 If the switch is shown open except option 02 that channel output is disabled Displays the peak to peak Ln Indicates that the marker signal amplitude setting Marker output is enabled or disabled All Marker outputs are 6 686 controled by the ALL MARKER OUT ON OFF button Displays the signal offset setting except option 02 Table 3 3 Setup bottom menu buttons Bottom menu button Waveform Sequence Description Displays the side menu for loading viewing editing waveform files and entering the FG mode main screen Vertical
560. ulse DC Frequency 1 000 Hz to 400 0 MHz Amplitude Range 0 020 Vp p to 2 000 Vp p into a 50 Q load OPTIONO2 0 5 Vp p 10 1 0 Vp p into a 50 load Resolution 1 mV Offset except option 02 Range 0 500 V to 0 500 V into a 50 Q load Resolution 1mV DC Level except option 02 DC waveform only Range 0 500 V to 0 500 V into a 50 Q load Resolution 1 mV Polarity Normal Inverted Duty Range 0 1 to 99 9 Resolution Frequency Resolution 1 000 Hz to 4 000 MHz 0 1 4 001 MHz to 20 00 MHz 0 5 20 01 MHz to 40 00 MHz 1 0 40 01 MHz to 80 00 MHz 2 0 80 01 MHz to 100 0 MHz 2 5 100 1 MHz to 160 0 MHz 40 160 1 MHz to 200 0 MHz 5 0 200 1 MHz to 400 0 MHz 10 0 Marker Out Pulse Width Mrker1 Hi 0 to 20 of 1 waveform period Lo 20 to 100 of 1 waveform period Marker2 Hi 0 to 50 of 1 waveform period Lo 50 to 100 of 1 waveform period Hi 0 to 52 of 1 waveform period Lo 52 to 100 of 1 waveform period at frequency range is 100 1MHz to 160 0MHz Level Hi 1 0 V min into a 50 Q load Lo 0 V max into a 50 Q load A 20 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Table A 20 Display Appendix A Specifications AWG710B Characteristics Description Display Size 16 cm 6 4 in diag LCD Display area Horizontal 130 6 mm 5 14 in Vertical 97 0 mm 3 81 in Resolution 640 H x 480 V pixels Table A
561. unctions Table 2 16 lists the waveforms you will create Table 2 16 Waveforms to be used in sample sequences No Waveform file name Standard waveform pop up parameters Type Operation Cycle Amplitude Offset 1 SINE wfm Sine Replace 1 0 2 0 0 0 2 TRIANGLE wim Triangle Replace 1 0 2 0 0 0 3 SQUARE wfm Square Replace 1 0 2 0 0 0 4 RAMPwfm Ramp Replace 1 0 2 0 0 0 5 GAUSSN wfm Gaussian Replace 2 0 0 0 Noise Do the following steps to create and save the sequence waveforms 1 Follow the procedures in Create a Sine Wave on page 2 57 In the Standard Function pop up menu use the parameters found in Table 2 16 for each waveform 2 Follow the procedures in Save the Waveform on page 2 60 In the Input File Name dialog box input the waveform file name according to Table 2 16 Figure 2 43 shows the screen displaying three windows Each window contains one of the created waveforms You can open and edit up to three waveforms at the same time You may use this window function in the waveform editor for creating the above waveforms Do the following to select a window 1 Push the Window bottom button 2 Push the Window 1 Window 2 or Window 3 side button to activate that window AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 2 71 Tutorials Clock 100 00000MS S Run Mode Continuous Stopped a 7 T SIN wfm B A 999 R 999 1600 pts Value
562. up or dialog menu Description Adjusts vertical axis paramete Filter Through 20 MHz 50 MHz 100 MHz 200 MHz Through except option 02 Amplitude 0 02 Vp p to 2 000V p p option 02 0 5 Vp p to 1 000V Offset 0 5 V to 0 5V except option 02 Marker Previous menu Output Normal Direct except option 02 IL Clock 50 kS s to 4 2 GS s 50 kS s to 4 0 GS s AWG710 Clock Ref Internal External Clock Src Internal External AWG710B only Continuous Triggered m Gated Enhanced Source External Internal Slope or Polarity Positive Negative Level 5 0 to 5 0 V Impedance 50 Q 1 kQ Interval 1 0 us to 10 0s Save Setup Restore Setup FG Waveform Mixing Sync Master I Sync Slave the Front Panel Edit button repeatedly to return to the Edit Main menu 3 8 Marker 1 High Level 1 00 to 2 45 V 1 1 to 3 0V AWG710 Marker 1 Low Level 2 00 to 2 40 V 1 1 to 3 0V AWG710 Marker 2 High Level 1 00 to 2 45 V 1 1 to 3 0V AWG710 Marker 2 Low Level 2 00 to 2 40 V 1 1 to 3 0V AWG710 Adjusts horizontal parameters Selects run mode Sets trigger parameters Saves restores current settings AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Menu Structures Main Bottom Side Subbottom Subside Pop up or Description menu menu menu menu menu dialog menu Ez FG Sine _______ Frequency 1 000Hz to 400 0MHz
563. up parameters The setup parameters on Extended Operation modes are saved together with the setting information on AWG mode at a setting file Save Restore operation is executed on the Save Restore menu of the SETUP screen in AWG mode A saved setup file contains the setting information on both AWG mode and each Extended Operation mode Refer to The Save Restore Menu on page 3 48 Operation Flow When the AWG710 amp AWG710B is in AWG mode change to Waveform Mixing mode Reference page 3 242 1 10 Push Waveform Sequence bottomless side Load A File or Load B File side Push Previous Menu side to back to the Waveform Sequence side menu Push Update side to select the Update mode Usually select Auto When generating a large mixed waveform select Manual Push Setting side to specify the waveform mixing parameters E Ratio of A Ratio of B Specify the ratio of Waveforms A and Waveform B E Marker Specify which marker is used as a marker of a mixed waveform E Wfm Len Specify the length of the mixed waveform When Manual is selected in the Update menu mixed waveform is updated when Update Waveform side button is pushed When Manual is chosen in Update mode change of a parameter will be reflected if Update Waveform is pushed Set each item of Vertical Horizontal Run Mode and the Trigger menu like the time of AWG mode Set each parameter of the Vertical Horizontal Run Mode and Trigger me
564. ure 3 72 Select the conversion type dialog box 0 cee eeeee 3 222 Figure 3 73 Double Windows 0c cece cece reece eee ee eeees 3 230 Figure 3 74 Overwrite confirmation 0 cece cece eect eee ees 3 232 Figure 3 75 Outline flow for producing Function Generator signal 3 233 Figure 3 76 FG mode screen except option 02 ccc eee eee eee 3 233 Figure 3 77 Change the generator mode except option 02 3 234 Figure 3 78 Waveform type cece cece cere reece eect cence 3 235 Figure 3 79 Output parameters except option 02 eee ewes 3 236 Figure 3 80 Marker pattern ccc cece eee eee e cece eee eens 3 238 Figure 3 81 Pulse sub side menu except option 02 00005 3 240 Figure 3 82 Outline flow for producing Mixed signal 4 3 241 Figure 3 83 Waveform Mixing mode screen c cece ceeeeees 3 241 Figure 3 84 Change the generator mode 0c cee ce ce ceeecees 3 242 Figure 3 85 Outline flow for producing Synchronous operation 3 249 Figure 3 86 Synchronous Operation cable connection 06 3 251 Figure 3 87 Change the generator mode e cee ee ce ceeeeees 3 252 Figure 3 88 Synchronous Operation mode screen 0 eee eeeee 3 253 Figure A 1 Signal Timing 0 ccc cece cee cece tere eens A 9 Figure A 2 Gated Mode ccc cece cece ee cee ee cee eee e
565. ut If the code will be affected by the immediately preceding data the data item just before the first item of data will be calculated as 0 The following tables show the coding systems Using the code conversion table bit pattern can be converted to another code Figure F 3 shows an image of how the code conversion table is used Data bits being Data bits already looked up looked up Data bits that will be looked up a gt gt N AK K J Source data bit pattern i X X When the data bits being looked up are pattern matched to the data bits specified by PAST CURRENT NEXT and PAST OUTPUT corresponding output code is written to the destination PAST CURRENT NEXT PAST OUTPUT OUTPUT CODE Code Conversion Table Destination data bit pattern Z X y Be x gt gt gt Data bits already written after converted Data bits about to Data bits that will be written be written after converted Figure F 3 Conversion image example AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual F 7 Appendix F Miscellaneous Examples The following examples show data bits to be written Input and output data bit pattern example follows each table
566. ut format Three connection methods are available Refer to Figure 3 4 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 41 The Setup Menu Screen 3 42 Clock Ref 1 50Q terminated to VBB 1 3V 50 Q 50 Q 1 3 V 2 50Q terminated with AC coupling ZH 50 Q 50 Q 3 Not terminated High impedance SS 50 Q Figure 3 4 1 4 CLOCK OUT connection examples This button lets you set the instrument clock source You can specify the internal clock generator or an external 10 MHz clock signal connected to the rear panel 10 MHz REF IN connector The acceptable external clock signal is 10 MHz 0 1 MHz 0 2 V p p to 3 0 Vp p The instrument synchronizes the internal sample clock phase lock loop PLL generator to the external clock Using an external sample clock can help you synchronize the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator with the rest of your test equipment If you use the external clock as the reference clock you can change the output waveform clock rate like the internal clock Use the following procedure to select the reference clock source 1 Push SETUP front Horizontal bottom Clock Ref side 2 Push the Clock Ref side button to toggle between Internal and External AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The Setup Menu Screen NOTE If the reference clock signal frequency connected to the IOMHz REF OUT connector i
567. uted AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual B 5 Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B Performance Tests This section contains a collection of procedures for checking that the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator performs as warranted The procedures are arranged in eight logical groupings presented in the following order Table B 1 Performance test items See performance Titles verification Test items See specifications Operating mode tests Page B 13 Continuous Triggered and Gated Page A 2 mode normality Amplitude and offset accuracy tests normal out Page B 19 Amplitude accuracy and DC offset Page A 4 accuracy Amplitude DC offset and rise time accuracy tests Page B 23 Amplitude accuracy DC offset Page A 4 direct DA out accuracy and Rise time accuracy Amplitude DC offset and Page B 27 Amplitude accuracy DC offset Page A 4 Rise time accuracy test Option2 accuracy and Rise time accuracy Pulse response tests normal out Page B 31 Rise time accuracy Page A 4 Trigger input tests Page B 33 Trigger level accuracy and Trigger function normality Event input and enhanced mode tests Page B 37 External event input function normality and Event mode normality External Clock input and VCO Out tests Page B 37 External Clock input function normality Page A 6 A 18 AWG710B only and VCO Out normality VCO Out frequency and 10 MHz reference input Page B
568. utility screen as shown in Figure 2 32 Clock 100 00000MIS S Run Mode Continuous System LCD Back Light Disabled wea Factory Hilight Color Reset Hardcopy Format BMP Siig BMP COLOR TIFF COLOR Hardcopy Drive Secure MW Keyboard Type Knob Direction Forward Date yyyy mm dd 5 21 Time hh mm ss Update System Software System Disk comm Network Status Diag Service System is currently selected Figure 2 32 System utility screen AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 2 51 Tutorials 2 52 Set the Date and Time Set the Focused Color LCD Back Light Do the following steps to set the year 1 Repeatedly press the button in the upper middle part of the front panel until the Year field is highlighted on the screen 2 Turn the general purpose knob in the right upper corner of the front panel clockwise or counterclockwise until the word year is displayed When using the general purpose knob note that the current displayed year in the Year field is displayed in the upper right corner of the screen with the knob icon This means that you can adjust the value using the general purpose knob Do the following steps to set the month and day 1 Press the button once to highlight the Month 2 Use the general purpose knob to set the month 3 Set the date in the Day as was done in step 1 and 2 above 4 Using the button and the general pur
569. utput a waveform to CH1 and CHI When you load a waveform file the instrument converts the file to an 8 bit digital pattern and stores the pattern into the waveform memory At the same time the instrument stores the data in the pattern file into the waveform memory without any conversion The waveform file format is composed of 4 bytes for each data point and 1 byte for markers The pattern file format is composed of 2 bytes including data and markers When you transfer the data select pattern file to shorten the transfer time if you are not going to perform other operations on the data The number of bytes in the pattern file is always less than that of the waveform file even though they are the same data length However when you use waveform data to generate another waveform by mathematical operations such as multiplying dividing or adding you must keep the waveform data as a waveform file The waveform file format exists for keeping the data precision in mathematical operations For more details about file format refer to the Data Transfer section in the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator Programmer Manual AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 85 The Pattern Editor Starting the Pattern Editor To start the Pattern Editor push EDIT front Edit bottom New Pattern side Figure 3 17 shows the Pattern Editor screen elements All Pattern editor screen elements are the same as
570. value if a state transition in the event signals are found When Strobe is set to On the instrument reads the event signals when the strobe signal goes to low state Enable and updates the event value if a state transition in the event signals are found If you set the strobe signal to low state after all the event signals have finished the state transitions and have been in stable period the instrument can read the event signal state without error This prevents an incorrect action in the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator sequence control Figure 3 32 illustrates an signal timing example AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The Sequence Editor To enable or disable Strobe functionality in the Event Jump screen push the Strobe side menu button to toggle between On and Off The strobe setting is saved in the sequence file as an attribute and used when the sequence is executed You cannot change this setting while a sequence is being performed Strobe Off Two internal clock cycles The instrument reads this state in an unstable transition period This may cause an erroneous action Strobe On STROBE L The instrument reads this state after the transition has completed Figure 3 32 Event signal timing and strobe Software Jump Software jump can be performed only with the command using a GPIB or Ethernet interface When you specify a line number as an argument in the comman
571. value or an error occurs during compilation NOTE This command lets you create a waveform file that does not meet the instrument waveform minimum data requirement minimum of 960 points evenly divisible by four If you create such a file open it in a waveform editor and then attempt to save it the instrument displays a dialog box asking you to correct the problem If you attempt to load the waveform in the Setup screen the instrument displays an error message stating that the file does not have enough data points shortsin wfm extract sine wfm 0 511 For Control Statement Group Syntax Arguments 3 196 The for control statement provides a structure for executing one or more equation expressions a defined number of times Control for lt var gt lt start gt to lt end gt lt expr gt next for lt var gt lt start gt to lt end gt step lt incr gt lt expr gt next var is a variable name to contain the for loop count value A common variable name used for this purpose is i As long as the value of var is true between the start and end values inclusive the program executes the expression s in the for loop When var is false var gt end for incr gt 0 and var lt end for incr gt 0 program flow jumps to the line immediately following next start is a value or expression that defines the starting number integer or real of the for statement loop count end is a value or expression t
572. ve humidity Operating 20 to 80 no condensation Maximum wet bulb temperature 29 4 C Non operating 5 to 90 no condensation Maximum wet bulb temperature 40 0 C Altitude Operating Hard disk drive restriction Up to 3 km 10 000 ft Maximum operating temperature decreases 1 C each 300 m 1 000 ft above 1 5 km 5 000 ft Non operating Up to 12 km 40 000 ft Dynamics Random vibration Operating 2 65 m s rms 0 27Grms from 5 Hz to 500 Hz 10 minutes Non operating 22 36 m s rms 2 28Grms from 5 Hz to 500 Hz 10 minutes Shock Non operating 294 m s 30 G half sine 11 ms duration AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix A Specifications AWG710 Table A 49 Mechanical Characteristics Description Net weight without package 14 1 kg 31 1 Ib Dimensions without package Height 177 mm 6 97 in 193 mm 7 60 in with Feet Width 424 mm 16 69 in 433 mm 17 05 in with Handle Length 470 mm 18 50 in 508 mm 20 00 in with Rear Feet Net weight with package 24 5 kg 54 0 Ib Dimensions with package Height 400 mm 15 75 in Width 550 mm 21 65 in Length 700 mm 27 56 in 470 508 Figure A 12 Dimensions AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual A 39 Appendix A Specifications AWG710 Cert
573. veform s cycle equals the same as the longer waveform The actually output segment of the waveform corresponds to one cycle The starting point value of the waveform equals the sum of products that is obtained with the starting point values of waveforms A and B added AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual F 5 Appendix F Miscellaneous Unlike convolution the result of AxB and BxA are different in correlation BXA is calculated as follows B and A are those from the example on page F 5 For nonperiodic case AxB b0a4 b0a3 b1a4 b0a2 b1a3 b2a4 b0al b1a2 b2a3 b0a0 b 1al b2a2 bla0 b2al b2a0 0 8 points For periodic case AxB b0a0 b1lal b2a2 b0a4 b1a0 b2al b0a3 b1a4 b2a0 b0a2 b1a3 b2a4 b0al b1la2 b2a3 5 points Waveforms A and B are regarded as periodic during calculation The count of the operation of sum of products is equivalent to the length of the shorter waveform The resulting waveform s cycle equals the same as the longer waveform The actual output segment of the waveform corresponds to one cycle The starting point value of the waveform equals the sum of the products that is obtained with the starting point values of waveforms A and B added AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix F Miscellaneous Code Conversion On the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator it is possible to select the coding system used when pattern strings are outp
574. veform Generator User Manual Tutorials 2 Move the left cursor to position 2808 by pushing the 2 8 0 8 and ENTER buttons If you have an external keyboard connected just type the numbers and press the Return key 3 Push the TOGGLE button on the front panel to change the active cursor 4 Confirm that the right cursor is now active by checking the following The R field is now highlighted E The right cursor changed to a solid line The left cursor changed to a dashed line 5 Move the right cursor to position 5461 by pushing the 5 4 6 1 and ENTER buttons If you have an external keyboard connected just type the numbers and press the Return key Do the following to change the amplitude within the region specified by the area cursor Turn the LEVEL SCALE knob clockwise to change the waveform amplitude to 0 5 V The waveform should look like the one shown in Figure 2 41 Clock 1 0000000GS S Run Mode Continuous Stopped 0 50 T LIN SWP WFM L 2808 A 2653 R 5461 8000 pts Value 499 55m E Value 498 11m 1 0000 it H Interpolate ape Smoothing Points 10 Vertical Origin 0 0000 1 0000 yf Markeri eS _ ESSE E SSS File Operation Tools Zoom Pan Window Settings Undo Figure 2 41 Waveform edit in quick editor A
575. veform during calculation As a result of the delay due to the filter the portion around the start of the output waveform is influenced by the end of the input waveform Sampling Clock 100 600 0MS s Type eg HPF BPF BRE Taps Cutoff low Att 50dB dBi i Nf ATAT Ny stave ode Wy 1 Mi Figure 3 14 Digital Filter dialog box Table 3 17 Digital filter dialog box parameters Parameters Descriptions Type Selects the filter type You can select LPF low pass filter HPF high pass filter BPF band pass filter or BRF band rejection filter Taps Specifies the number of taps odd number 3 to 101 Cutoff Specifies the cutoff frequency If you selected BPF or BRF you must specify the upper and lower bandpass limits Att Specifies the attenuation of the inhibited bands 21 to 100 in dB increments 3 78 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The Graphical Waveform Editor Do the following steps to digitally filter a waveform 1 Pa BENE oN i ce If more than one window is open select the source waveform as follows Push Window bottom Window1 Window2 or Window3 side Push Tools bottom Digital Filter pop up OK side The Digital Filter dialog box appears Select the second waveform in the Type field Specify the number of taps in the Taps field Specify the cutoff frequency in the Cutoff field Specify the attenuatio
576. veform or New Pattern pop up menu item you already have three editor windows opened Selecting the Active Edit Window Although you can have up to three open editor windows you can only do editing tasks in one window at a time To select the active window push Window bottom Windowl1 Window2 or Window3 side All editing operations will affect the waveform data in that window until you change to another editor window AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Operating Basics Quitting Editors There are three methods to quit an editor Using the File Bottom Menu 1 Push File bottom Close pop up to quit the waveform and pattern editors or push File bottom Close side to quit the sequence and text equation editors 2 Ifyou have made no modifications to the data the editor is immediately exited If you have made modifications the message box Save the changes you made appears Push the Yes No or Cancel side button Using the Window Bottom Menu You can close the window by using Window bottom menu for waveform editor and pattern editor 1 Push Window bottom Close Selected Window or Close Unselected Window side Close Selected Window closes current window and Close Unselected Window closes the window which is currently unselected 2 Ifyou have made no modifications to the data the editor is immediately exited If you have not saved the data after modifications the message
577. w to load files from the Performance Check Adjustment disk into waveform memory and or sequence memory 1 Insert the disk into the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator floppy disk drive 2 Select SETUP front Waveform Sequence bottom Load side Drive side The Select Drive dialog box appears as show in Figure B 38 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710 Clock 100 00000MS S Run Mode Continuous Select Select File Drive Main Directory P es x i CHA Marker 1 D Floppy NETI ores NET2 Marker 1 NET3 Marker 2 I S f 9 Cancel JAMP2 SEQ a Points 19024 CLOCK wim Marker 2 COUNT PAT OK Waveform A Run Save Extended Sequence Vertical Horizontal Mode Trigger Restore Operation Figure B 38 Loading file selecting storage drive 3 Select Floppy from the dialog box with the general purpose knob and then push the OK side button The Select Drive dialog box disappears and the files in the floppy disk are listed on the Select File dialog box 4 Use the general purpose knob to select a file to be loaded from the dialog box and then push the OK side button The waveform or sequence you selected is loaded into the instrument and the instrument is also setup with the parameters stored in that file 5 Remove the floppy disk from the floppy
578. w2 or Window3 side 2 Push Tools bottom Compare pop up OK side The Compare dialog box appears 3 Push either Data Marker1 or Marker2 in the Target to specify the location where you want to create the data 4 Select the reference waveform in the With field 5 Specify the amount of hysteresis in the Hysteresis field 6 Push the OK side button to generate a pattern in the target edit area This pattern shows the result of the compare process Convolution The Convolution command performs convolution for the active window s and a nonactive window s waveforms and displays the result in the third window There are no restrictions on the data lengths of the two waveforms For markers the value of current window is copied If one or three windows are open the operation will not work Refer to Convolution on page F 4 for more information about convolution and examples Convolution Dialog Box The Convolution dialog box lets you set the second waveform for the operation and the Periodic On Off toggle Table 3 15 describes the Convolution dialog box parameters Table 3 15 Convolution dialog box parameters Parameters Descriptions With Specifies the second waveform for the operation Treat waveform periodic Specifies whether the waveform must be regarded as periodic during calculation Do the following steps to perform a convolution math operation between two waveforms 1 If more than one w
579. waveform t wfm When i 1 the newly created waveform and the one created in the previous loop are added and the result is stored in the waveform t wfm The resultant waveform is then normalized Figure 3 64 shows the waveform generated by the previous example AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Programming Examples t wfm innana Points 1000 Period 16us Figure 3 64 Waveform generated by the Example 2 equation Example3 The following example creates one sequence file and four waveforms delete test seq size 1000 clock 1e9 num 4 write sequence file header write test seq 3002A n write test seq LINES num n for i 1 to num create a waveform file test i wfm sin 2 pi i scale add line to sequence file rep num i write test seq test i wfm rep n next The first line is the statement for deleting the existing waveform If that file does not exist then no action is taken The size and clock keywords are the system valuables representing the waveform record length in points and the sampling clock frequency They are set to 1000 points and 1 0 GS s in the above example The comment text on line 5 starts with a single quotation character Comment text is effective until the end of the line containing the single quote character AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual
580. waveform data and marker data The code convert function inputs a 01 pattern When you select waveform data as the input source the input data is considered to be 1 when the point values are equal to or larger than 0 5 and 0 when the point values are less than 0 5 For the details on the code conversion refer to The Tools Menu on page 3 87 and to Code Conversion on page F 7 XY View The XY View command displays the XY view of two waveforms The XY view dialog box is an information display and does not alter the waveform data The XY View dialog box shown in Figure 3 15 lets you specify the waveforms you want to display in the XY view Table 3 19 describes the dialog box fields XY View Dialog Box painted Mesias Celera GSI pms oye 1 0008 Window 1 kum B EM window2 1 0000 Markeri 0 Marker2 0 2 1000 pts ue 26 908m 1 0000 Display 1 0000 Mlark ri A gE close Figure 3 15 XY View dialog box Table 3 19 XY View dialog box parameters Parameters Descriptions X Axis Specifies the waveform you want to assign to the X axis Y Axis Specifies the waveform you want to assign to the Y axis 3 80 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The Zoom Pan Menu The Graphical Waveform Editor Do the following steps to view two waveforms in an XY display 1 Make sure that two or more windows are currently open 2 Push Tools
581. waveform output d Push SETUP front panel Trigger bottom Negative side This changes the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator trigger polarity to negative 5 Verify that the oscilloscope displays sine waves while the function generator gate signal amplitude is Low level 6 Turn off the function generator output and disconnect from the oscilloscope AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual B 71 Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710 Amplitude and Offset Accuracy Tests Normal Out except option 02 These procedures check the accuracy of the amplitude and offset outputs of the AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator NOTE The amplitude and offset accuracy checks are structured as a continuous test The next test uses the control settings from the previous test and uses the next step in the sequence file NOTE When you output signal from the CHI or CHI OUTPUT check that the other OUTPUT CH1 or CH1 LED is off If the other OUTPUT LED is on push the CH1 or CH1 OUT button to turn off the output Check ee Equipment A 50 Q BNC coaxial cable a 50 Q precision terminator a ccuracy required SMA Ma BNC Fe adapters BNC female to dual banana adapter and a digital multimeter DMM Prerequisites The AWG710 Arbitrary Waveform Generator must meet the prerequisites listed on page B 61 Do the following steps to install the test hookup and set the test equipment control
582. wim Marker 2 16199999 wfm OK Waveform Run Save Extended Sequence Vertical Horizontal Mode Trigger Restore Operation Figure 2 33 The Select File list 4 Push the Drive side menu button The Select Drive dialog box appears at the corner of the screen and the Drive side menu also appears Note that the knob icon appears in the dialog box This means that you can use the general purpose knob to select a drive from the list 5 Turn the general purpose knob or use the navigation arrow buttons to highlight the word Floppy and then push the OK side button The dialog box now lists the files on the sample waveform floppy disk Do the following steps to load a sample waveform 1 Turn the general purpose knob to select LIN_SWP WFM from the file listing in the dialog box 2 Push the OK side menu button and wait until the LED of the floppy disk drive goes off This operation loads the selected waveform file into the instrument waveform memory Confirm that 8000 is displayed in the Points display field at the lower left of the screen and that LIN_SWP WFM is displayed in the WFM File display field AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Tutorials View the Sample Do the following steps to view the waveform you just loaded Waveform 1 Push the View side menu button to display the waveform The waveform is displayed on the screen as shown in Figure 2 34 2 When you are done
583. window that displays a file list of a specified directory or drive Refer to page 3 230 for information about double windows AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 2 27 Operating Basics Loading a Waveform File to Edit Creating a New Waveform 2 28 The default Edit screen displays a list of files in the current drive To load a file and open an editor window use the general purpose knob or the front panel arrow buttons to highlight a file name Then push the ENTER front panel button The instrument loads the selected file and opens the editor appropriate for that file type You can also edit an existing file by selecting the file in the list pushing the Edit bottom button then pushing the Edit side button This process takes two more steps than that described previously If the file you want to edit is located in a different directory of the hard disk drive on a floppy disk or on a network drive use the bottom menu Drive Directory and File buttons to change the current drive and load a file from another location Refer to File Management on page 2 17 for information on locating and saving files To create a new waveform file push the Edit bottom menu button This displays the Edit side menu items as shown in Figure 2 20 Table 2 9 provides an overview of the Edit side menu button functions Clock 90 000000MS s Run Mode Continuous Drive Main Free Space 9652286KB i Directory Edit E Size
584. wo source waveforms The data length of the resultant waveform is equal in length to the shortest of the source waveforms Mul G x F1 x x F2 x Creates a new waveform that is the multiplication of the active window and a nonactive window data points There are no restrictions on the data lengths of the two source waveforms The data length of the resultant waveform is equal in length to the shortest of the source waveforms AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 73 The Graphical Waveform Editor Table 3 13 Mathematical function commands cont Command Compare Equation Description Creates a new waveform that is the comparison of the active window and a specified window data points Refer to page 3 75for information on the Compare dialog box There are no restrictions on the data lengths of the two source waveforms The resultant waveform s data length is equal in length to the shortest of the source waveforms You can also set comparison hysteresis levels Standard Compare The new waveform consists of logical 0 and 1 values If the source level exceeds the reference signal level the comparison result is a one If the source level is less than the reference signal level the comparison result is a 0 See Figure 3 13 Hysteresis Compare The new waveform consists of logical zero and 1 values If the source level exceeds the reference signal level by the specified h
585. y M D Markeri Marker 2 m e Cancel E wt Points 1024 Marker oints COUNT PAT Marker 2 OK Waveform s Run A Sequence Vertical Horizontal Mode Trigger Save Extended Restore Operation Figure B 4 Loading file selecting storage drive 3 Select Floppy from the dialog box with the general purpose knob and then push the OK side button The Select Drive dialog box disappears and the files in the floppy disk are listed on the Select File dialog box Use the general purpose knob to select a file to be loaded from the dialog box and then push the OK side button The waveform or sequence you selected is loaded into the instrument and the instrument is also setup with the parameters stored in that file AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual B 9 Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B 5 Remove the floppy disk from the floppy drive if the floppy disk is no longer needed 6 Push any bottom button or menu button to exit the menu NOTE The floppy disk file list displayed on the screen does not automatically update when you replace the diskette with another diskette To update the file list reselect the floppy disk drive B 10 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B Performance Table B 3 lists the sequence and waveform files on the Performance Check Adjustment Files Check Adju
586. y Waveform Generator is operating correctly by running the self tests which begin on page B 2 Advantages These procedures require minimal time to perform require no additional equipment and test the internal hardware of the AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator If a more extensive confirmation of performance is desired complete the self test and then do the performance test beginning on page B 6 Advantages These procedures add direct checking of warranted specifications They require more time to perform and suitable test equipment is required Refer to Equipment Required on page B 7 Throughout these procedures the following conventions apply E Each test procedure uses the following general format Title of Test Equipment Required Prerequisites Procedure Each procedure consists of as many steps substeps and subparts as required to do the test Steps substeps and subparts are sequenced as follows 1 First Step a First Substep E First Subpart E Second Subpart b Second Substep 2 Second Step AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual B 1 Appendix B Performance Verification AWG710B Self Tests Diagnostics E Instructions for menu selection use the following format front panel BUTTON Main Menu Button Side Menu Button For example Push UTILITY System Reset to Factory OK E The name of the button or knob appears in boldface type Push EDIT then Drive push Floppy si
587. y using the SHIFT button on the front panel E Push the SHIFT front panel button then turn the general purpose knob to accelerate the cursor transfer speed E Push the SHIFT front panel button then push the TOGGLE front panel button to move the inactive cursor to the active cursor position the two cursors overlap Push the SHIFT front panel button then push the ENTER front panel button to move left cursor to 0 point and to move the right cursor to the maximum point Multiple Editor Windows The AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator can open and edit up to three waveform and or pattern files in any combination The waveform data is displayed in separate windows with each window stacked vertically on the screen Multiple editor windows are very useful for creating a new waveform by cutting and pasting waveform data from other files Figure 2 23 shows an example of three opened editor windows one pattern and two waveform files Clock 100 00000MS S Run Mode Continuous Stopped 1 32x8sin wfm L 8 A 255 R 255 256 pts yalue Sa value 195 09m 1 0000 1 0000 Z sin mul wfm L A 999 R999 1668 pts Value ees value 6 2496m 1 0000 1 0000 3 graycode pat 190909 pts E 200 Yalue 000 File operation Tools Zoom Pan Window Settings Undo Figure 2 23 Multiple editor windows AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User
588. you to enter into the hard disk system of the instrument from a remote computer The changes take effect immediately If you are not familiar with the network setup consult with your network administrator NOTE The port number is fixed to 4000 This port number must be assigned to the application software or the Ethernet driver on the external controller The port number 4002 is used for communication between master and slave on the Synchronous operation mode only AWG710B The MAC Address is displayed on the network setup screen menu Complete the physical connection and settings Verify that the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator can recognize the network and the remote computers and whether the network can recognize the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator Do the following steps to use the ping command to verify that the instrument can communicate with the network 1 Push UTILITY front panel Network bottom or UTILITY front panel Comm bottom 2 Push the Execute Ping side button to display a dialog box Enter the IP address of the remote computer in the dialog box 4 Push the OK side button AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The UTILITY Window The ping command sends a packet to the remote computer specified by the IP address When the computer receives the packet it sends the packet back to the sender your AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Gene
589. ysteresis amount the comparison result is a one If the source level is less than the reference signal level by the specified hysteresis amount the comparison result is a zero See Figure 3 13 Convolution Creates a new waveform that is the convolution value of the points in the source waveform Refer to page 3 76 for information on the Convolution dialog box Refer to page F 4 for the convolution algorithm Correlation Creates a new waveform that is the correlation value of the points in the source waveform Refer to page 3 77 for information on the Correlation dialog box Refer to page F 5 for the correlation algorithm Digital Filter Creates a new waveform by applying a user defined digital filter to the source waveform data values Refer to page 3 78 for information on the Digital Filter dialog box Re Sampling Changes the active editor window clock frequency or data record length number of points This command changes the data values of the entire waveform record in the active editor window Refer to page 3 79 for information on the Re sample dialog box 3 74 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual The Graphical Waveform Editor Table 3 13 Mathematical function commands cont Command Equation Description XY View Displays the XY view of two waveforms The XY view dialog box is an information display and does not alter the waveform data Wavefor
590. zontal Mode Trigger EA Figure 3 83 Waveform Mixing mode screen AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 241 Waveform Mixing Mode Change the generator mode AWG mode to Waveform Mixing mode Waveform Mixing mode to AWG mode Clock 100 00000MS S Run Mode Continuous The instrument initializes in the AWG mode when powered on Do the following to change the generator mode from AWG to Waveform Mixing 1 Push SETUP front panel Extended Operation bottom Waveform Mixing side button The instrument displays the Waveform Mixing mode screen Do the following to change the generator mode from Waveform Mixing to AWG 1 Push Exit Mix bottom button The instrument returns to the AWG mode Clock 100 00000MS S RunMode Continuous MK mae a E peration iti m D SHAHA a 1 Ste T 50 Through 1 888Vpp 6 6060 ami File ER hy pa oo Through T 000Upp 6 0000 Waveform Waveform FT Marker 1 CHi me lt __ i View Mixing Points 6 0 000 Te Marker 1 Points 0 Marker 1 S TI Sync B ror Marker 2 Setti
591. zontal and vertical axis parameters run mode trigger setup markers and file handling E Functions and procedures for using the waveform pattern sequence and equation text editors E Functions and procedures for using applications and utilities Create edit waveforms D You must store waveforms patterns or sequences to a file before you can output a waveform You can also save the instrument setup information to a file You can also import waveform and pattern data from an oscilloscope data generator or AWG2000 Series instrument Define parameters Set output run mode and trigger event parameters from the SETUP menu You can also use the front panel shortcut controls to quickly change these parameters Figure 3 1 shows a typical process flow from creating and editing to outputting Output data Output can be started from the front panel RUN FORCE TRIGGER and FORCE EVENT buttons or from remote triggering Figure 3 1 Overview of AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator process flow AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator User Manual 3 1 Reference Menus Table 3 1 lists the four main menus in the AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator Additional menu information can be found in the Reference section of this manual beginning on page 3 3 Table 3 1 AWG710 amp AWG710B Arbitrary Waveform Generator main menus Menu button SETUP Description Contr

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

DICE: user`s manual - OECD Nuclear Energy Agency  Canon PIXMA IP3000  Ferrari by Logic3 Scuderia R200  Philips Pocket Memo Digital Voice Recorder DPM8000  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file